FOR CONSTRUCTION OF SCHOOL OF BASIC & …engineeringprojects.com/Tender/UploadFiles/3165_vol-II.pdfinclude (but not limited to) Construction of School of Basic & Applied Sciences,

AN ISO 9001 & 14001 COMPANY

TENDER DOCUMENT

TENDER No: DLI/CON/696/553

FOR

CONSTRUCTION OF SCHOOL OF BASIC

& APPLIED SCIENCES

FOR

PERMANENT CAMPUS OF CENTRAL UNIVERSITY OF JAMMU

AT VILLAGE BAGLA, DISTT. SAMBA (J&K)

VOLUME – II

“ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT, SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT,

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS &

TENDER DRAWINGS”

PROJECT MANAGEMENT CONSULTANT:

ENGINEERING PROJECTS (INDIA) LIMITED (A GOVT. OF INDIA ENTERPRISE)

CORE-3, SCOPE COMPLEX, 7–LODHI ROAD, NEW DELHI – 110003.

TEL. NO: 011–24361666 Extn: 2301,2313 FAX NO: 011- 24368293, 24363426

E-Mail: [email protected] Website: www.epi.gov.in

INDEX

ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (ACC)

S. No. Clause No.

Description Page No.

1. 2 Introduction 22. 3 Brief Scope of Work 33. 4 Approaches to Work Site 44. 5 Site Visit 4

5. 6 Qualification of tenderers 46. 7 Disqualification 57. 9 Modified Clause No. 1.0 of ITT- (Mode of submission) 68. 10 An EPC contract 69. 11 Modified Clause No. 14.0 of ITT 610. 12 Modified Clause No. 20.0 of ITT – (Purchase preference to

the CPSE) 6

11. 13 Modified Clause No. 1.3 of GCC – (GFC) 712. 14 Modified Clause No. 1.4 (d) of GCC – (Drawings) 713. 15 Modified Clause No. 1.4 (k) of GCC – (Built-up Floor Area) 714. 16 Modified Clause No. 1.4 (k) of GCC – (Built-up Floor Area) 715. 17 Modified Clause No. 1.4 (k) of GCC – (Built-up Floor Area) 7

16. 18 Modified Clause No. 1.4 (k) of GCC – (Built-up Floor Area) 817. 19 Deleted Clause No. 9.2 of GCC – (AHR & ALR) 818. 20 Modified Clause No. 11.6 of GCC 819. 21 Modified Clause No. 11.7 of GCC 820. 22 Addition in Clause No. 13.0 of GCC (Taxes & duties) 821. 23 Deleted Clause No. 16 of GCC – (Escalation / Price

Variation) 8

22. 24 Addition in Clause No. 17 (Insurance of Works), Clause No. 18 (Insurance Under WCA) & Clause No. 19 (Third Party Insurance) of GCC

8

23. 25 Addition in Clause No. 20.0 (Indemnity against patent rights) of GCC

9

24. 26 Modified Clause No. 27 of GCC (Technical staff for work) 925. 27 Modified Clause No. 28.3 of GCC (Furnished Office

accommodation & mobility and communication)10

26. 28 Deleted Clause No. 35.0 of GCC – (Secured Advance against non-perishable materials)

13

27. 29 Modified Clause No. 36.0 of GCC (Measurement of Works) 1328. 30 Addition in Clause No. 49.0 (Centering & Shuttering) of GCC 1429. 31 Addition in Clause No. 53.0 (Test & Inspection) of GCC 1430. 32 Modified Clause No. 69.0 of GCC (Alternation in

Specifications, Design & Drawings)14

31. 33 Addition in Clause No. 72.1 (Compensation for Delay) of GCC

15

32. 34 Addition in Clause No. 72.4.1 (Time Essence of Contract & Extension for Delay) of GCC

16

33. 35 Modified Clause No. 76.0 of GCC (Arbitration) 1734. 36 Plant & machinery 1935. 37 Awarding of contract on behalf of CUJ 2036. 38 Raising invoice by Contractor 21

(i)

37. 39 Deduction of Labour Cess 2138. 40 Permits and Inspections 2139. 41 Dispatch of Material to Site 2140. 42 Compliance of by Laws of Local

Bodies/Authorities/Administration21

41. 43 Licenses 2242. 44 Safety Arrangement 2243. 45 Project Meeting 2244. 46 Work subject to Audit 2345. 47 Housekeeping 2346. 48 Sign Board / Signage 2347. 49 Skill Development Training and employment of

semiskilled/skilled workers by contractor23

48. 50 Statutory Approvals 2449. 51 Guarantee 2450. 52 Submission of Final Bill 2551. 53 Specifications 2552. 54 Site Laboratory 2653. 55 Sub-Standard Material 2754. 56 Design Mix Concrete 2855. 57 Concerting 2956. 58 Inspection, Testing and Acceptance 3057. 59 Date of Acceptance 3258. 60 After Sales Services 3359. 61 General Conditions of ‘GRIHA’ requirement 3360. 62 Compliance of Construction & Demolition Waste

Management Rules 201641

************

(ii)

School of Basic & Applied Sciences Additional Conditions of Contract ________________________________________________________________________Engineering Projects (India) Limited

Signature of Contractor 1 EPI

ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS OF

CONTRACT (ACC)

FOR

CONSTRUCTION OF SCHOOL OF BASIC & APPLIED SCIENCES

ON ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT &

CONSTRUCTION (EPC) MODE

FOR


AT

VILLAGE BAGLA, DISTT. SAMBA (J&K)



ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (ACC) 1.0 The following Additional Conditions of Contract shall be read in conjunction

with General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and Special Conditions of Contract (SCC). If there are any provisions in these Additional Conditions of Contract, which are at variance with the provisions of General Conditions of Contract, the provisions in these Additional Conditions of Contract shall take precedence. Likewise provisions under SCC shall take precedence over the provisions under ACC/GCC, if any.

2.0 INTRODUCTION

The Central University of Jammu (CUJ) has been established by an Act of

Parliament in the year 2009. In order to create one of India‘s leading Universities, the CUJ has contemplated to develop the campus equipped with modern infrastructure with latest facilities in the emerging educational needs.

The site allotted for the establishment of Central University of Jammu is semi-

mountainous, undulating and is surrounded by dense bushes and forest cover. The proposed site is located at village Bagla, Distt. Samba (J&K) at approx. 25 km from Jammu & around 8 km from Rayha Morh on Jammu – Pathankot Highway (NH1A).

The permanent Campus of CUJ shall be developed in 3 phases each of 5

years. The first phase of the permanent campus will have Institutional, Residential Buildings and external development work, conforming to the norms of the green building technologies “Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment” (GRIHA) for large development rating certification.

The presently administrative office of Central University of Jammu is functioning from the Academic Block (erstwhile DDE Building), CUJ Campus, village Bagla, Distt. Samba (J&K). Central University of Jammu intends to Construct of School of Basic & Applied Sciences, a state of art academic building on Engineering Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode in their aforesaid permanent campus.



FEATURES / DETAILS OF PLOT FOR DEVELOPMENT OF CUJ CAMPUS i) One overhead electrical L.T. Line within the plot area. ii) Trees within the land. iii) National Highway (NH1A) popularly known as Jammu to Pathankot

highway is at around 8 km (Raya Morh) from the plot boundary of university.

iv) Jammu – Pathankot railway track is at around 6 km from plot boundary.

v) Plot is presently surrounded by Village Bagla & Suchani and farms. vi) 5 mtr. (Approx) wide approach road from National Highway (Raya Morh) to village Mandal through University site is existing. vii) Electricity is available in the Proposed University Campus. 3.0 BRIEF SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT

The brief scope of work as mentioned below included in this tender shall include (but not limited to) Construction of School of Basic & Applied Sciences, a state of art academic building consisting of 5 departments with facilities such as classrooms, Labs, Seminar Hall, faculty rooms, library, lifts etc. including Civil, Electrical, Plumbing & Sanitary, Fire Fighting, HVAC Work, Lift Work, Solar System for hot water, External Development and Landscaping work on Engineering Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode in Permanent Campus of the Central University of Jammu (CUJ) at village Bagla, Distt. Samba (J&K) and any other services required for overall completion of work as per the direction of PMC/ CUJ. The above description is tentative. The work shall however be executed as per design & drawings submitted by the bidders and approved by PMC/CUJ/Architect. The work described in this Bid document is considered to be single responsibility contract [turnkey work] on lump sum basis that includes design, construction and transfer of the fully functional building to institute as per the required parameters and specifications laid down in the bid document.

Detailed scope of work is given under Special Conditions of Contract. The CUJ intends to develop Green Campus and aim to obtain “Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment” (GRIHA) for large development rating certification (5-Star) for the proposed facilities included in the project. Bidder to familiarize himself with the requirements and note that all requirements of “GRIHA” pertaining to construction for achieving the above targeted rating. No extra payment shall be made on this account.



4.0 APPROACHES TO WORKSITE

The contractor shall make his own arrangement for approach to work site including borrow/ disposal area and for movement of men, materials, machineries, other equipment etc. required for carrying out the work under this contract. The access roads/ path to the work site may not be available at all places and at all time. The contractor shall plan his work as per the availability of access roads/ path at site. All drainage of works area and all weather truckable haulage roads as required by the contractor shall be constructed and maintained during the construction period by the contractor at his own cost, including portions of the road already existing.

5.0 SITE VISIT

Before bidding, the bidder, at his responsibilities, risk and expenses, should visit the site to ascertain local site conditions such as the working & other constraints at site, approach road to the site, availability of electricity & water at site , applicability of taxes, duties and entry taxes etc and satisfy himself as to the conditions prevalent at the site. The bidder shall be deemed to have inspected the site, its surrounding and acquainted itself with the nature of the ground, accessibility of the site and full extent and nature of all operations necessary for the full and proper execution of the contract. The contractor is expected of visiting the site as per clause No. 6 of GCC. The contractor shall be deemed to have full knowledge of site, whether he inspects it or not and no extra charges / claims etc. consequent to any misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed.

6.0 QUALIFICATION OF TENDERERS

To be eligible for this tender the bidders should fulfill the requirements for eligibility as mentioned in the Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) and should submit detailed data and credentials set out in Clause No. 19.0 of ITT at page no.-5 of the tender. The bidders are required to fulfill all the eligibility criteria as stipulated in NIT documents and elsewhere in the Tender documents. The



price bid of only those bidders who fulfill the eligibility criteria as per evaluation of EPI shall be opened. The decision of EPI / CUJ in this regard shall be final & binding on the bidders.

7.0 DISQUALIFICATION

The bidders may note that they are liable to be disqualified and not considered for the opening of Price Bid if; a) Representation in the forms, statements and attachments submitted in

the pre-qualification document are proved to be incorrect, false and misleading.

b) They have record of poor performance during the past 10 years such as abandoning the work, rescinding of contract for which the reasons are attributable to the non-performance of the contractor, inordinate delay in completion, consistent history of litigation / arbitration awarded against the contractor or any of its constituents or financial failures due to bankruptcy etc. in their ongoing / past projects.

c) They have submitted incompletely filled in formats without attaching certified supporting documents and credentials to establish their eligibility to participate in the tender.

d) If the bidders attempt to influence any member of the selection committee.

EPI reserves its right to take appropriate action including disqualification of bidder (s) as may be deemed fit and proper by EPI at any time without giving any notice to the contractor in this regard. The decision of EPI in the matter of disqualification shall be final and binding on the bidders.

8.0 EPI reserves the right to independently verify the performance of the bidder

from the existing owners / users / owners’ Consultants. In case any execution of work/ Project is found to be performing unsatisfactorily, EPI reserves the right to reject the tender and price bid of such bidder shall not be opened, even if the bidder is meeting the technical and other qualifying requirements.

In such circumstances the bidder shall have no claim on EPI of whatsoever

nature. Bidder’s specific attention is drawn to above clauses.



9.0 Clause no 1.0 of Instructions to Tenders i.e Mode of submission of tender is through e-bids only. Hence clause no. 1 of ITT is deleted.

Kindly refer “Special instructions to bidders for e-tendering” for downloading & uploading of tender documents as per NIT.

10.0 Clause no 4.1 (For item rate tenders) and Clause no 4.2 (For percentage

rate tenders) of Instructions to Tenders as such stands deleted.

Since, this is an EPC contract, Bidders are required to quote their Lump-sum rate derived based on Built-up area basis”.

11.0 Clause no 14.0 of Instructions to Tenders stands modified as below. The drawings given with the tender documents are intended to give a fair picture of the scope of work involved. Bidder is required to firstly check and confirm the completeness of the documents and then quote a cost (per sqm super built up basis). If required, the bidder may request for any additional details/ clarifications. This will however not vitiate the finality of the contract document. The bidder shall be responsible to prepare coordinated shop drawings for all MEP Services and obtain approval from the EIC. Any item of work not indicated on the drawings but in line with the design parameter, standard specifications and site requirement, shall be deemed to be a part of the contractual obligation and nothing extra shall be paid to the contractor for the same. It may be noted that after award of work, bidder is required to review the drawings / design part of the tender documents, get the same vetted from the reputed Institutes stated under this ACC and obtain approval from PMC/CUJ before taking up the execution. Bidder is also required to submit desired copies of approved “Good for Construction (GFC)” drawings for distribution among PMC, CUJ, Architect & Executing Agency etc.

12.0 Clause no 20 (Purchase preference to the Central Public Sector

Enterprises) of Instructions to Tenders shall be dealt with as per the Govt. Guidelines issued till closing date of subject tender.



13.0 Clause no 1.3 of GCC stands modified as below: The work will be executed as per “GOODS FOR CONSTRUCTION (GFC)”

drawings duly approved by Engineer -in- Charge. 14.0 Clause no 1.4 (d) of GCC stands modified as below:

Drawings mean the drawings referred to in this tender document, specifications and any modifications in said drawings time to time duly approved by Engineer-in-Charge.

15.0 Clause no 1.4 (K) of GCC stands modified as below:

“Bill of Quantities or Schedule of quantities” means priced Built-up Floor Area given under Price Schedule forming part of tender.

16.0 Clause no 3.0 SCOPE OF WORK of GCC stands modified as given under

head of SCOPE OF WORK in this tender documents as well as elsewhere in the tender document.

17.0 Clause no 6.0 SET OF TNDER DOCUMETNS of GCC stands modified as

under. The following documents will complete a set of Tender Documents. A) VOLUME I :

a) Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) b) Instructions to tenderers & General Conditions of Contract (ITT & GCC) c) Special instructions to Bidders for e-Tendering d) Letter of Undertaking, e) Form of tender, f) Memorandum g) Integrity Pact

B) VOLUME II :

a) Special Condition of Contract (SCC) along with description of Items, Soil Investigation Report and Physical Survey Plan

b) Additional Conditions of Contract (ACC) c) Technical Specifications (TS) d) Tender Drawings

C) VOLUME III :

a) Financial Bid (Schedule of Quantity / Price-Bid)



18.0 Clause No. 8.0 of GCC (MOBILIZATION ADVANCE) stands added as under:

Mobilization Advance at the interest rate of State Bank of India Base Rate

plus (+) 2% (subject to minimum of 12% p.a.) maximum up to 10% of the contract value shall be paid to the contractor as per clause no 8.0 of GCC.

Contractor shall instruct the Bankers to send the Bank Guarantee in duly

approved format directly to EPI under registered post AD. However, other contents of this clause shall remain unchanged. 19.0 Clause no 9.2 of GCC (ABNORMALLY HIGH & LOW RATED ITEMS)

stands deleted. 20.0 Clause no 11.6 of GCC stands modified and reads as per clause no. 11.0

of ACC. 21.0 Clause no 11.7 of GCC stands modified as under

One copy of contract documents including GFC Drawings shall be kept at the Site by contractor and the same shall be available for inspection at all reasonable times.

22.0 Clause No. 13.0 of GCC (TAXES & DUTIES) stands added as under.

Labour Cess, Entry Tax and any other tax payable in State of J&K should also be included in the quoted rates.

23.0 Clause No. 16.0 (ESCALATION / PRICE VARIATION) of GCC stands

deleted. 24.0 Clause No. 17 (INSURANCE OF WORKS), Clause no. 18 (INSURANCE

UNDER WCA) and Clause no. 19 (THIRD PARTY INSURANCE) stands added as under.

The Insurance coverage as stipulated in General Conditions of Contract (GCC) clause no. 17 (Insurance of works), clause no. 18 (Insurance under WCA) and clause no. 19 (Third Party Insurance) shall be in the joint name of CUJ, EPI and the Contractor for the contract period and 12 months after Successful completion / handling over of work. The Insurance coverage shall be on the total value of work awarded to contractor by EPI.

However, other contents of these clauses shall remain unchanged.



25.0 Clause No. 20.0 (INDEMNITY AGAINST PATENT RIGHTS) of GCC stands

added as under: The Indemnity against Patent rights shall be in the Joint Name of CUJ and

EPI. However, other contents of this clause shall remain unchanged. 26.0 Clause No. 27.0 (TECHNICAL STAFF FOR WORK) of GCC shall remain

unchanged except the following :

Clause No. 27.1 & 27.2 of GCC -

Minimum Qualification and Experience of the Technical Staff to be deployed by the contractor shall be as under :

S.

No. Qualification No. Minimum Experience

1. Graduate Civil Engineer/ Engineer – As a Principal Technical Representative/ Project-in-charge

1 Atleast 20 year experience in execution of reputed project of multi-storey residential / non residential buildings / institutional buildings including external development work etc.

2. Graduate Civil Engineer/ Engineer – As a Project Manager

1 Atleast 10 year experience in execution of reputed project of multi-storey residential / non residential buildings / institute etc.

3. Diploma Engineer (Civil) as a Site Engineer for execution of civil work.

2 Minimum 5 years experience in execution of multi-storey residential / non residential buildings / institute etc.

4. Graduate/Diploma (Electrical) as a Site Engineer for execution of electrical work.

1 Atleast 5-8 year experience in execution of electrical work in multi-storey residential / non residential buildings / institute etc.

5. Graduate Civil Engineer for QA & QC work as a Incharge of Site Laboratory

1 Atleast 8-10 year relevant experience in QC/QA work of institutional & residential building.



6. Diploma Engg. Civil for QA & QC work as a Technical Assistant of Site Laboratory

1 Atleast 3-4 year relevant experience in QC/QA work of institutional & residential building.

7. Surveyor with Diploma in Surveying for Site surveying work.

1 Minimum 5 years experience in Surveying work of hilly terrain using total station.

8. Graduate/ Diploma Engineer as a Site Safety Engineer

1 Minimum 5 years experience in safety work of multi-storey residential / non residential buildings / institute etc.

Apart from the above, the contractor shall deploy an experienced & qualified person exclusively for implementation of “GRIHA” requirements for the entire contract period.

Clause 27.3 of GCC shall be modified as under : If Contractor fails to deploy minimum Technical staff as mentioned above, recovery on account of non-deployment of each Technical staff shall be made from subsequent RA Bills as under in place of Rs. 25,000/-: Sl. No

Experience Recovery for non-deployment of Tech. Staff (Rs. Per Month) Degree holder Engr. Diploma holder Engr.

1 20 years 1,00,000 70,000 2 10 years 70,000 45,000 3 8-10 years 60,000 40,000 4 5-8 years 50,000 35,000 5 5 years 45,000 30,000 6 Without experience 30,000 ----------

27.0 Clause No. 28.3 (Furnished office accommodation & mobility and

communication) of GCC shall be replaced as under:

Immediately on placement of LOI/Work Order (whichever is earlier) by EPI on the Contractor, the Contractor at its own cost shall provide furnished office accommodation of minimum 1000 sqft. at site, coupled with facilities etc.



The Contractor shall make his rates in their offer sufficiently comprehensive to cover the cost of the facilities as per details shown below and the Contractor shall not be entitled for any extra payment for the same.

S.

No. Description Unit Qty.

1 FURNITURE a) Office tables (1 big, 2 medium) (Godrej or

equivalent) Nos. 3

b) Office Executive Chairs (Godrej or equivalent) Nos. 3 c) Visitor Chair (Godrej or equivalent) Nos. 8 d) Steel Almirah (Godrej or equivalent) Nos. 3 e) File Cabinet (Godrej or equivalent) Nos. 1 f) Conference table (Seating Capacity–8) (Godrej or

equivalent) Nos. 1

g) Chairs for conference room (Godrej or equivalent) Nos. 9 h) Computer Table with printer provision Nos. 2 2 OFFICE EQUIPMENT a) Computer (Latest HP computer with i5 processor,

1 TB HDD, 4GB RAM) with inbuilt UPS and latest version of original software like: MS project, MS office, Windows 8 OS, Autocad & antivirus) with data card for internet facility and external Hard Drive (Seagate make – 1 TB)

Nos. 2

b) Laptop (Latest HP/SONY Laptop with i5 processor, 1 TB HDD, 4GB RAM, 9 cell battery) and latest version of original software like: MS project, Primavera, MS office, Windows 8 OS, Autocad & antivirus) with data card for internet facility and external Hard Drive (Seagate make – 1 TB)

Nos. 1

c) Laser printer (color): A3 all-in-one (Fax, Print, scan, copy) Make: Brother Model no MFC-J6710DW or equivalent make

Nos. 1

d) Laser printer (color): A4 all-in-one (Fax, Print, scan, copy)-

Nos. 1

e) Automatic Canon or equivalent Xerox machine with AD/AF & Duplex: A4 & A3 size ( Print, scan, copy)

Nos. 1

f) Spiral Binding machine of reputed make – A3/A4 Nos. 1 g) Office Telephone alongwith internet facility (1 no.)

monthly operational expenditure on account of all Rs. Per

4,000



telephones shall be restricted to: month h) Refrigerator (165 ltr. Voltas or Samsung make) Nos. 1 i) Kent RO water purifier Nos. 1 j) Air conditioner (2.0/1.5 ton) (Voltas or Hitachi make) Nos. 2 k) 10 KVA D.G. Set (Sudhir or equivalent make) Nos. 1 l) Digital Camera (Sony make for site progress

photographs) DSC-HX200V or above configuration Nos. 1

m) Projector (make Sony VPL-EX241 or equivalent Wireless & USB Projector) alongwith screen.

Nos. 1

n) Microwave (25 Ltr. Samsung or equivalent make) Nos. 1 3 CONSUMABLES a) All consumables like Toner/ Cartridge, Refilling etc

shall be provided by Contractor till end of defect liability period. Amount shall be restricted to:

Rs. per month

4000

4 CONVEYANCE AND OTHER FACILITIES a) Latest model, New Four wheels drive AC Scorpio

DX vehicle / Innova or equivalent with Driver on full time basis, including fuel & maintenance etc. Monthly running shall be restricted upto : 3500 kms.

Nos. 1

b) Office Assistant cum Computer Operator (On full time basis)

Nos. 1

c) Office boy cum cook (On full time basis) Nos. 1 d) Security Guard (On full time basis) Nos. 2 e) Running & Maintenance of the above equipments

mentioned above are to be done by the Contractor at his own cost.

As per Actual

The consumables like diesel/petrol/oil lubricants and spare parts etc for DG set and Vehicles etc shall be provided by the Contractor at their own cost. The vehicles shall be new and shall be provided with driver on full time basis. The vehicles shall be maintained in good working condition. In case of breakdown, replacement of vehicles shall be provided by Contractor immediately. The cost of registration, transportation etc. shall be borne by the Contractor. In case a vehicle is not required by EPI, a recovery of Rs. 45,000/- per month per vehicle shall be made from the Contractor for this purpose till the completion & handing over of the project.



The above gadgets and facilities should be brand new and of reputed make and all facilities shall be provided and maintained properly (including payment of water & electricity bills etc.) by the Contractor at Project site or at any other office related with execution of this project till completion of work, handing over, defect liability period in all respect at his own cost. The Contractor shall also make stand-by arrangement for water & electricity to ensure un-interrupted supply. The equipment/items shall be the property of Contractor at the end of contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for watch and ward of site office and other facilities etc. In case of theft/damage of any equipment/items, the Contractor shall immediately replace the same within a maximum period of two days. The contractor shall provide power free of cost to the site office of EPI. In case the above facilities are not provided by the Contractor within 20 (twenty) days of award of work or replacement is not provided within the specified period, EPI shall arrange the same at the risk and cost of the contractor.

28.0 CLAUSE NO. 35.0 OF GCC (SECURED ADVANCE AGAINST NON-

PERISHABLE MATERIALS) SHALL STAND DELETED. 29.0 CLAUSE NO. 36.0 OF GCC (MEASUREMENT OF WORKS) remains

unchanged except the following :

Clause 36.1 to be replaced as under : Measurements of works shall be done for record purpose as per

CPWD/MORTH specifications (as specified in Technical Specification of the Tender) and if the same is not given in the CPWD/MORTH Specifications, the same shall be measured as per latest relevant BIS codes in force. The quantity of steel reinforcement and the structural steel sections incorporated in the work shall be measured on the basis of standard coefficients of sections as per BIS Codes of practice.

However, payment of work done shall be made strictly on built-up area

basis to be regulated as per schedule of stage payment given in the tender.



30.0 CLAUSE NO. 49.0 OF GCC (CENTERING & SHUTTERING) remains unchanged and following is added:

30.1 Centering & shuttering works for columns shall be made out of laminated

shuttering plywood of minimum 12mm thickness as per BIS, with angle iron frame. The staging system shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. Scaffolding of latest materials/round steel pipes with couplers and brackets shall be used. Wooden planks, props, ballies etc are not permitted for use.

30.2 All joints in the shuttering i.e. plate to plate etc shall have to be sealed with

adhesive / foam, to ensure water tightness of the form work. After concerting, contractor shall have to ensure smoothness of the joints created due to use of shuttering plates and the rate quoted by the contractor in the schedule of rate shall be inclusive of same.

30.3 All shuttering work for Architect features shall be with fiber glass moulds and

the rate quoted by the contractor in the schedule of rate shall be inclusive of same.

30.4 The shuttering shall be tightened by using runners, tie rods and bracings. No

Ghughoo / welded system shall be allowed. Support shall be adequate and proper.

31.0 Clause No. 53.0 (TEST & INSPECTION) of GCC remains unchanged and

following is added:

TESTING OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SHALL BE DONE AT SITE LABORATORY AND AT APPROVED THIRD PARTY LABORATORY.

80% of the total tests of construction materials including concrete

cubes (RCC Work) shall be done at the laboratory established at site by the contractor and remaining 20% in the govt. approved laboratory as directed by Engineer-in-Charge and the testing charges of the samples shall be borne by the contractor.

32.0 THE CLAUSE NO. 69.0 (ALTERATION IN SPECIFICATIONS, DESIGN &

DRAWINGS) OF GCC STANDS MODIFIED AS UNDER:

ALTERATION IN SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS



32.1 The Engineer-In-Charge shall have power to make any alterations in,

omissions from, additions to or substitutions for, the original Specifications, Drawings and Instructions that may appear to him to be necessary during the progress of the work, and the Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with any instructions which may be given to him in writing signed by the Engineer-In-Charge and such alterations, omissions, additions, or substitutions shall not invalidate the contract and any altered, additional or substituted work which the Contractor may be directed to do in the manner above specified as part of the work shall be carried out by the Contractor on the same conditions in all respects on which he agreed to do the main work.

32.2 Payment of above mentioned alterations in, omissions from, additions to or substitutions for, the original Specifications, Drawings and Instructions and time extension related issues for making said changes shall be dealt as per DSR 2014, CPWD Manual & CPWD Analysis of Rates.

32.3 If at any stage, during construction, any increase in built up area is desired by CUJ, contractor shall be bound to execute the same. The payment of such additional area shall be made at the per sqm. rate quoted by contractor.

32.3 If at any stage during construction, any area reduction is desired by CUJ due

to the certain unforeseen consideration, price for the same shall adjusted as under :

i) Upto 5% of reduction in total built up

area of the school. No adjustment

ii) Area reduction beyond 5% 50% reduction in quoted rate which will be applicable on the area reduced beyond 5%.

iii) Change of any other nature Rate as mutually agreed. 32.4 Bidder is appraised that there will be no phasing of the contract and that

entire site would be released immediately on award of work. 33.0 THE CLAUSE NO. 72.1 (COMPENSATION FOR DELAY) OF GCC SHALL

REMAIN UNCHANGED EXCEPT THE FOLLOWING:

For works with completion period exceeding @ ½ % (half percent) per week 3 months (as originally stipulated) or part thereof



34.0 CLAUSE NO. 72.4.1 (TIME ESSENCE OF CONTRACT & EXTENSION FOR DELAY) OF GCC SHALL REMAIN UNCHANGED EXCEPT THE FOLLOWING :

34.1 Milestones given stands elaborated as under: MILESTONES OF THE CONTRACT: S.No. Milestone Period for achievement of

Milestone from the date of start 1 2 3

1 Gross work done amounting 1⁄8 (12.5%) of tendered amount .

1⁄4 (25%) of stipulated period for completion

2 Gross work done amounting 3⁄8 (37.5%) of tendered amount.


3 Gross work done amounting 3⁄4 (75%) of tendered amount.


4 Gross work done amounting to full (100%) tendered amount

Full (100%) stipulated period of completion

In case of mismatch in work done as per financial and physical, the financial

progress shall be considered for levy of compensation of delay, if any. All Infrastructural development works shall be completed within the stipulated time frame.

In case entire work is completed within the total time period of completion or extended period of completion allowed, the compensation for delay due to not achieving progress at intermediates stage, if any, shall be refunded without any interest charges.

34.2 The physical report including 3 sets of photographs (in soft & hard copies)

shall be submitted by the contractor on the prescribed format & the intervals (not later than a month) as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. Size of Photographs shall be minimum 125 mm x 250 mm & need to consist location of work and date of photograph taken.



35.0 CLAUSE NO. 76.0 (ARBITRATION) OF GCC STANDS MODIFIED AS

UNDER: 35.1 Clause no. 76.1 of GCC as modified as under:

Before restoring to arbitration as per the clause given below, the parties if they so agree may explore the possibility of conciliation as per the provisions of Part III of Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 as amended by Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act, 2015. When such conciliation has failed, the parties shall adopt the following procedure for Arbitration: i) Except where otherwise provided for in the contract, any disputes and

differences relating to the meaning of the Specifications, Design, Drawing and Instructions herein before mentioned as to the quality of workmanship or materials used in the work or as to any other questions, claim, right, matter or things whatsoever in any way arising out of or relating to the Contract, Designs, Drawings, Specifications, Estimates, Instructions, or these conditions or otherwise concerning the works of the execution or failure to execute the same whether arising during the progress of the work or after the completion or abandonment thereof shall be referred to the Sole Arbitrator appointed by the Chairman & Managing Director (CMD) of Engineering Projects (India) Limited (EPI) or any other person discharging the functions of CMD of EPI. The person approached for appointment as Arbitrator shall disclose in writing circumstances, in terms of Sub-section (1) of Section-(12) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 as amended by Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act, 2015 as follows:

a) Such as the existence either direct or indirect, of any past or

present relationship with or interest in any of the parties or in relation to the subject-matter in dispute, whether financial, business, professional or other kind, which is likely to give rise to justifiable doubts as to his independence or impartiality; and

b) Which are likely to affect his ability to devote sufficient time to the

arbitration and in particular his ability to complete the entire arbitration within a period of twelve months.



The Arbitrator shall be appointed within 30 days of the receipt of letter of invocation of arbitration duly satisfying the requirements of this clause.

ii) If the arbitrator so appointed resigns or is unable or unwilling to act due

to any reason whatsoever, or dies, the Chairman & Managing Director aforesaid or in his absence the person discharging the duties of the CMD of EPI may appoint a new arbitrator in accordance with these terms and conditions of the contract, to act in his place and new arbitrator so appointed may proceed from the stage at which it was left by his predecessor.

iii) It is a term of the contract that the party invoking the arbitration shall

specify the dispute / differences or questions to be referred to the Arbitrator under this clause together with the amount claimed in respect of each dispute.

iv) The Arbitrator may proceed with the arbitration ex-parte, if either party, in

spite of a notice from the arbitrator, fails to take part in the proceedings. v) The work under the contract shall continue as directed by the Engineer-

In-Charge, during the arbitration proceedings. vi) Unless otherwise agreed, the venue of arbitration proceedings shall be

at the venue given in the ‘Memorandum’ of the Form of Tender’. vii) The award of the Arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on both

the parties. viii) Subject to the aforesaid, the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation

Act, 1996 as amended by Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act, 2015 or any statutory modifications or re-enactment thereof and the Rules made there under and for the time being in force shall apply to the arbitration proceedings and Arbitrator shall publish his Award accordingly.

35.2 Clause no. 76.2 of GCC: Arbitration between Central Public Sector

Enterprises Inter Se / Government of India Departments / Ministries I) In the event of any dispute or difference relating to the interpretation and

application of the provisions of the contract, such dispute or difference shall



be referred by either party to the arbitration as per the instructions (Office Memorandum / Circulars) issued by Govt. of India from time to time with regard to arbitration between one Government Department and another one Government Department and a Public Sector Enterprise and Public Sector Enterprise inter se.

II) Subject to any amendment that may be carried out by the Government of

India from time to time, the procedure to be followed in the arbitration shall be as is contained in D.O. No. DPE/4/(10)/2001-PMA-GL-I dated 22.01.2004 of Department of Public Enterprises, Ministry of Heavy Industries and Public Enterprises, Govt. of India or any modification issued in this regard.

35.3 CLAUSE NO.76.3 (JURISDICTION) OF GCC STANDS MODIFIED AS

UNDER: The courts in Delhi/ New Delhi alone will have jurisdiction to deal with matters arising from the contract, to the exclusion of all other courts.

36.0 PLANT AND MACHINERY All plant & machinery required for execution of work shall have to be

arranged by the contractor at his own cost. However, the contractor has to deploy following minimum plant & machinery in good condition at site immediately after award of work.

S.

No. Description Minimum

Number Required

1. Total station for surveying work. One 2. Vibrators (Petrol / Electrical) Ten 3. Needles of Vibrator Twenty 4. Excavator/Porclain Two 5. Tipper / Dumper (3 cum.) Three 6. DG Set (63 KVA & 125 KVA) Two (one of each)7. Concrete Batching Plant ( Fully automatic-

computerized with printer) of minimum Capacity of 30 cum/hr.

One

8. Conc. Pump of required capacity along with pipelines (Pipe length as per requirement)

One



9. Boom Placer for placing of concrete One

10. Transit Mixtures (6 Cum.) Four 11. Water Tanker Four 12. Mobile tyred crane upto minimum 20 mtr. height One 13. Mixture machine with weigh batcher 14/10

capacity Two

14. JCB One 15. Tractor with trolley for transportation of material One 16. The agency shall provide sufficient number of

high masts for maintaining area lighting for the safe execution of works during night hours through static / mobile arrangements.

As per requirement of

site

17. Laboratory equipments As required Note :

a) Any other equipment for site test as outlined in CPWD / BIS specification and as directed by the Engineer–in–charge.

b) The quantities of equipments mentioned above are indicative only and

can be increased as per the requirement of quantum work OR as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. The above equipment list is indicative and not complete. The contractor has to deploy all the required equipment to complete all the works within stipulated specifications and time period as per contract documents.

c) The contractor will not be allowed to take out equipments from the site

without the written permission of Engineer-in-charge. d) In the event of breakdown of any equipment the contractor shall have

to immediately mobilize replacement of the said equipment. 37.0 AWARDING OF CONTRACT ON BEHALF OF CUJ

EPI is awarding agency in respect of this Contract on behalf of CUJ. In case M/s. EPI cease to be PMC, the right and responsibility etc. of EPI in the Contract shall get transferred to CUJ or their nominated agency shall operate this Contract.



38.0 RAISING INVOICE BY CONTRACTOR Invoice should be raised by Contractor in the name of Engineering Projects

(India) Ltd., at Project Office : H. No. 446, Sector–5, Channi Himmat, Jammu (J&K) on account of CUJ, Jammu with copy to EPI-PMD, NRO, New Delhi.

39.0 DEDUCTION OF LABOUR CESS

Deduction (non-refundable) at the rate of 1% or at the rates applicable from time to time in the state of J&K from gross amount of each running account bill and from final dues of contractor shall be made towards provision for workers “Welfare Cess Act 1996”.

40.0 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS

Road permit for transportation of goods across state border shall not be issued by CUJ / EPI and will have to be arranged by contractor on his own. Transit Insurance of the equipment shall be arranged by the contractor. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

The contractor shall obtain all necessary permits from local bodies, provincial or central authorities and shall make arrangement for inspection and tests etc. as required at his own cost.

The contractor shall have to make his own arrangements for getting the

permission for plying trucks or any Plant & Equipment for execution of works from the Police Department/ Govt. authorities at his own cost. No excuse as to delay in work due to non-availability of permission shall be entertained.

41.0 DISPATCH OF MATERIAL TO SITE For dispatch of materials to site, equipment manufacturer / supplier shall mark

consignee as self A/c Central University of Jammu (CUJ) through Engineering Projects (India) Ltd (EPI).

42.0 COMPLIANCE OF BY LAWS OF LOCAL BODIES /AUTHORITIES /

ADMINISTRATION The contractor shall comply with legal orders, directions and by laws of local

bodies / authorities. The contractor shall give to the Municipality, Police, Local



Bodies and concerned Governmental authorities all necessary notices relating to works that may be required under the law and obtain all requisite licenses, permissions for temporary obstructions, enclosures, collection and stacking of materials, etc. The contractor shall pay at his own cost all fees, taxes and charges that may be liable on account of these operations in executing the contract. Nothing extra shall be paid to contractor on this account.

The contractor shall be bound to follow the instructions and restrictions

imposed by the administration / Police authorities on the working and / or movement of labour, materials etc. nothing extra shall be payable due to less / restricted working hours at site or any detours in movement of vehicles.

43.0 LICENSES The contractor shall arrange for obtaining the license and clearances for the

operation. (If required) from the local authorities and statutory bodies at his own cost & nothing extra shall be payable. Certification of various equipments / installations from statutory bodies other agencies as required as per technical specifications, shall be arranged by contractor at his own cost before handing over.

44.0 SAFETY ARRANGEMENT

The contractor shall make necessary safety arrangement at site including as stated under GCC and indemnify EPI/CUJ against any consequence of accident at site.

45.0 PROJECT MEETING

The contractor shall ensure his presence in regular meetings with Client / Architect / Consultant/ PMC / Govt. authorities in Jammu /Delhi or anywhere in India pertaining to work awarded to him at their own cost. The contractor shall furnish all relevant information and clarifications as and when required by EPI / CUJ.

In case, the contractor himself not able to attend the said meetings, he will nominate responsible authorized representative of his organization, who will



be authorized to make commitment and take decision on the agreement reached during said meeting.

46.0 WORK SUBJECT TO AUDIT

The work executed by the contractor shall be subject to audit and quality control checks from Quality Control Division & Technical audit of EPI / CUJ, inspecting agency of the Client and Chief Technical Examiner of Central Vigilance Commission, Govt. of India. In the eventuality of any defect / sub standard works as brought out in the report or noticed otherwise at any time during execution, maintenance period etc, the same shall be made good by the contractor without any extra cost. In case the contractor fails to rectify the defected / sub standard work within the time period stipulated by EPI / CUJ, necessary action as deemed fit shall be taken by EPI / CUJ and decision of EPI / CUJ shall be final and binding on the contractor.

47.0 HOUSEKEEPING

Contractor will be responsible to arrange day to day housekeeping as required at site as per instruction of Engineer in charge.

48.0 SIGN BOARD / SIGNAGE

Contractor will arrange to fabricate and erect sign board at his own cost showing name of work, name of Owner, Name of Architect / Consultants, name of PMC, sch. date of commencement and completion etc. as per size and design as approved by EPI/CUJ. Further, all necessary signage for diversion/construction/glow lights for construction/barricades/safety etc. shall be arranged / installed at work place in sufficient numbers by the agency.

49.0 SKILL DEVELOPMENT TRAINING AND EMPLOYMENT OF

SEMISKILLED/SKILLED WORKERS BY CONTRACTOR. In compliance to directive issued vide letter dated 30.05.2016 by Department

of Heavy Industries, Govt. of India and considering the nation requirement, contractor is required to impart Skill Development training to 35 Nos. local unemployed youths / unskilled workers in trades of Plumbing, Masonry, Carpentry, Bar Binding, Welding etc. from reorganized / reputed institutes.



After successful completion of training of these tradesman, the 25% of trained manpower shall be employed on projects by the contractor.

50.0 STATUTORY APPROVALS It will be the sole responsibility of contractor to obtain all statutory approvals

e.g. Permission for tree cutting, Fire Clearance, NOC from Lift Inspector, Structural stability certificate, NOC from Electricity Deptt., Occupancy certificate, clearances / NOC from local authorities etc. and completion clearance from the all relevant statutory bodies for all other services as included in the scope of contract etc. from the concerned department as required within the stipulated time frame. Liaison work on behalf of EPI / CUJ with the local bodies will also have to be done by the contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable to contractor on this account. No claim whatsoever in this regard shall be entertained.

However, if any necessary Licence / NOC fee etc. are being deposited by the

Contractor with the statutory authorities against issue of receipt / documentary evidence, same shall be reimbursed by the Owner (CUJ).

51.0 GUARANTEE The contractor shall guarantee that the all the materials and workmanship of

works & equipments executed / installed by him, under these specifications shall be new and first class in every respect. He will make good any defect within 24 hours, which may develop within the defect liability period (12 months) from the date of handing over of the installation after testing and commissioning, without any extra cost to EPI / CUJ.

All equipments, materials and systems shall be guaranteed for a period of 12

months from the date of taking over the installation by CUJ / EPI, towards satisfactory performance. The equipments / components / software or any part thereof, so found defective, during guarantee period shall be promptly repaired or replaced free of cost, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge. In case it is felt by CUJ / EPI that undue delay is being caused by the contractor in attending, same will be got done by CUJ/ EPI at the risk and cost of the contractor. The decision of the Engineer-In-Charge in this regard shall be final.

The contractor shall also guarantee the performance of individual equipment.



52. 0 SUBMISSION OF FINAL BILL

The final bill will be submitted by the contractor within 90 days from the date of acceptance of completion of work accompanied by the following documents.

a) Interim Completion certificate issued by the Engineer-in-charge

specifying the handing over of the work including list of inventories (fittings & fixtures).

b) Computerized stage wise payment schedule. c) No claim certificate by the contractor. d) No claim certificate from the sub agencies / venders engaged by the

contractor. e) ‘As built’ drawings. f) Periodical services and measurement books. g) Drawings for layout of underground cables and details showing

location of sluice valves, electric cable joints etc. h) All operation and maintenance manuals.

i) All statutory approvals from various state / central govt. local bodies, if

required for completion & handling over of the work as included in scope of contractor.

j) Manufacture’s guarantee of various machines / equipments installed

as part of works. 53.0 SPECIFICATIONS:

a) The work under the contract shall be carried out in accordance with the

approved GFC drawings, description of item, specifications, condition of contract etc. forming part of this tender document.



b) The work in general shall be carried out as per latest CPWD

specifications New Delhi for Civil Works, Plumbing Works, Fire Fighting Works, Internal & External Electrical works, HVAC Works etc. (updated with correction slips issued up to last date of submission of tender) unless otherwise specified in the nomenclature of the individual item or in the particular specifications of concerned items of works.

c) For items not covered under latest CPWD specification, for Civil

Works, Plumbing Works, Fire Fighting Works, Internal & External Electrical works, HVAC Works etc., the work shall be done as per latest relevant BIS codes of practice and DIN or IEC standards.

d) In case of non availability of any specification in the above paras or

any overlapping provisions, non-clarity on any issue, applicability of particular provision out of above, shall be decided by Engineer-in-Charge whose decision shall be final & binding on the contractor.

e) The contractor is responsible for executing and completing the work in

accordance with the specified standards and specification and as per requirements of GRIHA for large development rating certification (5 star). Construction quality control is intended to provide a comprehensive common and consistent framework of quality control which is comprised of two main elements. • Testing • Inspection

f) The contractor shall be responsible for the types of test to be carried

out, frequency of testing and stage of testing as directed by Engineer-in-charge or as stipulated in Indian Standards / CPWD Specifications for relevant works. The cost of all these tests shall deemed to be included in the item rates quoted by the contractor.

54.0 SITE LABORATORY As part of the contract, the contractor shall provide and maintain a site

laboratory for the routine testing of construction material under the direction and general supervision of Engineer-in-charge. The laboratory room shall be constructed and installed with the appropriate facilities. Temperature and



humidity controls shall be made available wherever necessary during the testing of samples.

All equipments shall be provided by the contractor so as to be compatible with the specified testing requirements. The contractor shall maintain the equipment in good working conditions for the duration of the contract.

The Contractor shall provide approved qualified personnel to run the laboratory for the duration of the contract. The number of staff and equipment available must at all times be sufficient to keep pace with the sampling and testing programme as required by Engineer-in-charge. The laboratory Incharge of the contractor shall report to Engineer-in-charge.

The Contractor shall fully service the site laboratory and shall supply

everything necessary for its proper functioning, including all transport needed to move equipment and samples to and from sampling points on the site etc.

The Contractor shall re-calibrate all measuring devices whenever so required

by the Engineer-in-charge and shall submit the results of such measurements without delay.

For all other tests as required by Engineer-in-charge, the Contractor shall get the same carried out / conducted by approved testing Laboratory. In addition if, PMC /CUJ feels, may direct the Contractor to conduct the tests in the presence of PMC/CUJ representative at site lab / outside labs. All expenses payable for transport of samples and conduction of tests shall be borne by the contractor.

55.0 SUB-STANDARD MATERIAL

EPI shall have full authority to order the removal from the premises of all material’s which in their opinion are not in accordance with the specifications and in case of default, EPI shall be at liberty to employ at the expense of the contractor, other persons to remove the same without being answerable or accountable for any loss or damage that may happen or arise to such materials. EPI shall also have full powers to require other proper materials to be substituted thereof and in case of default, EPI may cause the same to be supplied and all costs which may attain such removal and substitution shall be borne by the contractor.



Any material / item / fitting / fixtures rejected by EPI / CUJ shall be removed

from the site within 48 hours of issue of instructions to this effect by EPI. Failing this, the EPI shall have the rights to get these removed and the contractor shall have no claim whatsoever in this regard.

56.0 DESIGN MIX CONCRETE (DMC) 56.1 Design mix concrete shall be used in the work for all structural members. For

design mix, CPWD specification along with relevant IS codes shall be followed in general along with the specific provisions made herein.

56.2 All parameters shall be adopted for design mix as per latest relevant BIS

code. 56.3 Approved admixtures conforming to latest relevant IS code shall be permitted

to be used. The chloride content in the admixture shall satisfy the requirement of latest IS code. The total amount of chloride content in the admixture mixed concrete shall satisfy the requirement of latest IS code.

56.4 The concrete mix design with and without admixture will be carried out by the

contractor through one of the following laboratories/ Test houses to be approved by Engineer-in-charge.

a) Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) b) Central Road Research Institute (CRRI), Delhi

56.5 In the event of all the above laboratories being unable to carry out the requisite design/ testing, the contractor shall have to get the same done from any other reputed laboratory with prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.

56.6 The various ingredients for mix design/ laboratory tests shall be sent to the

lab/test houses through the Engineer-in-charge and the samples of such ingredients sent shall be preserved at site by the department till completion of work or change in Design mix whichever is earlier. The sample shall be taken from the approved materials which are proposed to be used in the work.

56.7 The contractor shall submit the mix design report from approved laboratory

for approval of Engineer-in-charge within 45 days from the date of issue of



letter of acceptance of the tender. No concreting shall be done until the mix design is approved.

56.8 The contractor shall make cubes of trial mixes as per approved mix design for

all grades of concrete in presence of the Engineer in charge using same ingredients as adopted for design mix, prior to commencement of concreting and get them tested in presence of Engineer-in-charge for 7 days and 28 days. For each design mix, a set of six cubes shall be prepared from each of the three consecutive batches. Three cubes from each set shall be tested at the age of 7 days and three cubes at the age of 28 days. The cubes shall be made, cured, transported and tested strictly in accordance with CPWD specifications. The average strength of nine cubes at the age of 28 days shall exceed the specified target mean strength for which design mix has been approved.

56.9 For each change of source or quality/ characteristic properties of the

ingredients from that approved & used in the concrete mix during the work, a fresh mix design shall be got done by the contractor. Revised trial mix test shall be conducted at laboratory established at site/ reputed Laboratory with prior approval of Engineer-in-charge and shall be submitted by the contractor as per the direction of engineer-in-charge.

56.10 The cost of packaging, sealing, transportation, loading & unloading cost of all

samples-concrete /cubes/ steel/ other material etc and the testing charges for mix design in all cases shall be borne by the contractor.

57.0 CONCRETING 57.1 The concreting shall be from fully automatic batching plant with printer

installed at site. 57.2 Alternatively, the contractor may opt to use Ready Mixed Concrete (within

50km distance from the site of work) of repute after obtaining prior written approval from the Engineer-in-charge.

Ready mix concrete brought from outside sources or produced at site shall

have minimum quantity of cement as specified in BIS specifications and as per approved design mix



57.3 The fully automatic batching plant of minimum capacity of 30cum./hr. with a least count of 0.5kg, drum type four load cells, computer compatible print out for each batch only shall be allowed.

57.4 The concreting shall be placed by concrete pumps of required capacity.

Concreting by crane and buckets will be allowed in rare case with the prior approval of Engineer-in-charge.

57.5 The contractor shall provide construction joints only at the specified positions

and as per BIS codes and the concreting for columns shall be floor to beam height in one lifts, and in case the concreting is to be done in two lifts the minimum height of first lift of columns shall be 2.4 meters.

57.6 The stone aggregate and sand of required zone shall be from the quarries as

approved by Engineer-in-charge. The samples of the materials along with the mix design shall be got approved by the EIC.

57.7 Plasticizers of the required specification and make shall only be permitted as

per approved mix design. 57.8 The contractor shall provide all cut outs in RCC work in co-ordination with

other agencies and as per instructions of Engineer-in-charge and nothing extra shall be payable. In case the same is not provided by the contractor the same shall be got done at their risk and cost.

57.9 The steel bars of different diameter should be stored 30-45 cm. above ground

level or on concrete surface to avoid corrosion of steel. No extra payment shall be made on this account.

58.0 INSPECTION, TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE: 58.1 INITIAL INSPECTION AT MANUFACTURER’S PRIMESES

The contractor shall submit the inspection & test plan for all the materials to be procured as per BOQ for approval from EPI/ CUJ. The contractor will be required to furnish such facilities as will be necessary for inspection of all equipments before dispatch at his or his associate’s works/ manufacturer’s works and also for witnessing such tests as per technical specifications at the works, if so required by CUJ/ EPI. The contractor shall furnish information for



this purpose & will give sufficient notice regarding dates proposed for such tests to inspection agency.

58.2 TEST CERTIFICATE All manufacturer’s certificates of test showing that the all equipments/

materials have been tested in accordance with the relevant standard specification and contract requirement and the copy of the test certificate as well as standard shall be supplied free of cost to EPI/CUJ.

58.3 PERFORMANCE TEST The contractor shall give performance tests of the entire installation (s) as per

specifications and drawings before the work is finally accepted and nothing extra whatsoever shall be payable to the contractor for these performance tests.

After completion of installation, testing and commissioning of the complete

equipments and HVAC System as per tender specifications, the Contractor shall, however, provide proper training to the Owner’s (CUJ) employees / representatives for operation and maintenance of equipments and HVAC System free of cost. The contractor shall issue a certificate that the equipments and HVAC System operator training is complete and contractor is fully satisfied with the operator’s performance.

58.4 INSPECTION DURING INSTALLATION AND FINAL INSPECTION The contractor shall arrange for checking & testing and commissioning the installation as per technical specifications. Installation of equipments shall not be accepted until CUJ/ EPI is satisfied about its compliance with requirement of the specification in all respects. All instruments/ equipments/ HVAC system/ materials required for testing shall be the responsibility of the contractor. The final inspection of the installation and testing of all equipments and materials may be carried out by CUJ/ EPI. The taking over of all equipments after trial run shall be subject to removal of defects, if any, pointed out during the inspection. The contractor shall arrange at his own cost for all tests, staff, fuel, POL & other consumables during trial run, commissioning & running in period up to the date of acceptance. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.



The contractor shall prepare and submit records of all the tests pertaining HVAC system to be carried out during summer, monsoon and winter seasons.

58.5 RUNNING-IN-PERIOD

After satisfactory final inspection, the contractor shall demonstrate the trouble free running of the installation of equipments/ HVAC system for a period of not less than 30 days before EPI takes over. After the installation has operated for 30 days period without any breakdown or abnormal / unsatisfactory operation of any machinery during this period, the equipments/ HVAC System shall be deemed to have run trouble-free. The contractor should include one year of free running maintenance after completion of 30 days of trouble free running including replacement of defective parts etc. at his own cost. The contractor shall arrange at his own cost for all staff, fuel, POL, refrigerant gas, and other consumables during Trial run, Commissioning and Running-in-Period upto the date of acceptance. The contractor shall also make his own arrangements for power required during construction, fabrication, erection & trial run etc. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

58.6 SEASONAL TESTS FOR HVAC SYSTEM

The contractor shall carryout three Seasonal Tests for summer, Monsoon & Winter as soon as the ambient / outside conditions are suitable for that. All the three seasonal tests (summer, Monsoon & Winter) must be completed successfully during the Defects Liability Period of 12 months, otherwise Defects Liability Period will get extended till all the three seasonal tests are successfully completed. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

59.0 DATE OF ACCEPTANCE

Subject to the guarantee Clause date of taking over the installation for the beneficial use by CUJ shall be the date of acceptance. Any undue wear and tear of component during the “Testing Period” shall be made good by the contractor free of charge.



60.0 AFTER SALES SERVICES

Contractor shall ensure adequate and prompt after sales services in the form of maintenance personnel and spares as and when required. Particular attention shall be taken to ensure that spares are easily available during the normal course of life after installation. The contractor shall make suitable arrangement to provide onsite service at Jammu on a notice of three days.

61.0 GENERAL CONDITION OF “GRIHA” REQUIREMENT FOR CUJ PROJECT The CUJ intends to develop Green Campus and aim to obtain “Green Rating

for Integrated Habitat Assessment” (GRIHA) for large development rating certification (5-Star) for the proposed facilities included in the project. Bidder to familiarize himself with the requirements and note that all requirements of “GRIHA” pertaining to construction for achieving the above targeted rating. No extra payment shall be made on this account.

The contractor shall develop and implement spill prevention plan and erosion

& sedimentation control plan and adopt proper staging during construction in line with “GRIHA” requirement and as per the instructions of Engineer – in – Charge. The contractor shall also adopt necessary measures for proper stabilization of soil in line with “GRIHA” requirements.

The project shall generate the least amount of waste possible and assimilate

those processes that ensure the generation of waste as little as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination or other defects shall be deployed.

The contractor shall designate specific areas as per directions of Engineer –

in – Charge at construction site for segregated or mingled collection of recycled materials as consistent with requirements for acceptance by designated facilities.

REQUIREMENTS OF “GRIHA”

• Handling of materials & men by ensuring that the ground profile is least disturbed.



• Develop and implement spill prevention plan and erosion & sedimentation control plan.

• Segregation & proper record keeping of “disposal of all construction waste materials like rocks, empty cement bags, plastic containers, scrap steel, sanitary waste” etc.

• Proper housekeeping at site. • Ensuring efficient use of water during construction. • Minimizing air pollution during construction and arranging suitable

water sprinkling arrangement at site. • Control on erosion of soil during construction, construction of

sedimentation tank and implement spill prevention plan. • Implementation of HSE (Health, Safety and Environment) procedures

& policies effectively. • Ensuring proper staging / scaffolding during construction. • Effective implementation of labour welfare measures / policies

including well ventilated and hygienic labour camps with adequate lighting, water supply & sanitary arrangements.

• Submission of monthly report detailing compliance to the “GRIHA” norms and attaching the data and photographs.

61.1 EROSION & SEDIMENTATION CONTROL

It is required to prevent soil erosion through storm water and wind, both during construction and post-development. It needs interfacing of architect and the builder. Measures to be adopted include temporary landscaping, permanent seeding, mulching etc. The plan shall meet the following objectives. • Prevent loss of soil during construction by storm water runoff and/or

wind erosion, including protecting topsoil (fertile soil) by stockpiling for reuse.

The implementing agency should take steps to protect the top soil during construction, by way of storing and reusing it within the site. The existing landscape is to be retained to the maximum possible extent. • Temporary landscaping, if required, to prevent the top soil erosion can

be done by planting fast growing plants. • Undeveloped areas within the site should not be disturbed and be

protected with permanent landscaping before the start of construction, wherever possible.



• Prevent sedimentation of storm sewer or receiving streams. • Prevent polluting the air with dust and particulate matter.

Site Sedimentation and Erosion plan should be as per practices National Building Codes of India (NBC) Part 10, Section 1, Chapter 4 – Protection of landscape during construction.

Actions required by the contractor:

• Prepare erosion and sedimentation control plan as described above. • Take photographs of the existing site conditions. • During excavation or site filling activities, Top soil should be stripped to

a depth of 200mm from areas occupied by buildings, roads and external services. Top soil is rich in nutrient so it shall be stockpiled to a height of 400mm at the designated area. Protect the topsoil either by mulching, temporary landscaping or covering it with some plastic cover. The same soil shall be applied during plantation of vegetation and can also be used as a finished grade for planting areas.

• Watering the Vehicle tyres before coming out of the site so that the tyre does not carry soil along with it and pollute the surrounding areas.

• Provide paved areas wherever possible for the vehicular circulation path inside the site.

• Photographs of the site when the plan is being implemented. 61.2 DUST EMISSIONS CONTROL

The following methods shall be used by Contractor to prevent conditions conducive to dust generation and suppress dust should it occur. • Adjacent paved areas and roads used for construction traffic shall be

maintained free of tracked soil or fill materials. At minimum, paved traffic areas, driveways, sidewalks, and streets shall be cleaned on a daily basis by wet sweeping and/or washing. More frequent cleaning shall be provided as necessary. Adjacent paved areas and roads shall be left clean at the end of each day.

• Exposed excavations, disturbed ground surfaces, and unpaved traffic

areas shall be maintained in a moist condition.



• During non-working hours, the Site should be left in a condition that will prevent dust from being generated. At the end of each work day, disturbed areas shall be wetted down and security fencing shall be installed and or inspected to prevent access and additional disturbance.

• Provide temporary cover and daily maintenance for soil or fill stockpiles

and keep active surfaces moist.

• A temporary decontamination pad and/or a stabilized construction entrance shall be provided at active site entrance/egress locations to keep adjacent paved areas clean.

• Soil loaded into transport vehicles for offsite disposal will be covered with continuous heavy duty plastic or other covering to minimize emissions to the atmosphere. The covering will be in good condition, joined at the seams, and securely anchored to minimize headspace where vapors may accumulate.

• Roads : All onsite traffic shall be restricted to specific designated

roads. Off-road travel shall only be authorized on a case-by-case basis. Traffic speed shall also be restricted to an appropriate level not exceeding 20 km / hour on all designated roads. All designated roads shall be considered as high potential dust source areas, and as such, will be a priority for dust controls utilizing water and/or gravel.

61.3 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

Develop and implement Construction Waste Management Plan that should include the list of various items that can either be reused during construction or recycled. Typical items may include steel, ductwork, Glass, Steel, Aluminium, False roof materials, wood, jute bags, containers, paperboard & plastic used in packing, etc. The plan should also include where these materials will be sent to and the mode of transportation. By documenting measures implemented at site, the project will qualify for two points. The contractor has to ensure that 100% by weight or volume of the construction debris is recycled or reused and ultimately diverted from the landfill. Actions required by the contractor:



Tabulate the total waste material, quantities diverted and the means by which diverted in the template attached. • Earmark dedicated place within the site for storing & sorting

construction wastes. • Provide waste skips • Receipts of sale, and donation should be collected and submitted to

SSG. • Gate passes with the weight noted should be provided to the haulers

and later on submitted to SSG. • Photographs of the material being reused on site and the waste

materials being managed on the site should be taken and submitted. • The unit for calculations should remain consistent throughout the

documentation i.e. the percentages are calculated either by weight or by volume. Quantity of waste diverted in tons or cubic yards.

61.4 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan, During Construction

Develop and implement an Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Management Plan for the construction and pre-occupancy phases of the building as follows: • During construction meet or exceed the minimum requirements of the

Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Contractors Association (SMACNA), IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings under Construction, 1995, Chapter 3.

• Protect stored onsite or installed absorptive materials from moisture damage.

• If air handlers must be used during construction, filtration media with a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8 must be used at each return air grill, as determined by ASHRAE 52.2-2004.

Actions required by the contractor:

• Develop Construction IAQ Management plan to include the following

areas as per SMACNA guidelines: ‐ Source Control ‐ Scheduling ‐ Pathway Interruption



‐ Housekeeping ‐ HVAC Protection

• Ensure implementation of IAQ measures on site during construction. • Take photographs of the implemented measures • Provide required documentation to Green building Consultant for

“GRIHA” documentation 61.5 BUILDING MATERIALS

Hereunder are the SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA’S related to the building materials (civil and interiors) i. Materials with Recycled Content ii. Regional/ Local Materials iii. Certified Wood iv. Rapidly Renewable Materials v. Low Emitting Materials vi. Energy Efficiency MATERIALS WITH RECYCLED CONTENT, 10%

Use materials with recycled content such that recycled content constitute minimum 10% of the total value of the building materials in the project.

Recycled content materials are building products that include components that have recycled content and are processed off-site. Post-consumer recycled content is consumer waste that has become a raw material for another product. It originates from products that have served a useful purpose in the consumer market. Post-industrial/Pre-consumer recycled content products are those that contain waste from industrial processes that has been traded through the marketplace. For instance, a composite board manufacturer may purchase sawdust from a lumber mill or waste straw from a wheat farm.

The Value of the recycled content portion of a material or furnishing shall be determined by dividing the weight of recycled content in the item by the total weight of all materials in the item, then multiplying the resulting percentage by the total value of the item. Typically materials would include flyash cement &



blocks, rerolled steel, Aluminum frame, wood from wood waste, tiles, false ceiling, Glass, Tiles, etc. Typical materials with High Recycled Content available in the market are:

S. No. Materials % Recycled content 1. Fly ash blocks 30-40 2. Glass 10-15 3. Ceramic Tiles 20-30 4. MDF wood 15 5. Steel 20-25 6. Gypsum 25-30

REGIONAL/ LOCAL MATERIALS 1. 20% Manufactured Locally

Use a minimum of 20% of the building materials and products that are manufactured regionally within a radius of 800 Kms from the project site. Manufacturing refers to the final assembly of components into the building product that is furnished and installed by the tradesmen.

2. 50% Extracted Locally

Of the regionally manufactured materials mentioned above, use a minimum of 50% of the building materials and products that are extracted, harvested or recovered (as well as manufactured) regionally within a radius of 800 Kms from the project site.

LOW EMITTING MATERIALS (Adhesive, Sealants, Paints and Coatings)

All adhesives, sealants, paints and coatings used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system and applied on-site) shall comply with the requirements as mentioned in the tables below.

S. No. Description Maximum Allowable VOC Limit

(g/l less water) A ADHESIVES



i) Architectural Applications 1. Indoor Carpet Adhesives 50 2. Carpet Pad Adhesives 50 3. Wood floor Adhesive 100 4. Rubber floor Adhesive 60 5. Ceramic Tile Adhesive 65 6. VCT and Asphalt Adhesive 50 7. Dry wall and panel Adhesive 50 8. Structural Glazing adhesive 100 9. Multipurpose Construction

Adhesive 70

ii) Specialty Application 1. PVC Welding 510 2. Top & Trim Adhesive 250 3. Contact Adhesive 80 4. Special Purpose Contact 250 iii) Substrate Specific Application

1. Metal to Metal 30 2. Plastic foams 50 3. Porous material ( except wood) 50 4. Wood 30 5. Fibre Glass 80 B SEALANTS

1. PVC Welding 250 2. Top & Trim Adhesive 300 3. Contact Adhesive 250 4. Special Purpose Contact

Adhesive 420

C PAINTS 1. Non-flat 150 g/L 2. Flat (Mat) 50 g/L 3. Anti-corrosive/anti -rust 250 g/L D COATINGS i) Clear wood finishes

1. Varnish 350 g/L 2. Lacquer 550 g/L 3. Floor Coatings 100 g/L 4. Stains 250 g/L



5. Sealers 6. Waterproofing sealers 250 g/L 7. Sanding sealer 275 g/L 8. Other sealer 200 g/L

LOW EMITTING MATERIALS (Carpet) To reduce the quantity of indoor air contaminants that are odorous, potentially irritating and harmful to the comfort and well being of installers and occupants. Carpet systems and carpet cushion installed must meet or exceed the requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute’s Green Label Indoor Air Quality Test Program. All carpet adhesive shall meet the requirements of EQ Credit 4.1: VOC limit of 50 g/l.

62.0 COMPLIANCE OF CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION WASTE

MANAGEMENT RULES 2016 The contractor shall comply all the rules & regulation of Construction & Demolition Waste Management Rules 2016 as notified by the Government of India as applicable for the said work and subsequent amendment if any, in the said act notified by the Government time to time.

…………..

INDEX

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC)

S. No.

Clause No.

Description Page No.

1. 1 Brief Scope of Work 1 2. 2 Design and Drawings 6 3. 3 Drawings available in the Tender Documents 8 4. 4 Physical Survey Plan & Soil Report 8

5. 5 Built Up Area of the Building to be constructed 9 6. 6 Schedule of Payment 9 7. 7 Payment Terms 10 8. 8 Variation In Contract Value 10 9. 9 Interim Payment Schedule 10

(i)

School of Basic & Applied Sciences Special Conditions of Contract ______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________



FOR

CONSTRUCTION OF SCHOOL OF BASIC &

APPLIED SCIENCES ON

ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT & CONSTRUCTION (EPC) MODE

FOR


AT



___________________________________________________________________________________________________________



The following Special Conditions of Contract shall be read in conjunction with General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and Additional Conditions of Contract (ACC). If there are any provisions in these Special Conditions of Contract, which are at variance with the provisions of General Conditions of Contract, the provisions in these Special Conditions of Contract shall take precedence. Likewise provisions under SCC shall take precedence over the provisions under ACC/GCC, if any.

1) BRIEF SCOPE OF WORK :-

Construction of School of Basic & Applied Sciences on Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode The scope of work (but not limited to) included in this contact is given as under,

in description of items enclosed at Annexure-A separately forming part of the tender documents and stated anywhere in the contract document:

A) CIVIL WORK :-

a) The cutting of trees at the location of the trees and clearing of shrubs after obtaining permission from concerned deptt.

b) Earth work including excavation, de-watering, piling, RCC retaining walls where required shoring etc., Backfilling, Soling and Water-proofing treatment.

c) PCC and RCC works including form work and steel reinforcement. d) Structural Steel Work in glazing supports, Roof level Trallis and

elsewhere. e) Masonry Work f) Plastering Work (Internal and External) g) Floor and wall finishes including skirting, dado / claddings. h) Raised Access flooring i) Granite stone, Anti skid/ polished Vitrified tile, Carpet tile & PCC

flooring. j) Lightweight pre-laminated / glazed partition with internal framing k) Reception counter at level fabricated with corian exteriors. l) Toilet cubicles m) Aluminum Glazed/ Wooden / Metal & Fire doors with all complete

fixtures of approved makes. n) Façade, Structural and Suspended glazing, ACP Cladding,

Aluminum frame work includes sealant, glass, glazing accessories, fittings and fixtures.

o) Door frames and shutters with or without glazing complete with fixtures.

p) Sliding glazed as per elevational profiles issued with Tender drawings.

q) Sky lights.


___________________________________________________________________________________________________________


r) MS / SS railings to staircases and SS railing with clear toughened glass for terraces Aluminum , Gypsum, calcium silicate and metal false ceilings as specified.

s) Waterproofing to toilets, terraces, basements wall, raft slab etc. t) Pantries / Kitchen including exhaust system, cold water supply

system, etc u) Hard / Soft work in open courts and intermediate terraces. v) Exterior finishing / cladding work as per schedule of finishing. w) Any other item as necessary for proper functioning. x) Gypsum Plaster ( wall/ceiling)

B) ELECTRICALWORK :-

a) Main LT. Panel & Emergency Main LT. Panel for Schools. b) Main Distribution Boards, Sub Distribution Boards for Normal &

Essential Supply UPS Panels, MDB-UPS & vertical DB’s and Change over Switches etc complete in all respect.

c) Distribution Boards for Normal Supply, Essential Supply & UPS Supply.

d) Point wiring of all light, light plug points, fan points, & general power points, AC Point, including modular type light and power accessories, under floor Trunking& cross over boxes etc. complete in all respects.

e) Cabling work from Main LT. Panel and Emergency Main LT. Panel to MDB & EMDB. Cables from MDB’s / EMDB’s to SDB’s / AHU’s / Vertical DB & Changeover Switches and cable Trays, including termination of cables at both ends.

f) Sub main wiring form MDB / EMDB / SDB’s / ESDB to final distribution Boards for Raw power, Essential Power & UPS Power including termination of wires at both ends.

g) Light fixtures & ceiling fans. h) Conduiting and wiring for telephone System including tag blocks

complete with telephone cabling between Main & Sub tag blocks & telephone outlets wiring / outlet etc. as required.

i) Data Networking System (Passive Components) consisting of Patch / Jack Panel, Information Outlet (I/O), modular outlet boxes, Patch cords, conduiting and wiring complete in all respects.

j) Conduiting and wiring for Addressable FDA System shall including providing addressable type FDA system comprising of detectors& devices, hooters, manual call point, response indicator fire alarm panel complete in all respects.

k) ESE based lightning protection system consisting of lighting Arrestor, cabling, event counter, earthing etc. complete in all respect.

l) UPS equipment with battery bank and changeover switches as bypass arrangement complete all respect.

m) Earthing of electrical installation complete in all respect.


___________________________________________________________________________________________________________


n) Scope of work shall include supply, installation, testing & commissioning of complete electrical system installation as described above.

It is not the intent to specify completely here in all aspects of design and constructional features of equipments and details of the work to be carried out, nevertheless, the equipment and work shall conform in all respects to high standards of Engineering, design and workmanship and shall be capable of performing in continuous commercial operation in a manner acceptable to the owner who will interpret the meaning of the specifications and drawings and shall have right to reject or accept any work or material which in his assessment is not complete to meet the requirement of these specifications and or applicable codes and standards mentioned else where in these specifications.

C) PLUMBING AND SANITARY WORK :-

a) Sanitary ware and CP fittings as per specifications and approved makes and modules.

b) Complete water supply system (from an existing main) for the complex (internal and external)including pipes valves and fittings and water treatment comprising of Filter, Softener and Chlorination etc.

c) Complete internal and external drainage system for the complex including floor drains, CI down take pipes, CI buried pipes with all inspection chambers, manholes and traps complete (discharge into existing main sewer).

d) Internal and External Storm Water Drainage System (Discharge into existing main drain).

e) Water circulation system including Hydro-pneumatic pumping systems, and electric power panel and control cabling.

f) Rain water Harvesting as per GRIHA norms and site requirements. g) Solar Hot Water Heating System.

D) FIRE FIGHTING AND DETECTION :-

a) Fire pumps, Standby Diesel driven pump, Jockey pumps and

Terrace Booster pumps complete with electric panels, instruments and gauges, Diesel storage day tank complete with all accessories and attachments as per requirements to complete the job according to latest NBC & relevant codes and as per general details below.

b) External and internal hydrants with hose cabinets as specified c) Fire brigade breeching connection to hydrant main as well as to fire

tank. d) Sprinkler system with installation valves, sprinklers and

interconnecting piping.


___________________________________________________________________________________________________________


e) Piping for fire-fighting system as detailed in drawings and specifications - Both internal and external.

f) Supply and installation of portable fire extinguishers as per specifications within the building.

g) Electrical panels, power and control cabling for the fire fighting system.

h) Main fire alarm control panel in the ground floor of the building with repeater panels to be located within the complex.

i) Fire alarm system comprising of smoke and heat detectors, break glass units, amplifiers speakers and strobes as detailed in the drawings and specifications.

E) HVAC WORKS :-

a) Electric driven air cooled screw chillers. b) Condenser water circulating system comprising cooling towers,

pumps, piping, valves, Make up water tank etc. c) Air handling units Double skinned complete with MERV - 13 filters

and variable frequency drives and Demand control ventilation (Fresh air).

d) Variable air volume terminals, FCUs. e) Variable Refrigerant Flow units. f) Sheet metal ducting with insulation where applicable complete with

splitters, dampers, turning vanes etc. g) Fire and smoke dampers. h) Aluminum extruded supply air grilles with volume control dampers

and return air grilles without dampers of all shapes and sizes. i) Acoustic insulation for ducting, plant rooms and air handling unit

rooms j) Under deck roof insulation for all exposed roof. k) Basement (Parking area) ventilation system with exhaust fans,

ducts, inlet air grilles, outlet with cowl and bird screen etc. l) Plant room ventilation systems with exhaust fans, ducts, inlet air

grilles, outlet with cowl and bird screen etc. m) Toilet exhaust system with exhaust fans, ducts, inlet air grilles,

outlet with cowl and bird screen etc. n) Stairwell and lift lobby pressurization system with fans, ducting,

dampers, grilles etc. o) Treated fresh air systems with heat recovery including conditioning

units, ducting, dampers, grilles etc. p) Drain piping wherever required q) All components / instruments / gauges / air vents


___________________________________________________________________________________________________________


r) Electricals for HVAC including all main panels, sub panels, AHU

and fan panels, inter connecting power cabling, control cabling and earthing.

Works has to be executed as per detailed drawings particular specifications, indicative / nomenclature of items as per schedule-A,CPWD specifications with upto date correction slips and manufacturer specifications etc. Anything specified in the drawings, in descriptive items and particular specifications and in technical specifications shall be read together and shall form a composite item to be executed.

2.0 DESIGNS AND DRAWINGS :-

a) Drawings, as appended with the Bid Document for the purpose of tendering shall form part of the contract. These drawings are intended to give a fair picture of the scope of work involved. If required, the contractor may request for any additional details / clarifications. This will however not vitiate the finality of the contract document.

b) The Contractor shall be responsible to prepare coordinated shop

drawings for all MEP Services and obtain approval from the Engineer-in-charge prior to execution. The Contractor must ensure that coordinated shop drawings shall give due weightage to aesthetics and appearance for AC grills, Light fittings, Boxes, Access doors / hatches, Junctions etc.

c) Any item of works, not indicated on the drawing but in line with the

design parameter and standard specifications, shall be deemed to be a part of the contractual obligation and nothing extra shall be paid to the contractor for the same.

d) It is felt that drawings, specifications may not always give complete

information about the nature and extent of the work, considering this the drawings, specifications have been supplemented with indicative items description for better clarity. The Item descriptions, where given, in the tender, are only meant to supplement information given in the drawings and specifications, and for better understanding of the nature of work. Further, the descriptions of item , unless otherwise stated, include wherever necessary, conveyance and delivery, handling, unloading, storing, fabrication, hoisting, scaffolding, all labour for finishing to required shape and size, setting, fitting and fixing in position, straight cutting and waste, return of packings, disposal, cleaning and other incidental charges and/all applicable taxes and duties. Tenderers to quote the rates considering


___________________________________________________________________________________________________________


item description read in conjunctions with drawings / specifications and should follow the MAXIMUM shown / written out of both. No extra / additional claim to this account shall be considered.

e) Engineering Designs by the Contractor:- Drawings issued by the consultants for various disciplines of work

show the complete intent of designs, which is binding and sacrosanct. At the same time, CUJ is not averse to contractor’s initiative aimed at certain improvement by way innovative use of established Engg. Practices where he can effect certain saving without compromising architectural design, after-maintenance aspect, structural safety, etc. It is however made clear that any suggestions / changes must first be got approved from EIC whose decision shall be final and binding. Such changes if accepted by CUJ will not attract any financial implication “Plus or Minus”.

The Bidder shall inspect and examine the conditions and surroundings

of work site including sub-surface conditions, hydrological and climatic conditions, the extent and nature of work and materials necessary for the completion of the work, access to the site, accommodation he may require, risks, contingencies, and other circumstances which may influence or affect his tender, etc. and satisfy himself before submitting his tender.

f) The EIC may call representative of approved manufacturer to visit the

site, inspect the application methodology, material and give his approval towards the same. All arrangements for such visits shall be arranged by the Contractor.

g) The contractor shall specify the Manufacturers/Suppliers specialized

agencies considered before start of work from the approved list of manufacturers given in the tender.

h) Setting Out :- The Bidder shall be responsible for :-

i) The accurate setting-out of the works in relation to original points, lines and levels of reference.

ii) The correction, subject as above mentioned, of the position, levels, dimensions and alignment of all parts of the work, and


___________________________________________________________________________________________________________


iii) The provision of all necessary instruments appliances (essentially laser guided) and labour in connection with the foregoing responsibilities.

If, at any time during the progress of the Works, any error shall appear or arise in the position, levels, dimensions or alignment of any part of the Works, the Contractor, on being required so to do by the EIC, shall, at his own cost, rectify such error to the satisfaction of the EIC. The checking of any setting-out or of any line or level by the EIC shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the correctness thereof and the Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve all bench-marks, sight-rails, pegs and other things used in setting-out the works.

3.0 DRAWINGS AVAILABLE IN THE TENDER DOCUMETNS:-

a) Soft copies of following architectural schematic drawings in PDF format are being uploaded & available with tender documents for the bidder to understand the project. Soft copies of working drawings in Auto CAD format of all disciplines (required for quantity estimation and showing the work to be executed) shall be provided to only those bidders who will purchase the tender documents.

S.No. Drg.No. Title

1. Common Drgs:-

CD/A-01 Part Master Plan – Academic Zone 2. CD/A-02 Part Master Plan – Showing School

of Basic Applied Sciences 3. CD/A-03 General Arrangement in School 4. CD/A-04 Valley Side Schematic Image of

School 5. School of

Basic & Applied Sciences (5 Deptts.)

SBAS/A-01 Plan at Level (-)9 & (-)8 6. SBAS/A-02 Plan at Level (-)7 7. SBAS/A-03 Plan at Level (-)6 8. SBAS/A-04 Plan at Level (-)5 9. SBAS/A-05 Plan at Level (-)4

10. SBAS/A-06 Plan at Level (-)3 11. SBAS/A-07 Plan at Level (-)2 12. SBAS/A-08 Plan at Level (-)1 13. SBAS/A-09 Plan at Entry Level 14. SBAS/A-10 Plan at Level (-)1 15. SBAS/A-11 Plan at Level (-)2 16. SBAS/A-12 Plan at Terrace Level 17. SBAS/A-13 Sections


___________________________________________________________________________________________________________


b) Furniture whereas shown in plans is only indicative and does not form part of scope of this contract.

4.0 Physical Survey Plan & Soil Report :-

Soil Investigation report as conducted by CUJ is annexed with NIT for bidder’s information. Tender being an EPC format, it would be advisable for the bidders to conduct their own soil investigation before bidding. CUJ will provide all necessary assistance on request. CUJ does not take any responsibility, whatsoever, for correctness of soil report as well Survey plan issued. No claims of any nature will be entertained on this account.

5.0 BUILT UP AREA OF THE BUILDING TO BE CONSTRUCTED :

Description Area Built-Up Area Under “School of Basic And Applied Sciences (5 Departments)”

26,848 Sqm.

Note :-i) Above built-up area are firm and final for purposes of payment under

this contract. ii) Any work shown in the drawings but not considered in above calculation,

such as RCC retaining walls around open courts, area under open courts, internal & external and terraces, pillars and walls of architectural façade features, roof level trellis, area under service shafts, lift shafts other than Ground floor etc. etc. shall be deemed as included in above area, and not payable under the item of “Built-up Area” or any other terms of the contract. It is made clear to bidders that no claim whatsoever of an area addition will be allowed till there is any change in plans duly authorized by CUJ.

iii) Besides, bidders are required to confirm the acceptance of above

built-up area. In case bidder notices any discrepancies in above area, he is required to clarify the same well before submitting his offer.

6.0 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENT i) For the purpose of R/A stage payments, construction activity has been divided

into combined subheads of work as per the expected sequence of construction approx. area of each sub-zone has been worked out and made part of this schedule. Such approx. calculation of built-up areas is meant for working out stage payment only.

ii) The Per Sqm / Price as quoted in format of Schedule of Quantities shall include

cost of all items of works included in Scope of work in the tender document, drawings, specifications to complete the work irrespective of whether all the


___________________________________________________________________________________________________________


items for supply, erection and execution are categorically listed out or not including contractual liability till expiry of Defect Liability.

iii) All the works which are deemed to be performed, executed and supplied by the

contractor and its cost thereof should be covered suitably. Non-familiarity and non-identification of any works will not be considered a reason either for extra claim or not carrying out the work in strict conformity with drawings, specifications and instructions of Engineer-In-Charge.

iv) The intermediate payments shall be made to the contractor at the stages

mentioned hereinafter. Pro-rata payment on the basis on running account bill shall be admissible. Decision of Engineer-In-Charge as to the extent of scope of works executed upto a particular stage and pro-rata account admissible thereon shall be final and binding on the contractor.

7.0 Payment Terms : 7.1 The built-up area as referred above is firm and final for the purposes of

payment under this contract. 7.2 If at any stage, during construction, any changes in built up area are desired

by Owner (CUJ)/PMC due to the certain unforeseen consideration, Contractor is bound to execute the same. However, the payment of such increase / decrease in area shall be regulated / made as given under :

S. No.

Description of type of variation, if any Mode of regulation of Payment

i) Increase / Decrease in total built up area of the School Building limited upto 5% of total built up area i.e. 26,848 Sqm.

No adjustment.

ii) Increase / Decrease in total built up area of the School Building beyond 5% of total built up area i.e. 26,848 Sqm.

Payment towards increase in area / recovery for reduction in area shall be made at the quoted rate after adjusting

the limit of 5% of said built-up area.

iii) Change of any other nature. Rate as mutually agreed among Owner, PMC, Contractor.

7.3 Bidder is appraised that there will be no phasing of the contract and that

entire site would be released immediately on award of work. 7.4 The rate quoted by bidder will be inclusive of all taxes & duties, octroi,

royalties, Service Tax, Labour Cess, VAT/WCT/GST and Entry tax and other applicable taxes.


___________________________________________________________________________________________________________


8.0 VARIATION IN CONTRACT VALUE Though the built up area of the building mentioned in the tender document

are firm, however due to certain unforeseen consideration, same may vary on the instructions of the owner, to any extent within +/- 20% (Twenty percent) of the order value.

9.0 INTERIM PAYMENT SCHEDULE • Interim running accounts payments shall be released in stages as per the

following schedule :- Payment Stage

Item of work Percentage of awarded value payable on

completion of work under relevant stage.

1. On completion of work upto Plinth Level including :-

a) Excavation b) PCC Work c) Water proofing of d) Foundation raft / Grade slab e) Retaining & other RCC wall f) Under Ground Tank

20%

2. On completion of RCC work Above Plinth Level including :-

a) Columns Beams Slab / Slabs b) Stairs Structure c) Lift wells structure d) Over Head Tank

25%

3. On completion of :- a) Brick work / Lintels b) All piping &conduting work in chase c) Fixing of door frame. d) Sub frames for aluminium windows. e) Complete plumbing at floor level and in

chase. f) Plaster Work.(Internal & External)

12.5%

4. On completion of :- a) Surface Conduting / Wiring / Cabling /

Switches b) A/C ducting. c) Fire Piping & Sprinklers d) All other services at ceiling level e) Services below floor.

7.5%


___________________________________________________________________________________________________________


5. On completion of :- a) Water proofing and other work at terrace

level. b) Partitions c) False Ceiling with complete lighting &

other fixtures. d) Flooring (other than soft flooring)

7.5%

6. On completion of :- a) Fixing windows glazings & door shutters

5%

7. On completion of :- a) HVAC – High side. b) Work in external development including

Parking, Foot Paths, Drainage, Sewerage, Fire Line-Hydrants.

7.5%

8. On completion of :- a) Lift Installation b) Painting & Polishing c) All remaining flooring. d) Lift Lobby dados e) M.S. Trellis f) Ext. Stone cladding.

10%

9. On completion of :- a) All left over work. b) Testing & Commissioning of all

equipments. c) Obtain required approvals d) Handing over e) Submission of “As Built” drawings.

5%

TOTAL :- 100% EXPLANATORY NOTE :-

a) It is expected that contractor shall take up above “group of works” deptt-wise or floor-wise.

b) Approx. area of the “Deptt. Block or floor” where above combined work has been completed, shall be measured for R.A payment.

c) Total area of all blocks shall total-up to built-up area as shown for the respective schools.

-o-o-o-

ENCLOSED : DESCRIPTION OF WORK AT ANNEXURE-A

ANNEXURE-A

DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS

FOR


ON ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT &


FOR


AT


S.No. Description. Unit.

1 2 3Note: This BOQ to be read in conjunction with general conditions, special conditions, LEED/ GRIHA

conditions and other tender document.1.00 SUB-HEAD : I : EARTH WORK :-

1.01 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator) / manual means over areas

(exceeding 30cm in depth. 1.5m in width as well as 10 sqm on plan) including disposal of excavated

earth,all lift and lead ( with in university campus upto 3 KM), disposed earth to be levelled and neatly dressed

complete as per direction of Engineer in charge. a) All kinds of soil including river pebbles. Cum

1.02 Filling available excavated earth (excluding rock) in trenches, plinth, sides of foundations etc. in layers not

exceeding 20 cm in depth, consolidating each deposited layer by ramming and watering , all lift and lead

complete as per direction of Engineer in charge. Cum

1.03 Excavating trenches of required width for pipes, cables, etc., including excavation for sockets and dressing of

sides, ramming of bottoms, depth upto 1.5m including taking out the excavated soil and then returning the soil

as required in layers, not exceeding 20cm in depth including consolidating each deposited layer by ramming,

watering, etc., and disposing of surplus excavated soil as directed within a lead of 50m.All kind of soils including rever boulder

a) Pipes, cables etc not exceeding 80mm dia . metre

b) Pipes, cables etc exceeding 80mm dia but not exceeding 300mm dia. metre

c) Pipes, cables etc exceeding 300mm dia but not exceeding 600mm dia. metre

1.04 Clearing jungle including uprooting of rank vegetation grass, brush wood, trees and saplings of girth upto 30cm

measured at a height of 1m above ground level and removal of rubbish inclusive of uprooted items upto a

distance of 50m outside the periphery of the area cleared: 100 sqm

1.05 Providing and injecting chemical emulsion chlorophyriphos 20 % emulsifiable concentrates with 1%

concentration or Lindane 20 % emulsifiable concentrates with 1 % concentration as IS 6313 Post constructional

anti -termite treatment and creating a continuous chemical barrier under and alround wall trenches, top surface

of plinth filling, junction of wall and floor along the external perimeter of the of the building, expansion joints

over the top surface of consolidated earth on which apron is to be laid, surroundings of pipes and conduits etc.

complete as per specifications . The work shall be carried out by a specialised agency and shall carry a

performance guarantee on stamp paper for 10 years ((Plinth area at ground floor level to be measured and

paid for ) sqm

SECTION - A : DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS FOR CIVIL WORK

Name of work : Construction of School of Basic & Applied Sciences (5 dept) at Central University of Jammu.

SCOPE OF WORK

Civil Works 1 of 26 School of Basic and Applied Sciences


1 2 32.00 SUB-HEAD : II : CONCRETE WORK :-

2.01 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specific grade excluding the cost of centring and shuttering-

All work upto plinth level

a) 1:2:4 (1 Cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) cumb) 1:4:8 ( 1 cement: 4 coarse sand:8 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size ) cumc) 1:5:10 ( ( 1 cement: 5 coarse sand: 10 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size ) cum

2.02 Making plinth protection 50mm thick of cement concrete 1:3:6 ( 1 cement: 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stoneaggregate 20 mm nominal size ) over 75mm thick bed of dry brick ballast 40 mm nominal size, well rammed andconsolidated and grouted with fine sand, including finishing the top smooth. sqm

2.03 Providing and laying in position ready mixed plain cement concrete, using fly ash and cement content as per

approved design mix and manufactured in fully automatic batching plant and transported to site of work in transit

mixer for all leads, having continuous agitated mixer, manufactured as per mix design of specified grade for

plain cement concrete work, including pumping of R.M.C. from transit mixer to site of laying and curing,

excluding the cost of centring, shuttering and finishing, including cost of curing, admixtures in recommended

proportions as per IS : 9103 to accelerate/ retard setting of concrete, improve workability without impairing

strength and durability as per direction of the Engineer - in - charge.Note : (1) Excess/less cement used than specified in this item is payable/ recoverable separately. (2) Fly ash

conforming to grade I of IS 3812 (Part- 1) only be used as part replacement of OPC as per IS : 456. Uniform

blending with Cement is to be ensured in accordance with clauses 5.2 and 5.2.1 of IS: 456 -2000 in the items of

BMC and RMC.2.03.1 a) All works upto plinth level in M-10 grade plain cement concrete (cement content considered @ 220 kg/cum)

cum

3.00 SUB-HEAD : III : REINFORCEMENT CEMENT CONCRETE :-

3.01 Providing and laying in position ready mixed M-25 grade concrete for reinforced cement concrete work, using

cement content as per approved design mix, manufactured in fully automatic batching plant and transported to

site of work in transit mixer for all leads, having continuous agitated mixer, manufactured as per mix design of

specified grade for reinforced cement concrete work, including pumping of R.M.C. from transit mixer to site of

laying , excluding the cost of centering, shuttering finishing and reinforcement, including cost of admixtures in

recommended proportions as per IS : 9103 to accelerate/ retard setting of concrete, improve workability without

impairing strength and durability as per direction of the Engineer - in - charge..( Note: Cement content considered in this item is 330 Kg/cum. Excess/less cement used as per design mix is

payable /recoverable separately )

a) All works upto plinth level. cum

b) All works above plinth level upto floor V level. cum

3.02 Extra for providing richer mixes at all floor levels.

a) Providing M-30 grade concrete instead of M-25 grade BMC/RMC. ( Note ; Cement content considered in M-30is @ 340 Kg/cum ) cumb) Providing M-30 grade concrete instead of M-25 grade BMC/RMC. ( Note ; Cement content considered in M-30is @ 340 Kg/cum ) cum



1 2 3c) Providing M-40 grade concrete instead of M-25 grade BMC/RMC. ( Note ; Cement content considered in M-40is @ 360 Kg/cum ) cum

3.03 Centring and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for:

a) Foundation ,footing, bases of columns ,etc. for mass concrete. sqm

b) Walls ( Any thickness ) including attached pilasters, butteresses, plinth and string courses etc. sqm

c) Suspended floors, roofs, landings, balconies and access platform. sqm

d) Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, bressuners and cantilevers. sqm

e) Columns,Pillars,Piers,Abutments,Posts and struts. sqm

f) Stairs,( Excluding landings except spiral-staircases ) sqm

g) Edges of slab and breaks in floors and wallsi) Under 20cm wide. metreii) Above 20cm wide. sqm

h) Weather shade,chajjas,corbels etc., including edges. sqmi) Extra for shuttering in circular work (20% of respective centring and shuttering Item( col) sqm

3.04 Steel reinforcement for RCC work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all

complete for all works i.e. below /above plinth level.Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars( Fe- 500) KG

3.05 Extra for additional height in centring, shuttering wherever required with adequate bracing, propping etc.

including cost of de-shuttering & de-centring at all levels over a height of 3.5 m, for every additional height of 1

m, or part thereof (Plan area to be measured).

(a) Suspended floors, roofs, landing, beams and balconies (Plan area to be measured).sqm

3.06 Providing and fixing Armour Board (SIL –FIL) of Dawn colour between expansion joints, thickness built up using

10mm specifically extruded high performance sheet minimum density 30 kg per cum and compression strength

0.21 Kg./Sqm when tested as per ASTM D-3575 including using double sided adhesive SIL tape (manufactured

by Supreme Industries Ltd. or equivalent) of 25x25x2 mm at four places per Sqm to the casted surface to form

the expansion joint Armour Board (SIL – FIL) will become one side of the shuttering while the expansion joint is

being created, including cost and conveyance of all materials, cutting and placing to the required size, labour

charges, sundries, wastage etc. at all levels complete as per drawings and as direction and satisfaction of

Engineer-in-Charge.100mm thick sqm



1 2 33.07 Providing and fixing of expansion joint system related with floor location as per drawings and direction of

Engineer-In-Charge. The joints system will be of extruded aluminium base members, self aligning / self centring

arrangement and support plates etc. as per ASTM B221-02. The system shall be such that it provides floor to

floor /floor to wall expansion control system for various vertical location in load application areas that

accommodates multi directional seismic movement without stress to it's components. System shall consist of

metal profiles with a universal aluminium base member designed to accommodate various project conditions and

finish floor treatments. The cover plate shall be designed of width and

thickness required to satisfy projects movement and loading requirements and secured to base members by

utilizing manufacturer’s pre-engineered self-centring arrangement that freely rotates / moves in all directions. The Self – centring arrangement shall exhibit circular sphere ends that lock and slide inside the corresponding

aluminium extrusion cavity to allow freedom of movement and flexure in all directions including vertical

displacement. Provision of Moisture Barrier Membrane in the Joint System to have watertight joint is mandatory

requirement all as per the manufactures design and as approved by Engineer -in- Charge . (Material shall

confirm to ASTM 6063.).Floor joint of 100mm gap metre

3.08 Providing and fixing of expansion joint system related with wall joint (internal/external) location as per drawings

and direction of Engineer-In- Charge. The joints shall be of extruded aluminium base members, self aligning /

centring arrangement and support plates as per ASTM B221- 02. The material shall be such that it provides an

Expansion Joints System suitable for vertical wall to wall/ wall to corner application, both new and existing

construction in office Buildings & complexes with no slipping down tendency amongst the components of the

Joint System. The Joint System shall utilize light weight aluminium profiles exhibiting minimal exposed aluminium

surfaces mechanically snap locking the multicellular to facilitate movement. (Material shall confirm to ASTM

6063.) .Wall joint of 100mm gap metre

3.09 Providing and fixing of expansion joint system of approved make and manufactures for various roof locations as

per approved drawings and direction of Engineer-In-Charge. The joints shall be of extruded aluminium base

members with, self aligning and self centring arrangement support plates as per ASTM B221-02. The system

shall be such that it provides watertight roof to roof/roof to corner joint cover expansion control system that is

capable of accommodating multidirectional seismic movement without stress to its components. System shall

consist of metal profile that incorporates a universal aluminium base member designed to accommodate various

project conditions and roof treatments. The cover plate shall be designed of width and thickness required to

satisfy movement and loading requirements and secured to base members by utilizing manufacturer’s pre-

engineered self-centring arrangement that freely rotates / moves in all directions.



1 2 3The Self centring arrangement shall exhibit circular sphere ends that lock and slide inside the corresponding

aluminium extrusion cavity to allow freedom of movement and flexure in all directions including vertical

displacement. The Joint System shall resists damage or deterioration from the impact of falling ice, exposure to

UV, airborne contaminants and occasional foot traffic from maintenance personnel. Provision of Moisture Barrier

Membrane in the Joint System to have water tight joint is mandatory requirement. Material shall confirm to

ASTM 6063.Roof joint of 100mm gap metre

3.10 Add for using extra cement in the items of design mix over and above the specified cement content therein

quintal

3.11 Providing and fixing sheet covering expansion joints with iron screws as per design.

a) Aluminium fluted strips 3.15mm thick 200 mm wide metre

4.00 SUB-HEAD : IV : BRICK WORK :-

4.01 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in foundation and plinth

in:a) Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) cum

4.02 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above

plinth level up to floor V level in all shapes and sizes in :a) Cement mortar 1:6 ( 1 cement: 6 coarse sand ) cum

4.03 Half brick masonry work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in

foundation and plinth in:a) Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) sqm

4.04 Half brick masonry work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in super

structure above plinth level upto floor V level . a) Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) sqm

4.05 Brick work with non modular fly ash bricks conforming to IS: 12894,class designation 10 average compressive

strength in super structure above plinth level upto floor V level in :

a) Cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement: 4 coarse sand ) cum

4.06 Half brick masonry with non modular fly ash of class designation 10,conforming to IS: 12894,in super structure

above plinth and upto floor V level.

a) Cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement: 4 coarse sand ) sqm

4.07 Providing and laying autoclaved aerated cement blocks masonry with AAC blocks of required size made using fly ash

as basic raw material, blocks conforming to IS 2185 Part 3 (1989) having density in oven dry condition 551 - 650

Kg/Cum, minimum Compressive strength 4 N/mm2, thermal conductivity in air dry condition 0.24 W/mK, in super

structure above plinth level up to floor all level in polymer mortar 3 to 4mm thick as per approved manufacturer

specifications and directed by Engineer in charge.a) Polymer mortar / Adhesive mortar cum



1 2 34.08 Extra for providing and placing in position 2 Nos 6 mm dia M.S. bars at every third course of Half brick masonry

work . sqm

4.09 Extra for providing and placing in position 1 nos (40mm x3mm thick) MS flat at every third course of AAC blockmasonry work . Kg

5.00 SUB-HEAD: V: MARBLE WORK:-

5.01 Providing and fixing double stone slabs with table rubbed, edges rounded and polished, of size 75 x 50 cm deep

and 1.8cm thick ,fixed in urinal partitions by cutting a chase of appropriate width with chase cutter and

embedding the stone in the chase with epoxy grout or with cement concrete 1:2;4 ( 1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4

graded stone aggregate 6mm nominal size ) as per direction of Engineer-in-charge and finished smooth.a) Granite any colour and shade of approved shade. sqm

5.02 Providing and fixing 18mm thick mirror polished, machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity counters facias and

similar locations of required size of approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20mm thick base cement

mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) with joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment,

epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing etc. complete at all levels. a) Granite of any colour and shade (Area over 0.5 sqm. ) sqm

5.03 Extra for providing opening of required size & shape for wash basins / kitchen sink in kitchen platform, vanitycounters and similar location in marble / stone work including necessary holes for pillar taps etc. includingrubbing and polishing of cut edges etc. complete. each opening

5.04 Providing edge moulding to 18mm thick marble/ granite stone counters, vanities etc, including machine polishing

to edge to give high glass finish etc. complete as per design approved by Engineer-in-Chargea) Granite work metre

5.05 Granite stone flooring with 18mm thick Granite of approved shade (sample of Granite shall be approved by

Engineer-In-Charge) over 20mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand ) laid and

jointed with grey cement slurry including rubbing and mirror polishing complete with :-

a) Granite sqm

5.06 Granite stone 18mm thick in Riser/skirting laid on 12mm ( average ) thick cement mortar 1:3 ( 1 cement: 3

coarse sand ) and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slabs, including

rubbing mirror polishing complete. sqm

5.07 Granite stone ( Flamed / sand blasted) flooring with 18mm thick Granite of approved shade (sample of Granite

shall be approved by Engineer-In-Charge) over 20mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4

coarse sand ) laid and jointed with grey cement slurry complete with :-

a) Granite ( Flamed / sand blasted) for stair case treads/ Landing sqm

6.00 SUB-HEAD: VI: WOOD WORK:-



1 2 3

6.01 Providing and fixing ISI marked flush door shutters conforming to IS : 2202 (Part I) non-decorative type, core of

block board construction with frame of 1st class hard wood and well matched commercial 3 ply veneering with

vertical grains or cross bands and face veneers on both faces of shutters :..

a) 35 mm thick including ISI marked Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws sqm

6.02 Providing and fixing decorative high pressure laminated sheet of plain / wood grain in gloss/matt/suede finish

with high density protective surface layer and reverse side of adhesive bonding quality confirming to IS: 2046

Type S ,including cost of adhesive of approved quality.

a) 1.0mm thick sqm

6.03 Extra for providing lipping with 2nd class teak wood battens 25mm minimum depth on all edges of flush door

shutters ( over all area of door shutter to be measured ) sqm

6.04 Providing and fixing ISI marked aluminium butt hinges anodised ( anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as

per IS:1868 ) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade with necessary screws etc. complete.

a) 125x75x4 mm eacha) 100x75x4 mm each

6.05 Providing and fixing aluminium sliding door bolts, ISI marked anodised ( anodic coating not less than grade AC

as per IS: 1868 ),transparent or dyed to required colour or shade, with nuts and screws etc. complete:a) 300 x 16mm each

6.06 Providing and fixing stainless steel (grade 304) tower bolts of DORMA /Dline-Carl - F / Assa Abloy/ARKAY makeor approved equivalent with necessary screws etc complete.

a) 300 x 10mm eachb) 150 x 10mm eachb) 100 x 10mm each

6.07 Providing and fixing aluminium handles, ISI marked anodised ( anodic coating not less than grade AC as per IS:

1868 ),transparent or dyed to required colour or shade, with necessary screws etc. complete:a) 125mm each

6.08 Providing and fixing aluminium hanging floor door stopper, ISI marked anodised ( anodic coating not less than

grade AC as per IS: 1868 ),transparent or dyed to required colour or shade, with necessary screws etc.

complete:a) Twin rubber stopper each

6.09 Providing and fixing aluminium casement stays, ISI marked, anodised ( anodic coating not less than grade AC

10 as per IS: 1868 ) transparent or dyed to required colour and shade, with necessary screws etc. complete. each

6.10 Providing and fixing aluminium extruded section body tubular type universal hydraulic door closer (having brand

logo with ISI, IS : 3564, embossed on the body, door weight upto 36 kg to 80 kg and door width from 701 mm to

1000 mm), with double speed adjustment with necessary accessories and screws etc. complete. Each.



1 2 36.11 Providing and fixing bright finished 100 mm mortise latch and lock with six levers in stainless steel satin / polished

finish and a pair of stainless steel lever handles of make Hafele make (article no. 911.02.165, 916.96.006,

903.99.058) / Dorma (Puer ST 8100) /Yale make (article no. YTL-030+38P3+60MMDPSN-S) or approved equivalent

make with necessary s.s. screws etc. complete as per direction of Engineer in charge. Each.

6.12 Extra for cutting rebate in flush door shutters ( Total area of the flush door to be measured ) sqm

6.13 Extra for providing vision panel not exceeding 0.1 sqm in all types of flush door ( cost of class excluded ) ( over

all area of the door shutter to be measured ).a) Rectangular or square sqm

6.14 Providing and fixing " Ivory coast teak wood" stair case handrail of sectional area 65x40 fixed with screw to M.S

railing with two coat of sprit polish over a base coat of wood filter to hand rail including making the curve in

hand rail on turning, complete. metre

6.15 Providing and fixing in position single / double, leaf fire check doors and chowkhat frames at all levels of

approved make, design, finish, tested and certified at CBRI, Roorkee etc. complete in all respect as per

specifications and direction of Engineer-In-Charge and consisting of :-

a) 46mm thick M.S fire rated door of 120 minutes fire rating fabricated with 2 nos. 1.2mm thick galvanised sheet

with infill of fire rated proprietary insulation filler both faces of sheet with lock seam joints at stile edges and

internal reinforcement at top, bottom and stile edges for fire rating. The door frames are manufactured from

1.6mm thick galvanised steel sheet pressed form to double rebate profile of size 154mm x 77mm ( nominal ).

The door frames and door shutters are primed with etch primer and finished with PU/Powder coated . The

shutter would be mounted with SS Ball Bearing Hinges of size 100mm x 75mm x 3.0mm of Becker Fire

Solutions ( 4Nos per leaf ),appropriate openings for view panel glass, if required. Prototype Test certificate for a

test carried out earlier at CBRI Roorkee for fire rating of doors, shall be attached along with manufacturers test

certificate. Provisions for fixing all fixtures shall be built in on the doors prior to the supply.

b) 6mm thick nominal Pilkington pyroshield / Central Fire Rated Clear Wired Glass of 120 minutes rating one on

each leaf of size 200 x 300mm.

c) Stainless steel ball bearing hinges of size 100mm x 75mm x 3mm of BECKER Fire Solution, 4 Nos. on eachleaf with screws etc. sqm

Note:- Surface area of shutter including door frame in elevation (one side Only) shall be measured for

payment..

6.16 Providing and fixing bright finished 100 mm mortise latch in stainless steel satin / polished finish with one dead bolt

and pair of stainless steel (grade 304) lever handles with necessary s.s. screws etc. complete Hafele make (article

no. 911.02.165, 916.96.006, 903.99.058) / Dorma (Pure ST 8100) /Yale make (article no. YTL-

030+38P3+60MMDPSN-S) or approved equivalent make with necessary s.s. screws etc. complete as per direction of

Engineer in charge. Each.

6.17 Providing and fixing aluminium tower bolts, ISI marked, anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 asper IS : 1868 ) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade, with necessary screws etc. complete.



1 2 3a) 300 x 10mm eachb)150 x 10mm eachc)100 x 10mm each

6.18 Laminated Partition Supply & fixing 18mm thick prelaminated board ( both side) Partitions overall thickness 190mm thick upto false

ceiling consisting of MS Frame tubular frame section 82mm x 145mmx4.8mm thick including 40mm insulation .

1200mm high partition with 12mm thick toughened clear glass above as well as 12mm thick toughened clear glass

doors with aluminium frame works , floor springs , piviot , ss handles etc as desired and film bands as per drawings

and direction Engineer in charge.( MS frame work paid separately of relevant item) sqm

6.19 Providing and fixing 75 mm overall thickness full height partition with 12.5 mm thick double skin fire rated gypsum

board of approved make conforming to IS: 2095: part I. upto ceiling height consisting of G.I. frame and required

board including providing and fixing of frame work made of special section power pressed/ roll form G.I. sheet with

zinc coating of 120 gms/sqm(both side inclusive), consisting of floor and ceiling channel 50mm wide having equal

flanges of 32 mm and 0.50 mm thick, fixed to the floor and ceiling at the spacing of 610 mm centre to centre with

dash fastener of 12.5 mm dia meter 50 mm length or suitable anchor fastener or metal screws with nylon plugs and

the studs 48 mm wide having one flange of 34 mm and other flange 36 mm and 0.50 mm thick fixed vertically within flanges of floor and ceiling

channel and placed at a spacing of 610mm centre to centre by 6 mm dia bolts and nuts, including fixing of studs

along both ends of partition fixed flush to wall with suitable anchor fastener or metal screws with nylon plugs at

spacing of 450 mm centre to centre, and fixing of boards to both side of frame work by 25 mm long dry wall screws

on studs, floor and ceiling channels at the spacing of 300 mm centre to centre. . The boards are to be fixed to the

frame work with joints staggered to avoid through cracks, M.S. fixing channel of 99 mm width (0.9 mm thick having

two flanges of 9.5 mm each) to be provided at the horizontal joints of two boards, fixed to the studs using metal to

metal flat head screws, including jointing and finishing to a flush finish with recommended jointing compound,

jointing tape, angle beads at corner (25 mm x 25 mm x 0.5 mm), joint finisher and two coats of primer suitable for

board as per manufacture's specification and direction of engineer in charge all complete. Payment shall be made

only for the area covered by gypsum board. sqm

7.00 SUB-HEAD: VII: STONE WORK:-



1 2 37.01 Providing and fixing dry cladding all heights with 30 mm thick gang saw cut stone with ( machine cut edges) of

uniform colour and size upto 1mx1m or approved size fixed to structural steel frame work and/or with the help of

cramps, pins etc. and sealing the joints with approved weather sealant as per Architectural drawing and direction

of Engineer-in-charge. (The MS frame work or stainless steel cramps and pins etc. shall be paid for separately)

a) Red sand stone rubbed smooth sqmb) White sand stone rubbed smooth sqm

7.02 Providing and fixing structural steel frame (for dry cladding with 30 mm thick gang saw cut with machine cut

edges sand stone) on walls at all heights using M.S. square/ rectangular tube in the required pattern as per

architectural drawing, including cost of cutting, bending, welding etc. The frame work shall be fixed to the wall

with the help of M.S. brackets/ lugs of angle iron/ flats etc. which shall be welded to the frame and embedded in

brick wall with cement concrete block 1:2:4 (1 cement :2 coarse sand :4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal

size) of size 300x230x300 mm, including cost of necessary centring and shuttering and with approved expansion

hold fasteners on CC/RCC surface, including drilling necessary holes. Approved cramps/ pins etc. shall be

welded to the frame work to support stone cladding, the steel work will be given a priming coat of Zinc primer as

approved by Engineerin-charge and painted with two or more coats of epoxy paint (Shop drawings shall be

submitted by the contractor to the Engineer-in-charge for approval before execution). The frame work shall be

fixed in true horizontal & vertical lines/planes. (Only structural steel frame work shall be measured for the

purpose of payment, stainless steel cramps shall be paid for separately and nothing extra shall be paid) kg

7.03 Providing and fixing adjustable stainless steel cramps of approved quality, required shape and size, adjustable

with stainless steel nuts, bolts and washer (total weight not less than 260 gms , Clamp of 304 grade wherein pin

of 316 grade, clamp body min 5mm thick and shall carry a dead load of 79.5 kgs at min offset, clamp available

with variable offset lengths from 50-65mm or as desired for stone dry stone cladding fixed at suitable location,

including making necessary recesses in stone slab, drilling required holes etc. complete as per direction of the

Engineer-in-charge. Clamps shall be fastened by ETA Approved anchor suitable to be used on AAC blocks/CC

hollow blocks/fly ash brick/ RCC Col / beam work comprising of polyamide PA 6 grade sleeve and stainless steel

(304) grade double threaded screw with hexagonal head.

. each

7.04 Supplying and laying Ovilite Grass Track Grass Pavers , Green honeycomb panels with self anchoring pegs, made

of high impact resistant HDPE of size 330mm x 330 mm and 35 mm in height as required finished neat and

complete. ( Landscape work) sqm



1 2 37.05 Providing and laying in position Plum cement concrete of specific grade for leveling / Soiling/ foundation/ sub

base or similar locations etc including the cost of centring and shuttering-All work upto plinth level as per

direction of Engineer in charge. (Only Excavated stone Boulder to be used , Excavating of stone

Breaking, handling and shifting cost to be included in rates)a) 1:4:8 ( ( 1 cement: 4 coarse sand: 8 graded stone aggregate as required size & specifications/ direction of

Engineer in charge ) sqm

7.06 Extra for shotblasted / honed finish / sand blasted finish over kota/ sand stone. ( Landscaping work) sqm

7.07 Stone work, plain in copings, cornices, string courses and plinth courses,window sill, jamb etc upto 75 mm thick

in Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand),including pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white

cement :2 stone dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the stone shade.

Red sand stone cum

7.08 Extra for stone work for wall lining/ dry cladding on exterior walls of height more than 10.00 m from ground level

for every additional height of 4 m or part there of. sqm

8.00 SUB-HEAD: VIII: FLOORING:-

8.01 62 mm thick cement concrete flooring with concrete hardener topping under layer 50 mm thick cement concrete

1:2:4 (1 Cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and top layer 12 mm thick

Hardcrete cement hardener consisting of mix 1:2 (1 cement hardener mix : 2 graded stone aggregate 6mm

nominal size) by volume hardening compound is mixed @ 2 litre per 50 kg of cement or as per manufacturers

specifications. This included cost of cement slurry, but excluding the cost of nosing of steps etc. complete. sqm

8.02 Cement concrete flooring 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate) finished with floating coat

of neat cement including cement slurry, but excluding the cost of nosing of steps etc. complete.

a) 40mm thick with 20mm nominal size stone aggregate sqm

8.03 Cement plaster skirting upto 30 cm height with cement mortar 1:3 (1 Cement: 3 coarse sand) finished with a

floating coat of neat cement.a) 18 mm thick sqm

8.04 Kota stone slab flooring over 20mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed

with pigment to match the shade of the slab including rubbing and polishing complete with base of cement

mortar 1 : 4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand) : sqm25 mm thick

8.05 Kota stone slabs 20 mm thick in risers of steps, skirting, dado and pillars laid on 12 mm (average) thick cement

mortar 1:3 (1 cement 3 coarse sand) and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the

shade of the slabs, including rubbing and polishing complete. sqm



1 2 38.06 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with

water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS : 15622, of approved make, in all colours and shades,

laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), including grouting the joints with white

cement and matching pigments etc., completeA) Antiskid / satin / Matt finish Vitrified Tile

a) Size of Tile 600 x 600 mm sqmB) Polish finish vitrified tile

a) Size of Tile 600 x 600 mm sqm

8.07 Providing and laying Double charge vitrified tiles (Polish Finish) in different size ( thickness to be specified by

manufacturer), with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS: 15622,of approved brand &

manufacturer in colours & shads in skirting, rises of steps and dados over 12mm thick bed of cement

mortar 1:3 ( 1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg. per sqm. Including

pointing with white cement mixed with pigment of matching shade complete.A) Polish finish vitrified tile

a) Size of Tile 600 x 600mm sqm

8.08 Providing and fixing Ist quality ceramic glazed wall tiles conforming to IS : 15622 (thickness to be specified bythe manufacture ) of approved make in all colours, shades except burgundy, bottle green, black of any size asapproved by Engineer-in-Charge in skirting, risers of steps and dados over 12 mm thick bed of cement Mortar1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3kg per sum including pointing in whitecement mixed with pigment of matching shade complete. sqm

8.09 Providing and laying Ceramic glazed floor tiles 300x300 mm (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) of1st quality conforming to IS : 15622 of approved make in colours such as White, Ivory, Grey, Fume Red Brown,laid on 20 mm thick Cement Mortar 1:4 (1 Cement : 4 Coarse sand) including pointing the joints with whitecement and matching pigment etc., complete. sqm

8.10 Providing and laying matt finished Vitrified tiles of size 100x100x16mm having with water absorption less than0.5% and confirming to IS; 15622, of approved make in all colours and shade in out door floor such as footpath,court yard multi models etc laid on 20mm thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement:4 coarse sand) in allshapes & patterns including grouting the joints with white cement mixed with matching pigments etc completeas direction of Engineer in charge. sqm

8.11 Grouting the joints of flooring tile s having joints of 3mm width ,using epoxy grout mix of 0.70 kg of organic

coated filler of desired shade ( 0.10 kg of hardener and 0.2o kg of resin per kg including filling/ grouting and

finishing complete as per direction of engineer in charge.( size of tile 600x600mm) sqm

8.12 Providing and laying tactile tile (for vision impaired persons as per standards) of size 300x300x9.8mm having

with water absorption less than 0.5% and conforming to IS: 15622 of approved make in all colours and shades

in for outdoor floors such as footpath, court yard, multi modals location etc., laid on 20mm thick base of cement

mortar 1:4 (1cement : 4 coarse sand) in all shapes & patterns including grouting the joints with white cement

mixed with matching pigments etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. sqm

9.00 SUB-HEAD: IX : FINISHING:-

9.01 12mm cement plaster of mix :-

a) 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand) sqm



1 2 3

9.02 15mm cement plaster on the rough side of single or half brick wall of mix

a) 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) sqm

9.03 6mm cement plaster to ceiling of mix :-

a) 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand) sqm

9.04 White washing with lime to give an even shadea) New work ( three or more coats ) sqm

9.05 Finishing walls with textured exterior paint of required shade:

a) New work ( two or more coats allpied @ 3.28 ltr/10 sqm) over and including priming coat of exterior primerapplied 2.20 kg/10 sqm sqm

9.06 18 mm cement plaster in two coats under layer 12mm thick cement plaster 1:5 ( 1cement : 5 coarse sand) and a

top layer 6mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with rough with sponge. sqm

9.07 Wall painting with acrylic emulsion paint, having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound ) content less than 50 grams/

litre, of approved brand and manufacture, including applying additional coats wherever required, to achieve even

shade and colour.

a) Two or more coats sqm

9.08 Providing and applying white cement based putty average thickness 1mm ,of approved brand and manufacturer,over the plastered wall surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete. sqm

9.09 Applying priming coats with primer of approved brand and manufacture, having low VOC ( Volatile OrganicCompound) content with water thinnable cement primer on wall surface having VOC content less than50grames/ litre. sqm

9.10 Providing and applying plaster of Paris putty of 2mm thickness over plastered surface to prepare the surfaceeven and smooth complete. sqm

9.11 Painting with synthetic enamel paint ,having VOC ( Volatile Organic Compound ) content less than 150 gms/litre,

of approved brand and manufacture, including applying additional coats wherever required to achieve even

shade colour.Two or more coats sqm

9.12 Extra for Making 15 x 15 mm grooves in the plastering work as shown in the drawing or as directed by theEngineer-in-Charge. metre

9.13 Finishing walls with water proofing cement paint of required shade:

a) New work ( two or more coats allpied @ 3.84 ltr/10 sqm) sqm

9.14 Providing and applying 12 mm thick (average) premixed formulated one coat gypsum lightweight plaster having

additives and light weight aggregates as vermiculite/ perlite respectively conforming to IS: 2547 (Part - 1 & II)

1976, applied on hacked / uneven background such as bare brick/ block/ RCC work on walls & ceiling at all floors

and locations, finished in smooth line and level etc. complete. sqm



1 2 39.15 Providing and applying 6 mm thick (average) premixed formulated one coat gypsum lightweight plaster having

additives and light weight aggregates as vermiculite/ perlite respectively conforming to IS: 2547 (Part - 1 & II)

1976, applied on hacked / uneven background such as bare brick/ block/ RCC work on walls & ceiling at all floors

and locations, finished in smooth line and level etc. complete. sqm

9.15 Extra for plastering exterior walls of height more than 10 m from ground level for every additional height of 3 mor part thereof. sqm

9.16 Providing and fixing 24 gauge 19 mm size galvanised chicken wire mesh of approved make and design at

junctions of RCC and brick work and other locations including necessary clips and "U" nails rawl plugs,screws etc.

complete for all height as per specifications & direction of the Engineer-In-Charge sqm

9.17 Add for plaster drip course/ groove in plastered surface or moulding to R.C.C. projectionsmetre

10.00 SUB-HEAD: X : STEEL WORK :-

10.01 Steel work welded in built up sections/framed ,including cutting, hopisting, fixing in position and applying a

priming coat of approved steel primer using structural steel etc. as required.

In gratings, frames, guard bar, ladders, railings, louvers, brackets, gates & similar works. Kg

10.02 Providing and fixing rail of approved size by welding etc. to steel ladder railing, balcony railing, staircase railing

and similar works, including applying priming coat of approved steel primer.

a) M.S Tubes Kg

10.03 Supply, Providing ,Fabricating, Assembling and erecting at site Tubular Structure ( sky light, Pergola, Trellis

Portal frame work , runner , purlin or similar location) consisting of MS Pipe , and metal casing

conforming to IS 1161 Grade 310 [Tubular Structure made from Steel hollow sections, ISI marked from SAIL /

RINL / TATA / APPOLO / SURYA or approved equivalent make, conforming to IS 1161/4923, Grade Yst 310,

different thickness (Steel hollow sections confirming to IS 1161/4923 (Grade Yst 310) and Rolled section &

plates confirming to IS 2062 (Grade Yst 250)] in the profile shaped as per drawings with special plate connector,

pinion joints, Plates, hollow sections etc sing SAW/MMAW/MIG welding process with special plate connectors,

pinion joints, plates, hollow sections etc. using SAW/MMAW/MIG welding process with cleaning the surface and

applying a coat of epoxy primer, and including transportation, cutting , threading, machining, leads and lifts upto

all heights, tools and plants and necessary scaffolding etc. required for all operations involved to make structure

of terminal building. The tubular structure system with plate connectors, pinion joints, etc. is to be provided.

The complete structure to be painted with one coat epoxy primer (low VOC i.e. less than 250 gm/ltr) and twocoats of acrylic finish Polyurethane paint (low VOC i.e. less than 250 gm/ltr) on steel work at all locationsprepared by sand blasting and applied with airless spray in required DFT (dry film thickness) for each coat asper manufacture's specifications and as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.. The structural drawings shall beprovided by the Consultant; however the contractor has to prepare shop drawings which have to be approved byEngineer-in-charge/Consultant before start of work. The cost includes supplying, fabricating, erecting of tubularstructure including welding, scaffolding, cost of primer, polyurethane paint application etc complete. Kg(Please note that rate is inclusive of lifting if required by cranes/ scaffolding or by any other means complete in

all respects.)



1 2 3

10.04 Providing and fixing bolts of grade 10.9 conforming to IS 1367(Part 1/2/3) including nuts and washers complete.

Kg

10.05 Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of approved make, made of required size M.S. laths interlocked together

through their entire length and jointed together at the end by end locks mounted on specially designed pipe shaft

with brackets, side guides and arrangements for inside and outside locking with push and pull operation complete

including the cost of providing and fixing necessary 27.5cm long wire springs grade No. 2 and M.S. top cover of

required thickness for rolling shutters.a) 80 x 1.20mm M.S. laths with 1.20mm thick top cover

sqm

10.06 Providing and fixing ball bearing for rolling shutters. Each

10.07 Providing & fixing grilled rolling shutters manufactured out of 8mm dia M.S. Bar instead of laths as per designapproved by Engineer-in-Charge (Area of grill to be measured). sqm

10.08 Providing & fixing mechanical device chain and cranks operation for operating rolling shutters

a) Exceeding 10 sqm and upto 16.80 sqm in the area sqmb) Exceeding 16.80 sqm in area sqm

10.09 Providing and fixing frame work for partitions/ wall lining etc. made of 50x50x1.6mm or 82x145x4.80 mm or as

desired hollow MS tube, placed along the walls, ceiling and floor in a grid pattern with spacing @ 60 cm centre to

centre both ways (vertically & horizontally) or at required spacing near opening, with necessary welding at junctions

and fixing the frame to wall/ ceiling/ floors with steel dash fasteners of 8 mm dia, 75 mm long bolt, including making

provision for opening for doors, windows, electrical conduits, switch boards etc., including providing with two coats

of approved steel primer etc. complete, all as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. kg

10.10 Providing and fixing 1mm thick M.S. sheet door with frame of 40x40x6mm angle iron and 3mm M.S. gusset plates at

the junction and corners , all necessary fittings complete, including applying a priming coat of approved steel primer.Using M.S angles 40x40x6mm for diagonal braces. sqm

11.00 SUB-HEAD: XI: ROOFING :-

11.01 Providing gola 75 x 75 mm in cement concrete 1: 2 :4 (1 cement:2 coarse sand:4 stone aggregate 10mm and

down gauge) ,including finishing with cement mortar 1: 3 ( 1 cement: 3 fine sand) as per standard design.a) 75 x 75mm deep chase. metre

11.02 Making khurra 45 x 45 cm with average minimum thickness of 5cm cement concrete 1: 2 :4 ( 1 cement:2 coarse

sand:4 graded stone aggregate of 20mm nominal size ) over P.V.C. sheet 1mx 1m x 400 micron, finished with

12mm cement plaster 1;3 ( 1 cement: 3 coarse sand) and a coat of neat cement, rounding the edges and

making and finishing the outlet complete each11.03 Providing and laying pressed clay tiles ( as per approved pattern/ shade 20mm nominal thickness of approved

size ) on roofs jointed with cement mortar 1;4 ( 1 cement: 4 coarse sand ) mixed with 2% integral water proofing

compound, laid over a bed of 20mm thick cement mortar 1: 4 (1 cement:4 coarse sand ) and finished neat

complete. sqm



1 2 311.04 Providing and Fixing 15 mm thick densified tegular edged eco friendly light weight calcium silicate false ceiling

tiles of approved texture spintone/cosmos/Hexa or equivalent of size 595 x 595 mm in true horizontal level,

suspended on inter locking metal grid of hot dipped galvanised steel sections (galvanising @ 120 grams per

sqm including both side) consisting of main "T" runner suitably spaced at joints to get required length and of size

24x38mm made from 0.33 mm thick (minimum) sheet, spaced 1200mm centre to centre, and cross "T" of size

24x28mm made out of 0.33mm (Minimum) sheet, spaced 1200mm long spaced between main "T" at 600mm

centre to centre to form a grid of 1200x600mm and secondary cross "T" of length 600mm and size 24 x28mm

made of 0.33mm thick (Minimum) sheet to be inter locked at middle of the 1200x600mm panel to from grid of

size 600x600mm, resting on periphery walls/partitions on a Perimeter wall angle pre-coated steel of

size(24x24X3000 mm made of 0.40 mm thick (minimum) sheet with the help of rawl plugs at 450mm centre to .centre with 25mm long dry wall screws @ 230mm interval and laying 15mm thick densified edges calcium

silicate ceiling tiles of approved texture (Spintone/Cosmos/hexa) in the grid, including, cutting/making opening

for services like diffusers, grills, light fittings, fixtures, smoke detectors etc.wherever required Main "T" runners to

be suspended from ceiling using G.I. adjustable rods with galvanised steel level clips of size 85 x 30 x0.8 ,

spaced at 1200 mm centre to centre along main "T", bottom exposed with 24mm of all T-section shall be pre-

painted with polyester baked paint, for all heights, as per specifications, drawings and as directed by engineer-

in -charge. Note :- Only calcium silicate false ceiling area will be measured from wall to wall. No deduction shall

be made for exposed frames/opening (cut outs) having area less than 0.30 sqm. The calcium silicate ceiling tile

shall have NRC. value of 0.50(Minimum), light reflection > 85%, non - combustible as per B.S. 476 part IV,

100% humidity resistance and also having thermal conductivity<0.043 w/m 0 KC.. sqm

11.05 Providing and fixing GI Clip in Metal Ceiling System of 600x600/600x1200 mm module which includes providing

and fixing ‘C’ wall angle of size 20x30x20mm made of 0.5mm thick pre painted steel along the perimeter of the

room with help of nylon sleeves and wooden screws at 300mm centre to centre, suspending the main C carrier

of size 10x38x10mm made of G.I steel 0.7 mm thick from the soffit with help of soffit cleat 37x27x25x1.6 mm,

rawl plugs of size 38x12 mm and C carrier suspension clip and main carrier bracket at 1000mm c/c.Inverted

triangle shaped Spring Tee having height of 24 mm and width of 34mm made of GI steel 0.45 mm thick is

then fixed to the main C carrier and in direction perpendicular to it at 600mm centres with help of suspension

brackets. Wherever the main C carrier and spring T have to join, C carrier and spring T connectors have to be

used. All sections to be galvanized @ 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive), Fixing with clip in tiles into spring 'T'

with :



1 2 3a) GI Metal Ceiling Clip in plain Bevelled edge global white colour tiles of size 600x600/600x1200 and 0.5mm

thick with 25mm height, made of G I sheet having galvanizing of 100 gms/sqm (both sides inclusive) and

20% perforation area with 1.8mm dia holes and having NRC of 0.5, electro statically polyester powder

coated of thickness 60 microns (minimum), including factory painted after bending and perforation. sqm

11.06 Sky light with Polycarbonate sheetProviding and fixing Entrance canopy/ porch/ sky light as per drawings with multicell Polycarbonate sheet (Sun

pal/Danpalon /Gallina/ Lexan or Equivalent) of minimum thickness 20-22 mm with 5 cells-6 wall/ 3X structure

having wall flange and supporting wall thickness as per manufacturer specifications. Extruded translucent panels

with or without vertical standing seam at both sides of panels of the Panel with Snap-on connector to interlock

the panels with a double tooth grip-lock mechanism or aluminium system (with top plate and Bottom plate to be

fixed with a self tapping screw) and EPDM gaskets to ensure maximum uplift capability including End-

cap/Aluminium U-Profile (mill finish) for ends. Panels /sheets shall be co-extruded UV protected with anti-glare

colour/ coating on one side to prevent glare and shall face sun/ top. The panels shall be fixed to pre installed

structural M.S.frame work and be secured with snap-on connectors at all levels including all accessories like

screws, washers, flashing, trims etc complete to make a water tight cutout / canopy including transportation, lift,

scaffolding, etc. conforming to specifications and directions of Engineer-in-Charge .The Items cost includes supplying, Installation and fixing of multicell polycarbonate sheet over structural frame

work, Labours, Scaffolding all required machineries for fixing tools etc. including cost of weather sealants,

aluminium channel, screws with pvc fillets, masking tape, protective tape, backer rods, bolts, gasket, any

scaffolding, sales tax / VAT, excise duty etc. to complete in all respect. However the cost of M.S. structural steel

framework shall be measured and paid separately. sqm

11.07 Designing, fabricating, testing, installing and fixing in position Curtain Wall with Aluminium Composite Panel

Cladding, with open grooves for linear as well as curvilinear portions of the building , for all heights and all levels

etc. including: a) Structural analysis & design and preparation of shop drawings for pressure equalisation or rain screen

principle as required, proper drainage of water to make it watertight including checking of all the structural and

functional design. b) Providing, fabricating and supplying and fixing panels of aluminium composite panel cladding in pan shape in

metallic colour of approved shades made out of 4mm thick aluminium composite panel( aluminium alloy 5005

series Almg1 and minimum wt 7.5 kg per sqm) material consisting of 3mm thick FR grade mineral core ratio(

non combustible mineral filled polymer ( 70:30) class 1A certified sandwiched between two Aluminium sheets

(each 0.5mm thick). The aluminium composite panel cladding sheet shall be coil coated, with Kynar 500 based

PVDF / Lumiflon based fluoropolymer resin coating of approved colour and shade on face # 1 and polymer

(Service) coating on face # 2 as specified using stainless steel screws, nuts, bolts, washers, cleats, weather

silicone sealant, backer rods etc.



1 2 3c) The fastening brackets of Aluminium alloy 6005 T5 / MS with Hot Dip Galvanised with serrations and serrated

washers to arrest the wind load movement, fasteners, SS 316 Pins and anchor bolts of approved make in SS

316, Nylon separators to prevent bi-metallic contacts all complete required to perform as per specification and

drawing. The item includes cost of all material & labour component, the cost of all mock ups at site, cost of all samples ofthe individual components for testing in an approved laboratory, field tests on the assembled working curtainwall with aluminium composite panel cladding, cleaning and protection of the curtain wall with aluminiumcomposite panel cladding till the handing over of the building for occupation. Base frame work for ACP claddingis payable under the relevant aluminium item.s The Contractor shall provide curtain wall with aluminiumcomposite panel cladding, having all the performance characteristics all complete , as per the Architecturaldrawings, as per item description, as specified, as per the approved shop drawings and as directed by theEngineer-in-Charge. However, for the purpose of payment, only the actual area on the external face of thecurtain wall with Aluminium Composite Panel Cladding (including width of groove) shall be measured in sqm. upto two decimal places. sqm

11.08 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height including providing and fixing of frame work made of special

sections, power pressed from M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc coating of 120 gms/sqm (both side

inclusive) as per IS : 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of 27

mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre to centre, one flange fixed to the ceiling with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x

50mm long with 6mm dia bolts, other flange of cleat fixed to the angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of required

length with nuts & bolts of required size and other end of angle hanger fixed with intermediate G.I. channels

45x15x0.9 mm running at the spacing of 1200 mm centre to centre, to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick

bottom wedge of 80 mm with tapered flanges of 26 mm each having lips of 10.5 mm, at 450 mm centre to

centre, shall be fixed in a direction perpendicular to G.I. intermediate channel with connecting clips made out of

2.64 mm dia x 230 mm long G.I. wire at every junction, including fixing perimeter channels 0.5 mm thick 27 mm

high having flanges of 20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl

plugs at 450 mm centre, with 25mm long dry wall screws @230 mm interval, including fixing of gypsum board to

ceiling section and perimeter channel with the help of dry wall screws of size 3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c,

including jointing and finishing to a flush finish of tapered and square edges of the board with recommended

jointing compound , jointing tapes , finishing with jointing compound in 3 layers covering upto 150 mm on both

sides of joint and two coats of primer suitable for board, all as per manufacturer's specification and also

including the cost of making openings for light fittings, grills, diffusers, cutouts made with frame of perimeter

channels suitably fixed, all complete as per drawings, specification and direction of the Engineer in Charge but

excluding the cost of painting with.a) 12.5 mm thick tapered edge gypsum fire resistant board conforming to IS: 2095- Part I

sqm

12.00 SUB-HEAD: XII: ALUMINUM WORKS :-



1 2 312.01 Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators, Louvers and partitions with extruded built

up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733

and IS : 1285, fixed with rawl plugs and screws or with fixing clips, or with expansion hold fasteners including

necessary filling up of gaps at junctions, at top, bottom and sides with required PVC/neoprene felt etc.

Aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed mechanically wherever required

including cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing / panelling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all

complete as desired , as per architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-charge. Anodised aluminium (anodised transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS: 1868, Minimum anodic

coating of grade AC 15). (Glazing and panelling to be paid for separately):a) For Fixed Portion.

Polyester powder coated aluminium ( minimum Polyester powder coating 50micron) Kg.

b) For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators including providing and fixing hinges / pivots and making

provision for fixing of fittings wherever required including cost of PVC/Neoprene gasket required. (Fittings shall

be paid for separately).Polyester powder coated aluminium ( minimum Polyester powder coating 50micron kg.

Note:- The entire periphery shall be sealed by application of silicon weather sealent between the aluminium frame and

masonry from both outside and inside to make the doors / windows water tight.

12.02 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with EPDM rubber

neoprene gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and the directions of engineer-in-charge . (Cost

of aluminium snap beading shall be paid in basic item):

a) a) With 6mm thick Tougned/ heat streghned Glass sqm

b) Extra for providing, assembling and supplying vision glass panels (for aluminium door, window, ventilator

shutters) (IGUs) comprising of hermetically-sealed 6-16- 6 mm insulated glass (double glazed) vision panel units

of size and shape as required and specified instead of 6.0 mm toughned glass, comprising of an outer heat

strengthened float glass 6mm thick, of approved colour and shade with reflective soft coating on surface # 2 of

approved colour and shade, an inner Heat strengthned clear float glass 6mm thick, spacer tube 16mm wide,

dessicants, including primary seal and secondary seal (structural silicone sealant) etc. all complete for the

required performances, as per the Architectural drawings, as per the approved shop drawings, as specified and

as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The IGUs shall be assembled in the factory/ workshop of the glass

processor. For payment, only the actual area of glass on face # 1 of the glass panels provided and fixed in

position, shall be measured in sqm.



1 2 3(i)High performence Coloured tinted float glass 6mm thick substrate with reflective soft coating on outer surface,

+ 16mm Airgap + 6mm Heat Strengthened clear Glass of approved make having properties as visible Light

transmittance (VLT) of more than 40%, Light reflection internal 10 to 15%, light reflection external 10 to 20 %,

SHGC less than 0.25 and U value of less than 2.0 W/m2 degree K etc. The properties of performance glass

shall be decided by technical sanctioning authority as per the site requirement. sqm

12.03 Providing and fixing anodised aluminium ( anodised transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS: 1868

.Minimum anodic coating of grade AC 15) Sub frame work for windows and ventilators with extruded built up

standard tubular sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS 1285,fixed with dash fastener of

required dia and size ( Dash fasteners to be paid for separately ) Kg

12.04 Providing and fixing 5mm thick beveled edge mirror of superior glass of approved quality and approved make

with VHP tap ( 3M) & 25mm dia stainless steel stud and 10mm brush finish stainless steel finish trims machine

cut in required size and shape as approved shade colour etc complete at all levels as per detailed drawings and

direction of Engineer in Charge.. sqm

12.05 Providing and fixing anodised aluminium grill ( anodised transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS:

1868 with minimum anodic coating of grade AC 15 ) of approved design/pattern, with approved standard section

and fixed to the existing window frame with C.P brass/stainless steel screws @ 200mm centre to centre,

including cutting the grill to proper opening size for fixing and operation of handles and fixing approved anodised

aluminium standard section around the opening, all complete as per requirement and direction of Engineer-in-

Charge.( Only weight of grill to be measured for Payment ) Kg

12.06 Providing and fixing fly proof stainless steel grade 304 wire gauge, to doors, windows and celestory windows

using wire gauge with average width of aperture 1.4mm in both directions with wire of dia 0.50 mm all complete

using 12mm mild steel U beading sqm

12.07 Providing and fixing curtain glazing as per detailed drawings with insulated 28mm thick toughened double glass

consisting of outer 6mm thick high performance toughened glass on clear substrate+ 16mm air gap + inner

6mm thick toughened clear glass, using heavy duty aluminium extruded built up profiles. The outer 6mm thick

glass shall be solar control, as well as thermal control, UV protected with high light transmission properties. The

outer glass shall be heat reflective having solar control (SF- 0.20 to 0.25), U values ( less than 1.4 w/sqm.k ),

high light transmission (minimum 40%) with internal reflection (12% to 17%) and external reflection (13% to

20%). The aluminium glazing members shall be fixed to R.C.C./ steel beams / columns through adequately designed

M.S. galvanized anchor brackets / expansion fasteners of approved make.Specially designed aluminium mullions and transoms of extruded aluminium sections shall be of 6063-T6 alloy

with chemical composition and mechanical properties as per IS: 733:1983 and I.S. 1285:2002.



1 2 3All the aluminium sections shall be pure polyester powder coated to 60 microns as perIS:137871:1993 / I.S.

:1868, of approved colour as per direction of the Engineer – in – charge. All aluminium profiles shall be wrapped

with protective tapes during delivery at site to provide safety against external scratches while loading and

unloading. Protective Tapes to be removed as per the instructions of Engineer -In-charge.Vertical Mullion M1-150mm x 65mm with minimum 3.5mm thickness at the back side, 5.0mm thickness in front

and with 2.3mm thick side walls to be fixed to RCC beams / columns & steel beams / columns with hot dipped

Galvanized M.S. brackets and stainless steel nuts bolts with PVC / Teflon separator membranes between metal to

metal joints at junctions.Horizontal Transome T1–150mm x 65mm with minimum 3.7mm thickness at the back side, 4.2mm thickness in

front with minimum 2.3mm thickness in side walls to be fixed to vertical mullions with stainless steel screws

(Grade- S.S. 304) and 4.0mm thick aluminium brackets in such a way that aluminium brackets shall not be seen

in vision panels, forming grid systems of required size as per elevation drawings for vision and spandrel glazed

panels.The aluminium glazing members of structural glazing are designed for a wind pressure of 2.0 KN/Sq.m. The

design of the system is based on I.S. :875 part III for required wind pressure and use of aluminium section alloy

is as per I.S. :8147. System is designed considering thermal movements, air infiltration, water penetration,

seismic movement and structural movement with toughened glass. Glazing system shall be having fire stop cum smoke seal system wherever applicable. The structural glazing rates

shall includes providing and fixing of fire stop cum smoke seal in spandrel area with 0.7 mm thick G.I. sheet /

2mm thk aluminium sheet duly pure polyester powder coated to 60 micron thickness in approved shade,

fabricated in a tray form fixed at a minimum distance of 50 mm from inner face of glass with 50 mm thick Resin

Bonded fibre glass /mineral wool slab of density 48 kg/cum with black non woven fibre glass tissue (BGT) facing

on one side, fixed between the tray and slab to form a smoke stop. The whole assembly shall be fixed to

aluminium framework by stainless steel screws as per detail drawings enclosed. Glazing shall be having glass

panels including approved fire stop cum smoke seal system wherever applicable.All components should be sealed for water proofing with weather silicon of approved make with silicon joint

movement minimum + 50% according to ASTMC -920. (Silicons grade shall be used as per the manufacturers

recommendations)The detailed shop drawings of aluminium glazing works shall be submitted by the specialized agency before

execution and got approved by consultant through Engineer- in charge.The curtain glazing frame shall be aligned for the entire height and entire width by laser beam equipment to

ensure 100 percent 'X' axis and 'Y' axis alignment. The entire joints of glazing system must be properly sealed

with weather silicon of approved make / grade, to make the joints air tight and water tight. The structurally

glazed glass panes shall be installed / fixed in aluminium framework as per details enclosed to the satisfaction of

Engineer in charge.



1 2 3Gaps up to 10 mm between the peripheral aluminium member (end mullion) and masonry / R.C.C. / Stone shall

be sealed by inserting adequate size of backer rod and weather silicon. Wherever the gaps are expected to be

more than 10 mm, shall be sealed by providing and fixing of 2mm thick aluminium sheet flashings bent to

required profile as per site shall be pure polyester powder coated to 60 Micron thickness in approved shade /

colour or as per instruction of E.I.C.. Detailed drawing of the flashings to be submitted by the contractor for the

approval of Engineer-in charge.All Screws, Bolts, Nuts and Washers used in the glazing shall be only stainless steel (S.S.grade 304) and of

approved make. The Hermetically sealed double glass unit shall be fixed to an aluminium sub frame with approved make of

structural silicone of required bite (structural silicon bite size as per structural requirement / as per

manufacturers recommendations. 30mm thick glass unit shall be glazed in controlled factory conditions with 6.4

mm thick double adhesive Norton tape around the periphery of the glass with structural silicon as recommended

by manufacturer, then glass unit shall be fixed over aluminium sub frame and properly cured, then the

structurally glazed glass panel whole assembly shall be mounted on the main frame of curtain glazing . All the glass to glass joints in elevation shall be filled with approved grade of weather silicon with appropriate

size of backer rod, using masking tape to avoid any stains of silicon on glass / aluminium framing, joints shall be

uniform in concave shape / tool finish in both vertical and horizontal directions and gap between two glass

panels shall not exceed 16mm / as shown in enclosed details OR as per instructions of Engineer-In-Charge.Guarantee of adhesion for weather / structural silicones used for ACP cladding / glass fixing with aluminium

framing works shall be submitted by the contractor to cover all risks against any failure of glass for a period of

10 years to Engineer in charge on completion of the works.The above work shall be carried out by approved specialized Agency as per approved details to the satisfaction

of Engineer-in Charge.Providing and fixing of any doors in the curtain glazing shall be measured and paid separately.

Items includes supplying, installation and fixing of aluminium framing members (Mullions & Transoms), labours,

tools, lifting machines/ cranes etc. including supply, installation of DGU 28mm thick toughened glass, cost of

sealants, m.s. galvanised brackets, fasteners, screws, sleeves, spacers, protective tape, masking tape, backer

rods, bolts, gasket, fixtures, double stage scaffolding, sales tax/VAT, excise duty etc. complete in all respect.

However cost of M.S. structural steel framework( if required) shall be measured and paid separately.a) DGU glass panels - Hermetically sealed insulated glass units size shall be as per design / drawing and consisting

of 28mm thick D.G.U. (Outer 6mm thick high performance toughened clear glass + 16mm thick air gap + Inner

6mm thick toughened clear glass) The standard glass panel shall be of size as per drawing detailed , free from

any scratch. The protective tape shall be removed from installed glass after completion of project Or as per

direction of Engineer-In-Charge. sqm



1 2 312.08 Providing, supplying and fixing of Frameless Swing Glass Door in glazing using 12mm thick toughened glass as

approved with DORMA/ Assa Abloy/Geze make die cast patch fitting with stainless steel cover including fixing

of patch fittings, floor springs, locks, handles etc. using the hardware items as detailed, complete in all respects

as per detailed drawings, manufacturers specifications and direction of Engineer in charge.Single Leaf:- Swing Glass Door which includes one no. each of fittings such as EPF-712 - Top Pivot, EPF-724 -

Top door rail, EPF-725 - Bottom door rail with lock and EPC, Yale 'H' Pull Handle YEH-01A (600mm*32mm), Floor

spring ASSA ABLOY AF224P with standard spindle conforming to EN 1154, tested for 500,000 cycles, non-handed

unit suitable for doors up to 150 kg leaf weight, with variable spring strength (size EN 2-4) and closing speed

adjustment 145° -15° & 15°- 0°, fixed hold open at 90° and SS cover plate. Featuring hydraulically fully

controlled closing cycle including cement box, Finish : Satin Stainless Steel. The above work complete in all

respect as per approved drawings and to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge . sqm

12.09 Providing and fixing satin/ brush finish stainless steel ( grade-304) railing made of hollow tubes , channels,

plates etc, including welding , grinding , buffing ,polishing and making curture( wherever required) and fittings

the same with necessary stainless steel nuts and bolts complete, including fixing the railing with necessary

accessories and stainless steel dash fasteners , stainless steel bolts etc, of required size, on the top of the floor

or the side of waist slab with suitable arrangement as per approval of Engineer in charge, ( for payment purpose

only wt of stainless steel member shall be considered including fixing accessories such as nuts, blots ,fasteners

etc) kg

12.10 Extra for providing frosted glass panes 6mm thick instead of ordinary float glass panes 6mm thick in doors,windows, celestory window shutters. ( Area of opening for glass panes excluding portion inside rebate shall bemeasured ) sqm

12.11 Providing and fixing double action hydraulic floor spring of approved brand and manufacture conforming to IS :

6315, having brand logo embossed on the body / plate with double spring mechanism and door weight upto 125

kg, for doors, including cost of cutting floors, embedding in floors as required and making good the same

matching to the existing floor finishing and cover plates with brass pivot and single piece M.S. sheet outer box

with slide plate etc. complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.a) With stainless steel cover plate minimum 1.25 mm thickness each

12.12 Extra for openable side / top hung vision glass panels (IGUs) including providing and supplying at site all

accessories and hardwares for the openable panels as specified and of the approved make such as heavy duty

stainless steel friction hinges, min 4 -point cremone locking sets with stainless steel plates, handles, buffers etc.

including necessary stainless steel screws/ fasteners, nuts, bolts, washers etc. all complete as per the

Architectural drawings, as per the approved shop drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineerin-

Charge.. each



1 2 3

13.00 SUB-HEAD: XIII: WATERPROOFING WORKS :-13.01 Providing and laying water proofing treatment in sunken portion of WCs, bathroom etc., by applying cement

slurry mixed with water proofing cement compound consisting of applying : a) First layer of slurry of cement @

0.488 kg/sqm mixed with water proofing cement compound @ 0.253 kg/ sqm. This layer will be allowed to air

cure for 4 hours. b) Second layer of slurry of cement @ 0.242 kg/sqm mixed with water proofing cement

compound @ 0.126 kg/sqm. This layer will be allowed to air cure for 4 hours followed with water curing for 48

hours. The rate includes preparation of surface, treatment and sealing of all joints, corners, junctions of pipes

and masonry with polymer mixed slurry. sqm

13.02 Providing and laying integral cement based water proofing treatment including preparation of surface as requiredfor treatment of roofs, balconies, terraces etc consisting of following operations: a) Applying a slurry coat of neatcement using 2.75 kg/sqm of cement admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS. 2645 andapproved by Engineer-in-charge over the RCC slab including adjoining walls upto 300 mm height includingcleaning the surface before treatment. b) Laying brick bats with mortar using broken bricks/brick bats 25 mm to115 mm size with 50% of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with water proofing compoundconforming to IS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge over 20 mm thick layer of cement mortar of mix 1:5(1 cement :5 coarse sand ) admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved byEngineer-in-charge to required slope and treating similarly the adjoining walls upto 300 mm height includingrounding of junctions of walls and slabs c) After two days of proper curing applying a second coat of cementslurry using 2.75 kg/ sqm of cement admixed jointless cement mortar of mix 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand)

admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge including

laying glass fibre cloth of approved quality in top layer of plaster and finally finishing the surface with trowel with

neat cement slurry and making pattern of 300x300 mm square 3 mm deep. e) The whole terrace so finished

shall be flooded with water for a minimum period of two weeks for curing and for final test. All above operations

to be done in order and as directed and specified by the Engineering-Charge :13.02.1 With average thickness of 120 mm and minimum thickness at khurra as 65 mm. sqm

13.03 Waterproofing Horizontal Surface

Providing ,supply & fixing 1.5mm thick ovilite selfadan/Elotene-4000 / proofex GP self adhesive Membrane sheet

(Thickness 1.5mm, Elongation ( ASTM D412)-more than 400%, Tear resistance more than 18N ,puncture resistance

( ASTM E154) minimum 250N, Lap adhesion 200 N/m ( ASTM D1876) of approved make shall be fixed with leveling

surface. Adjacent sheet shall be laid in similar manner with overlaps as per system requirement. The overlap joint

shall be cleaned and sealed as per manufacturer's specification, sealing corners, pile heads, and drains etc. or as

desired side requirement and direction of Engineer in charge. sqmNote :-(The all above operation excluding 50mm thick CC 1:2:4 screed for protection layer before laying reinforcement and

concrete .) Contractor shall give 5 yrs guarantee for water proofings.

13.04 Waterproofing Vertical Surface



1 2 3Providing ,supply & fixing 1.5mm thick ovilite selfadan/Elotene-4000 / proofex GP self adhesive Membrane sheet

(Thickness 1.5mm, Elongation ( ASTM D412)-more than 400%, Tear resistance more than 18N ,puncture resistance

( ASTM E154) minimum 250N, Lap adhesion 200 N/m ( ASTM D1876) of approved make shall be fixed with leveling

surface. Adjacent sheet shall be laid in similar manner with overlaps as per system requirement. The overlap joint

shall be cleaned and sealed as per manufacturer's specification, sealing corners, pile heads, and drains etc. or as

desired side requirement and direction of EIC. The Membrane shall be covered upto 300mm height above G.L and

stuck the membrane into a groove cut into the concrete surface and seal the groove with a suitable bitumastic or

liquid sealant or mortar.The laid membrane shall be covered with half brick work ( paid seaprately as relevant item as above).

(The rates will also include cost for chipping away any surplus concrete, surface preparation, cleaning, layingprotection board etc, complete as directed by Engineer in charge. )Contractor shall give 5 yrs guarantee for waterproofings. sqm

13.05 Grading roof for water proofing treatment witha) Cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 Cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size)

cum

13.06 Providing and fixing under deck insulation system with XPS insulation board ( supreme Insuboard, Dow

Styrofoam , India foam or equivalent as approved) in size of 600mm x 1250 mm x 75 mm thick square edge

boards in brick pattern : staggered joints with the help of mechanical fasteners & a vapour barrier of cold

bituminous compound. The insulation boards would have a density of 38-42 kg per cu mtr with a K value of

0.028-0.030 W/m K : compressive strength of > 350 kpa , water absorption of 0.2 % by volume, B 2 grade fire

compliance etc. The boards once fixed would be further reinforced with Glass Fibre mesh & Fire retardant

compound Insuset or equivalent.(Item and rate shall include supplying, installation and fixing of under deck XPS insulation system complete

including cost of boards and all accessories such as Bituminous cold vapour barrier, fasteners, fire stops at cut

outs ,& rock wool sleeves at electrical points . The Fire rating shall improvement treatment with insuset & fibre

mesh. The above work is to be carried out by a specialized agency as approved by the Engineer-In-charge sqm

14.00 SUB-HEAD: XIV: HORTICULTURE WORKS :-

14.01 Supplying and stacking of good earth at site including royalty and cariage all lead ( Earth measured in

stacks will be reduced by 8% for Payment cum

14.02 Supplying & stacking of well decayed cow dung manure at site including royalty and carriage for all

leads and lifts ( Cow dung manure measured in stacks will reduced by 8% for payment) cum

14.03 Rough dressing the trenched ground including breaking clods.100 sqm

14.04 Spreading of sludge, dump manure and /good earth in required thickness as per direction of the Office -

in-charge ( Cost of sludge, dump manure and /or good earth to be paid seperately ) cum



1 2 3

14.05 Providing and fixing selection no. 1 grass turf with earth 50mm to 60mm thickness of existing ground

prepared with proper level and ramming with required tools wooden( Dhurmos ) and than rolling the

surface with light roller make the surface smoothering and watering. Sqm

14.06 Prepration of mounds of Various size and shape by available excavated/supplied earth in layers not

exceeding 20cm in depth, breaking clods,watering of each layer, dressing etc. Lead upyo meter and lift

upto 1.5 m complete as per direction of the Officer in charge. cum


IA. SANITARY FIXTURES (DSR ITEMS)

1.0

Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back half stall urinal of size 580x380x350 mmwith white PVC automatic flushing cistern, with fittings, standard size C.P. brass flush pipe,spreaders with unions and clamps (all in C.P. brass) with waste fitting as per IS : 2556, C.I.trap with outlet grating and other couplings in C.P. brass, including painting of fittings andcutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required :

Single half stall urinal with 5 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern Each

2.0

Providing and fixing stone slab with table rubbed, edges rounded and polished, of size75x50 cm deep and 1.8 cm thick, fixed in urinal partitions by cutting a chase of appropriatewidth with chase cutter and embedding the stone in the chase with epoxy grout or withcement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 6 mm nominalsize) as per direction of Engineer-in-charge and finished smooth.

2.1 Granite Stone of approved shade Sqm

3.0 Providing and fixing toilet paper holder :

3.1 C.P. brass Each

4.0 Providing and Fixing 15 mm nominal bore CP Brass bib cock of approved qualityconforming to IS: 8931.

4.1 15 mm nomial bore Each

5.0 Providing and Fixing 15 mm nominal bore CP Brass long body bib cock of approved qualityconforming to IS Standards and weighing not less than 690 gms. Each

6.0 Providing and fixing C.P. brass angle valve for basin mixer and geyser points of approvedquality conforming to IS:8931

6.1 15mm Nominal Bore Each

7.0 Providing and fixing P.V.C. waste pipe for sink or wash basin including P.V.C. waste fittingscomplete.

7.1 Flexible pipe7.1.1 32 Each7.1.2 40 Each

TOTAL C/O TO SUMMARY

IB. SANITARY FIXTURES (NON-DSR ITEMS)

1.0

Providing & fixing white vitreous china wall hung type European type water closet with Jetspray, C.P. bolts, nuts, C.I. chair or other hanging arrangement, with white solid plastic seat and cover with lid, C.P. brass hinge rubber buffers, with accessories,C.I/M.S. bracketspainted with two or three coats of enamel paint of approved shade over a coat of primer.C.P. brass screws and wooden cleats, including cutting and making good the wall andfloors wherever required Each

2.0

Providing and Fixing vitreous china Oval counter top wash basin size 560x410 mm with32mm C.P.cast brass bottle trap and connection pipe to wall with C.P. wall flange andrubber adopter for waste connection complete, including cutting and making good the wallswherever required Each

Name of work : Construction of School of Basic & Applied Sciences (5 dept) at Central University of Jammu

SECTION - B : DESCRIPTION FOR PLUMBING WORK

S.N. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT

SCOPE OF WORK

Plumbing Works 1 of 18 School of Basic and Applied Sciences


3.0

Providing and Fixing Concealed in wall Flushing Cistern with dual flush Actuator Plate(plastic body in approved finish), flush-stop function, noise less float valve and fast fillingaction with all component parts of high quality complete including fixing frame and set (Make: Viega 8864.4 & 8310.1) Each

4.0Providing and Fixing of superior glass (of approved quality and specifications) with 6mmthick hard board ground fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. brass screws and washerscomplete. As per Site conditions Sqm.

5.0

Providing and Fixing Vitreous china Rectangular counter top Wash Basin in white colourwith single faucet hole fixed to special M.S. Brackets duly painted in two coats with whitecolour sythetic enamel painted complete including repairs to wall wherever required allcomplete and as per direction of the engineer - in - charge Each

6.0 Providing and Fixing CP Bottle Trap with 300 mm long connection pipe and wall flange32/40 mm size complete as per instructions of the engineer-in-charge Each

7.0 Providing and fixing C.P. brass towel ring square fixed to PVC cleats with C.P. brassscrews including cutting and making good the walls wherever required Each

8.0 Providing and fixing C.P cast brass Double coat hook fixed to PVC cleats with C.P. brassscrews complete as per instructions of the engineer-in-charge Each

9.0 Providing and Fixing CP auto push cock with CP Wall flange for drinking water purpose complete as per direction of the engineer-in-charge Each

10.0Providing and Fixing C.P. brass Kitchen Sink mixer with Swinging Casted spout (wallmounted model) connecting legs and flanges, including cutting and making good the wallswherever required Each

11.0 Providing and Fixing CP auto push cock with CP Wall flange for Wash basin complete as per direction of the engineer-in-charge Each

12.0

Providing and Fixing straight / offset type flexible single body push fit type WC panconnector with factory supplied seal guard with integral Single mould sealing fins made offlexible EVA body, including bush / adaptor for use with C.I. Pipe as supplied with the panconnector (Make: Viega Cat No: 103668).

Each

13.0 Providing and Fixing Vitreous china Flat back counter top Wash Basin in white colourpainted in two coats with white colour sythetic enamel painted complete including repairs towall wherever required all complete and as per direction of the engineer - in - charge Each

14.0 Providing & fixing counter top stainless steel sink with C.I. brackets, duly painted 40mmC.P. waste, C.P. brass chain and rubber plug, 40mm C.P. cast brass bottle trap withconnection pipe to wall, CP Brass waste coupling, and C.P. wall flange, rubber adopter forwaste connection complete,including cutting and making good the walls where requiredwith overall sizes Each

15.0

Providing & fixing counter top stainless steel sink Single bowl with single drain board withC.I. brackets, duly painted 40mm C.P. waste, C.P. brass chain and rubber plug, 40mmC.P. cast brass bottle trap with connection pipe to wall, CP Brass waste coupling, and C.P.wall flange, rubber adopter for waste connection complete,including cutting and makinggood the walls where required with overall sizes

Each



16.0 Providing and fixing C.P. brass single lever Wash Basin mixer without popup waste with 450mm long braided hoses complete including cutting and making good wherever required .

EachTOTAL C/O TO SUMMARY

IIA SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPES (DSR ITEMS)

1.0 Providing and fixing 100 mm diameter and 60 cm long rain water spout in cement mortar1:4 (1 cement : 4 fine sand).

1.1 Stone ware spout Each

2.0Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS: 13592 Type A including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382 leaving 10 mm gapfor thermal expansion.(i) Single socketed pipes.

2.1 75 mm diameter Metre


3.0Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised - PVC moulded fittings/ accessories forunplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A including jointingwith seal ring conforming to IS : 5382 leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion.

3.1 Single Push fit coupler3.1.1 75 mm dia Each

3.1.2 110 mm dia Each

3.2 Single Tee with door3.2.1 75 x 75 x 75 mm dia Each

3.3 Single Tee with door3.3.1 110 x 110 x 110 mm dia Each

3.4 Bend 87.5 deg3.4.1 75 mm dia Each

3.5 Bend 87.5 deg3.5.1 110 mm dia Each

3.6 Shoe (Plain)3.6.1 75 mm dia Each

3.7 Shoe (Plain)3.7.1 110 mm dia Each

4.0

Providing and Fixing on wall face unplasticised - PVC pipe clips of approved design tounplasticised - PVC rain water pipes by means of 50 x 50 x 50 mm hard wood plugs,screwed with M.S. screws of required length including cutting brick work and fixing incement mortar 1:4 (1 Cement: 4 Coarse sand) and making good the walls etc. complete

4.1 75 mm dia Each

4.2 110 mm dia Each

5.0 Providing and Fixing to the inlet mouth of rain water pipe cast iron grating 15 cm diameterand weighing not less then 440 grams. Each



6.0 Providing and fixing uplasticised PVC connection pipe with brass unions :6.1 30 cm length

6.1.1 15 mm nominal bore Each

6.2 45 cm length6.2.1 15 mm nominal bore Each

7.0 Providing and Fixing soil, waste and vent pipes:

7.1 100 mm dia

7.1.1 Centrifugally cast (spun) iron Socket and Spigot S&S pipe as per IS: 3989 Metre

8.0

Providing and fixing M.S. holder-bat clamps of approved design to Sand Cast iron/cast iron(spun) pipe embedded in and including cement concrete blocks 10X10X10cm of 1:2:4 mix(1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) including cost ofcutting holes and making good the walls etc.

8.1 For 100mm dia. Pipe Each

9.0 Providing and fixing bend of required degree with access door, insertion rubber washer3mm thick, bolts and nuts complete

9.1 100mm dia pipe

9.1.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS: 3989 Each

10.0 Providing and fixing plain bend of required degree.

10.1 100mm


11.0 Providing and fixing heel rest sanitary bend

11.1 100 mm dia


12.0 Providing and fixing single equal plain junction of required degree with access door,insertion rubber washer 3mm thick, bolts and nuts complete.

12.1 100x100x100mm


13 Providing and fixing single equal plain junction of required degree :13.1 100x100x100 mm

13.1.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS - 3989 Each

14.0 Providing and fixing double equal plain junction of required degree.14.1 100x100x100x100 mm14.2 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS: 3989 Each

15.0 Providing and fixing door piece, insertion rubber washer 3mm thick, bolts & nuts complete :

15.1 100 mm 15.1.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS: 3989 Each

16.0 Providing and Fixing Terminal guard



16.1 100 mm 16.1.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS: 3989 Each

17.0 Providing and Fixing collar: -17.1 100 mm


18.0 Providing and fixing M.S. stays and clamps for sand cast iron/centrifugally cast (spun) ironpipes of diameter:

18.1 100mm Each

19.0Providing and Fixing trap of self cleansing design with screwed down or hinged grating withor without vent arm complete, including cost of cutting and making good the walls andfloors.

19.1 100 mm inlet and 100 mm outlet


20.0Painting sand cast iron/ centrifugally cast (spun) iron soil, waste vent pipes and fittings withtwo coats of synthetic enamel paint of any colour such as chocolate grey, or buff etc. over acoat of primer (of approved quality) for new work :

20.1 100 mm dia Metre

21.0 Providing and Fixing G.I. pipe complete with G.I. Fittings and clamps, including cutting andmaking good the walls etc.




22.0 Painting of G.I. Pipes and fittings with two coats of anti-corrosive bitumastic paint ofapproved quality.




23.0

Providing and laying cement concrete in retaining walls, return walls, walls (any thickness)including attached pilasters, columns, piers, abutments, pillars, posts, struts, buttresses,string or lacing courses, parapets, coping, bed blocks, anchor blocks, plain window sills,fillets, sunken floor,etc., up to floor five level, excluding the cost of centering, shuttering andfinishing:

23.1 1:2:4 (1 Cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) Metre


IIB SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPES (NON-DSR ITEMS)

1.0

Providing and Fixing Floor drain by fixing G.I. Reducing elbow of 100 x 50 mm in cementconcrete 1:2:4 at all levels (exlcuding cost of grating) for connection to floor traps in sunkenportions, complete as per required slope as per drawings and as per approval of theengineer-in-charge. Each



3.0

Providing and fixing G.I. Inlet fitting with maximum 3 inlets 32,40 & 50 mm size fabricatedfrom 100 mm dia G.I.pipes and welded G.I. sockets as per site locations, fixed to C.I. Trapand set in cement concrete as per drawing complete as per approval of the engineer-in-charge. Each

4.0Providing and Fixing CP Grating with frame and SS Screws casted heavy duty 125 mm diaincluding cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required complete in allrespects. Each

5.0

Providing and fixing brass Clean out Plug (COP) / Floor Cleanout (FCO) of approvedbrand and manufacuture with suitable insert keys for opening, male threaded joint withG.I. socket caulked to spun soil pipe including cost of drip seal joint etc.s per drawingcomplete as per approval of the engineer-in-charge.

5.1 100 mm dia Each

6.0

Providing and fixing UPVC rain water pipes of 6 kg./cm 2 conforming to IS: 4985including all fittings with or without access door or without access i.e bends, junctions,cowls, offsets, etc., and jointing with solvent cement and excavation, refilling and disposalof surplus earth, including cutting holes in walls and floors, excavation, refilling anddisposal of surplus earth wherever required and making good the same, complete asdirected by the Engineer-in-Charge.

6.1 160 mm outer dia Metre

7.0 Providing,fixing,testing & commissioning of HDPE pipe with electroweld sleeve couplingwith high impact resistance with density 955kg/m3.The pipe has been produced accordingto DIN 8047/45 .acid resistance,suitable for pressureless discharge for waste watercomplete with all required fittings like Rubber adaptor , tees,bends,branch,reducers,endcaps etc. with or without access doors jointed. Fixed to walls, ceiling and under floor withclamps,angles,nuts,bolts complete including cutting and making good the floors and wallswhere required complete outer diameter.


8.0 Providing joints with approved type sealent compound (Drip Seal joints) to sand castiron/centifugally cast spun iron pipes & fittings of Diameter.

8.1 100 mm diameter pipe Each


III A WATER SUPPLY (DSR ITEMS)

1.0

Excavating trenches of required width for pipes, cables, etc including excavation forsockets, and dressing of sides, ramming of bottoms, depth upto 1.5 m including getting outthe excavated soil, and then returning the soil as required, in layers not exceeding 20 cm indepth, including consolidating each deposited layer by ramming, watering, etc. anddisposing of surplus excavated soil as directed, within a lead of 50 m :

1.1 All kinds of soil

1.1.1 Pipes, cables etc, not exceeding 80 mm dia. Metre

2 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluding the cost of centering and shuttering - All work up to plinth level :

2.1 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size). Cum.

2.2 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form work for :

2.2.1 Foundations, Footings, Bases of Columns Sqm



3.0

Providing and fixing Polyethelene-Aluminium-Polyethelene (PE-ALPE) Composite PressurePipes conforming to IS - 15450, U.V. stabilized with carbon black having thermal stability forhot & cold water supply, capable to withstand temperature up to 80 0C, including all specialfittings of composite material (engineering plastic blend and brass inserts whereverrequired) e.g. elbows, tees, reducers, couplers & connectors etc., withclamps at 1.00 metre spacing. This includes the costs of cutting chases and includingtesting of joints complete as per direction of the engineer in charge.

Concealed work, including cutting chases and making good the wall etc.

3.1 16mm outer dia pipes Metre





4.0 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings including trenching and refillingetc.External works

4.1 25mm dia Metre

4.2 32mm dia Metre

5.0 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, i/c cutting and makinggood the walls etc. exposed on wall

5.1 15 mm dia. nominal bore Metre






5.7 65mm dia. nominal bore Metre



6 Making connection of G.I. Distribution branch with G.I. main of following sizes by providingand fixing tee, including cutting and threading the pipe etc. complete.

6.1 25 to 40 mm nominal bore Each

7 Providing and fixing ball valve (brass) of approved quality, High or low pressure, with plasticfloats complete :

7.1 25 mm nominal bore. Each7.2 32 mm nominal bore. Each



8

Constructing masonry Chamber 30x30x50 cm inside, in brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1cement :4 coarse sand) for stop cock, with C. I. surface box 100x100 x75 mm (inside) withhinged cover fixed in cement concrete slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement :2 coarse sand : 4 gradedstone aggregate 20 mm nominal size), i/c necessary excavation, foundation concrete 1:5:10( 1 cement :5 fine sand:10 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size ) and insideplastering with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement :3 coarse sand) 12mm thick finished with afloating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design :

8.1 With common burnt clay F.P.S.(non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5. Each

9.0 Painting G.I. pipes and fittings with synthetic enamel white paint with two coats over a readymixed priming coat, both of approved quality for new work :



9.3 25 mm diameter pipe. Metre







10.0 Providing and fixing G.I. Union in G.I. Pipe including cutting and threading the pipe andmaking long screws etc. complete (new work)

10.1 15mm dia nominal bore Each

10.2 20mm dia nominal bore Each

10.3 25 mm diameter pipe. Each



10.6 50 mm diameter pipe Each

10.7 65mm dia. nominal bore Each



11 Providing and filling sand of grading zone V or coarser grade all-round the G.I. pipes inexternal work.





12.0Providing and fixing enclosed type water meter (bulk type) conforming to IS : 2373 andtested by Municipal Board complete with bolts, nuts, rubber insertions etc. (The tail pieces ifrequired will be paid separately) :

12.1 25 mm dia nominal bore each

12.2 32 mm dia nominal bore each

13.0 Providing and fixing gun metal gate valve with C.I. wheel of approved quality (screwed end):

13.1 15 mm nominal bore Each

13.2 20 mm nominal bore. Each


13.4 32 mm nominal bore. Each




III B WATER SUPPLY (NON-DSR ITEMS) 2.0 Insulation Items

2.1 Insulation for Internal WorksProviding and fixing thermal insulation over hot water pipes in chase having Japanese RedOxide Primer Coat with 6mm thick 'Kaiflex' or approved equivalent thermal insulation tubing,a elastomeric flexible material having hermetic blister closed cell structure of expandedsynthetic rubber having density of 60-90 Kg/m3 over pipes of following sizes including allrequired accessories complete as per Manufactuer's specifications and finishing it as persite requirement with Cement Plaster of 1:3 (1 Cement: 3 Coarse sand).

2.1.1 For 16mm Dia or Equivalent Metre





2.2 Insulation for External Works



Providing and fixing insulation for hot water pipe line with fibre glass wool blankets/mats of50mm thickness including cleaning of pipes, wrapping of mats around the pipe with 50mmoverlap on all the sides and sealing the joints with POP tape, stitching 24 SWG x 20mm G.Iwire mesh netting over the mat, complete as per requirement. (Insulation blankets shouldhave a density of 24 Kg/m3) Twiga make or equivalent.

2.2.1 For 20mm dia Metre

2.2.2 For 25mm Dia Metre




3 Providing and cladding 24 gauge aluminum sheets with 50mm overlap and fixing with selftapping recessed screws, complete as per requirements over the insulated hot water pipesas per above item for external insulation.

3.1 For 20mm dia Metre

3.2 For 25mm Dia Metre




4.0 Providing and fixing hot dipped G.I. Puddle flanges for water tanks as per I.S. 1239 (ClassC) with 6mm thick M.S. Plate of suitable size and welded alround the pipe fixed in walls,beams and top slab of R.C.C tanks, complete with all details in all respects and as perinstructions of the Engineer-In-Charge.

4.1 25mm dia Each

4.2 32mm dia Each

4.3 40mm dia Each

4.4 50mm dia Each

4.5 65 mm dia Each

4.6 80mm dia Each

4.7 100mm dia Each

5.0 Providing and fixing insect-proof coupling to vent pipes of overhead tank with threaded orflanged joints, including G.I. flanges, nuts, bolts, 3mm thick rubber insertions complete.

5.1 25 mm dia Each5.2 32 mm dia Each

6Providing and fixing C.I butterfly valve , wafer end type class PN 1.6 as per I.S:13095 orBS:5155, including necessary nuts, bolts, gaskets & flanges etc., complete.






7 Providing & fixing M.S. structural work fabricated from standard section e.g. M.S rounds,angles, channels, plates including cutting to size,drilling,welding fixing and welding to insertplates in RCC structural members as directed by engineer-in-charge including cutting andmaking good the walls, ceilings and floors. (As per the Instructions of the Engineer-In-Charge) including all arrangment. Kg


IV A EXTERNAL SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE SYSTEM (DSR ITEMS)

1

Excavation trenches of required width for pipes etc., including excavation for sockets, anddressing of sides, ramming of bottoms, depth upto 1.5m, including getting out the excavatedsoil, and then returning soil as required, in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth includingconsolidating each deposited layer by ramming, watering etc. and disposing of surplusexcavated soil as directed.(Assuming All kinds of soil )All Kinds of Soil

1.1 Pipes etc., exceeding 80mm dia but not exceeding 300mm diaMetre

3Providing, Laying and jointing glazed stoneware pipe Class SP1 with stiff mixture of cementmortar in the proportion of 1:1 (1 Cement: 1 Find sand) including testing of joints etc.complete





4Providing and laying non-pressure NP2 class (light duty) R.C.C. pipes with collars jointedwith stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) includingtesting of joints etc. complete :

4.1 250 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe Metre

5.0

Constructing brick masonry manhole in cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand ) withR.C.C. top slab with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mmnominal size), foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1 cement : 4 coarse sand : 8 graded stoneaggregate 40mm nominal size), inside plastering 12mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with floating coat of neat cement and making channels incement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mmnominal size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design :

5.1Inside size 90x80 cm and 45 cm deep including C.I. cover with frame (light duty) 455x610mm internal dimensions, total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 38 kg (weight ofcover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg) :

5.1.1 With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 Each

5.2 Extra depth for Manholes5.2.1 Size 90x80 cm

5.2.1.1 With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 Metre



6.0

Constructing brick masonry manhole in cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand ) withR.C.C. top slab with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mmnominal size), foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1 cement : 4 coarse sand : 8 graded stoneaggregate 40mm nominal size), inside plastering 12mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with floating coat of neat cement and making channels incement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mmnominal size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design :

6.1Inside size 120x90 cm and 90 cm deep including C.I. cover with frame (medium duty) 500mm internal diameter, total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 116 kg (weight ofcover 58 kg and weight of frame 58 kg) :


6.2 Extra depth for Manholes6.2.1 Size 120x90 cm

6.2.1.1 With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 Metre

7.0 Constructing brick masonry circular type manhole 0.91 m internal dia at bottom and 0.56mdia at top in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand), in side cement plaster 12 mmthick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neatcement, foundation concrete 1:3:6 mix (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stoneaggregate 40 mm nominal size), and making necessary channel in cement concrete 1:2:4(1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) finished with afloating coat of neat cement, all complete as per standard design :

7.1 0.91 m deep with S.F.R.C. cover and frame (heavy duty, HD-20 grade designation) 560 mminternal diameter conforming to I.S. 12592, total weight of cover and frame to be not lessthan 182 kg., fixed in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stoneaggregate 20 mm nominal size) including centering, shuttering all complete. (Excavation,foot rests and 12mm thick cement plaster at the external surface shall be paid forseparately) :


7.2 Extra depth for circular type manhole 0.91m internal dia (at bottom) beyond 0.91 m to 1.67m

7.2.1 With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of classdesignation 7.5 Metre

8.0 Providing and laying S&S centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes (Class LA) conforming to IS -1536 :




9.0 Providing push-on-joints to Centrifugally (Spun) Cast Iron Pipes or Ductile Iron Pipesincluding testing of joints and including the cost of rubber gasket

9.1 150 mm dia pipes Joint



10.0 Providing lead caulked joints to spun iron or C.I. pipes and specials including testing ofjoints but excluding the cost of pig lead :



10.1 150 mm dia pipes Each



11.0 Supplying pig lead at site of work. Quintal

12.0 Providing and laying S&S C.I. standard specials such as tees, bends, collars, tapers, capsetc. (Heavy class) :

12.1 Up to 300 mm dia Quintal

13.0

Providing orange colour safety foot rest of minimum 6 mm thick plastic encapsulated as perIS : 10910 on 12mm dia steel bar conforming to IS : 1786 having minimum cross section as23 mmx25mm and over all minimum length 263 mm and width as 165mm with minimum 112mm space between protruded legs having 2 mm tread on top surface by ribbing orchequering besides necessary and adequate anchoring projections on tail length on 138mm as per standard drawing and suitable to with stand the bend test and chemicalresistance test as per specifications and having manufacture's permanent identificationmark to be visible even after fixing, including fixing in manholes with 30x20x15 cm cementconcrete block 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominalsize) complete as per design.

Each

14.0 Providing and laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand : 10 graded stoneaggregate 40 mm nominal size) all-round S.W. pipes including bed concrete as perstandard design:





15.0

Providing and fixing square-mouth S.W. gully trap class SP-1 complete with C.I. gratingbrick masonry chamber with water tight C.I. cover with frame of 300 x300 mm size (inside)the weight of cover to be not less than 4.50 kg and frame to be not less than 2.70 kg as perstandard design ::

15.1 150 x 100 mm size P type.15.1.1 With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 Each

16.0

Constructing brick masonry chamber for underground C.I. inspection chamber and bendswith bricks in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) C.I. cover with frame (light duty)455x610 mm internal dimensions, total weight of cover with frame to be not less than 38 kg(weight of cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg), R.C.C. top slab with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement:2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) foundation concrete 1:5:10(1 cement : 5 fine sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size), inside plastering12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished smooth with afloating coat of neat cement on walls and bed concrete etc. complete as per standarddesign :

16.1 Inside dimensions 500x700 mm and 45 cm deep for pipe line with one or two inlets :




17.0 Extra for depth beyond 45 cm of brick masonry chamber :For 500x700 mm size

17.1 With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 Metre

18.0Providing and laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand : 10 graded stoneaggregate 40 mm nominal size) all-round S.W./RCC/CILA/HDPE pipes including bedconcrete as per standard design :






IV B EXTERNAL SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE SYSTEM (NON-DSR ITEMS)

1.0

Providing and Laying HDPE(High density polythene black) pipes conforming IS: 14333, forSewerage effluents with material grade PE-80 with working pressure 4 Kg / Cm2 jointed byButt welded method including testing of joints, setting right the leaking of joints etc.complete as per instructions of the Engineer-In-Charge.

1.1 200 mm dia Metre1.2 250 mm dia Metre1.3 300 mm dia Metre1.4 400 mm dia Metre

3.0

Constructing brick masonry catch basin with 75 class designation bricks in cement mortar1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) thickness of 230mm, 150mm thick RCC foundation concrete1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) inside andoutside plaster in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand). inside finished with afloating coat of neat cement, making haunches and channel in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) neatly finished,complete as per standard design including excavation, refilling and disposal of surplusearth.

3.1

Size 450X450X450mm inside with precast S.F.R.C. rectangular grating of approveddesign and fixed in 150mm thick RCC slab in cement 1:2:4 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand:4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) including centering, shuttering all completeexcluding the cost of reinforcement as per site conditions. Each

3.2

Size 600X600X600mm inside with precast S.F.R.C. rectangular grating of approveddesign and fixed in 150mm thick RCC slab in cement 1:2:4 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand:4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) including centering, shuttering all completeexcluding the cost of reinforcement as per site conditions. Each

3.3

Size 750x750x750mm inside with precast S.F.R.C. circular grating of frame size 745 mmof approved design and sample fixed in 150 thick RCC slab in cement 1:2:4 mix (1 cement:2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) including re-inforcement,centering, shuttering all complete as per site conditions. Each

4.0 Extra depth for Catch basin 450 x450x450 mm Metre






VB MISCELLANEOUS (NON-DSR)

1.0 SOLAR HOT WATER GENERATION SYSTEM (NON-DSR)To supply all material, labour, fabrication, installation, testing and commissioning of solarhot water heating system complete in all respects to produce hot water at 60oC throughsolar collectors as per requirement and with all necessary mechanical, electrical and Civilcomponents, internal piping and insulation, recirculation pumps, valves, accessories,control & indication equipment, hot water storage tanks, heat exchangers etc. including civiland structural works complete to make the system completely functional as per siterequirement and space availability. System shall be as per guidelines given in attachedtechnical data sheets to be completed by the Vendor. Following shall be the minimumcapacities of each system during non-cloudy periods:

1.1 5 Panels ( 500 Liters per Day Capacity), with 500 Liters Hot Water SS:304 storage tank.Set

4.0 RAIN WATER HARVESTING WELL (5 NO)4.1 Boring/drilling bore well of required dia for casing/ strainer pipe, by suitable method

prescribed in IS: 2800 (part I), including collecting samples from different strata, preparingand submitting strata chart/ bore log, including hire & running charges of all equipments,tools, plants & machineries required for the job, all complete as per direction of Engineer -in-charge, upto 90 metre depth below ground level.

4.1.1 All types of soil

4.1.2 400 mm dia Metre

4.2 Supplying, assembling, lowering and fixing in vertical position in bore well, unplasticizedPVC (Slotted / Plain pipe) medium well casing (CM) pipe of required dia, conforming to IS:12818, including required hire and labour charges, fittings & accessories etc. all complete,for all depths, as per direction of Engineer -in-charge

200 mm nominal size dia Metre

4.3 Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling stone boulders of size range 5 cm to 20 cm, in recharge pit, in the required thickness, for all leads & lifts, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. Cum

4.4 Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling gravels of size range 5 mm to 10 mm, in the recharge pit, over the existing layer of boulders, in required thickness, for all leads & lifts, all complete as per direction of Engineer-incharge. Cum

4.5 Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling coarse sand of size range 1.5 mm to 2 mm in recharge pit, in required thickness over gravel layer, for all leads & lifts, all complete as per direction of Engineer -in-charge. Cum

4.6 Gravel packing in Rainy well construction in accordance with IS: 4097, including providing gravel fine/ medium/ coarse, in required grading & sizes as per actual requirement, all complete as per direction of Engineerin- charge. Cum



4.7 Development of tube well in accordance with IS : 2800 (part I) and IS: 11189, to establish maximum rate of usable water yield without sand content (beyond permissible limit), with required capacity air compressor, running the compressor for required time till well is fully developed, measuring yield of well by “V” notch method or any other approved method, measuring static level & draw down etc. by step draw down method, collecting water samples & getting tested in approved laboratory, i/c disinfection of tubewell, all complete, including hire & labour charges of air compressor, tools & accessories etc., all as per requirement and direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Hr.

4.8 Providing and fixing suitable size threaded mild steel cap or spot welded plate to the top of bore well housing/ casing pipe, removable as per requirement, all complete for borewell of:

4.8.1 200 mm dia each

4.9 Providing and fixing M.S. clamp of required dia to the top of casing/housing pipe of tubewell as per IS: 2800 (part I), including necessary bolts & nuts of required size complete.

4.9.1 200 mm clamp each

4.10 Providing and fixing Bail plug/ Bottom plug of required dia to the bottom of pipe assembly of tubewell as per IS:2800 (part I).

200 mm dia Each

4.11 Construction of brick masonry desilting chamber of size 200x100x60cm (effective depth)before rainy well with 75 class designation bricks in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4coarse sand) , foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1 cement : 4 coarse sand; 8 graded stoneaggregate 40mm nominal size), inside and outside plastering 12mm thick with cementmortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), finished with a floating coat of neat cement insideand rough plaster on outside, including fixing of grating , neatly finished complete in allrespects including neccessary excavation, refilling and disposal of surplus earth, completeas per attached Sketch.

Each

5 Sump Pumps for Lifting Water from Drainage Sumps in Plant Room & Basement

Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of compact monoblock dry motorsubmersible pumps for suitable rating, with non-clog free flow open impeller, minimum solidhandling capacity of 12-15 mm suitable for operation on 220/415 volts (+ 5% , -15%), 50 HZsingle/three phase supply, speed 960/1440 RPM including oil chamber, guide wire for lifting& lowering of pump, M.S. galvanized lifting chain, duck foot bend with followingspecifications:

The above pump sets must be supplied complete with following accessories.

(i) Piping of 80mm dia for individual pump delivery line and 100mm dia for common deliveryline, to be terminated outside the sump. (The pipe material should be CILA / heavy duty G.I)- 1 Set

(ii) 80mm dia Butterfly valve.- 2 Nos

(iii) 80 mm dia reflux valve. - 2 Nos

(iii) Necessary cables from pump set to control panel (position of panel marked in enclosedlayout in plant room).-- 1 Set

(iv) Electrical switch panel having all necessary accessories & safety devices of standardspecifications. (Panels with sump pumps near each sump as per site conditions) - 1 No.



(v) Automatic built-up water level controller with necessary length of cable upto control panel.

No. of Pumps : 2 nos (1 working + 1 stand by)Capacity : 250 LPM EachHead : 15 MHP : 3 HP Each (Approx) Set

6.0 Providing and fixing expandable fasteners of specified size with necessary plastic sleevesand galvanised M.S. screws including drilling holes in masonry work /CC/ R.C.C. andmaking good etc. complete.

6.1 100 mm Each6.2 150mm Each

7.0 Providing and fixing / hanging (suspended) by drilling hole for anchor fastener in RCC slab for MS flat 50mm x 3mm clamp with anchor fastener of suitable size & MS 100mm dia fully threaded stud / rod of suitable length with 3 nuts & washers in RCC roof / ceiling as per design. MS clamp to be duly painted with one coat of red oxide primer & two coat of synthetic enamel paint of approved shade with all arrangements as required.

KG

8.0 Extra over the rate provided in plumbing BOQ for 100 mm dia CI pipe waste pipe to be hung / suspended in ceiling / RCC slab. Metre

9.0 Extra over the rate provided in plumbing BOQ for 100 mm dia CI fittings to be hung / suspended in ceiling / RCC slab. Metre

10.0 Extra over the rate provided in plumbing BOQ for providing lead caulked joint to spun iron or CI pipes and specials including testing of joints but excluding the cost of pig lead in hung / suspended in ceiling / RCC slab. 100 mm diameter pipe. Metre

11.0 Providing and fixing SFRC Manhole cover 560 mm diameter with Frame of Heavy Duty(IS:12592). Each

12.0 Filter Feed PumpProviding and fixing vertical, inline multistage centrifugal pumping set with stainlesssteel SS-304 stage casing and SS-304 impellers with stainless steel shaft as per IECstandards and GJL250 cast iron suction & discharge casing, connected to TEFC ventilatedinduction motor of 2 pole, 2900 RPM, suitable for 400/440 Volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz A.C.supply with pressure gauge and with gunmetal isolation cocks, vibration elimination padsetc. complete with base and frame, nuts and bolts and necessary RCC foundations asper requirement as per instructions including electrical control panels & necessary controlcables , level controller and pump shall have following duty:

No. of Pumps: 2 (1 Working + 1 Stand by)Capacity : app. 100 LPM eachHead : 25 MHP : Approx1 HP(complete set as mentioned above) set

13.0 Providing and fixing ‘Cation’ ION exchange water softener fabricated from minimum 6 mmthick M.S. plate on min. shell and 8 mm thick M.S. plate on dished ends (Quality of Steel asper IS:2062 Grade B, thickness as per ASME Section 8) complete with initial charge of filtermedia and ION exchange resins, face piping accessories, diaphragm valves of approvedspecifications, HDPE Brine tank of min. 500 Liters, piping testing and commissioningcomplete with resins of approved quality and make and regeneration assembly completewith valves, ejector, brine suction valves and piping. (Bidder must indicate type and quantityof resin used and quantity of salt required per regeneration). All internal parts of thesoftener shall be rubber lined as per approved specifications.

Minimum expected rate of flow: 6,000 LPH



Total soft water to be produced between two regenerations: app. 48 Cu.m

Expected raw water hardness : max app. 400 - 500 ppm

Expected treated water hardness: less than 5 ppm

Max. working pressure : 4 Kg/cm2 Each


SH 01

1.1 Constructing masonry Chamber 120x120x100 cm, inside with 75 classdesignation brick work in cement moryar 1:5 ( 1 cement : 5 fine sand ) for sluicevalve, with C.I.surface box 100mm top diameter, 160mm bottom diameter and180mm deep (inside) with chained lid and RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) necessaryexcavation foundation concrete 1:5:10 ( 1 cement : 5 coarse sand : 10 gradedstone aggregate 40mm nominal size) and inside plastering with cement mortar1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) 12mm thick finished with a floating coat of neatcement complete as per standard design (NOTE: Actual Depth of chamber mayvary as per Site conditions).

Each

1.2 Providing & laying M.S. Pipe IS: 1239 heavy duty marked including all forgedfittings and accessories such as screws / welded flanges, tees, reducers etc.complete including painting, welding, jointing and neoprene gaskets, nuts, boltsetc. as required for the following pipes with one coat of primer & two coats ofenamel paint fixed in the ceiling, walls, columns for all heights with hangers,supports and fasteners all as per drawing including chasing of walls / columns /ceilings etc. and making good the same complete as required (For Pipes forInternal Wet Riser System / Headers / Plant Room & sprinklers)

1.2.1 150mm dia Metre




1.3 Providing, fixing, testing and commissioning M.S. Black ERW Heavy gradepiping as per IS: 1239. The pipes complete with necessary specials such astees, bends, flanges, reducers, etc. Rate quoted shall include for painting ofpipe with a coat of primer and two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approvedcolour / make for aboveground piping and coating & wrapping for undergroundpiping as per the NBC/ IS standards and local fire service departmentrequirements, complete in all respects.

Underground piping with necessary flanges & fittings such as elbows, teesalongwith pipe coating and wrapping of underground pipes with 4mm thick &100mm wide approved bitumen-based wrapping material.(Pypkote/Makpolycote)


UNIT

Name of work : Construction of School of Basic & Applied Sciences (5 dept) at CUJ

SECTION - C : DESCRIPTION OF ITEM FOR FIRE FIGHTING WORK

S.N. ITEM DESCRIPTION

SCOPE OF WORK

FIRE FIGHTING WORKS 1 of 5 School of Basic and Applied Sciences

UNITS.N. ITEM DESCRIPTION


1.4 Providing and fixing gunmetal fullway valve with wheel tested to 20 Kg/cm2 ofapproved quality as per I.S:778. Class-II

1.4.1 25mm dia Each

1.4 Providing & fixing Non return valve (double flanged) of CI body for PN 1.6 rating, conforming to IS:5312 complete in all respects including MS Flanges.

1.4.1 80mm dia Each1.4.2 100mm dia Each1.4.3 150mm dia Each

1.5 Providing & fixing Butterfly valve (double flanged) with C.I. body & disc, stainlesssteel/carbon steel shaft, Hand lever operated, PN 1.6 rating, conforming toIS:13095/BS:5155 including MS Flanges.

1.5.1 80mm dia Each1.5.2 100mm dia Each1.5.3 150mm dia Each

1.6 Providing and Fixing Copper Alloy Air release valve, having threaded connectionincluding the cost of 25 mm dia Gunmetal Gate valve with required fittings asper standard design. Each

1.7 Providing and fixing first aid fire hose reel of Min. 30 m Length (with wallmounting swinging-type drum complying to IS:884), fitted with Thermo PlasticSynthetic Reinforced material conforming to IS:12585-1988, 20 mm bore, withstandard size brass outlet and shut off valve, brackets, complete in all respects.

Each

1.8 Providing and fixing landing valve hydrants to type ‘A’ of I.S: 5290-1977 with63mm dia instantaneous type single headed outlet, M.S. pipe bend and flangeof required size with blank caps and chain, 1.6mm thick compressed asbestosgasket of approved specifications and make, complete with instantaneousspring lock type G.M. female coupling of 63mm dia for connecting hose pipe,complete in all respect.

1.8.1 Gunmetal Landing Valve Each

1.9 Providing and fixing 63mm dia 15m long rubberized fabric lined hose includinggunmetal male and female instantaneous type coupling approved by fireauthority, machine wound with copper wire complete in all respects hose toIS:636 type-II and coupling to IS: 903 with ISI certification.

Each



1.10 Providing and fixing fire hose cabinet fabricated from 14 gauge M.S sheet withsingle or double glazed front door and locking arrangement, painted “FireHose” with stove enameled paint, written on front, including necessary supportsof approximate size 2100x900x715mm deep to house two lengths of canvashose with couplings, branch pipe, fire hose reel, nozzle, fireman axe, singleoutlet landing valve and first-aid hose reel, complete in all respects.

Each

1.11 Providing and fixing standard short size branch pipe with hand operatedgunmetal 20mm nominal bore outlet with standard instantaneous type 63mmdia coupling as per IS: 903.

1.11.1 Gunmetal branch pipe & nozzle. Each

1.12 Providing and fixing standard fire mans axe with heavy duty insulated rubberhandle as per IS: 926 with clamps.

Each

1.13 Providing and Fixing 3 Nos. G.I. Sand bucket painted red color complete withG.I. Stand duly painted red color of suitable size to hang three buckets at a timeas per required specification (The weight of sand with bucket not less then 9Kg) Set

1.14 Providing and fixing 100mm dia two-way fire brigade inlet connection consistingof 63mm size instantaneously make coupling and shall be protected by capscored with a chain glass bore etc. complete with one 100mm dia sluice valveand 100mm dia non-return valve (To be connected to Fire Hydrents/SprinklersDown commers) Each

1.15 CO2 type cylindrical shape fire extinguisher with fixing hangers, hose, brackets,screws to required size etc.,complete as per IS:15683 - wall mounted type

1.15.1 4.5 Kg. Capacity Each

1.16 CO2 type cylindrical shape fire extinguisher with hose and all requiredaccessories, complete as per IS:2878 - trolley mounted type for portable use.

1.16.1 22.5 Kg. Capacity Each

1.17 9 litres capacity water Stored pressure type extinguishers with CO2 cartridgewith fixing hangers, hose, brackets, screws to required size etc., complete asper IS:15683 -Wall mounted type Each

1.18 ABC' stored pressure type Dry Chemical Powder (Mono-Ammonium Phosphate) fire extinguisher with fixing hangers, hose, brackets, screws to required sizeetc., complete as per IS:15683.

1.18.1 Capacity 6 Kg. Each



1.19 Providing and fixing C.I double flanged "Y" type strainer with S.S. mesh,including nuts, bolts and 3 mm thick gasket complete as required

1.19.1 150 mm dia Each1.19.2 100 mm dia Each

Terrace Fire Pump1.20 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of electric driven Terrace

Pump with required 415 volts , 3 phase 50 Hz .AC subitable DOL Starter Panelof required rating terrace fire pump for automatic operation and consistingoffollowing : complete in all respect as required:

Horizontal type ,multistage, centrifugal split casing pump of cast iron, body &bronze impeller with stainless steel shaft, mechanical seal and flow of flow of900 lpm at 35 M head conforming to IS 1520.

Suitable HP SQ cage induction motor TEFC type suitable for operation on 415volts , 3 phase 50 Hz .AC with IP 55 class of protection for enclosure,horizontal foot mounted type with Class- 'F' insulation, conforming to IS:325 &Suitable Rating of electrical control copper cables from electrical panel toInduction motor .(1w+1s)M.S fabricated Common base plate, coupling, coupling guard, foundation boltsetc .as required .Suitable cement concrete foundation duly plastered with antiviabration pads.

Set

1.21 Providing and Fixing double flanged vertical air vessel fabricated from 10 mmM.S. plate with dished ends from 12 mm M.S. plate, outside with one coat ofprimer and two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved shade, completewith approved quality and sufficient number of pressure switches, air releasevalve, tripod type stand, pressure gauge with ball valve, drain ball valve of50mm dia with 2.0 meter long GI (Heavy Duty) piping complete as required andall other required accessories to operate commonly Terrace fire pump at drop ofpressure, automatically at required pressure setting;

Recommended dia. : 450 MMHeight of shell : 2000 MMWorking pressure : 4 KG/CM2Test Pressure : 12 KG/CM2 Each

1.22 Providing and fixing pressure switch (for operation at 0-15 Kg./sqcm) withrequired fittings and accessories complete.

1.22.1 Standard type Each

1.23 Providing and fixing Pressure gauge (0-14 Kg/Cm2) with necessary flanges andfittings such as tees, elbows and painting with two coats of synthetic enamelpaint and supports etc. complete.

Each



1.25 Providing & fixing M.S. structural work fabricated from standard section e.g. M.Srounds, angles, channels, plates including cutting to size,drilling,welding fixingand welding to insert plates in RCC structural members as directed by engineer-in-charge including cutting and making good the walls, ceilings and floors. (Asper the Instructions of the Engineer-In-Charge)

Kg.

1.26 Providing and fixing reinforced neoprene rubber vibration eliminators/expansionjoints (to provide relief from stresses at pipe flanges) suitable for upto 20kg/cm2 pressure, as per specification of the manufacturers complete asrequired and as specified.

1.26.1 80 mm dia Each1.26.2 100 mm dia Each1.26.3 150 mm dia Each


Description Unit

IMAIN LT PANEL, MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOARD (MDB) & SUB DISTRIBUTION

BOARDS (SDB)

1.0 MAIN LT PANEL (MLTP), MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOARD (MDB) & SUB

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS (SDB)

Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of cubicle type totally enclosed free standing

type moisture, dust and vermin proof Main/Sub Distribution Boards (MDB/SDB) made out of

2 mm thick CRCA sheet steel complete with following equipments, including ammeter,

ammeter selector switch, voltmeter, voltmeter selector switch, indicating lamps, CT's, internal

wiring with suitable size wires/ cable, interconnection, painting etc as required.

1.1 MLTP/SOBAS-1 (NORMAL SUPPLY) (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE)

(TOTAL OF A TO D) Set

(A) INCOMER

● 1 No. 1600 Amp FP MDO type Air Circuit Breaker with microprossor release with O/L, S/C

& E/F (50KA Ics value).

(B) INSTRUMENTS

● 3 No. 0 to 500 Volt digital voltmeter (96mm square).

● 1 No. 0 to 1600 Amp digital ammeter (96mm square) with selector switch & CT's.

● 1 Set of phase indicating lights (RYB) with protection mcb.

● 1 Set breaker 'ON' & 'OFF' indicating lamp.

● 1 Set trip circuit healthy indicating lamp.

● 1 No. KWH meter and frequency meter.

● 1 No. master trip relay.

● 1 No. trip circuit supervision relay.

● 1 Set of 3 phase O/V and U/V relay with time delay (O/V - 110% to 140% U/V - 40% to 80%)

● 1 Set of Phase Sequence Relay.

● 1 Set of Energy Analyser.

(C) BUSBARS

● 2000 Amp TPN busbars of aluminium alloy.

(D) OUTGOING

● 7 Nos. 250 Amp TP moulded case circuit breaker 35KA (Ics Value) with neutral link and

ON/OFF indicating lamp.





SCOPE OF WORK

SECTION D : DESCRIPTION OF ITEM FROM INTERNAL & EXTERNAL ELECTRICAL WORKS

Item No.

Construction of School of Basic & Applied Sciences (5 dept) at Central University of Jammu

Electrical Works 1 of 18 School of Basic and Applied Sciences

Description UnitItem No.

1.2 EMLTP/SOBAS-1 (EMERGENCY SUPPLY) (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED

SCIENCE) (TOTAL OF A TO D) Set

(A) INCOMER

● 1 No. 500Amp FP Moulded Case circuit Breaker of 35KA (Ics Value) with O/L, S/C & E/F

protection.

(B) INSTRUMENTS

● 1 No. 0 to 500 Volt digital voltmeter (96mm square) with selector switch.

● 1 No. 0 to 500Amp digital ammeter (96mm square) with selector switch & CT's.


● 1 Set breaker 'ON' & 'OFF' indicating lamp.

(C) BUSBARS


(D) OUTGOING

● 2 Nos. 200 Amp TP moulded case circuit breaker of 35KA (Ics Value) with neutral link.


● 9 Nos. 40-63 Amp TP moulded case circuit breaker 25KA (Ics Value) with neutral link.

1.3 L(-8)/MDB-1(LHS) (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) TYPICAL FOR L(-

5)/MDB-2 (RHS), L(-3)/MDB-3(RHS), L(-2)/MDB-4(RHS) & L(-1)/MDB-5(RHS)

(TOTAL OF A TO D)

Set

(A) INCOMER BREAKERS

● 1 No. 250Amp FP Moulded Case circuit Breaker of 35KA (Ics Value) with O/L, S/C & E/F

protection.

(B) INSTRUMENTS

● 1 No. 0 to 500 Volt digital voltmeter (96mm square) with selector switch.

● 1 No. 0 to 250Amp digital ammeter (96mm square) with selector switch & CT's.


● 1 Sets breaker 'ON' & 'OFF' indicating lamp.

(C) BUSBARS


(D) OUTGOING





1.4 L(-7)/SDB-1(RHS) (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) TYPICAL FOR L(-5)

SDB-1 (RHS), L(-2)/SDB-1 (RHS), L(-3)/ SDB-1 (RHS), L(-4) / SDB-2 (RHS), L(EL)/SDB-

1(RHS), L(-1)/SDB-1 (RHS), L(-2) / SDB-2 (RHS), L(+1) /SDB-1 (RHS), L(EL)/SDB-1

(RHS) L(+1)/ SDB-1 (RHS), L (+2)/SDB-1 (RHS), L(+1)/SDB-1 (RHS) & L(EL)/SDB-1

(RHS) (TOTAL OF A TO D)

Set

(A) INCOMING

● 1 No. 100 Amp FP moulded case circuit breaker of 25KA (Ics Value).

(B) INSTRUMENTS

● 1No. 0 -500 Volt voltmeter with selector switch.

● 1No. 0-100 Amp Ammeter with selector switch and CT's.


(C) BUSBARS


(D) OUTGOING


1.5 L(-5)/SDB-CA-1(LHS) (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) TYPICAL FOR L(-

2)/SDB-CA-2 (TOTAL OF A TO D) Set

(A) INCOMING


(B) INSTRUMENTS




(C) BUSBARS


(D) OUTGOING


1.6 L(-5)/SDB-CB1 (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) TYPICAL FOR L(-2)/SDB-

CB2 (TOTAL OF A TO D) Set

(A) INCOMING


(B) INSTRUMENTS

● 1 No. 0-500 Volt voltmeter with selector switch.

● 1 No. 0-100 Amp Ammeter with selector switch and CT's.


(C) BUSBARS

● 150 Amp TPN copper busbars.

(D) OUTGOING



● 7 Nos. 40-63 Amp FP miniature circuit breaker (10KA).

● 6 Nos. 20-32 Amp DP miniature circuit breaker (10KA).

1.7 L(-8)/EMDB-1(RHS) (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) TYPICAL FOR L(-

5)/EMDB-2 (RHS), L(-3)/EMDB-3 (RHS), L(-2) / EMDB-4 (RHS) & L(-1) / EMDB-5

(RHS) (TOTAL OF A TO D) Set

(A) INCOMING


(B) INSTRUMENTS




(C) BUSBARS


(D) OUTGOING

● 3 Nos. 32 Amp FP miniature circuit breaker (10KA).

● 6 Nos. 40-63 Amp FP miniature circuit breaker (10KA).

1.8 L(-7)/ESDB-1(RHS) (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) TYPICAL FOR L(-

6)/ESDB-1(RHS), L(-5)/ESDB-1(RHS), L (-4) / ESDB-4 (RHS), L(-3) / ESDB-2(RHS), L(-

2)/ESDB-2 (RHS), L (-2)/ESDB-1, L(-1)/ESDB-1 (RHS), L (EL)/ESDB-3 (RHS) EL/ESDB-

2 (RHS), L(+1) / ESDB-2 (RHS), L(-1) / ESDB-4 (RHS), L (EL) / ESDB-1 (RHS), L (+1) /

ESDB-1 (RHS) & L (+2) / ESDB-1 (RHS) (TOTAL OF A TO D)

Set

(A) INCOMING

● 1 No. 40 Amp FP miniature circuit breaker (10KA).

(B) INSTRUMENTS

● 1 No. 0-500 Volt voltmeter with selector switch.

● 1 No. 0-40Amp Ammeter with selector switch and CT's.


(C) BUSBARS


(D) OUTGOING


1.9 L(-5)/ESDB-CA-1 (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) (TOTAL OF A TO D)

Set

(A) INCOMING


(B) INSTRUMENTS






(C) BUSBARS


(D) OUTGOING

● 3 Nos. 32 Amp DP miniature circuit breaker (10KA).



1.10 L(-2)/ESDB-CA-2 (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) (TOTAL OF A TO D)

Set

(A) INCOMING


(B) INSTRUMENTS




(C) BUSBARS


(D) OUTGOING

● 6 Nos. 32 Amp DP miniature circuit breaker (10KA).


1.11 L(-2)/ESDB-CB-1 (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) TYPICAL FOR L(-

5)/ESDB-CB-2 (TOTAL OF A TO D) Set

(A) INCOMING


(B) INSTRUMENTS




(C) BUSBARS


(D) OUTGOING

● 8 Nos. 20-32 Amp DP miniature circuit breaker (10KA).

1.12 ESDB-UPS/SOBAS-1 (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) (TOTAL OF A TO

D) Set

(A) INCOMING

● 1 No. 200Amp FP moulded case circuit breaker of 35KA (Ics Value).

(B) INSTRUMENTS






● 3 Set of ON & OFF indicating lamps (One Set each for Incomer & Outgoing breakers).

(C) BUSBARS

● 250 Amp TPN Copper busbars.

(D) OUTGOING (LOAD SIDE)

● 2 Nos. 160 Amp FP moulded case circuit breaker 35KA (Ics Value).

1.13 UPS PANEL-1 (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) (TOTAL OF A TO D)

Set

(A) INCOMING


(B) INSTRUMENTS

● 1No. 0 -500 Volt voltmeter with selector switch with each incomer.

● 1No. 0-200 Amp Ammeter with selector switch with each incomer.

● 1 Set of LED Indicating lights (RYB) with each incomer.

● 3 Set of ON & OFF indicating lamps (One Set each for Incomer & Outgoing breakers).

(C) BUSBARS


(D) OUTGOING

● 1 No. 200 Amp FP moulded case circuit breaker 35KA (Ics Value).

1.14 MDB-UPS/SOBAS-1 (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) (TOTAL OF A TO D)

Set

(A) INCOMING


(B) INSTRUMENTS




(C) BUSBARS


(D) OUTGOING (LOAD SIDE)

● 12 Nos. 40-63 Amp TP moulded case circuit breaker 25KA (Ics Value).

2.0 VERTICAL DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

Supply installation, testing and commissioning of following surface/recess type Triple/Single

pole and neutral distribution board (Double door type) with loose wire box with incoming

MCCB and Outgoing MCB complete with Copper busbar, neutral links, earthing etc. complete

as per specification and as required.



2.1 L (-8) / VDB-AC-1 (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) TYPICAL FOR L(-

7)/VDB-AC-1, L(-5) / VDB-AC-1, L (-5)/VDB-AC-1, L(-4)/VDB-AC-1, L(-2)/VDB-AC-1,

L(-2)/VDB-AC-5, L (-2)/VDB-AC-1, EL/VDB-AC-2, L(-2)/VDB-AC-2, L (-1) / VDB-AC-1,

L(+1)/VDB-AC-2, L(-1)/VDB-AC-3, EL/VDB-AC-3 & L(+2)/VDB-AC-3 (12 WAY

VERTICAL DISTRIBUTION BOARDS) (TOTAL OF A TO C)

Set

(A) INCOMING

● 1 No. 32 Amp FP Miniature Circuit Breaker (10KA).

(B) BUSBARS


(C) OUTGOING

● 24 No. 6 Amp SP miniature circuit breaker (10KA).

2.2 L(-7)/VDB-AC-CA-1 (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCE) TYPICAL FOR , L(-

4)/VDB-AC-CA-1, L(+1)/VDB-AC-CA-1 (4 WAY VERTICAL DISTRIBUTION

BOARDS) (TOTAL OF A TO C)

Set

(A) INCOMING


(B) BUSBARS


(C) OUTGOING

● 4 Nos. 32 Amp TP miniature circuit breaker (10KA).

2.3 L (-6) / VDB-AC-1 (SCHOOL OF BASIC APPILED SCIENCE ) TYPICAL FOR L (-3)/

VDB-AC-1, L(-1)/VDB-AC-1, L (EL)/VDB-AC-2, L (+1)/VDB-AC-3, L(-8)/UVDB-1, L(5)

/UVDB-2, L(-2)/UVDB-3, L(-1)/ UVDB-4, & L(-3)/UVDB-5 (4 WAY VERTICAL

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS) (TOTAL OF A TO C)Set

(A) INCOMING


(B) BUSBARS


(C) OUTGOING

● 4 Nos. 20-32 Amp TP miniature circuit breaker (10KA).

3.0 CHANGE OVER SWITCHES

Supply installation, testing and commissioning of ON load Change over switches in sheet steel

enclosure made out of 2mm thick, suitable for 3 phase 4 wire 50 Hz AC supply complete with

incoming/outgoing terminations, internal connections/ links etc as required.

i) 160 Amp FP Change over switch No.

4.0 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS



4.1 Supplying and fixing following way prewired SP&N MCB distribution board of steel sheet for

240 volts on surface/ recess complete with loose wire box, terminal connectors for all

incoming and outgoing circuits, duly prewired with suitable size FRLS PVC insulated copper

conductor up to terminal blocks, tinned copper busbar, neutral link, earth bar, din bar,

detachable gland plate,interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required.

(But without MCB/ RCCB/ Isolator)

(i) 2 + 12 way / 14 way, Double door No.

4.2 Supplying and fixing following rating, double pole, 240 volts, isolator in the existing MCB DB

complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

(i) 40 amps No.

4.3 Supplying and fixing following rating, double pole, (single phase and neutral), 240 volts,

residual current circuit breaker (RCCB), having a sensitivity current upto 300 milliamperes in

the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

(i) 40 Amp No.

(ii) 63 Amp No.

4.4 Supplying and fixing following way prewired TP&N MCB distribution board of steel sheet for

415 volts on surface/ recess complete with loose wire box, terminal connectors for all

incoming and outgoing circuits, duly prewired with suitable size FRLS PVC insulated copper

conductor up to terminal blocks, tinned copper bus bar, neutral link, earth bar, din bar,

detachable gland plate, interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required.

(But without MCB/ RCCB/ Isolator)

(i) 12 way (4 + 36 way), Double door No.

(ii) 8 way (4 + 24), Double door No.

(iii) 6 way (4 + 18), Double door No.

4.5 Supplying and fixing following rating, four pole, 415 volts, isolator in the existing MCB DB

complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

(i) 40 Amps No.

(ii) 63 amps No.

4.6 Supplying and fixing 5 amps to 32 amps rating, 240/415 volts, “C” curve, miniature circuit

breaker suitable for inductive load of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete with

connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

(i) Single pole No.

4.7 Supplying and fixing single pole blanking plate in the existing MCB DB complete etc. as

required. No.

II SUB MAIN CABLES



1.0 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS

PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC

conduit as required.

i) 4 x 16 sq.mm + 2 x 16 sq.mm earth wire. M.

ii) 4 x 10 sq.mm + 2 x 10 sq.mm earth wire. M.

iii) 4 X 6 sq. mm + 2 X 6 sq. mm earth wire M.

iv) 2 x 6 sq.mm + 1 x 6 sq.mm earth wire. M.

v) 2 x 2.5 sq.mm + 1 x 2.5 sq.mm earth wire. M.

2.0 Supply of following size of 1.1KV grade multicore aluminium conductor XLPE / PVC

insulated & PVC sheathed armoured cable as per IS: 7098 (Part-1) 1988 complete as required.

i) 3.5 core, 240 Sq.mm. M.

ii) 3.5 core, 150 Sq.mm. M.

iii) 3.5 core, 95 Sq.mm. M.

iv) 3.5 core, 70 Sq.mm. M.

v) 3.5 core, 50 Sq.mm. M.

vi) 4 core, 25 Sq.mm. M.

vii) 4 core, 16 Sq.mm. M.

viii) 4 core, 10 Sq.mm. M.

ix) 4 core, 6 Sq.mm. M.

x) 4 core, 4 Sq.mm. M.

3.0 Laying and fixing of one number PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE power cable of 1.1

KV grade of following size on cable Tray as required.

i) Upto 35 sq. mm (clamped with 1mm thick saddle) M.

ii) Above 35 sq. mm and upto 95 sq. mm (clamped with 25x3mm MS flat clamp) M.

iii) Above 95 sq. mm and upto 185 sq. mm (clamped with 25/40x3mm MS flat clamp)

M.

iv) Above 185 sq. mm and upto 400 sq. mm (clamped with 40x3mm MS flat clamp) M.

4.0 Laying of one number PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE power cable of 1.1 KV grade

of following size direct in ground including excavation, sand cushioning, protective covering

and refilling the trench etc as required.

i) Upto 35 sq. mm (clamped with 1mm thick saddle) M.

ii) Above 35 sq. mm and upto 95 sq. mm (clamped with 25x3mm MS flat clamp) M.

iii) Above 185 sq. mm and upto 400 sq. mm (clamped with 40x3mm MS flat clamp) M.

4.0 Suppling and making indoor end termination with brass compression gland and aluminium

lugs for following size of PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE aluminium conductor

cable of 1.1 KV grade as required.

i) 3.5 core, 240 Sq.mm. Set

ii) 3.5 core, 150 Sq.mm. Set

iii) 3.5 core, 95 Sq.mm. Set

iv) 3.5 core, 70 Sq.mm. Set

v) 3.5 core, 50 Sq.mm. Set



vi) 4 core, 25 Sq.mm. Set

vii) 4 core, 16 Sq.mm. Set

viii) 4 core, 10 Sq.mm. Set

ix) 4 core, 6 Sq.mm. Set

x) 4 core, 4 Sq.mm. Set

5.0 Supply and installing following size of perforated M.S. cable trays with perforation not more

than 17.5% in convenient sections, joints with connectors suspended from the ceiling with

M.S. suspenders and including bolts & nuts, painting suspenders etc. as required.

i) 600 mm width X 50 mm depth X 2.0 mm thickness M.

ii) 300 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness M.

iii) 150 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness M.

III POINT WIRING

1.0 Wiring for light point/ fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS PVC

insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface / recessed medium class PVC conduit,

with modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm.

FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc as required.

(i) Group-C Pt.

2.0 Wiring for twin control light point with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor

single core cable in surface / recessed medium class PVC conduit, 2 way modular switch,

modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm. FRLS PVC insulated

copper conductor single core cable etc as required.

Pt.

3.0 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring alongwith earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS PVC

insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit

as required.

(i) 2 x 1.5 Sq.mm. + 1 x 1.5Sq.mm earth wire M.

(ii) 4 x 1.5 Sq.mm. + 2 x 1.5Sq.mm earth wire M.

4.0 Supplying and drawing following sizes of FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor, single core

cable in the existing surface / recessed steel / PVC conduit as required.

3 x 4 sq. mm M.

5.0 Wiring for light/ power plug with 2X4 sq. mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single

core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit alongwith 1 No 4 sq. mm FRLS

PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable for loop earthing as required.

M.



6.0 Wiring for light/ power plug with 4X4 sq. mm FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor single

core cable in surface/ recessed medium class PVC conduit alongwith 2 Nos 4 sq. mm FRLS

PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable for loop earthing as required.

M.

7.0 Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on surface or

in recess, including providing and fixing 3 pin 5/6 amps modular socket outlet and 5/6 amps

modular switch, connection etc. as required. (For light plugs to be used in non residential

buildings & FCU).

No.

8.0 Supplying and fixing of suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on surface

or in recess, including providing and fixing 2 Nos. 3 pin 5/6 Amp modular socket outlet and 1

No. 16 Amp modular switch, connection, painting etc. as required (different in colour from

general power for UPS / Computer applications / Data Racks).

No.

9.0 Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on surface or

in recess, including providing and fixing 6 pin 5/6 & 15/16 amps modular socket outlet and

15/16 amps modular switch, connection etc. as required.

No.

10.0 Supplying and fixing 20 amps, 240 volts, SPN industrial type, socket outlet, with 2 pole and

earth, metal enclosed plug top alongwith 20 amps “C” curve, SP , MCB, in sheet steel

enclosure, on surface or in recess, with chained metal cover for the socket out let and complete

with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

No.

11.0 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of under floor cross over box of size 250mm x

250mm x 60-75mm one trap 3 compartment with metal lid and suitable for 225mm / 75mm x

25mm depth three/ single compartment metal ducting / trunking / raceway made out of high

pressure diecast zinc alloy complete with all accessories such as top cover base support

frame, base support stud etc. complete as required.

No.

12.0 Supply and fixing of following sizes single/triple compartment under floor trunking made out

of 1.6mm thick pregalvanised sheet steel complete with all accessories and fixing accessories

as per site requirement all as required & specified.

i) 225mm x 38mm x 1.6mm (3 compartment) M

IV LIGHT FIXTURES & FANS



1.0 Supply, Installtion, Testing & Commissioning of Wall / Ceiling Mounted (1200mm length)

LED Batten light fixture with high efficency diffuser complete with electronic LED driver,

PF>0.9, THD<10%, minimum lumens output of 1800 lumens and efficacy better than 100

lumens / watt with CRI> 80 including making suitable arrangement & connection with 3x1.5

Sq. mm PVC insulated FRLS PVC sheathed copper conductor cable in flexible GI Conduit

Wipro Cat. Ref.- WI 0921208 + LL13-181-65

Bajaj Cata Ref. BLRB-OB-118+BLRB 18W CW.

No.

2.0 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Slim linear type (1200mm Length) recess

Mounted LED fixture with silver powder coated finish CRCA extrusion housing, high

efficiency PMMA diffuser complete with electronic LED driver, PF>0.9, THD<10%, rated

life of L-70 @ 50,000 hours having minimum Lumen output of 1550 lumens and efficacy

better than 70 Lumens / Watt CRI>80 including making suitable arrangement for fixing in

false ceiling including suspension arrangement & connection with 3x1.5 Sq.mm PVC insulated

FRLS PVC sheathed copper conductor cable in flexible GI conduit.as required.

Wipro Cata Ref: LM30-211-XXX-57-XX

Bajaj Cata Ref. BRTX -20W-LED-4F-WH.

No.

3.0 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Slim linear type (1200mm Length) recess

Mounted LED fixture with silver powder coated finish CRCA extrusion housing, high

efficiency PMMA diffuser complete with electronic LED driver, PF>0.9, THD<10%, rated

life of L-70 @ 50,000 hours having minimum Lumen output of 2500 lumens and efficacy

better than 70 Lumens / Watt CRI>80 including making suitable arrangement for fixing in

false ceiling including suspension arrangement & connection with 3x1.5 Sq.mm PVC insulated

FRLS PVC sheathed copper conductor cable in flexible GI conduit.

Wipro Cata Ref: LM30-401-XXX-57-XX

Bajaj Cata Ref.

No.

4.0 Supply, Installtion, Testing & Commissioning of Wall / Ceiling Mounted (600mm length)

LED Batten light fixture with plastic body, high efficency diffuser complete with electronic

LED driver, PF>0.9, THD<10%, rated life of L-70 @ 50,000 hours having minimum lumens

output of 900 lumens and efficacy better than 100 lumens / watt with CRI> 80 including

making suitable arrangement & connection with 3x1.5 Sq. mm PVC insulated FRLS PVC

sheathed copper conductor cable in flexible GI Conduit

Wipro Cat. Ref.: LL20-111-XXX-65NE

Bajaj Cata Ref. BCLSB-10W-WH

No.



5.0 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of recess Mounted circular LED downlighter

with pressure diecast aluminium housing high efficiency PMMA diffuser complete with

electronic driver, PF>0.9, THD<10%, rated life of L-70 @ 50,000 having minimum Lumens

out put of 1000 lumens and efficacy better than 65 lumens / watt with CRI>80 including

making suitable arrengement for fixing in false ceiling including suspension arrangement &

connection with 3x1.5 Sq.mm PVC insulated FRLS PVC sheathed copper conductor cable in

flexible GI Conduit. as required.

Wipro Cata Ref. LD-71-161-SML-65-XX.

Bajaj Cata Ref. BZSLO 15W WH.

No.

6.0 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of wall Mounted LED bulkhead fixture having

minimum 800 lumens & efficacy better than 80 lumens / watt with pressure diecast aluminium

housing & polycarbonate diffuser complete with electronic driver and all accessories as

required for proper installation.

Wipro Cat. No.: LW03‐850‐XXX‐57‐XX

Bajaj Cat. Ref. BIBWP -10W-LED

No.

7.0 Supply, Installtion, Testing & Commissioning of Surface Mounted circular LED downlighter

with with CRCA / Diecast powder coated housing, high efficiency PMMA diffuser complete

with electronic LED driver, PF>0.9, THD<10%, rated life of L-70 @ 50,000 hours having

minimum lumens output of 800 lumens and efficacy better than 65 lumens / watt with CRI> 70

including making suitable arrangement & connection with 3x1.5 Sq. mm PVC insulated FRLS

PVC sheathed copper conductor cable in flexible GI Conduit

Wipro Cat. Ref. LD80-101-XXX-60-SM

Bajaj Cat. Ref. BGSLO Sleek Surface 12W.

No.

8.0 Supply, Installtion, Testing & Commissioning of Recess Mounted circular LED downlighter

with pressure diecast aluminimum housing, high efficiency PMMA diffuser complete with

electronic LED driver, PF>0.9, THD<10%, rated life of L-70 @ 50,000 hours having

minimum lumens output of 850 lumens and efficacy better than 80 lumens / watt with CRI> 75

including making suitable arrengement for fixing in false ceiling including suspension

arrangement & connection with 3x1.5 Sq. mm PVC insulated FRLS PVC sheathed copper

conductor cable in flexible GI Conduit.as required of.

Wipro Cata Ref. LD-71-111-SMS-65-XX.

Bajaj Cata Ref. BZSLO 12W WH.

No.

9.0 Supply, Installtion, Testing & Commissioning of Wall / Ceiling Mounted industrial type

(1200mm length) LED Batten light fixture with 2 Nos. LED tube complete with electronic

LED driver, PF>0.9, THD<10%, minimum lumens output of 1800 lumens (each tube) and

efficacy better than 80 lumens / watt with CRI> 100 including making suitable arrangement &

connection with 3x1.5 Sq. mm PVC insulated FRLS PVC sheathed copper conductor cable in

flexible GI Conduit

Wipro Cat. Ref. WI092208 + 2 No's LL13-181-65X

No.



10.0

Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of 600mm x 600mm recess Mounted LED

fixture with CRCA powder coated housing, high efficiency PMMA diffuser complete with

electronic ballast, PF>0.9, THD<10%, rated life of L-70@ 50,000 hours having minimum

lumen output of 3000 Lumens and efficacy better than 85 Lumens / watt with CRI >80


arrangement & connection with 3x1.5 Sq.mm. PVC insulated FRLS PVC sheathed copper

conductor in flexible PVC conduit etc. as required of.

Wipro Cata Ref. CRCO 10R038HP57 G1

Bajaj Cata Ref. BZRSQL 36W GZ WH.

No.

11.0 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of 600mm x 600mm Surface Mounted LED

fixture with CRCA powder coated housing, high efficiency PMMA diffuser complete with

electronic ballast, PF>0.9, THD<10%, rated life of L-70@ 50,000 hours having minimum

lumen output of 3000 Lumens and efficacy better than 85 Lumens / watt with CRI >80


arrangement & connection with 3x1.5 Sq.mm. PVC insulated FRLS PVC sheathed copper

conductor in flexible PVC conduit etc. as required of.

Wipro Cata Ref. CRCO 10R038HP57 G1

Bajaj Cata Ref. BZSSQL 36W WH.

No.

12.0 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of recess Mounted circular LED downlighter

with pressure diecast aluminium housing high efficiency PMMA diffuser complete with

electronic driver, PF>0.9, THD<10%, rated life of L-70 @ 50,000 having minimum Lumens

out put of 2500 lumens and efficacy better than 75 lumens / watt with CRI>80 including

making suitable arrengement for fixing in false ceiling including suspension arrangement &

connection with 3x1.5 Sq.mm PVC insulated FRLS PVC sheathed copper conductor cable in

flexible GI Conduit. as required.

Wipro Cata Ref. CRDL11RO33HP57

Bajaj Cata Ref.

No.

13.0 Supply of following sizes of energy saver (5 star rated) ceiling fan without regulator complete

with double ball bearing, motor, blades, downrod, canopy, capacitor etc. complete as

required.

i) 900 mm Sweep. No.

ii) 1200 mm Sweep. No.

14.0 Supplying and fixing stepped type electronic fan regulator on the existing modular plate switch

box including connections but excluding modular plate etc. as required.

No.

15.0 Installation, testing and commissioning of ceiling fan, including wiring the down rods (as

required at site) with 1.5 sq.mm FRLS PVC insulated, copper conductor, single core cable etc.

as required. No.

V TELEPHONE SYSTEM



1.0 Supplying and fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC conduit along with accessories

in surface/recess including cutting the wall and making good the same in case of recessed


i) 25mm dia M.

2.0 Supplying and fixing of following modular switch / socket on the existing modular plate &

switch box including connections but excluding modular plate etc. as required.

i) Telephone socket outlet No.

3.0 Supplying and fixing following size / modules, GI box alongwith modular base & cover plate

for modular switches in recess etc. as required.

i) 1 or 2 Module (75mm x 75mm) No.

4.0 Supplying and drawing following pair 0.5 mm dia FRLS PVC insulated annealed copper

conductor, unarmored telephone cable in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as

required.

i) 2 Pair M.

ii) 10 Pair M.

iii) 20 Pair M.

5.0 Supply installation and testing and commissioning of follwing size of Telephone distribution

board in a M.S. box with hinged cover/ door complete with krone type tag block with double

jumpering facility mounted on a bakelite sheet etc. including terminations of cable as required.

i) 10 Pair telephone distribution board No.

ii) 20 Pair telephone distribution board No.

iii) 200 Pair telephone distribution board No.

VI DATA NETWORKING SYSTEM (PASSIVE COMPONENTS)

1.0 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of following cables.

i) 23 AWG UTP Data Cable (Cat 6 ) Gigaspeed in the existing conduit/ under floor trunking.

M.

2.0 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of following Jack Panel.

i) 24 Port Powersum CAT 6 Jack Panel. No.

3.0 Supply & fixing of 19 inch wall mounted type Standard Rack with all accessoriespf following

size:

i) 12U No.

ii) 32U No.

4.0 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of following RJ-45 connectivity.

i) Simplex Faceplate with RJ-45, information outlet with shutter compliant to TIA 568A/B with

colour coding. No.

5.0 Supply and fixing metal box of following sizes (nominal size) on surface or in recess with

suitable size of phenolic laminated sheet cover in the front including painting etc. as required.

i) 200mm x 250mm x 75mm deep. No.



6.0 Supplying and fixing following size / modules, GI box alongwith modular base & cover plate

for modular switches in recess etc. as required.

i) 1 or 2 Module (75mm x 75mm) No.

7.0 Supplying and fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC conduit along with accessories

in surface/recess including cutting the wall and making good the same in case of recessed


i) 25mm dia No.

VII INTELLIGENT ADDRESSABLE FDA SYSTEM

1.0 Supply and fixing of following sizes of steel conduit alongwith the accessories in

surface/recess including painting in case of surface conduit or cutting the wall and making

good the same incase of recessed conduit as required.

i) 25mm dia M.

2.0 Supplying and drawing following sizes of FR PVC insulated copper conductor, single core

cable in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required.

i) 2 x 1.5 sq.mm. M.

3.0 Supply and fixing of the following fire detection and alarm accessories complete with

connections etc. as required.

i) Fire alarm, hooter cum strobe medium intensity (6W) with LMT in enclosure. No.

ii) Electronic Response indicator in aluminium housing. No.

4.0 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Analogue addressable control module

complete with termination etc. as required. No.

5.0 Supply & fixing of the following Analog addressable fire detection & alarm accessories

complete with connections etc. as required.

i) Addressable Manual Pull station suitable for semi flush mounted with double gang outlet

box, trim ring (BGTR), nonfiber break tube, equipment for key operated test-reset lock, rotary

decimal switches for two digit address setting. Manual pull station shall be connected with two

wire to SLC loop of Fire Control Panel. Cover shall be made out of LEXAN (or poly carbonate

equivalent) with clear operating instruction and the word Fire appearing on the front complete

as required and shall be UL/EN listed.

No.

ii) Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detectors with unique optical sensing chamber, visible

LED’S, fully coated circuit boards and superior RF/transient protection, addressable by device,

suitable for 2 wire loop connection, complete with plug into common separate base and

housing constructed of LEXAN (or poly carbonate) as required and shall be UL/EN listed.

No.



iii) Intelligent Thermal Heat Detectors with dual thermistors, rate of rise model, visible LED's,

addressable by device, suitable for 2 wire loop connection, built-in functional test switch

activated by external magnet, built-in temper- resistance feature, plug into separate base and

housing constructed of LEXAN (or poly carbonate) as required and shall be UL/EN listed.

No.

6.0 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Intelligent Fire Detection & Alarm panel of

following loops in network connected to sensors, sounders, manual/ addressable pull station

and operating as stand alone system and connected to network of control module, in station

working on 230 volt,50 Hz/24 VDC power supply. Panel shall be completely field

programmable and shall be complete with Central Processing Unit (CPU), Display interface

assembly DIA), Loop interface board (LIB), Serial interface board (SIB) 30 key keypad, 80

character LCD display with LED Backlite, main power supply, 24volts DC maintenance free

battery and battery charger etc. and shall be complete as required and shall be UL listed.

i) Ten loop panel. Set

VIII ESE BASED ADVANCED LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

1.0 Supply of External Lightning Wide Area Protection System based on pro-active Early

Streamer Emission (ESE) Technology. No external power source required. Break down time

not more than 245.5 Microsecond. Wind Resistance up to 120 miles/hours. Produces a leader

of not less than 2x10E8 V/m/s in the lightning generated electromagnetic field. Device

confirming to NFC 17-102 & 21186 standards. (SI-60 with 79 Mtr Level-I radius protection at

5mtr mast.)

No.

2.0 Supply installation, testing and commissioning of Adapter head Mast (5 Mtrs. SS pipe heavy

duty 40mm inner dia) clamped suitable on brick work, wall fixture & all accessories, clamps

etc. as required. Set

3.0 Supply installation, testing and commissioning of 1 C x 70 sq.mm PVC insulated 1.1 KV grade

flexible copper conductor cable as required. M.

4.0 Supply & making maintenance free earthing with gel 80mm dia GI pipe electrode 3 Mtrs. long

with 2 bags backfill compound etc. including, testing & commissioning as required.

Set

5.0 Providing and fixing, testing of Test Joints made out of 25 x 3 mm thick copper strip 125mm

long with fixtures in 250 x 180 x 110 mm IP 65 Poly corbonate top transparent box including,

testing & commissioning as required.

Set

6.0 Supply installation, testing and commissioning of Lightning Event Counter in weather proof

enclosure with necessary accessories Having minimum counting Power 2KA and Max.

counting power 100 KA counting range 0-999. Set

IX EARTHING SYSTEM



1.0 Supply, Installation, Testing and commisioning of Maintenance free and Environment Friendly

Earth Electrode set comprising of 17.2 mm dia 3 mtrs long solid rod of Low carbon steel ,

molecular Copper Bonded for a thickness of 250 microns, highly conductive ANSI NSF STD 60

Certified, environment friendly carbon based backfill compound , Loresco powerfill (each bag shall

contain 20 pounds) or Equivalent , according to BS 7430 & IEEE 80 and suitable Clamp. The

backfill compound should not corrode the electrode. The earth enhancement compound shall have

resistivity of less than 0.12 OHM MTR as per requirements of IEEE 80 clause 14.5d.

One set : Electrode 1 No of 17.2 mm dia.

Power fill compound - 2 Bags ( 20 Pounds / 9 Kgs Each)

Set

2.0 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm copper strip in 40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode

including connection with G.I. nut, bolt, spring, washer excavation and re-filling etc. as

required. M.

3.0 Providing and fixing 25 mm x 5 mm copper strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. as

required. M.

4.0 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. as

required. M.

X UPS & BATTERIES

1.0 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 80 KVA IGBT Based Online UPS (3 Phase

) input & three phase output with 15Minutes backup, fully digital and microprocessor

controlled with following key features : -

- Input of 415V, + 15%,

- output voltage 415 + 1%,

- Frequency - 50Hz +5 %

- Inbuilt static bypass and manual maintenance bypass.

- Input phase sequence correction.

- Emergency backfeed protection circuitry as standard.

- Input Power Factor > 0.99

- Hermonics less than 5% with out using additional filters .

- Sealed maintenance free (smf) batteries for 15 minutes back-up with full 80KVA load

complete with battery racks, interconnecting links & in-built DC Isolator with fuse protection.

Set


S. NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS Unit

1. Water Chilling Unit (AHRI CERTIFIED)

1.1 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of SCREW WATER CHILLING UNITS eachcomplete with 200 TR actual capacity screw compressor with Star delta starter,squirrel cageinduction motor, water cooled condenser, chiller, marine water box at condenser, vibrationisolators for ground floor application, integral refrigerant piping and wiring, BMS interface unit(third party compatible, grooved couplings for condenser and cooler water in/outconnections, step-less capacity control, complete charge of refrigerant and oil, accessoriesas required and called for, automatic and safety controls mounted in central micro-processorbased console panel and all mounted on a steel frame complete as per specifications. Motorshall be suitable for 415±10% 50 cycles. 3 phase AC supply. Refrigerant used shall beOzone friendly R-134a as detailed in specifications.

ChillerChiller Water IN 54°FChilled Water OUT 44°FChilled water Flow 480 US GPMFouling Factor 0.0005 FPS

CondenserCondenser Water IN 90°FCondenser Water Flow 760 US GPMFouling Factor 0.001 FPS

IKW shall be 0.70 Nos.NPLV-0.50COP - 5.4

Pressur drop evaporator-6 mtr. (Max.)Pressur drop condenser-8 mtr. (Max.)

NOTE:-a) The price quoted shall include pre shipping performance testing at the works of themanufacturer Freight, Insurance, Port clearance, loading / unloading, Installation, testing andcommissioning as per specifications.

b) RCC foundation will be in the scope CIVIL vendor, but detail will be furnish by HVACvendor.c) Performance Testing 1 No. chiller 5 points at 100%. 75%, 50%, 25% at above conditions &5th point for COP at AHRI condition. Performance test will be witnessed by the 1 No.representative from client and 1 No. from HVAC consultant side.

2. Pump Set

HVAC Work for Construction of School of Basic & Applied Sciences (5 dept) at CUJ

SECTION E : DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS FOR HVAC WORKSSCOPE OF WORK

HVAC Works 1 of 15 School of Basic and Applied Sciences


Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of end suction back pull out/long coupledvertical inline pump water circulation pump in cast iron body & Bronze impeller, mechanicalseals,complete driven with TEFC squirrel cage induction motor with class-F insulation &efficiency class EFF-1 suitable for operation on 415 + 10% volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz., ACsupply, base plate, MS fabricated mounting channel frame, all required fittings & accessoriesincluding coupling, coupling guard, vibration isolation arrangement by means of rubber typemounting, foundation nuts, bolts complete as required & as per specification with followingcapacities.

2.1 For Chiller ( with insulation of pump) (two working & one standby)i) Capacity : 480 USGPM ii) Head : 12 Mtrs Nos. 2.2 For Condersor

(two working & one standby )i) Capacity : 760 USGPM ii) Head : 27 Mtrs Nos.

Note:- CC Foundation will be in the scope of CIVIL vendor, but detail will be furnish by HVACvendor.

3. Secondary Chilled Water Pumps with VFD

Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of variable speed pumping system consistingof 2 [1w+1s] numbers end suction back pull out pump/long coupled vertical inline pump and2 Nos. VFD (1w+1s) with single/Multi stage impeller controlled by dedicated microprocessorbased pump logic controller with modbus communication mounted separately in a controlpanel. The pump shall be driven by TEFC induction motor of class `F' insulation & efficiencyclass EFF-1 suitable for operation on 415 volts ±10%, 3 phase, 50 Hz A.C. supply andinsulated with polyurethane foam insulation complete. Panel mounted microprocessor basedmulti pump contoller with VFD should also have provision for automatic alternate (cyclic)operation of pumps, multiple differential pressure sensor/ transmitters as necessary, ON/OFFpush buttons, selection of pumps mode on panel, adequate provision to terminatealumunium armounred power cable as incommer to controller incommer, earth terminationscomplete as required and as per specification. The system shall be complete in all respectand suitable for following rating.

i) Capacity : 960 USGPM (Each pump) (1W + 1S)ii) Head : 24 Mtrs Set

1 set consist of 2 Nos. pumps and control panel.

Note:- a) The entire system alongwith secondary pumps must be sourced from singlemanufacturer only for unit responsibility.

Note:- b) CC Foundation will be in the scope of CIVIL vendor, but detail will be furnish by HVAC vendor.

4. Cooling Tower



Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of FRP induced draft cooling tower with FRPwater basin, PVC fills with integral louvers and drift eliminators complete with hot water basineither fitted with spray nozzles or having self rotating sprinklers, statically & dynamicallybalanced axial flow, gear/direct driven fans with TEFC induction motor of class F insulation,efficiency class EFF-1 suitable for operation on 415 + 10% volts, 50 Hz. AC supply; suctionscreen, make up-quick fill arrangement, overflow and drain connections with all necessaryvalves & foot valves, suitable inspection ladder, access arrangement for cooling towerinterior, steel /masonary supporting structure with proper design, anti-vibration mountings,foundation nuts, bolts, painting etc. complete as required and as per specification with thefollowing:

i) Capacity : 240 Tons (two working & one standby) ii) Water entering temperature : 98 oFiii) Water leaving temperature : 90 oF iv) Wet Bulb Temperature : 83 oF Nos.

Note:- CC Foundation will be in the scope of CIVIL vendor, but detail will be furnish by HVACvendor.

5. Pressure Independent Motorized Control cum Balancing Valve

Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 2 way modulating valve cum pressureindependent balancing valve along with actuator (accepting 0-10 DC input signal & 0-10 DCfeedback output signal) & proportionate thermostat, transformer, including connetions cablingetc. as required, complete as per specifications, requirement, standard and drawings.

5.1 65 mm dia Nos.

5.2 50 mm dia Nos.

5.3 40 mm dia No.

6. 2 Way ON/OFF Valve

Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 2 way ON/OFF valve along withactuator(with position feed back signals to BMS) & snap acting thermostat, complete asrequired and as per specifications of following sizes.

6.1 25 mm dia Nos.

6.2 20 mm dia Nos.

7. Airhandling Units (Floor Mounted)



Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of factory built floor mounted chilled waterdouble skin type horizontal/verticalair handling units made of 25 mm thick panels consistingof preplasticized G.I. casing of thickness 0.8mm outside layer and 0.8mm inside layer withpolyurethane foam (PUF) insulation factory injected between them by injection mouldingmachine, complete with blower section with blower suitable for static pressure as required,minimum 2 bend GSS/PVC eliminators,cooling coil section with aluminium finned coppertubes (tubes thickness notless than 0.5mm), cooling coil 4 row deep,filter section with 50mmthick metal viscous/ washable synthetic type air prefilters, belt drive package with TEFC drivemotor suitable for 415 ±10% volts, 50Hz, 3 Phase AC supply, drain connections, stainlesssteel (18G) drain pan with nitrile insulation, 150mm dia dial type pressure gauges(2 nos) andindustrial type thermometers(2nos) at inlet and outlet of coil, auto purgevalve whereverrequired, necessary vibration isolation arrangement etc. complete as per specifications,requirement, standard and drawings and of following capacities.

7.1 12,000 cfm, 40 mmwg S.P., Nos.

7.2 10,000 cfm, 40 mmwg S.P., No.

7.3 8,000 cfm, 40 mmwg S.P., Nos.

7.4 6,000 cfm, 40 mmwg S.P., Nos.

7.5 3,000 cfm, 40 mmwg S.P., No.

8. Fan Coil Unit Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of ceiling suspended Fan Coil Unit completewith 20 Ga G.I. precoated casing, filter box with synthetic fibre filter, 3 row dip cooling coilwith Aluminium fins, direct driven fan (three speed) with TEFC motor of class 'F' insulation,operated on 230 volts, single phase, 50Hz, AC supply, sandwitched insulated drain panpower & control copper cabling from nearest power point complete as required, as perspecification of following capacities :

8.1 2.0 Tons, 800 cfm Nos.

8.2 1.5 Tons, 600 cfm Nos.

8.3 1.0 Tons, 400 cfm Nos.

9. Variable Frequency Drive

Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of IP - 20 ,temperature independent variablefrequency drive in the existing AHUs panel for motor along with panel including DP sensorsof following rating complete as per specifications, requirement, standard and drawings. (VFDshall be worked on return air temp basis) (Third party BMS compatible)

9.1 5.5 kw rating motor Nos.

9.2 3.7 kw rating motor Nos.

9.3 2.2 kw rating motor No.

10. Axial Flow Fan



Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following rating of Tube Axial AMCAcertified (for Air and noise Performance) exhaust fan with moter of EFF-1 efficiency, fireretardant canvass connection complete fan shall be suitable for operation of 250OC 2 hours,complete as per specifications, requirement, standard and drawings, suitable for operationon 415 + 10% volts, 50 Hz, AC supply.

10.1 4,000 cfm, 40 mmwg S.P. Nos.

11. Inline Fans

Supply, installation, testing and commissoning of following sizes duct mounted Cabinet/cirular type inline fan complete with direct drive centrifugal impeller, TEFC squirrel cageinduction motor, rubber isolator mounts and other accessories, 20 Amps SPMCB with M.Sbox including supply of 3 core copper flexible cable of required 5 meter length , makingconnections complete as per specifications, requirement, standard and drawings.

11.1 550 cfm, 10 mmwg S.P. Nos.

11.2 300 cfm, 10 mmwg S.P. Nos.

11.3 250 cfm, 10 mmwg S.P. Nos.

11.4 150 cfm, 10 mmwg S.P. Nos.

11.5 100 cfm, 10 mmwg S.P. Nos.

12. Propeller Type Fan

Supply, installation, testing and commissoning of industrial type propeller fan for exhaust aircomplete with in and out louvers, 3 pin socket with 5 RM cabling complete as perspecifications, requirement, standard and drawings.

12.1 450 mm dia 10 mmwg S.P. Nos.

12.2 300 mm dia 5 mmwg S.P. Nos.

13. Condenser Water Piping

13.1 Supplying, laying, fixing/testing and commissioning of MS condenser water pipes offollowing nominal sizes along with necessary, clamps, vibration, isolators and fittings such asbends, tees etc. but excluding valves, strainers, gauges etc. adequately supported on rigidsupports duly painted/buried in ground excavation and refilling etc. as per specificationsand as required complete in all respect.

Note:- The pipes size 150 mm & below shall be M.S. `C' class as per IS:1239 and pipessize above 150 mm shall be welded black steel pipe heavy class as per IS:3589, fromminimum 6.35 mm thick M.S. sheet for pipes upto 350 mm dia. and from minimum 7 mmthick MS sheet for pipes of 400 mm dia and above.

13.1.1 300 mm Rm

13.1.2 250 mm Rm

13.1.3 200 mm Rm



13.1.4 80 mm Rm

13.1.5 50 mm Rm

13.2 BUTTERFLY VALVE (MANUAL) with C I body SS disc nitrile sheet & O - ring & PN 16pressure rating as specified.

13.2.1 300 mm Nos.

13.2.2 200 mm Nos.

13.2.3 50 mm Nos.

13.3 Balancing Valve with Built in Measuring Facility with C I body flanged construction withEPDM coated disc with longpitch with protected out pipe insulation & PN 16 pressureratingfor chilled / hot water circulation as specified.

13.3.1 200 mm Nos.

13.4 NON - RETURN VALVE with dual plate of C I body SS plates vulcanized NBR seal flangedend & PN 16 pressure rating as specified.

13.4.1 200 mm Nos.

13.5 Y - Strainer of Ductile CI Body flanged ends with stainless steel strainer for chilled / hotwater circulation including insulation as specified.

13.5.1 200 mm Nos.

13.6 Pot Strainer

13.6.1 300 mm No.

13.7 Flexible Pipe Connection

13.7.1 200 mm Nos.

13.8 Water flow switch (BMS compatible) Nos.

13.9 Providing and fixing of in position the industrial type pressure gauges with gun metal / brassvalves complete as required. Nos.

13.10 Providing & fixing of in position the mercury in glass industrialtype thermometers.Nos.

14. Insulated Chilled Water Piping (Resin bonded Fibre Glass Insulation)

Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following nominal sizes of chilled waterpiping inside the building (with necessary clamps, vibration isolators and fittings but excludingvalves, strainers, gauges etc.) duly insulated with 80 kg/cum density resin bonded fibre glasspipe section insulation covered with a layer of 120 gm/sqm polythene sheet (vapour barrier)and finally applying 0.63 mm aluminium sheet cladding complete with type 3, grade 1 roofingfelt strip (as per IS : 1322 as amended upto date) at joints repairing of damage to buildingetc. as per complete as per specifications, requirement, standard and drawings.



Note : The pipes of sizes 150 mm & below shall be M.S. 'C' class as per IS : 1239 andpipe size above 150 mm shall be welded black steel pipe heavy class as per IS : 3589,from minimum 6.35 mm thick M.S. sheets for pipes upto 350 mm dia and fromminimum 7 mm thick MS sheet for pipes of 400 mm dia and above.

14.1 Piping

14.1.1 200 mm (75 mm insulation) RM











15. Insulated Valves

Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following valves, strainers, gauges, flexibleconnection, airvent, flow switch, etc. in the chilled water plumbing duly insulated tothe samespecifications as the connected piping andadequately supported complete as perspecifications, requirement, standard and drawings.

15.1 Butterfly Valve (Manual) with C I body SS Disc, Nitrile Rubber Seal & O- Ring PN 16pressure rating for chilled water/hot eater circulation as specified.

15.1.1 200 mm Nos.

15.1.2 150 mm Nos.

15.1.3 100 mm Nos.

15.1.3 80 mm Nos.

15.1.4 65 mm Nos.

15.1.5 50 mm Nos.

15.1.6 40 mm No.

15.2 Balancing Valve with Built in Measuring Facility with C I body flanged construction withEPDM coated disc with longpitch with protected out pipe insulation & PN 16 pressureratingfor chilled / hot water circulation as specified.

15.2.1 200 mm No.



15.2.2 150 mm Nos.

15.3 Ball Valve (Manual) with brass body SS Ball, Nitrile Rubber Seal & O- Ring PN 16 pressurerating for chilled water/hot eater circulation as specified.

15.3.1 25 mm with strainer Nos.

15.3.2 25 mm without strainer Nos.

15.3.3 20 mm with strainer Nos.

15.3.4 20 mm without strainer Nos.

15.4 Non Return Valve with dual plate of CI body and SS plates vulcanized NBR seal flangedand PN 16 pressure rating for chilled / hot water circulation including insulation as specified.

15.4.1 200 mm Nos.

15.4.2 150 mm Nos.

15.5 Y - Strainer of Ductile CI Body flanged ends with stainless steel strainer for chilled / hotwater circulation including insulation as specified.

15.5.1 150 mm Nos.

15.5.2 65 mm Nos.

15.3.3 50 mm Nos.

15.3.4 40 mm No.

15.6 Water flow switch (BMS compatible) Nos.

15.7 Supply & fixing of in position the industrial type pressure gauges with gun metal / brassvalves complete as required. Nos.

15.8 Supply & fixing of in position the mercury in glass industrial type thermometers. Nos.

15.9 Auto Airvent 25 mm dia Nos.

15.10 Flexible Pipe Connection

15.10.1 200 mm Nos.

15.10.2 150 mm Nos.

15.11 Expansion Tank

Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of (PN-16) MS Closed Expansion tank withEPDM BUTYL membrane for chilled /hot water application (pressurized) complete withpiping connections, 2 set of pumps (1W + 1S), safety relief valve, drain valve, pressuregauge, painting, control panel etc. as required and as specified.

15.11.1 2000 litres No.

15.12 Air Seperator



Supply, Installation, Testing, & Commissioning of centrifugal type sediment Air separator withstrainer, auto air purging arrangement complete duly insulated as required and as perspecifications.

15.12.1 200 mm No.

16. Drain Pipe

Supply & fixing of UPVC drain piping with all fitting such as bends, tees etc. necessaryclamps, adequate support duly insulate with 13 mm nitrile rubber insulation complete as perspecifications, requirement, standard and drawings.

16.1 50 mm dia RM

16.2 40 mm dia RM

16.3 32 mm dia RM

16.4 25 mm dia RM

16.5 20 mm dia RM

17. G.I. Sheet Metal Ducting

Supply, installation, balancing and commissioning of factory fabricated GSS sheet metalrectangular / round ducting complete with neoprene rubber gaskets, elbows, splitterdampers, vanes, hangers, supports etc. as per approved drawings and specifications offollowing sheet thickness complete as per specifications, requirement, standard anddrawings.

17.1 G.I. Sheet Metal Ducting (Rectangular)

17.1.1 Thickness 0.63 mm sheet (24 Gauge) (0 - 750 mm) Sqm

17.1.2 Thickness 0.80 mm sheet (22 Gauge) (751 - 1500 mm) Sqm

17.1.3Thickness 1.00 mm sheet (20 Gauge) (1501 - 2250 mm) Sqm

17.1.4 Thickness 1.25 mm sheet (18 Gauge) (Plenum & above 2251 mm) Sqm

18. Grilles / Diffusers

18.1 Supply and fixing of powder coated extruded aluminium supply / exhaust air grills withaluminium volume dampers complete as per specifications, requirement, standard anddrawings.

Sqm

18.2 Supply & fixing of powder coated extruded aluminium Return Air Grills with louvers butwithout volume control dampers complete as per specifications, requirement, standard anddrawings.

Sqm

18.3 Supplying, fixing testing commissioning of supply air diffusers of powder coated aluminiumwith aluminium volume control dampers with anti smudge ring & removable core.

Sqm



18.4 Supplying, fixing testing commissioning of Return air diffusers of powder coated aluminiumwithout volume control dampers with anti smudge ring & removable core. Sqm

19. Duct Acoustic Lining Supply and fixing of acoustic lining of supply air duct and plenumwith 25 mm thick resinbonded glass wool having density of 32kg/m³, with 25 mm X 25 mm GI section of 1.25 mmthick, at 600mm centre to centre covered with Reinforced Plastic tissuepaper and 0.5 mmthick perforated aluminum sheet fixed toinside surface of ducts with cadmium plated nuts,bolts, stickpins, CPRX compound etc. complete as per specifications, requirement, standardand drawings.

Sqm

20. Insulation Supply and fixing of following thickness duly laminated aluminum foil of mat finish closed cellNitrile rubber (class "O") insulation on existing duct after applying two coats of coldsettingadhesive (CPRX compound). The joints shall sealed with50 mm wide and 3 mm thick selfadhesive nitrile rubber tapeinsulation complete as per specifications, requirement, standardand drawings.

20.1 19 mm thick Sqm

21. AHU Room Acoustic

Supply and fixing of acoustic lining on wall of AHU rooms with 50 mm thick, density 32kg/cum resin bonded glass fiber insulation friction fixed in 610 mm x 610 mm frame workmade of 25x50x50x50x25 mm made out of 0.6 mm thich GI sheet U shaped channel andcovered with reinforced fiber glass tissue and finished with 0.80 mm perforated aluminiumsheet etc. complete as per specifications, requirement, standard and drawings.

Sqm

22. Louvers Supply and fixing of Fresh / Exhaust Aluminium adjustable louvers complete as perspecifications, requirement, standard and drawings

Sqm

23. Volume Control Damper

Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of GI volume control duct damper completewith neoprene rubber gaskets,nuts, bolts, screws linkages, flanges etc, complete as perspecifications, requirement, standard and drawings.

Sqm

24. Fire Damper



Supplying, fixing, testing and commissioning of fire dampers in supply air duct/main branchand return air path as and where required of required sizes i/c control wiring, the dampershall be motorized and spring return so as to close the dampers in the event of power failureautomatically and open the same in case of power being restored. The spring return actionshall be in built mechanism and not externally mounted. The damper shall also be closed inevent of fire signal complete as per specifications, requirement, standard and drawings.

24.1 Fire dampers Sqm

24.2 Actuator Nos.

25. Gravity Louvers

Supplying, fixing, testing and commissioning of 18 SWG G.I. powder coated zero leakagegravity louvers with adjustable nob complete as per specifications, requirement, standardand drawings.

Sqm

26. Electric Panel Board

26.1 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of cubical outdoor type LT Panel panelsuitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire 50 Hz AC supply, fabricated in compartmentalized designfrom CRCA sheet steel of 2mm thick for frame work and covers, 3 mm thick for gland platesi/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder coating in approved shade,having 1250 Amp capacity extensible type TPN Copper bus bars of high conductivity,DMC/SMC busbar supports, with short circuit withstand capacity of 31 MVA for 1 Sec. bottombase channel of MS section not less than 100mm x50mm x 5mm thick, fabrication shall bedone in transportable sections, entire panel shall have a common copper earth bar of size25mm x 5mm at the rear with 2 Nos. earth stud, solid connections from main busbar toswitch gears with required size of CU. busbars and control wiring wtih 2.5 Sq.mm PVCinsulated copper conductor S/C cable, cable alleys, cable gland plates in two half, i/cproviding following switch gears:- Main L.T. Panel shall conform to `Form 4b' Construction`(TOTAL OF A to E)'.

Motor control centre for chillers and pumps. (Plant room)

A) INCOMER BREAKERS

● 1 No. 1000 Amps four pole horizontal drawout type air circuit breaker of fault breakingcapacity 50KA (Ics= Icu upto 433 V) manually operated, fitted with interlocked door,automatic safety shutters, mechanical ON/OFF and service / test / isolated position indicatorsand frame earthing contact, conforming to IS-13947-2 1993 as amended up-to-datecomplete with following accessories for each ACB.

(a) Independent manual spring closing mechanism -1 No.

(b) Microprocessor release (EMI & EMC certified) for over current, earth fault & short circuitprotection with inbuilt RS 485 communication port on MODBUS output protocol - 1 Set.

(c) Digital 96mm x 96mm flush pattern type Voltmeter (0-500 V), with selector switch & backup MCBs - 1 Set.



(d) Digital 96mm x 96mm flush pattern type Ammeter (0 - 1250 Amp), with selector switch andone set of 3 nos. CT's of ratio 1000/5A Class 1.0 accuracy and 15 VA burden - I Set.

(e) 3 Nos. Phase indication LED lamps with 2 Amp mcb. breaker "ON" indicating light with 2Amcb testterminal block set, mcb circuits as per standard practice, auxiliary contacts forpositive interlocking of the breakers as required.

(f) Shunt trip coil 220 V A.C.

(g) 1 Sets auto trip indicating lamp.

(h) 1 Nos. CT's of 1600/1000/5-5Amp ratio each for APFC Relay Class 1.0 accuracy and 15 VAburden.

(i) 1 Nos. trip circuit supervision relay.

(j) 1 Nos. Multifunction meters with basic parameters like frequency, KW, KVA, KVAR, Powerfactor harmonics analyser etc. shall be suitable for BMS function with Rs485 Port forCommunication, MODBUS output protocol.

(k) 1 Nos. Negative Phase squence relay.

(l) 1 Nos. master trip relay.

(m) 1 Set of O/V & U/V relay.

B) BUSBARS

● 1250 Amps TPN Copper busbars of minimum of capacity with heat shrinkable colouredsleeves and i/c DMC / SMC busbars supports at required intervals complete for crosssection, size supports & their spacing etc. for withstanding fault level of 31 MVA for 1 Sec. (2Set - Bus Section I & II).

C) Electrical through advance contacts in ACB's (Incomers & Bus couplers) and mechanical(castel key) interlocking should be provided to ensure that only one supply is available at atime on each section of bus and two supplies at one bus section.

D) OUTGOING BREAKERS

i) 2 Nos. 630 Amp Three Pole Manually operated horizontal drawout type (MDO) MCCB of50KA (Ics = Icu upto 433 volt) breaker capacity with microprocessor release, with O/L, S/C &E/F protection & neutral link. (for chillers)

ii) 3 Nos. 32 Amp Three Pole Mini Circuit Breaker with DOL starter of 50KA (Ics = Icu upto 433volt) breaking Capacity with Thermal Magnetic release for O/L, S/C protection & neutral link.(for Primary Chilled water Pump)

iii) 3 Nos. 63 Amp Three Pole MCCB with Star Delta starter of 50KA (Ics = Icu upto 433 volt)breaking Capacity with Thermal Magnetic release for O/L, S/C protection & neutral link. (forCondenser water Pump)

iv) 1 No. 125 Amp Three Pole breaking Capacity with Thermal Magnetic release for O/L, S/Cprotection & neutral link. (for Secondary chilled water Pump set panel) (with bypassarrangement)

v) 2 Nos. 40 Amp Three Pole MCCB with Star Delta starter of 50KA (Ics = Icu upto 433 volt)breaking Capacity with Thermal Magnetic release for O/L, S/C protection & neutral link. (forCooling Tower fans)



vi) 1 No. 40 Amp Three Pole Mini Circuit Breaker of 50KA (Ics = Icu upto 433 volt) breakingCapacity with Thermal Magnetic (Spare).

vii) 1 No. 63 Amp Three Pole MCCBr of 50KA (Ics = Icu upto 433 volt) breaking Capacity withThermal Magnetic (Spare).

viii) 1 No. 125 Amp Three Pole breaking Capacity with Thermal Magnetic release (Spare). Set

26.2 Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of Indoor floor mounted modular,sectionalised, compartmentalized, extendable type MV cubicle panel having 31 MVAbreaking capacity of suitable size fabricated from CRCA steel of 2 mm thick for frame work,enclosure and doors, 3 mm thick for gland plates with stiffeners wherever required, havingvibration free structure chemically treated with seven tank process before painting for surfacetreatment and powder coated, with suitable electrolytic grade high conductivity Copperbusbar extensible type, DMC/SMC busbar supports, suitable for 3 phase 415 V 50 HZ ACsupply i/c providing and fixing the following switchgear mounted thereon complete withgaskets and interconnections, connections as per specifications complete as required. (Theboard shall be dust & vermin proof with degree of protection of IP 42 as per IS : 12063, freestanding type, mounted on base channel of MS Section not less than 100 mm X 50 mm X 5mm)

Notes:1) MCCBs of current rating 250 Amps and Above shall be provided with microprocessor based

releases and those of rating Below 250 Amps rating shall be provided with thermal magneticreleases or as specified in SOQ.

2) All MCCBs shall be having Ics = 100% Icu

3) All MCCBs shall be provided with front rotary handle and spreader links.

A) INCOMING

● 1 No. 63 Amp TP MCCB of 35KA (Ics=Icu upto 433 Volt) breaking capacity withMicroprocessor release, O/L, S/C & E/F protection & ON/OFF indicating lamp with Neutrallink.

B) INSTRUMENTS

● 1 No. 0 to 500 Volt digital voltmeter 96mm x 96mm with selector switch.

● 1 No. 0 to 100 Amp digital ammeter 96mm x 96mm with selector switch & CT's.

● 1 Set of phase indicating lights (RYB) with protection MCB.

● 1 Nos. Multifunction meters with basic parameters like frequency, KW, KVA, KVAR, Powerfactor harmonics analyser etc. shall be suitable for BMS function with Rs485 Port forCommunication, MODBUS output protocol.

● Panel should be BMS compatible

C) BUSBARS

● 1 No. 80 Amp TPN Copper busbars capacity with heat shrinkable coloured sleeves and i/cDMC / SMC busbars supports at required.

D) OUTGOING

● 4 Nos. 25 Amp TP MCB of 25KA (Ics=Icu upto 433 Volt) with breaking capacity with DOLstarter thermal magnetic release for O/L & S/C protection and neutral link.



● 1 No. 25 Amp TP MCCB of 25KA (Ics=Icu upto 433 Volt) breaking capacity (Spare). Set

26.3 Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of outdoor wall mounted modular,sectionalised, compartmentalized, extendable type MV cubicle panel having 31 MVAbreaking capacity of suitable size fabricated from CRCA steel of 2 mm thick for frame work,enclosure and doors, 3 mm thick for gland plates with stiffeners wherever required, havingvibration free structure chemically treated with seven tank process before painting for surfacetreatment and powder coated, with suitable electrolytic grade high conductivity Copperbusbar extensible type, DMC/SMC busbar supports, suitable for 3 phase 415 V 50 HZ ACsupply i/c providing and fixing the following switchgear mounted thereon complete withgaskets and interconnections, connections as per specifications complete as required. (Theboard shall be dust & vermin proof with degree of protection of IP 42 as per IS : 12063, freestanding type, mounted on base channel of MS Section not less than 100 mm X 50 mm X 5mm)





A) OUTGOING

● 1 No. 40 Amp TP MCB of 25KA (Ics=Icu upto 433 Volt) breaking capacity with thermalrelease for O/L & S/C protection and neutral link. (with bypass arrangement, VFD space)

Set

26.4 Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of outdoor wall mounted modular,sectionalised, compartmentalized, extendable type MV cubicle panel having 31 MVAbreaking capacity of suitable size fabricated from CRCA steel of 2 mm thick for frame work,enclosure and doors, 3 mm thick for gland plates with stiffeners wherever required, havingvibration free structure chemically treated with seven tank process before painting for surfacetreatment and powder coated, with suitable electrolytic grade high conductivity Copperbusbar extensible type, DMC/SMC busbar supports, suitable for 3 phase 415 V 50 HZ ACsupply i/c providing and fixing the following switchgear mounted thereon complete withgaskets and interconnections, connections as per specifications complete as required. (Theboard shall be dust & vermin proof with degree of protection of IP 42 as per IS : 12063, freestanding type, mounted on base channel of MS Section not less than 100 mm X 50 mm X 5mm)





A) OUTGOING



● 1 No. 25 Amp TP MCB of 25KA (Ics=Icu upto 433 Volt) breaking capacity with thermalrelease for O/L & S/C protection and neutral link. (with bypass arrangement, VFD space)

Set

27. Cable Tray

Supply & fixing of following size of perforated pre-paintedM.S. cable trays with perforation notmore than 17.5%, inconvenient sections, joined with connectors, suspended from theceilingwith M.S. suspenders including bolts & nuts, painting suspenders etc complete as perspecifications, requirement, standard and drawings.

27.1 450 x 50 x 2.0 mm RM

27.2 300 x 50 x 1.6 mm RM

27.3 150 mm width X 50 mm depth X 1.6 mm thickness RM

28. Power Cabling Supplying & fixing/laying of following sizes of 1.1KV grid multicore Aluminium conductorXLPE insulated and PVC sheated armoured cable as per IS 7098 (part-1)1988 on surface ofwall/ceiling/on existing cable tray complete as required.

28.1 2 x 3.5 C - 150 sqmm RM

28.2 3.5 C - 35 sqmm RM

28.3 3 C - 10 sqmm RM

28.4 3 C - 6 sqmm RM

28.5 3 C - 4 sqmm RM

29. Earthing

29.1 Providing and fixing 25mmx5mm G.I. strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. asrequired. RM

29.2 Providing and fixing 6SWG dia G.I. wire on surface or in recess for loop earthing along withexisting surface/recessed conduit/submain wiring/cable as required. RM

TOTAL RS.


I. SUBHEAD - I : Supply Installation, Testing & Commissioing of Lifts

1.0 Supplying, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 16passenger (1088 kg) liftsMachine room less type & gearless having contract speed of 1.5 Metres Per Secondserving different floor in the lift shaft as per detailed specifications enclosed and asunder:- No.Location of Lifts: School of Basic Applied Science

i). Speed -1.5 MPS.ii). Floors - 9 (LVL (-8) to LVL (+0).iii). Travel - 32 Metres (approx).iv). Stops & opening - 9 Stops (LVL (-8) to LVL (+0) & 9 opening on same side.

v). Controller: AC variable voltage & variable frequency.vi). Automatic rescue device complete with dry maintenance free batteries as required.

vii). Operation: Microprocessor based single automatic push button Triplex selectivecollective with / without attendant.

viii). Power - 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz, 4 wires system. ix). Type of doorsa). Car: Power operated, centre opening horizontal sliding Full height Glass door with

stainless steel frame.b). Landing doors: Power operated, centre opening horizontal sliding in stainless steel

hairline finish with texture.(x) A hand rail not less than 600mm long at 900mm above floor level to be fixed adjacent

to control panel in the lift car.(xi) Voice announcement system in the car to announce the position of the elevator in the

hoistway as the car passes or stops at a floor served by the elevator.

2.0 Supplying, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 16passenger (1088 kg) liftsMachine room less type & gearless having contract speed of 1.5 Metres Per Secondserving different floor in the lift shaft as per detailed specifications enclosed and asunder:- No.Location of Lifts: School of Basic Applied Science

i). Speed -1.5 MPS.ii). Floors - 11 (LVL (-8) to LVL (+2).iii). Travel - 40 Metres (approx).iv). Stops & opening - 11 Stops (LVL (-8) to LVL (+2) & 11opening on same side.

v). Controller: AC variable voltage & variable frequency.vi). Automatic rescue device complete with dry maintenance free batteries as required.

vii). Operation: Microprocessor based single automatic push button Duplex selectivecollective with / without attendant.

viii). Power - 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz, 4 wires system. ix). Type of doorsa). Car: Power operated, centre opening horizontal sliding Full height Glass door with

stainless steel frame.

SCOPE OF WORK

SECTION F : DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS FOR LIFT WORKSSCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIEENCE

Item No. Description Unit

LIFT Works 1 of 2 School of Basic and Applied Sciences

Item No. Description Unit

b). Landing doors: Power operated, centre opening horizontal sliding in stainless steelhairline finish with texture.

(x) A hand rail not less than 600mm long at 900mm above floor level to be fixed adjacentto control panel in the lift car.

(xi) Voice announcement system in the car to announce the position of the elevator in thehoistway as the car passes or stops at a floor served by the elevator.

3.0 Supply, Installation, Testing & commissioning of 1500 kg Goods cum passenger lift

Machine room less type & gearless having contract speed of 0.75 Metres Per

Second in the existing lift shaft as per detailed specifications enclosed and as under:- Nos.Location of Lifts: School of Basic Applied Science

i). Speed - 0.75 MPSii). Floors - 9 (LVL (-8) to LVL (+0).iii). Travel - 32 Metres (approx).iv). Stops & opening - 9 Stops (LVL (-8) to LVL (+0) & 9 opening on same side.

v). Controller; A.C. Variable voltage & variable frequency.vi). Automatic rescue device complete with dry maintenance free batteries as required.

vii). Operation: Microprocessor based single automatic push button Simplex collectiveselective with / without attendant.

viii). Power - 415 V, 3 phase , 50 Hz, 4 wires system ix). Type of doors.a). Car: Power operated, centre opening horizontal sliding in stainless steel hairline finish

with texture.b). Landing doors: Power operated, centre opening horizontal sliding in stainless steel

hairline finish with texture.(x) A hand rail not less than 600mm long at 900mm above floor level to be fixed adjacent

to control panel in the lift car.(xi) Voice announcement system in the car to announce the position of the elevator in the

hoistway as the car passes or stops at a floor served by the elevator.4.0 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER IN SS ENCLOSURE

Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Moulded Case Circuit Breaker insheet steel enclosure made out of 2mm thick, suitable for 3 phase 4 wire 50 Hz ACsupply complete with incoming/outgoing terminations, internal connections/ links etcas required.

i) 100Amp FP MCCB (25KA) Nos.

TOTAL SUB-HEAD-I : CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY Rs.

LIFT Works 2 of 2 School of Basic and Applied Sciences

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION Page 1 SCHOOL OF BASIC & APPLIED SCIENCES

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

FOR

CONSTRUCTION OF SCHOOL OF BASIC & APPLIED SCIENCES ON

EPC MODE

FOR

CENTRAL UNIVERSITY OF JAMMU

AT



INDEX SHEET

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS S. No.

Description Section Page No.

1 CIVIL WORKS A 5-42 2 PLUMBING WORKS B 43-93 3 FIRE FIGHTING WORKS C 94-103 4 INTERNAL & EXTERNAL

ELECTRICAL WORKS D 104-170

5 HVAC WORKS E 171-256 6 LIFT WORKS F 257-270 7 LIST OF APPROVED

MAKES G 271-281

8 LIST OF TENDER

DRAWINGS H 282-284

9 BRIEF SCHEDULE OF

FINISHES I 285-286


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF SCHOOL OF BASIC & APPLIED SCIENCES ON EPC MODE FOR CENTRAL UNIVERSITY OF JAMMU. 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 The work under the contract shall be carried out in accordance with the schedule

of item of work, the particular specifications drawings forming part of this tender document, and the general conditions and other provisions of the tender.

1.2 The work in general shall be carried out as per latest CPWD specifications New

Delhi for Civil Works, Plumbing Works, Fire Fighting Works, Internal & External Electrical works, HVAC Works etc. (updated with correction slips issued up to last date of submission of tender) unless otherwise specified in the nomenclature of the individual item or in the particular specifications of concerned items of works.

1.3 For items not covered under latest CPWD specification, for Civil Works,

Plumbing Works, Fire Fighting Works, Internal & External Electrical works, HVAC Works etc. and in particular specification or nomenclature of the individual item as above, the work shall be done as per latest relevant BIS codes of practice and DIN or IEC standards.

1.4 In case specifications are not covered under Para 1.1 & 1.2 above the work shall

be carried out as per the provisions of technical specification. 1.5 In case of non availability of any specification in the above paras or any

overlapping provisions, non-clarity on any issue, applicability of particular provision out of above, shall be decided by Engineer-in-Charge whose decision shall be final & binding on the contractor.

1.6 The contractor is responsible for executing and completing the work in

accordance with the specified standards and specification and as per requirements of GRIHA for last development rating certifications. Construction quality control is intended to provide a comprehensive common and consistent framework of quality control which is comprised of two main elements. • Testing • Inspection

1.7 The contractor shall be responsible for the types of test to be carried out,

frequency of testing and stage of testing as directed by Engineer-in-charge or as stipulated in Indian Standards / CPWD Specifications for relevant works. The cost of all these tests shall deemed to be included in the item rates quoted by the contractor.


All test samples should be preserved, with proper identification, test log reference, test date and other applicable information. These samples must be stored on site by the contractor. In addition to tests performed on site, the contractor is responsible for specialized tests which are performed by manufacturers or third parties during the manufacturing of various materials and equipment components, to be incorporated in the works. The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all approvals from EPI/Client with regard to quality of materials and work mentioned and measurements etc. for the work.

1.8 80% of the total tests of construction materials including concrete cubes (RCC

Work) shall be done at the laboratory established at site by the contractor and remaining 20% in the approved laboratory as directed by Engineer-in-Charge and the testing charges of the samples shall be borne by the contractor.


SECTION –A - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL WORK PREAMBLE

These technical specifications shall be read in conjunction with the various other documents forming the contract, namely Notice Inviting Tender & Instructions to Tenderers, Conditions of Contract, Special Conditions of Contract, Bill of Quantities and other related documents, together with any addendum issued thereto. Absence of terms such as providing, supplying, laying, installing, fixing etc. in the description does not even remotely suggest that the contractor is absolved of such providing, supplying etc. unless an explicit stipulation is made in this contract. The owner shall bear no costs of materials, equipment’s duties, taxes, royalties etc. In addition to the general obligation of the Contractor during defect liability period, the Contractor shall guarantee successful performance of waterproofing treatments for a period of ten years from the certified date of completion of the work. The Engineer shall prescribe the form and the manner of executing such guarantees. The Contractor hereby conforms that there is nothing in the items/specifications (or a shortcoming therein) as will prevent such successful performance. The work shall be executed through approved specialists experienced in the respective trades.

The classification of various items of work for purpose of measurements and payments shall be as per bills of quantities (BOQ). Except where distinguished by the BOQ, the rates apply to all heights, depths, sizes, shapes and locations. They also cater for all cuts and wastes.

The specifications may have been divided in different sections/sub-head for convenience only. They do not restrict any cross-reference. The Contractor shall take in to account inter-relations between various parts of works/trades. No claim shall be entertained on basis of compartment interpretations.

The payments for excavation shall be made assuming a vertical cut at the end of PCC under the foundations. The bidder should build the cost of such extra excavations in his bid including any shoring, strutting, etc. for stabilizing and safety of the sides of excavation.

The Contractor shall be required to submit and take approval from the Engineer-in-Charge/Consultant of shop drawings of the items of work specified in the specifications or as directed from time to time. No extra payment shall be made for the same. Shop drawings shall be in metric units and shall be prepared in a format approved by the engineer. The Contractor shall prepare and submit as-built drawings by way of making modifications/changes carried out with respect to the construction drawings issued prior to the construction of respective elements. These will be then incorporated by the respective Consultant/agency in to their drawings for maintaining necessary records for the owner.


No walls, terraces shall be cut for making any opening after waterproofing has been done without approval of the Engineer. Cutting of waterproofing when authorized by the Engineer in writing shall be done very carefully so that no other portion of the waterproofing is damaged. On completion of the work at such places, the waterproofing membrane shall be made good and ensured that the opening/cutting is made fully waterproof as per specifications and details of waterproofing approved by the Engineer at no extra cost. No structural member shall be cut or chased without the written permission of the Engineer.

All materials intended to be used at site shall be tested prior to its use in an approved manner. A list of tests including frequency of tests on construction materials is included in the special specifications. Cost of all such tests and any other tests felt necessary by the Engineer shall be deemed to be included in the price of respective materials quoted by the Contractor. Any defective materials brought to site shall be returned without any extra cost for the same.

Performance tests shall be carried out as the discretion of the Engineer on all/any items, of work as directed by the Engineer. Should any item shall fail to pass the tests, the Contractor shall be given opportunity to take corrective measures and have the same retested to the satisfaction of the Engineer, he may at his sole discretion order dismantling of the whole or part of the works done and order the Contractor to reconstruct the same. The cost of all these operations and materials shall be borne by the Contractor without any extra claim.

The Contractor may make a special note of the strictness of the concrete mix to be adopted in items of maximum water-cement ratio, minimum slump, control of total chloride and sulphate contents, use of admixtures etc.

Minimum cement contents are given purely from durability point of view. Larger contents shall have to be provided if demanded by mix design.

Provision of cement slurry to create bond between plain/reinforced concrete surface and subsequent applied finishes (floor, plaster, dado, skirting etc.) shall not be paid extra.

Mix design using smaller aggregate of 10mm down shall also be done in advance for the use in junction having congested reinforcement.

All full-fledged laboratories shall be established at site to start of construction and shall also stock all relevant codes as per the requirements of the special specifications.

Procedure of mixing the admixtures shall be strictly as per manufactures recommendations if not otherwise directed by the Engineer.

The batching plant for all concrete shall be used. Alternatively, use of ready mix concrete from an approved source shall be permitted. Concrete shall be transported using concrete pumps of adequate capacity including necessary stand by.

All the water tanks and other liquid retaining concrete structures shall undergo hydro- testing as per special specifications.


Special benches shall be provided at site for stacking reinforcement bars of different sizes as per the specifications.

Form work for beams of RCC areas shall be designed in such a way that the form work of the adjacent slabs can be removed without disturbing the props/supports of the beams. Wherever there are tension/suspended concrete members, which are suspended from upper level structure members, the shuttering/scaffolding of such members at lower level shall have to be kept in place till upper level supporting members gain minimum required strength. Cost of such larger durations of keeping in place the shuttering/scaffolding shall be deemed to be included in the price quoted for respective structural members.

In the mobilization period, the contractor shall carry out expeditiously and without delaying the following works • Material testing and mix design of concrete as contemplated in the

specifications. • Setting up of full-fledged site laboratory as per the requirement of these

specifications. • Any other pre-requisite items required for final execution.

The specifications for market rate items to be executed under this contract are enclosed.

Items, which are not covered under the specifications, shall be executed; as per latest CPWD specification and relevant IS codes or with specifications under the direction of engineer in charge.

Scope of Work The work to be carried under this contract shall consist of various items as per description of works contained in the bill of quantities. Any discrepancy between the details given in bill of quantities and that provided in technical specifications of the corresponding items, the provisions of the bill of the quantities shall take precedence. The item rates quoted by the contractor shall, unless otherwise specified also include compliance with/supply of the following: • General work such as setting out, clearance of site before setting out and

clearance after completion • A detailed program for the construction and completion of works (using

CPM/PERT techniques) including updating of all such activities on the basis of decisions taken at the periodic site review meetings as directed by the engineer in charge.

• Samples of various materials proposed to be used on the work for conducting tests there on is required as per the provisions of the contract.


• Design of mixes as per relevant clauses of the specifications given proportions of ingredients, source of aggregates and binder along with accompanying trial mixes to be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for his approval before use on the works.

• Setting of field-testing laboratory with all required apparatus and staffs for conducting day-to-day quality control tests.

• Any other item of work which is not specifically provided in the Bill of Quantities but which is necessary for complying with the provisions of the contract. General

• The works will be executed as per detailed drawings/indicative items/

particular specifications as given hereunder as made applicable to this contract.

• In the absence of any definite provision in the technical specifications contained herein, reference may be made to the latest CPWD, MOST, IRC, ICAO Specifications and IS codes, in that order. Wherever these are silent, the construction and completion of the works shall conform to sound engineering practice and in case of any dispute arising out of the interpretation of the above, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

• The abbreviations CPWD, IRC, MOSRT& H, BIS, BS, ICAO ASTM,

AASHTO shall be considered to have the following meaning: CPWD : Central Public Works Department IRC : Indian Road Congress MOSRT& H : Ministry of Shipping & Transport (Road Wing)

Government of India. BIS : Bureau of Indian Standards BS : British Standard of the British Standard ICAO : International Civil Aviation Organization ASTM : American Standards of the American Society

of Testing Materials. AASHTO : American Association of State Highway and

Transportation Officials. • All the codes of practice, standards and specifications applicable shall be

the latest editions with up to date correction slips etc. or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charges.

Testing It is made clear that cost of testing, cost of material for testing, all field apparatus required for sampling and testing as per CPWD/IS codes and manpower incident to such testing will be provided along with necessary transport arrangement to


and fro to the approved testing agency or laboratory by the Contractor during the construction phase of the work and defect liability period. The expenditure in this regard shall be borne by the Contractor and nothing extra shall be payable by CUJ on this account. Field laboratory with all the required apparatus and staffs shall be established by the Contractor at site of work at his cost for carrying out field tests at stipulated frequencies.

Sampling and Testing The Contractor or his accredited representative shall be present during sampling/testing and signify his concurrence for sampling / testing carried out by signing the test records. The Contractor shall be liable of all actions consequent to the test and their results as if he himself attended to the tests. The Contractor is duly advised to be present himself for sampling and testing or in the alternative, have fully qualified duly authorized Engineer for this purpose. General list of codes, standards and specifications adopted in the tender documents The following IRC standards and IS, ASTM, British Standards, Codes and CPWD Specifications have generally been adopted in the tender documents. This list however does not limit the use of any other relevant code or standards by the Engineer-in-Charge solely at his discretion either referred to in the tender documents or not, to achieve the desired quality of work. All the codes practice, standards and specifications applicable shall be the latest edition with all correction slips, etc. or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

S.No. IS CODE Description

1 IRC SPECIFICATION IRC:10-1961

Recommended Practice for Borrow pits for Road Embankments Constructed by Manual Operation

2 IRC:19-1977 Standard Specifications and Code Practice for Water Bound Macadam (Second Revision)

3 IRC:SP II-1977 Hand Book of Quality Control for Construction of Roads and Runways (First Revision).

4 INDIAN STANDARDS IRC:383-1970

Coarse and fine aggregate from natural sources for concrete.

5 IS:456-2000 Plain and reinforced concrete code – fourth revision


6 IS:460-1985 Testing Sieves

7 (Part-I to III) IS:516-1959 Methods of test for strength of concrete.

8 IS:1124-1974 Method of test for water absorption, apparent specific gravity and porosity apparent specific gravity and porosity of Natural Building Stone.

9 IS:1199-1959 Methods of sampling and analysis of concrete

10 IS:2386 - Part-I) Methods of test for aggregate for concrete – Particle and shape

11 IS:2386-1963 Part-II) Methods of test for aggregate for concrete - Estimation of deleterious materials and organic Impurities.

12 IS:2386-1963 Part-III) Methods of test for aggregate for concrete - Specific gravity, density, voids, absorption and bulking.

13 IS:2386-1963 Part-IV) Methods of test for aggregate for concrete - Mechanical Properties

14 IS:2386-1963 Part-V) Methods of test for aggregate for concrete - Soundness

15 IS:2386-1963 Part-VI) Methods of test for aggregate for concrete - Measuring mortar making properties of fine aggregates.

16 IS:2386-1963 Part-VII) Methods of test for aggregate for concrete - Alkali Aggregate reactivity

17 IS:2386-1963 Part-VIII) Methods of test for aggregate for concrete - Petrographic examination

18 IS-2720 Part-II)-1973 Methods of test for soils: Part 2 Determination of water content

19 IS-2720 Part-III)- Section-II 1980

Determination of Specific Gravity - Section 2 : Fine, Medium and Coarse Grained Soils

20 IS-2720 Part IV)- 1985 Methods of Test for Soils - Part 4 : Grain Size Analysis

21 IS-2720 Part-V)- 1985 Method of Test for Soils - Part 5 : Determination of Liquid and Plastic Limit


22 IS-2720 Part-VII)- 1980 Determination of Water Content-Dry Density Relation Using Light Compaction

23 IS-2720 Part-VIII)- 1983 Methods of Test for Soils - Part 8 : Determination of Water Content-Dry Density Relation Using Heavy Compaction

S.No. IS CODE Description 24 IS-2720 PartXVI)- 1987 Methods of Test for Soil - Part 16 :

Laboratory Determination of CBR 25 IS-2720 Part-XXVII-1977 Determination of total soluble

sulphate. 26 IS-2720 Part-XXVIII-1974 Determination of dry density of soils

in place by the sand replacement methods.

27 IS-2720 Part-XXIX-1975 Determination of dry density of soils in place by core cutter method.

28 IS-5640-1970 Method for determining the aggregate impact value of soft coarse aggregate.

29 IS:6241-1971 Method of test for determination of stripping value of road aggregate.

30 IS:8112-1989 43 grade ordinary Portland cement

31 IS:12118-1987 (Part I & II) Two parts polysulphide based sealants.

32 ASTM/BS STANDARDS/ ASTM:D-1559-1976

Test for resistance to plastic flow of bituminous mixtures using Marshall apparatus.

33 ASTM:D-2172-1975 Extraction quantitative, of Bitumen from bituminous paving mixtures

34 ASTM : E-11-39 Sieves for testing purpose “Wire Cloth sieve round hole and square” hole plate screen or sieves.

35 BS:410-1969 Test Sieves.

36 ASTM- A653 Galvanized Steel

37 BS - 2989 Galvanized Steel

38 BS - 476 Fire propagation & surface spread of flames


Item no. 3.07: Expansion Joint Expansion Joint Filler Board - Providing and fixing Armour Board (SIL –FIL ) or approved equivalent of Dawn colour between expansion joints, thickness built up using 10mm specifically extruded high performance sheet minimum density 30 kg per cum and compression strength 0.21 Kg./Sqm when tested as per ASTM D-3575 including using double sided adhesive SIL tape (manufactured by Supreme Industries Ltd. or equivalent) of 25x25x2 mm at four places per Sqm to the casted surface to form the expansion joint Armour Board (SIL – FIL) or approved equivalent will become one side of the shuttering while the expansion joint is being created, including cost and conveyance of all materials, labour charges, sundries etc. complete as per drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. (a) Width of the joint: - 100 mm. ( as per drg) 3.07.1MATERIAL

Expansion Joint Filler Board

S. No.

Parameters Units Test Result Tested as per

1. Water Absorption Kg/Sq. Mtr 0.45 Max ASTM – D3575 2. Density Kg/Cu.Mtr 28 Min Do

3. Compression Strength (25% Deflection) Kg/Cm Sq 0.21 Min. Do

4. Compression Set % 25% Max Do 5. Tensile Strength Kg/Sq.Cm 1.8 Min. Do 6. Elongation % 60 Min Do

Expansion joint adhesive SIL tape

VOC Content should be < 70 g/l or No/zero-VOC (Such as acrylics or phenolic resins, phenol formaldehydes)

3.07.2 LAYING PROCEDURE

While creating expansion joint the expansion joint filler board will become one side of shuttering. To hold two free sides of shuttering a MS bolt of 12mm dia with both sides threaded will be used at every 1 Mtr intervals with matching nuts with concrete sleeve 50mm x 50 mm. This bolt will take out & hole of sleeve is to be grouted afterwards with cement mortar.


When forming expansion joint with expansion joint filler board in in-situ concrete, joint-sealing slots is to be formed in the following manner. The expansion joint filler board is to become one side of shuttering. Cut off a strip of expansion joint filler board equal to D. Further, cut the strip along the joint length into two. The depth of top strip should be = (1.25 W or W + 5mm whichever is less) + (W/2 or 15mm whichever is less) and the bottom strip = (D-top strip), where D = slot depth in MM & W = slot width in MM Pin the top strip back on to the bottom strip using nails at two-inch intervals. Ensure that the slot is clean and dry Install a strip of filler material on top of expansion joint filler board flush with finished surface using either a separation Tape/synthetic rubber based adhesive. Just prior to sealing pull off the top strip to create an uncontaminated sealing slot ready for preparation & sealing.

Item no. 6.15: Fire Rated Door Providing and fixing in position single / double, leaf fire check doors and chowkhat frames at all levels of approved make, design, finish, tested and certified at CBRI, Roorkee etc. complete in all respect as per specifications and direction of Engineer-In-Charge and consisting of:-. a) 46mm thick M.S fire rated door of 120 minutes fire rating fabricated with 2 nos.

1.2mm thick galvanised sheet with infill of fire rated properitory insulation filler both faces of sheet with lock seam joints at stile edges and internal reinforcement at top, bottom and stile edges for fire rating. The door frames are manufactured from 1.6mm thick galvanised steel sheet pressed form to double rebate profile of size 154mm x 77mm ( nominal ). The door frames and door shutters are primed with etch primer and finished with PU/Powder coated . The shutter would be mounted with SS Ball Bearing Hinges of size 100mm x 75mm x 3.0mm of Becker Fire Solutions ( 4Nos per leaf ),appropriate openings for view panel glass, if required. Prototype Test certificate for a test carried out earlier at CBRI Roorkee for fire rating of doors, shall be attached along with manufacturers test certificate. Provisions for fixing all fixtures shall be built in on the doors prior to the supply.

b) 6mm thick nominal pilkington pyroshield / Central Fire Rated Clear Glass of 120

minutes rating one on each leaf of size 200 x 300mm.

The item includes cost of providing and fixing SS ball bearing hinges of


DORMA or equivalent as approved (4330)m mortise sash lock with SS handles side key operation of DORMA make XLC-7210 or equivalent as approved / Mortice Dead Lock of DORMA make XLC-706 or equivalent as approved, SS D type Pull handle TGDI-D 250 X 19 mm of DORMA make or equivalent as approved, panic latch and bolt of DORMA make PHCR 1000 Series (CROSSBAR) or equivalent as approved as and where required as per site requirement. Overhead Door Closer of DORMA make TS-68 or equivalent as approved (with standard arm. The supply should be made along with valid test report from international test house Warrington(U.K.).

(c) Single/Double Leaf Door with vision with a guarantee of 120 minutes fire rating (Please note :- The contractor should give the guarantee bond of fire rating). 6.15.1 Material

The fire door to be supplied and installed as per the above mentioned specifications and to be approved by the engineer in charge.

Fire rated hardware: a) Door closer confirming to CE & EN 1154 and B.S. – 476, Part-22, two hours fire

rated. b) Panic Exit Device – Single / Double leaf confirming to CE & EN 1154 and B.S. –

476, Part-22, two hours fire rated . c) Mortice Lock with lever handle confirming to CE & EN 122090/DIN 18251 and

B.S.-476, Part-22 , two hours fire rated d) Stainless steel ball bearing hinges 4 nos. on each side of Wooden shutters size

100 mm x 100 mm x 3 mm with screws etc. complete. f) Vision panel: 5 mm thick fire lit clear glass, Fire Rated Clear Wired Glass of 120

minutes rating one on each leaf of size 300 x 150 mm. 6.15.2 Testing

The fire doors shall be tested by CBRI/ International Test House in accordance with BS 476 part 22. Galvanized steel to be used conforming to IS 277 of 92. The supply should be made along with valid test report from international test house Warrington (U.K.).

Item no-11.06 : Entrance canopy/ porch/ sky light 11.06.1 Providing and fixing Entrance canopy/ porch/ sky light as per drawings with

multicell Polycarbonate sheet (Sun pal/Danpalon /Gallina/ Lexan or Equivalent) of minimum thickness 20-22 mm with 5 cells-6 wall/ 3X structure having wall flange and supporting wall thickness as per manufacturer specifications.


Extruded translucent panels with or without vertical standing seam at both sides of panels of the Panel with Snap-on connector to interlock the panels with a double tooth grip-lock mechanism or aluminium system (with top plate and Bottom plate to be fixed with a self tapping screw) and EPDM gaskets to ensure maximum uplift capability including End-cap/Aluminium U-Profile (mill finish) for ends. Panels /sheets shall be co-extruded UV protected with anti-glare colour/ coating on one side to prevent glare and shall face sun/ top. The panels shall be fixed to pre installed structural M.S.frame work and be secured with snap-on connectors at all levels including all accessories like screws, washers, flashing, trims etc complete to make a water tight cutout / canopy including transportation, lift, scaffolding, etc. conforming to specifications and directions of Engineer-in-Charge.

Note:-The work shall be carried out by a specialized agency approved by Engineer-in-Charge

11.06.2 Materials The polycarbonate system shall consist of:

(a) Panel shall be 20mm thick (min.) (b) Panel width shall be as per manufacturer specifications to ensure best

performance for wind uplift, vibration, oil canning and visual appearance. (c) The panels shall be uniform in color with an integral Nano-Cell core. In a

cross section, the core shall be constructed of nano cells not to exceed 4mm x 4mm

(d) Panels shall be manufactured with Vertical Standing seam at both sides of the panel. Welding or gluing of upstands or standing seam is not acceptable.

(e) Snap-on connector to interlock the panels shall have a grip-lock single/double tooth locking mechanism to ensure maximum uplift capability.

(f) End-cap/Aluminium U-profile (mill finish) for ends. (g) Panels shall be co-extruded both side UV protected and softlight type to

prevent glare. (h) The full system shall be fitted on MS purlins perpendicular to direction of

sheeting with appropriate purlin spacing.

11.06.03 Specifications for Colour Coating (a) Color: As approved by Engineer-in-Charge. (b) Light Transmission – 400-700 nm. ( c) Solar Radiation Transmission – 300-2800 nm. (d) U-Value – 1.5 to 1.6 w/m2C0.


11.06.04 MATERIAL PROPERTIES

PROPERTIES TEST CODE / ACCEPTANCE LEVEL Weathering ASTM D4364-84 Light Transmission ASTM D1003 Water Penetration ASTM E-331 Air Infiltration ASTM E-283 Impact ASTM E-222-81

13.0 PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION FOR WATER PROOFING WORK The work shall be got executed as per CPWD Specifications and as per the

manufacturer’s specification through specialized agency as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge

SCOPE OF WORK

1.0 Work shall include design, supply, install and test proprietary waterproofing

systems to underground sub structure, terraces, and toilet sunk slabs, landscape/Extended basement area, UG and Overhead water tanks etc or as desired of similar location at site as per direction by EIC. This shall be guaranteed for 10 years on Rs.100/- stamp paper in proforma to be approved by the EIC.

a) Water proofing of basement including sealing of services junctions, joints,

piling joints, drain points, sumps or as desired of similar location at site shall be as per approved treatment as per direction by EIC.

b) Water proofing of terrace inclusive of grouting, sealing rainwater down takes

outlets, other services outlets, junctions of walls, slab, beam, columns, parapet wall etc., where required expansion joints all as per approved terrace proprietary treatment.

Waterproofing of toilet sunk portions and water tanks inclusive of grouting, sealing, outlet pipes of services, junctions of slab, beams, walls and covering with protective cement sand plaster coat / screed.

Work shall include design, supply, install and test proprietary systems for basement, terrace sloped/flat roofs as approved by the EIC. This shall be guaranteed for 10 years on Rs.100/- Stamp paper in proforma to be approved by the EIC. Work shall conform to minimum standards specified. Systems detailed hereunder are to clarify type of water proofing system expected.


Sub Contractor / Specialist shall be from the approved list and shall be approved by the EIC before being employed by the Contractor.

• The Contractor shall submit

Statement giving detailed brief of work he proposes to carry out.

a) Name of agency with his experience certificate and quantum of work carried out.

b) Technical Specifications c) Product data sheets of material to be used d) Shop drawing detailing

• WORKMANSHIP

Preparation of Surfaces: a) The surfaces to receive the treatment shall be thoroughly cleaned of

Laitances, scales, loose material on surface.Grease, oil or other contaminants by etching with 10-15% of solution of muriatic acid using commercial grade alkaline cleaner, flushing with clean water drying and vacuuming.

b) Surfaces shall be examined and well-defined cracks grouted by making ‘V’ groove / notches with cement slurry, shall be cured and dried well before treatment.

c) Any honeycombs shall be carefully cut and plugged, and cured well before treatment.

d) Examination of surface shall account for the fact that ,Surfaces are cured for 14 days and no condensation has taken place. Horizontal and vertical surfaces have smooth finish, free from defects. Surfaces are dry, clean, free of grease, oil, dirt, rust, corrosion, other coatings and contaminants which could affect bond of water proofing system.

Water proofing of terrace / sunken portion area / UG tank GENERAL All the water proofing treatment shall be got executed through the specialized agencies. The specialized agencies shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall furnish the following particulars immediately after the issue of letter of acceptance by the Department. a) The name of the specialized firm. b) The trade names of the product, which would be used. c) List of works where the treatment has been used. d) Quantity of chlorides and sulphides used in the product.


The water proofing treatment for the U.G. sump, terrace tank etc. shall be tested by filling the tanks completely with potable water and observing for leakage for minimum 72 hours. All the arrangements for testing including supplying water, closing all the outlets temporarily and restoring after the test etc. shall be made by the contractor at his own cost. The contractors at his own cost rectify any leakage noticed. The specialist agency for waterproofing shall also grout the Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. The water proofing treatment over the terrace slab, in the sunk / depressed slabs shall be tested by ponding water as specified for curing as well as observing for leakage for minimum 2 weeks. All the arrangements for testing including supplying water, making temporary bunds using mortar, removing bunds after testing etc. shall be made by the contractor at his own cost. The contractor at his own cost shall rectify any leakage noticed. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Waterproofing Membrane a) Horizontal surface i) Clean the PCC concrete surface thoroughly. Ensure that the surface is free

of loose material, dirt, dust, oil, grease or other foreign matter prior to start of treatment.

ii) The 1.5mm thick ovilite selfadan/ Elotene-4000 as approved self adhesive Membrane sheet (Thickness 1.5mm, Elongation ( ASTM D412)-more than 400%, Tear resistance more than 18N ,puncture resistance ( ASTM E154) minimum 250N, Lap adhesion 200 N/m ( ASTM D1876) of approved make shall be fixed with leveling surface. Adjacent sheet shall be laid in similar manner with overlaps as per system requirement. The overlap joint shall be cleaned and sealed as per manufacturer's specification, etc. or as desired side requirement and direction of Engineer in charge.

iii) Protective layer of 40mm thick IPS 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 sand: 4 aggregates).

iv) (The all above operation including 50mm thcik CC 1:2:4 screed for protection layer before laying reinforement and concrete .)

v) Contractor shall give 5 yrs guarantee for water proofings. b) Vertical surface i) RCC Retaining Wall / footings shall be allowed to set for at least 48 hours. ii) After de-shuttering, clean the retaining wall / footing vertical surface

thoroughly. Ensure that the surface is free of loose material, dirt, dust, oil, grease or other foreign matter, prior to starting treatment. The 1.5mm thick ovilite selfadan/Elotene-4000 or equivalent as approved self adhesive Membrane sheet (Thickness 1.5mm, Elongation ( ASTM


D412)-more than 400%, Tear resistance more than 18N ,puncture resistance ( ASTM E154) minimum 250N, Lap adhesion 200 N/m ( ASTM D1876) of approved make shall be fixed with leveling surface. Adjacent sheet shall be laid in similar manner with overlaps as per system requirement. The overlap joint shall be cleaned and sealed as per manufacturer's specification, sealing corners, pile heads, and drains etc. or as desired side requirement and direction of EIC. The Membrane shall be covered upto 300mm height above G.L and stuck the membrane into a groove cut into the concrete surface and seal the groove with a suitable bitumastic or liquid sealant or mortar.

iii) The laid membrane shall be covered with protection layer Half brick (before backfilling)

iv) The all above operation including chipping away any surplus concrete, surface preparation, cleaning, laying protection board etc, complete as directed by Engineer in charge.

v) Contractor shall give 5 yrs guarantee for water proofing’s.

10.17 Water proofing treatment for the Horrizontal / Vertical surface. All water-proofing work shall be carried out through approved specialist agency as per method of working approved by the Engineer-in-charge The integral cement based water proofing treatment shall be as per the item description and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The specialist agency for water proofing work shall provide necessary sleeves made out of G.I pipes / M.S. puddle flanges (payment for which shall be made under relevant item) in the water proofing treatment at base and the raft for release of uplift pressure till the pressure is taken by the rock anchors and the dead weight of the building. The necessary provisions shall be made for filling these sleeves with cement concrete of same grade and then pressure grouting these holes with polymer modified cement slurry using aluminum nipples etc. at a later date. However, the agency shall ensure complete watertight ness of the raft and the water proofing treatment below raft. Junctions of the rock anchors with the concrete of the basement raft. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account and shall not be measured separately for payment. The specialist agency for water proofing work shall also grout the junctions of the various service lines entering or coming out through the basement wall. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account and shall not be measured separately for payment. The reinforced cement concrete provided in the base and walls of under ground tanks shall be admixed with water proofing compound confirming to IS 2645. The guarantee for the water proofing treatment shall include dismantling and relaying the Reinforced cement concrete, if required for rectifying any defect in the water proofing treatment. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account and shall not be measured separately for payment.


Layout and Design: The layout and design of raft foundation shall be as per structural design / drawing to be supplied by the Engineer-in-Charge. The structural drawing shall be properly correlated with the architectural drawing of the work before actual execution. The discrepancy if any, thus notice shall be brought to the notice of Engineer-in-Charge for necessary correction. The work shall be in general carried out in accordance with CPWD specifications with up-to-date correction slips. However if the said specifications differ from those detailed in the specifications of the particular item in the schedule of quantities attached or from the particular specifications given here under the later shall prevail. The water proofing compound used in integral water proofing treatment shall satisfy all the performance requirements indicated in IS :m 2645 and shall be got tested before its use. The compound shall be used @ 2% by weight of cement used or as recommended by the manufacturer. Total quantity of the water proofing compound required shall be arranged only after obtaining the prior approved of the Engineer-in-Charge. Materials shall be kept under double lock and key and proper account of the water proofing compound used in the work shall be maintained. It shall be ensured that the consumption of the compound is as per specified requirements.

10.18 GUARANTEE FOR WATER PROOFING TREATMENT The contractor shall be fully responsible for and shall guarantee proper performance of the entire waterproofing system for a period of 5 (Five) years from the final completion of works. In addition, specific 5 years written guarantee (to be furnished in a non-judicial stamp paper of value not less than Rs.100/-) in approved proforma shall be submitted for the performance of the system, before final payment and shall not in any way limit any other rights the Employer may have under the contract .Guarantee for water proofing shall comprises of all the items described above in particular specification. All water-proofing work shall be carried out through approved specialist agency as per method of working approved by the Engineer-in-charge. However the Contractors shall be solely responsible for waterproofing treatment until the expiry of the above guarantee period. Five years guarantee in prescribed proforma attached shall be given by the contractor for the water proofing treatment. In addition 10% (ten percent) of the cost of these items of water proofing under this sub head shall be retained as guarantee to watch the performance of the work executed. However, half of this amount (withheld) would be released after five years from the date of completion of the work, if the performance of the waterproofing works is satisfactory. The remaining withheld amount shall be released after completion of ten years from the date of completion of work, if the


performance of the waterproofing work is satisfactory. If any defect is noticed during the guarantee period, it should be rectified by the contractor within seven days of issuing of notice by the Engineer-in-Charge and, if not attended to, the same shall be got done through other agency at the risk and cost of the contractor and recovery shall be effected from the amount retained towards guarantee. In any case, the contractor and the specialist agency, during the guarantee period, shall inspect and examine the treatment once in every year and make good any defect observed and confirm the same in writing. The security deposit can be released in full, if bank guarantee of equivalent amount, valid for the duration of guarantee period, is produced and deposited with the Department.

ITEM NO-13.06 UNDER DECK INSULATION SYSTEM WITH XPS BOARD

Supply and fixing under deck insulation system with XPS insulation board ( supreme Insuboard, Dow Styrofoam , India foam or equivalent) in size of 600mm x 1250 mmx 75 mm thick square edge boards in brick pattern : staggered joints with the help of mechanical fasteners & a vapour barrier of cold bituminous compound. The insulation boards would have a density of 38-42 kg per cu mtr with a K value of 0.028-0.030 W/m K : compressive strength of > 350 kpa , water absorption of 0.2 % by volume, B 2 grade fire compliance etc. The boards once fixed would be further reinforced with Glass Fiber mesh & Fire retardant compound Inquest or equivalent . (Item shall include supplying, installation and fixing of under deck XPS insulation system complete including boards and all accessories such as Bituminous cold vapour barrier, fasteners, fire stops at cut outs ,& rock wool sleeves at electrical points . The Fire rating improvement treatment with inquest & fiber mesh is optional. The above work is to be carried out by a specialized agency as approved by the Engineer-In-charge.

13.06.1 MATERIAL - GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Extruded Polystyrene boards to be manufactured from General Purpose polystyrene granules though an automated extrusion process free of CFC blowing agents : preferably with a blend of co2 & ethanol : low Global warming index : the boards are 100 % closed cell structure with a unique properties of high compressive strength & a stable thermal conductivity properties over the life cycle of building etc. The insulation boards would have a density of 38-42 kg per cu mtr with a K value of 0.028-0.030 W/m K : compressive strength of > 350 kpa , water absorption of 0.2 % by volume, B 2 grade fire compliance etc.

13.06.2 APPROVED SYSTEM The boards of size 600mm width x 1250 mm length & 75 mm thickness with square edge to be laid in brick patterns with the help of suitable bituminous vapour barrier &


mechanical fasteners of appropriate length with fixtures like rock wool sleeves, Fire stop , foam filler at the perimeter joints & wherever any opening etc are provided. The entire syem has to be also protected with a suitable Fire rating improvement coating along with Fibre mesh etc as per the instructions of Engineer in charge complete in all respects.

13.06.3 FINISH Insuboard to be finished with Fiber glass mesh followed by protective coating Inquest 1.5 mm thick with the help of appropriate trowels & levelling tools: the coating improves the Fire rating properties of the over all under deck insulation systems.

13.06.4 THERMAL PERFORMANCE The extruded polystyrene under deck insulation system improves the thermal efficiency of the building by reducing the U value as per the prescribed norms in the ECBC codes depending on the type of building in terms of hours of operations & geographical location. The thermal performance is very stable through out the life cycle of the building. It improves the thermal comfort & also helps in optimizing the loads thereby reducing the capex & operating cost of HVAC systems.

13.06.5 FIRE PERFORMANCE XPS boards must be fully tested in accordance with DIN 4102 part 1 with regard to fire properties, Flame spread , & surface burning characteristics . Also suitable Fire stops , sleeves, PU spray wherever there are electrical cut outs & opening. The boards must be of self extinguishing characteristic etc.

13.06.6 PROVISIONS FOR SUSPENDED CEILING FIXTURES ETC: Suitable provisions & finishing to be provided with the help of can spayed PU wherever the boards are cut in the ceiling or the perimeter to make the system seamless.

13.06.7 LIFE EXPECTNCY The insulation system shall have a life expectancy of 25 years.

13.06.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

The suspended ceiling system is to be manufactured within a recognized quality management system as per ISO 4898 & ASTM C 576 requirements. Each batch should also have the Raw material GPPS test certificates .


EXTERNAL FAÇADE WORK Item no- 12 Aluminum doors, windows, ventilators glazing’s 1.1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

Design, Providing, supplying, fixing and installation of powder coated aluminium doors, windows, ventilators glazings as per elevation drawing’s / concept details enclosed with DGU toughened glass as per approved sample / make. The supplying of additional fastenings, accessory features, and other items not mentioned specifically herein, but which are necessary to make a complete installation. & testing shall be a part of this contract. Inspection during building construction is the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor should coordinate with the other civil works relating to his job. It is therefore essential that regular inspection be continued throughout the curtain wall installation process to ensure proper correlation to all work related to the curtain wall.

The Contractor must accurately establish reference points and lines on each floor by which to line his work. These marks should be scored into columns, slabs to ensure permanent legibility. Markings as noted must be accurately located well ahead of the installation of the curtain wall to avoid errors and delays in the work.

1.1.2 POWDER COATING Whenever specified, pure polyester grade machine applied powder coating of minimum thickness 60 micron (as per AMAA: 2604-10) shall be provided and such coating shall be of approved shade. Samples of powder coated samples / panels shall be submitted by the Contractor well in advance to commencement of work from the approved agency. A Certificate shall be furnished by the Contractor that the coating is of high quality and adequate to ensure adhesion of the silicone to the aluminium frames and glass. In addition he shall certify that the colour shall be consistently uniform without variation and free from scratches, stains or other blemishes. All profiles shall be powder coated in color as may be approved to a thickness of minimum 60 microns. The Powder coating shall be done with Pure Polyester powder Interpon D2525 series conforming to AAMA2604-10 and the coating shall be done by Akzo Nobel Approved Applicator. The contractor shall be required to submit Project Guarantee certificate for upto 15 years for exterior & up to 25 years for Interior exposure from the powder manufacturer”


1.1.3 HANDLING AND STACKING

Fabricated materials shall be stacked in an approved manner to protect the material against any damage during transportation, shall be delivered at site duly wrapped with non-staining protective tape. The loading and unloading shall be carried out with utmost care; on receipt of materials as site they shall be carefully examined to detect any damaged pieces. Arrangements shall be made for expeditious replacement of damaged pieces/ parts. Materials found to be acceptable on inspections shall be repacked in crates and stored safely. In the case of composite windows and doors, the different units are to be assembled properly. The assembled composite units should be checked for line, level and plumb before final fixing is done. Units may be serial numbered and identified as how to be assembled in their final location of situation so warrants. Where aluminium comes into contact with masonry brick work, concrete, plaster or dissimilar metals, it shall be coated with approved insulation lacquer, paint or plastic tape to ensure that electro-chemical corrosion is avoided insulation material shall be trimmed off to a clean flush line on completion. The Contractor shall be responsible for assembling composite, bedding and filling the groove with silicon sealant inside and outside, placing the doors, windows etc. in their respective openings. After the doors/ windows have been fixed in their correct assigned position, the open hollow sections abutting masonry concrete shall be fitted with approved silicon sealant densely packed and neatly finished. The Contractor shall be responsible for doors, windows, etc. being set straight plumb, level and for their satisfactory operation after fixing is complete, fastening, accessory features and other items not mentioned specifically herein, but which are necessary to make a complete installation shall be a part of this contract.

1.1.4 PROTECTION OF FINISH Polythene tape self-adhesive non staining glue type protection shall be applied on the duly coated section before they are brought to site. All care shall be taken to ensure surface protection during transportation, storage at site. The protection tape shall be removed on installation or as per direction of Project Manager.

1.1.5 CLEANING


The PVC tape/ approve type wrapping, protecting the coating finish shall be retained till the glazing work is completed in an approved type. After the glazing and all work connected with installation is complete, all aluminium work shall be washed with a suitable thinner and left in a finished condition, in approved uniform appearance and free from all marks and blemishes. All surfaces of aluminium exposed after glazing should be with PVC wrapping and removed before handing over only.

1.1.6 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

Maintenance and inspection of the installed glazing’s shall be done by the glazing Contractor to ensure that the fabricated glazing’s has been properly installed and all moving panels are working properly, all fixed glasses are free of any visible effect, EPDM gaskets joints at corners are proper, hardware fitted are working smoothly, sealants provided in periphery is in proper depth, shall not have any hairline gap etc.

1.1.9 GLASS BREAKAGE

The Contractor shall replace all broken, damaged and disfigured glass caused in executing the work or by faulty installation, before acceptance of the building without any extra liability /cost to the CUJ.

1.1.9 WARRANTY

The Contractor shall submit written warranty agreeing to repair or replace defective materials and workmanship during the warranty period. Defective materials and workmanship include abnormal deterioration, aging or weathering of the work, leakage of water or air, any failure of operating hardware to function normally, deterioration or dis-coloration of finishes.

The warranty does not include damage caused by vandalism. This warranty and its enforcement shall not deprive the Owner of other action, right or remedy available to him.

The general warranty period is ten (10) year period after the date of final acceptance. The warranty period for peeling or deterioration of coating shall be the 15 year period after the date of final acceptance EPDM gaskets and silicone sealant warranty shall be for ten years.


1.1.10 SAMPLES

Hand samples have to be submitted with relevant documentation of finishes, glass and ancillary – components 300x300 mm sample assemblies of key system types (2nos)

1.1.11 QUALIFICATIONS OF MANUFACTURERS Products used in the work shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacturing of similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer in charge.

1.1.12 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

Shop and field materials and workmanship shall be subject to inspection of the Project Manager / Architects / façade consultant and their representatives at all times. Such inspections do not relieve the Contractor from obligations to provide materials conforming to all requirements of the Contract documents and Indian Standards for material quality.

II. ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS GLAZINGS 1.2.1 GENERAL

Aluminum doors, windows etc, shall be of sizes section details as shown on the drawings. The details shown on the drawings indicate generally the sizes of the components parts and general standards. These may be varied slightly to suit the standards adopted by the manufacturer. Before proceeding with any manufacturing the Contractor shall prepare and submit complete manufacturing and installation drawings for approval of the Project Manager and no work shall be performed until the approval of these drawings is obtained.

1.2.2 SHOP DRAWINGS

The Contractor shall submit the shop drawings of all type of doors, windows, louvers, structural glazing and other aluminium work based on architectural drawings to the Architect / Project Manager / Façade consultant for their approval. The drawings shall show full size sections of doors, windows etc. thickness of metal (i.e. wall thickness), details of construction, sub- frame / rough ground profile, anchoring details, hardware as well as connection of windows, doors and other metal work to adjacent work. Samples of all joints and methods of fastening and joining shall be submitted to the Engineer in charge for approval well in advance of commencing the work.


1.2.3 SAMPLES (Aluminium, Glass, Hardware, EPDM Gaskets, Screws) Samples of all aluminum profiles and hardware to be used for making doors, windows, louvers, hardware, curtain glazings etc. shall be fabricated, assembled and submitted to the Architect / Engineer in charge for his approval. They shall be of sizes, types etc. as decided by Architect..

1.2.4 ALUMINIUM SECTIONS

Doors and windows shall be fabricated from extruded section of profiles of detailed on drawings. The sections shall be extruded by the manufacturers approved by the Architect / Project Manager / Façade Consultant. The aluminum extruded sections shall conform to BIS designation HE9WP / H9 WP, the chemical composition and technical properties as per IS : 733 and IS:1285. The permissible dimensional tolerance of the extruded sections shall be such as not to impair the proper and smooth function/ operation and appearance of doors and windows.

1.2.6 FABRICATION

Aluminum Doors, windows, glazing’s etc. shall be fabricated to sizes as shown, at factory and shall be of section, sizes combinations and details as shown in the Architectural Drawings. All doors, windows and other glazing’s etc. shall have mechanical joints, shall be fabricated to withstand the wear and tear of handling during transit / given wind load of 2.75KN/sqm. And 5.00 KN/sqm. Or as per IS 875 whichever is more. The design shall also ensure that the maximum deflection of any member shall not exceed L/175 of the span of the member. All members shall be accurately machined and fitted to form hairline joints prior to assembly. The joint and accessories such as cleats, brackets etc. shall be of aluminum only that will not to cause any bi-metallic action, the design of the joints and accessories shall be such that the accessories are fully concealed. The fabrication of doors, windows and glazing’s etc. shall be done in suitable sections to facilitate easy transportation, handling and installation. Adequate provision shall be made in the door and window members for anchoring to support and fixing of hardware and other fixtures as approved by the Architect.

All mitred joints in the framework shall be crimped using an adequate insert and corners are to be sealed with metal corner sealant all straight joints to have EPDM flap gaskets at the joint to avoid water leakage all screws in the assembly and installation shall be fully concealed and made of stainless steel.


1.2.7 EPDM GASKETS The Contractor shall provide and install EPDM gaskets of approved size and profile at all locations as shown and as called for to render the doors windows etc. absolutely air tight and weather tight. Heavy duty, best quality EPDM gaskets at joints and connections between aluminium members (EPDM should have its property at-least for minimum 10 years, should not become brittle).The Contractors shall produce samples of the gaskets for approval and procure after approval only.

1.2.8 FITTINGS

Hinges, stays handles, tower bolts, flush bolts, locks and other fittings shall be of approved make duly approved by the Engineer in charge / Architect / Façade Consultant.

1.2.9 CONTRACTOR’S ATTENDANCE

The Contractor immediately prior to the commencement of glazing shall adjust and set all windows and doors and accept responsibility for the satisfactory working of the opening frames.

1.2.10 SEALANT

The gaps between frames and supports and also any gaps in the door and windows section shall be raked out as directed and filled with silicon sealant of approved colour and make to ensure complete water tightness. The sealant shall be of such colour and composition that it would not stain the masonry/ concrete work shall receive paint without bleeding will not sag and shall not set hard and dry out under any conditions of weather. The samples of sealant to be used for this purpose shall be got approved by the Project Manager / Architect before its actual use.

1.2.11 DETAILS OF TESTS

The various tests on aluminum sections shall be conducted in accordance with the relevant IS codes, it includes thickness of coating over section, physical and chemical properties of aluminum, thickness and size of profiles as per the design provided.

The samples of major member of each unit of doors / windows shall be selected at random by Project Manager as such that all the aluminum section shall be got tested.


The cost of samples, carriage of the samples and testing charges from the reputed Lab, if any shall be borne by the Contractor. Testing shall be done at SHRIRAM INSTITUTE FOR INDUSTRIAL RESERCH at University road, Delhi or as approved by CUJ.

1.2.12 SUBMITTALS: -

a) Within 15 ( fifteen ) days after the award of the sub - contract, the sub-contracts shall submit up-date information requested in the preliminary specification as follows: - 1) Organization chart. 2) Programme of the sub-contract works. 3) Shop drawings: - Complete scaled construction details drawings

drawn to full scale based on his tender proposal design which has been generally accepted by the architect. The drawings shall fulfil all requirements made by the architect during the technical negotiation with sub-contractor.

4) Glazing and sealing materials: - Samples and performance data of glazing and sealing materials for the curtain wall.

5) Performance testing particulars:- The testing programme with detailed description of the testing procedure, testing facilities to be used and the testing mock-up drawing, following the testing requirements.

2.0 GLASS:- General:-

Toughened / Tempered glass shall be examined by the glass manufacturer to detect and discard any glass which exceed the following tolerance: 1.5mm bow in 600mm: 3mm bow in 1500mm ; 6mm bow in 3000mm ; 9mm bow in 4500mm. Where the strengthening process results in essentially parallel ripples or waves, the deviation from flatness at any peak shall not exceed 0.13mm, and the difference between adjacent peaks shall not exceed 0.13mm. Where bow tolerance and wave tolerance differ, the stricter requirements shall govern. Direction of ripples shall be consistent and in conformance with architectural design. Following test shall be also carried out by the contractor at his own cost as per following provisions.

Thickness Impact Strength

Fragmentation Surface compression

Bending strength

IS-2835-1987

IS-2553-PART-I IS-2553-PART-I

ASTM C-1048-90 DIN 1249-PART-12


Float Glass:-

Glass that gives distorted reflections will not be accepted. Reflections due to pressure, paints poor manufacturing process, uneven thickness or poor storage are some of the reasons for distortion. Float glass used for glazing shall be of approved quality conforming to BS 952 Part – I for clear and ASTM 1048 for toughened glass and of the thickness specified in the item. The tolerance in thickness shall be + 0.03 mm for 4mm to 6mm, + 0.06 mm for 8mm & 10mm, + 0.08 mm for 12mm & 15mm, .

i) Toughened Glass :- Float glass conforming to BS 952 Part – I for clear and of the thickness specified in the item shall be used for manufacturing toughened glass. Toughening, which shall be carried out horizontally (without tong-marks), shall conform to ASTM 1048. Toughened glass is a type of safety glass which is heat treated to a uniform temperature of approximately 650ºC and rapidly cooled to induce compressive stresses of 770 kg/cm2 to 1462 kg/cm2 on the surfaces and edge compression of the order of 680 kg/cm2. For requirements of toughened safety glass, IS 2553 (Part 1) may be referred. Toughened glass gains its added strength from the compressed surfaces. However, if a deep scratch or an impact penetrates the surface, the glass will break into a number of small particles. Any attempt to cut, drill, grind or sand blast the glass after toughening may result in glass breakage. All works such as cutting, grinding, drilling etc. on glass shall be carried out prior to toughening. The heat treatment process does not change the light transmission and solar radiant heat properties of the glass. Toughened glass provides greater thermal strength. It offers increased resistance to both sudden temperature changes and temperature differentials up to 250°C compared with normal glass, which can withstand temperature differentials up to 40°C only. Toughened Glass is difficult to break and during breakage it will break into small, relatively harmless fragments. This substantially reduces the likelihood of injury to people, as there are no jagged edges or sharp corners like in normal glass. The process of toughening is used to increase the strength of glass and to produce fracture characteristics that are desirable in many situations. However, the process of toughening can also lead to an increased risk of spontaneous


glass fracture (associated with material impurities). Accordingly, the possibility of spontaneous fracture should be taken into account when toughened glass is used.

ii) Double glass Units / Insulated Glass Units :- (DGU / IGU) Double-glazed units (DGU) or insulated glass units (IGU) as per ASTM 774 shall consist of two parallel glass panes assembled with a metal (aluminum spacer and a dual seal to form a hermetically sealed unit. The insulation shall be achieved by trapping and creating of a cavity of dry air between the two panes of glasses. The Aluminum spacer tubes shall contain specified absorbent (desiccant) to absorb moisture from within the glass panes cavity & the air. The pore size on aluminum spacer shall be as per manufacturer’s specifications. The aluminum spacer tube on all four sides shall be filled with desiccant. The dual seal construction shall have a primary vapour seal made of compressed POLYISOBUTYLENE (BUTYL) and the outer seal shall be constructed with an elastic sealant based on structural silicone sealant. The inner seal is to be hot applied and should be plastic in nature which will fix the spacer – bar to the glass and reduce the moisture vapors ingress into the dry air cavity to the very minimum level. Insulating glass unit, a prefabricated one having an edge seal that not only binds the individual sheets of glass together to maintain the mechanical strength of the joint but also protects the cavity between the glasses from outside influences. The moisture in the cavity between the two glasses is controlled by desiccants filled in the perforated spacer. The spacer can be aluminium, composites, plastics, etc. The spacer ensures the precise distance between the glass panes. The cavity is normally filled with dry air but can be also filled with gases such as Argon or Krypton for better thermal performance. The low heat conductivity of the enclosed dry gas between the glass panes drastically reduces the thermal heat transmission through the glass to 2.8 W/m2K (12 mm spacer between two 6 mm glass) as compared to 5.73 W/m2K for normal 6 mm glass. It also helps is reducing the direct solar energy specifically when the outer pane is a solar control glass. The structural silicone outer sealant is cold applied and should be plastic and is to be chemically reactive material which bonds to the glass and cures to an elastic mass. The outer sealant should be able to do following functions: -

I) The bonding of glass panes and spacer to one another to from the insulating glass unit (IGU).


Ii) Protection against chemical attack from outside (weather proof). Iii) Resistance against water entry either in fluid or vapour from.

The Aluminium spacer shall be used as per required configuration of unit as 16 mm thick to give a dry air gap of 16 mm. The D.G.U. unit shall have a nominal thickness of 28 mm. Float glass of international quality conforming to ASTM 774 for clear glass and of the thickness specified in the item shall be used for making insulated glass. The processing is done on specialized automatic machines in a dust-free air-conditioned plant.

Glazing work

The glass panes shall be of the type and thickness specified in the item. Their sizes shall be as shown in the drawings. The glass panes shall be of approved quality and make. They shall have properly squared corners and straight edges. Damaged or defective glass shall be replaced with new glass at no additional cost. Each piece of glass shall be delivered with factory labels intact, indicating glass type, quality and thickness. Labels shall not be removed until installation has been accepted. Glass is to be protected from breakage immediately upon installation by applying suitable warning markings. Silicone Sealants as specified by the manufacturers shall be used.

Final cleaning Protective coating and warning markings shall remain undisturbed until final acceptance. Immediately prior to final inspection, temporary protective covering or coating shall be removed and surfaces shall be washed with a suitable thinner and left in a finished condition having approved uniform appearance and free from all marks and blemishes. Both faces of the glass shall be washed and polished. Inspection

Agency should arrange for factory inspection of all materials and glass to ascertain the quality of material as per manufacturer’s standard / BS / ASTM standard, including toughening of glass as per specification and standards for every 500 sqm or part thereof.


3.0 Technical Specifications / Conditions for Green Building Practices as per GRIHAIGRIHA-LD

In order to comply with the criterion laid down by GRIHA / GRIHA-LD the following mandatory practices shall be followed by the contractor.

In addition, the tender rates shall be deemed to include the following:

The contractor shall comply with safety procedures, norms and guidelines (as applicable) as outlined in the Doc No. CEO 46(6086), July 2003: Draft National Building Code of India: Part 7 Constructional practices and safety, issued by Bureau of Indian Standards.

3.1 SiteBoundary

Boundary shall be fenced with an opaque material which shall not allow air pollution and soil erosion due to wind.

3.2 Site preparation

Clear vegetation only from the areas where work will start right away

Vegetate I mulch areas where vehicles don't ply.

Apply gravel to the area where mulching /paving is impractical.

Identify roads on site that would be used for vehicular traffic. Add surface gravel to reduce source of dust emission.

Limit vehicular speed on site to I 0 km/hour.

3.3 Existing Site Features

Conserve existing natural areas or existing natural features on site such as water bodies, trees etc to integrate in the design and to provide habitat and promote biodiversity.

Carry out a comprehensive site analysis to identify site characteristics that can be used to harness natural resources (like solar energy, wind, and water) and the potential qualities of the landforms that could contribute to making different areas of the site visually and thermally more comfortable for users. Locate various activities of the scheme after careful site analysis and


assessment so as to protect ecologically sensitive areas and reduce damage to the natural ecosystem.

3.4 Preserve and protect existing vegetation on site

Inventory of existing vegetation including the number of trees and native shrub coverage and their species types. This has to be done before any construction activity starts on site.

Preserve existing mature trees on-site during the course of construction by preserving and transplanting them. Preservation and protection of existing vegetation by non-disturbance or damage to specified site areas is recommended. Site vegetation includes trees, shrubs, grasses and other plants. Where ever possible, existing site vegetation has to be included in the landscape design of the site. This practice enables retention of fully-grown mature trees and also reduces avoidable erosion of bare soil.

The contractor shall undertake the responsibility to ensure that the site is not 'levelled' or 'cleared' before undertaking this study.

Site plan, with photographs, clearly highlighting the trees and native shrub coverage that is protected, transplanted or removed has to be recorded or maintained by the site engineer.

3.4.1 Procedure to Monitor and Protect Site Vegetation

All existing vegetation shall be marked on a site survey plan.

A vegetation survey in the prescribed format shall be carried out by an accredited landscape architect and attached to the site survey plan

The above specifications to be implemented at site as per NBC part I 0- Landscaping, Signs and outdoor display.

3.4.2 Transplanting Existing Trees on Site

If trees have to be removed from their location or have to be felled for any of the above reasons, efforts should be made to transplant them as much as possible. For this large trees identified for transplantation should be replanted at a different location immediately

Young trees or saplings identified for transplantation can be uprooted and preserved for replanting after the completion of construction. Young trees are


those that have a height less than 2 m, and a 0.1 m trunk girth at I m height from ground, and a 2 m crown diameter. Non Applicability condition: Sites that are devoidof trees.

3.4.3 Compensatory Plantation on Site

Where trees cannot be transplanted due to technical and economical reason, compensatory plantation to be undertaken on the site.

Compensate the loss of vegetation (trees) due to the construction activity by compensatory plantation.

Replant the same number of mature or fully grown trees as eliminated during the construction of the proposed landscape design. Replant the same, native and/or non- invasive species, which existed on the site before elimination in the proportion of I :3.

Plant in excess of 25% to the minimum required within the site premises

The above specifications to be implemented at site as per NBC part I 0 - Landscaping, Signs and outdoor display.

3.5 Construction management process requirements 3.5.1 Timing of construction Select proper timing for the construction activity to minimize site disturbance such as soil pollution due to spilling of the construction material and its mixing with rainwater. Staging is dividing a construction area into two or more areas to minimize the area of soil that will be exposed at any given time. Staging should be done to separate undisturbed land from land disturbed by construction activity and material storage. Use staging and spill prevention and control plan to restrict the spilling of the contaminated material on site. Specify and limit construction activity in pre-planned/designated areas. 3.5.2 Soil erosion and sedimentation control measures Protect the top soil from erosion. Use collection storage and reapplication of the


top soil, sediment basin, contour trenching, mulching, soil stabilization methods to protect the top soil from erosion during construction. Measures shall be followed for collecting drainage water runoff from construction areas and material storage sites through temporary drainage trenches, silt fences, bio-infiltration ponds or structural controls such as sedimentation tank or water collection chambers to reuse water for curing etc. The Contractor shall construct Sedimentation basin, a temporary dam or basin at the lowest convenient point of the site. This should be constructed for collecting, trapping, and storing sediment produced by the construction activities, together with a flow detention facility for reducing peak runoff rates. This would allow most of the sediments to settle before the runoff is directed towards the outfall. 3.5.3 Soil conservation (till post-construction) Proper topsoil laying, stabilization of the soil, and maintenance of adequate fertility of the soil to support vegetative growth. Non applicability condition proposed (for top soil preservation only): Contaminated sites/sites that do not have good quality top soil (as per soil test report) that is considered worth storing for reuse. Soil test has to be carried out as per criteria 3 and the test report has to be endorsed by the landscape architect. The landscape architect has to provide certificate that the top soil is not worth storing for landscaping purposes and cannot be restored to applicable standard. 3.6 Reduce air pollution during construction The contractor shall undertake the responsibility to prevent air pollution dust and smoke; ensure that there will be adequate water supply I storage for dust suppression; devise and arrange methods of working and carrying out the work in such a manner as to minimize the impact of dust on the surrounding environment, and provide experienced personnel with suitable training to ensure that these methods of working, plant, equipment and air pollution control system to be used on the site should be made available for the inspection and approval of the engineer-in-charge of construction to ensure that these are suitable for the project. The contractor shall comply to CPCB standards to prevent air pollution, dust and smoke on the site. These standards shall be applicable to the use of DG sets during construction and the stack height of the DG stack to control air pollution should be as per the CPCB standards. 3.6.1 Site maintenance policies should include -


Water spraying:_This will be done by wetting the surface by praying water on- Any dusty materials before transferring, loading, and unloading. Areas where demolition work is being carried out Any unpaved main haul road. Areas where excavation or earth-moving activities are to be carried out. 3.6.2 Cover and Enclosure: This shall be done by Providing hoardings/ Gl sheet barricading of not less than 3m high along the site boundary, next to a road or other public area. An existing brick boundary wall exists at site on some sides. The Contractor shall be required to erect a Gl sheet barricading over the same. Providing dust screens, sheeting or netting along the perimeter of a building Covering fully stockpile of dusty material with impervious sheeting. Covering dusty load on vehicles by impervious sheeting before they leave the site. Transferring, handling/storing dry loose materials like bulk cement, dry pulverized fly ash inside a totally enclosed system. Stack height of the DG stack to control air pollution should be as per the CPCB standards. 3.7 Reduce Noise Pollution during construction on site To use appropriate noise controls for providing acceptable levels of outdoor and indoor noise levels to enhance comfort ensure that the outdoor noise level conforms to the Central Pollution Control Board-Environmental Standards-Noise (ambient standards). The report on measured average ambient noise level at site- Noise measurement should be conducted by an organization recognized by a competent authority and it should follow procedures laid down by a competent authority. Mechanical, electrical, air conditioning, heating and mechanical ventilation and other services if are provided -noise control measures should be incorporated during the design and installation of such services to adhere to the recommended outdoor and indoor noise criteria for the kind of occupancy. Some basic techniques to achieve the same are given in National Building Code, Part - VIII, Section 4, Annex G. 3.8 Reduce hard paving on site as applicable


Total paved area of the site under parking, roads, paths, or any other use not to exceed 25% of the site area or net imperviousness of the site not to exceed the imperviousness factor as prescribed by the National Building Code of India, Bureau of Indian Standards, 2005; Part 9 (Plumbing services) Section 5.5.1 1.2.1, whichever is more stringent. AND more than 50% ofthe paved area to have pervious paving/open grid pavement/grass pavers, OR A minimum 50% of the paved area (including parking) to have shading by vegetated roof/pergola with planters, OR A minimum 50% of the paved area (including parking) to be topped with fi nish having solar reflectance of 0.5 or higher. 3.9 Aggregate Utility corridors - Use aggregate utility corridors. - Consolidate utility corridors along the previously disturbed areas or along

new roads, in order to minimize unnecessary cutting and trenching and to ensure easy maintenance.Local codes and requirements for water, sewer, and electrical/telecommunication lines should be considered.

- Consolidate services, pedestrian, and automobile paths. 3.10 Health and well being - To ensure the health and safety of workers during construction, with effective

provisions for the basic facilities such as sanitation and drinking water, and safety of equipment or machinery.

- Compliance with National Building Code norms on construction safety for ensuring safety during construction Comply with the safety procedures, norms and guidelines (as applicable) as outlined in NBC 2005 (BIS 2005c). Adopt additional best practices and prescribed norms as in NBC 2005 (BIS 2005c).

- Provision for health and sanitation facilities as specified below - - Provide clean drinking water to all workers. - Provide adequate number of decentralized latrines and urinals to construction


workers. - Provision to be made to dispose of wastewater from toilets provided on site for

laborers or site personnel in a safe manner so as to safeguard the quality of groundwater. The Contractor shall maintain such convenience in a clean, hygienic, orderly condition and shall clean, disinfect and deodorize the ground after their removal, and meet all statutory requirements.

3.11 Child Labour The Contractor shall not employ any labour less than 18 years of age on the job. If female labour is engaged, the Contractor shall make necessary provisions at his own expense for safeguarding and care of their children and keeping them clear of the Site. No children shall be permitted on the Site. Except children of the labour employed by the contractor in condition for such children the contractor shall built up and maintain a cretch, first aid medical centre and elementary school for the duration of the contract and as may be directed by the Employer through the Engineer. 3.12 Creches If women workers are employed on the Work, the Contractor shall provide at his expense six rooms of reasonable dimensions plus toilet faciliti es as specified by the Engineer for the use of their children under the age of 12 years. One room shall be used as a playroom, class room and the other as the bedroom of the children. The rooms shall be built to reasonably good specifications in consultation with the Engineer. The rooms shall be well lit and well ventilated. The Contractor shall provide adequate number of toys and games in the playroom and sufficient number of cots and beddings in the bedroom. The rooms shall be maintained absolutely clean, employing sweepers. The use of the rooms earmarked as creches shall be restricted to children, their attendants and mothers of the children. 3.13 Efficient Water Use During Construction - Minim i ze use of potable water during construction activity by- - Controlling wastes of curing water - To avoid wastage of curing water, follow the following guidelines


- Curing water should be sprayed on concrete structures; free flow of

water shall not be allowed. - After liberal curing on the first day, all concrete structures shall be painted

with curing chemical to save water. This will stop daily water curing hence save water. (To be covered under tender i tems)

- Concrete structure shall be covered with thick cloth/gunny bags and then

water should be sprayed on them. This would avoid water rebound and ensure sustained and complete curing.

- Ponds shall be made using cement and sand mortar to avoid water flow

away from the flat surface while curing. (To be covered under tender items) - Water pending shall be done on all sunken slabs; this would also highlight

the importance of having an impervious formwork. - Use recycled treated water 3.14 Utilization of flyash in building structure - Fly ash use in RC: Minimum I 5% replacement of cement with fl y ash by

weight of cement used in the total structural concrete. Provide supporting document from the manufacturer of the cement specifying the fl y ash content i n PPC used in reinforced concrete.

- For use of fl y ash in building blocks of load bearing and non-load bearing wall:

Minimum 40% replacement of cement with fl y ash by weight, for I 00% load bearing and non-load bearing walls. Provide supporti ng document from the manufacturer of the pre-cast building blocks specifying the fl y ash content of the blocks used in an infill wall system.

- For use of fl y ash in plaster and masonry mortar: M i nimum 30% use of fl y

ash in place of cement by weight in overall plaster and mortar requirement. Provide supporting document from the manufacturer of the cement/ready mix concrete, specifying the fly ash content in PPC used in plaster and masonry mortar.

3.15 Reduce volume and weight. a nd time of construction by adopting efficient

technologies 3.15.1 Structural application


- Use of low-energy technologies in structural application clearly demonstrating a min i mum 5% reduction in high energy materials such as cement, concrete, steel, sand, bricks by absolute volume when compared wi th equivalent products for the same application, for 100% structural system used in a bu i lding, meeting the equivalent strength requirements. For e.g. Post tensioned systems, precast systems etc.

3.15.2 Non-structural application Use of low-energy technologies/materials (not based on the utilization of industrial waste), which are used for non-structural applications such as infill wall system and cause a minimum5% reduction in the use of high-energy materials such as cement, concrete, steel, and so on. by absolute volume when compared with equivalent products for the same application, for I 00% infill wall system used in a building, meeting the equivalent strength requirements. For e.g. light weight concrete blocks over dense concrete blocks, pre-cast brick panels, composite ferro- cement walling, interlocking concrete blocks etc. 3.16 Reduction in the Waste during Construction The contractor is required to develop Waste Management Programme (WMP) during the construction of the project for his works, which may include: - The Contractor shall ensure maximum recovery and safe disposal of wastes generated during construction and reduce the burden on landfill. Employ measures to segregate the waste at site into inert, chemical, or hazardous wastes. For this the contractor shall construct separate colored bins for collection of different categories of waste at site and maintain strict discipline among the labor in segregating the waste. The Contractor shall recycle the unused chemical/ hazardous wastes such as oil, paint, batteries and asbestos. The Contractor shall dispose off the inert waste by Municipal Corporation at landfill sites. Recycle the hazardous waste and dispose the inert waste to municipal approved landfill sites. Minimize factors that contribute to waste such as over-packaging, improper storage, ordering errors, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, and contamination of construction materials. For waste volumes generated, identify and institute reuse, salvage and recycle opportunities whenever economics and logistics allow.


Develop and institute a construction waste management plan that identifies proposed deconstruction and salvage opportunities, on-site reprocessing and reuse opportun i ties. Storage of materials and equipment at site The Contractor shall, at his own cost, provide adequate storage sheds and yards at the Site, at locations pre-approved by the Engineer, for all materials and equipment that are to be incorporated in the Work. This shall be for all the materials and equipment, supplied by the Contractor or any Sub-Contractor or supplied by the Employer I Engineer. In addition to being watertight and weatherproof, the storage facilities shall be of such a manner that all the materials and equipmentare adequately protected in every wayfrom any deterioration or contamination or damage whatsoever, to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer. The method of storing of all the materials and equipment shall be in conformity with the Specifications and/or to the directions and instructions of the Engineer. At no time shall any material or equipment be stored in open or incontact with the ground. Should any of the materials or equipment deteriorate or be contaminated or damaged in any way due to improper storage or for any other reason then such materials and equipment shall not be incorporated in the Work and shall be removed forthwith from the Site and the replacement of all such materials and equipment shall be entirely at the cost and expense of the Contractor. Wherever applicable the storage of materials shall be in accordance with the relevant Indian Standard Specifications. 3.17 Provide at least the minimum level of accessibility for persons with

disabilities as applicable - Ensure access to facilities and services by adopting appropriate site planning to

eliminate barriers as per the recommended standards (NBC 2005 [BIS 2005f]), layout and designing of interior and exterior facilities as per principles of universal design such as prescribed by the National Building Code of India, building management policies and procedures, provision of auxiliary aids and appliances, and staff training in disability awareness, and

- Comply with planning and design guidelines as outlined in NBC 2005 Annex D

(Clause 12.21) (BIS 2005f).

END OF SECTION- A


SECTION B: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLUMBING WORK SSEECCTTIIOONN - I SANITARY FIXTURES 1. SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all Material and labor as

necessary and required to completely install all Sanitary Fixtures, brass and chromium plated fittings and accessories as required by the drawings and specified hereinafter or given in the Schedule of Quantities.

1.2 Without restricting to the generally of the foregoing the Sanitary Fixtures shall

include all Sanitary Fixtures, C.P. fittings and Accessories etc. necessary and required for the Building.

1.3 Whether specifically mentioned or not all Fixtures and appliances shall be

provided with all fixing devices, nuts, bolts, screws, hangers as required.

2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1 All Fixtures and fittings shall be provided with all such accessories as are

required to complete the item in working condition whether specifically mentioned or not in the Schedule of Quantities, Specifications and Drawings.

2.2 All Fixtures and accessories shall be fixed in accordance with a set pattern

matching the tiles or interior finish as per Architectural/ Interior designer’s requirements. Wherever necessary the fittings shall be centered to dimensions and pattern desired.

2.3 Fixing screws shall be half round head Chromium Plated brass with C.P.

washers wherever required as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. 2.4 All Fittings and Fixtures shall be fixed in a neat workmanlike manner true to

Levels and Heights shown on the drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Care shall be taken to fix all Inlet and Outlet Pipes at correct positions. Faulty locations shall be made good and any damage to the finished floor, tiling or terrace shall be made good at Contractors cost.

2.5 When directed, Contractor shall install Fixtures and accessories in a mock-up

room for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge/Owner. Sample room Fixtures may be reused on the works if undamaged, but no additional payment for fixing or dismantling shall be admissible.

2.6 APPLICABLE CODES


IS: 2556 - Vitreous Chinaware Sanitary Appliances IS: 774 - Flushing Cistern for water closets & urinals

(other than plastic cisterns) IS:2326 - Automatic Flushing Cisterns for urinals

(other than plastic cisterns) IS:2548 (Part 1 & 2) - Plastic seats for water closets

3. EUROPEAN W.C. 3.1 European W.C. shall be wash down, single or double siphonic type, wall

mounted set, flushed by means of exposed or concealed type flushing cistern or flush valve, as specified in Schedule of Quantities. Flush pipe/bend shall be connected to the W.C. by means of suitable rubber adapter. Wall hung W.C. shall be supported by C.I. floor mounted chair.

3.2 Each water closet shall have an integral “P” trap with at least 50 mm water seal. 3.3 The inside surface of W.C. & Traps shall be uniform and smooth in order to

enable smooth and efficient flush. 3.4 Each W.C. seat shall be so fixed that it remains absolutely stationary in vertical

position without falling down on the W.C. 4. WASH BASIN 4.3.1 Wash basins shall be white glazed vitreous china of size, shape and type

specified in the schedule of quantities. 4.3.2 Wash Basins shall be either counter top or under-counter or as specified in the

schedule of quantities. 4.3.3 Each Basin shall be provided with 32 mm dia CP Waste coupling with overflow,

pop-up waste or as specified in the Schedule of quantities. 5. URINALS 5.1 Urinals shall be white glazed Vitreous China flat back half stall or lip type as

specified in Schedule of Quantities. 5.2 Urinals shall be provided with 15 mm dia C.P. spreader, 32 mm dia C.P. domical

waste and C.P. cast brass bottle trap with pipe and wall flange. 5.4 Urinals shall be flushed by means of automatically sensor operated flushing

system as specified in Schedule of Quantities.


5.5 Waste pipes for urinals shall be of the following:

(a) G.I. Pipes Waste pipes may be exposed on wall or concealed in chase as directed by the

Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. Specifications for waste pipes shall be same as given in Sub Section.

6. SINKS 6.1 Sinks shall be of precast Terrazzo marble or White Glazed fire clay or vitreous

china or stainless steel or any other material as specified in the Schedule of Quantities.

6.2 Hand Wash Sinks and Process Sinks shall be of stainless steel with or without

Drain board and may be supplied by the Owner. 6.3 Each sink shall be provided with R.S. or C.I. brackets and clips and securely

fixed. Counter top sinks shall be fixed with suitable angle iron clips or brackets as recommended by the manufacturer. Each sink shall be provided with 40 mm dia C.P. waste with chain and plug or P.V.C. waste. Fixing shall be done as directed by Engineer-in-Charge / Owner.

6.4 Supply fittings for sinks shall be mixing fittings or C.P. Censor Operated

(Battery/Electrical) taps as specified in the Schedule of Quantities. 7. SHOWER SET 7.1 Shower set shall comprise of single lever mixer or four way diverter with two C.P.

brass concealed stop cocks, with bath spout or as given in the Schedule of Quantities.

7.2 Each shower set shall also be provided with C.P. shower arm with wall flange

and shower head of approved quality or as specified in the Schedule of Quantities.

7.3 Concealed stopcocks shall be so fixed as to keep the wall flange clear off the

finished wall. Wall flanges embedded in the finishing shall not be accepted. 8. ACCESSORIES 8.1 Contractor shall install all Chromium Plated and porcelain accessories as shown

on the drawings or directed by Engineer-in-Charge / Owner, and given in the Schedule of Quantities.


8.2 All C.P. Accessories shall be fixed with C.P. brass half round head screws and cup washers in wall with raw plugs or nylon sleeves and shall include cutting and making good as required or directed by Engineer-in-Charge/Owner.

8.3 Porcelain accessories shall be fixed in walls and set in cement mortar 1:2 (1

cement: 2 coarse sand) and fixed in relation to the tiling work. 9. URINAL PARTITIONS 9.1 Urinal partitions shall be white glazed vitreous china or 25mm thick marble of

size specified in the Schedule of Quantities. 9.2 Porcelain partitions shall be fixed at proper heights with C.P. brass bolts, anchor

fasteners and M.S. clips as recommended by the manufacturer and directed by Engineer-in-Charge / Owner.

10. PAN CONNECTOR The WC pan connector shall be Flexible, soft and shall be made of single body

construction with integral fins. The pan connector must be supplied with factory fitted spring loaded seal guard.

While fixing of the pan connector with the Soil pipe, the pipe must be reasonably

clean and smooth on the inner surface; in case the soil piping is in C.I. then supplier supplied bush / adaptor shall be used. The connector socket is pushed fully home onto the pan spigot, thereafter the WC is placed in position gently pushing the fitment to ensure that the connector end fits into the Spigot of the pipe. The pan connector must be pushed in such a easy as to ensure that the seals and fins turn inward to ensure proper sealing.

11. MEASUREMENT 11.1 Rates for fixing of Sanitary Fixtures Accessories, urinal partitions shall include all

items and operations stated in the respective specifications and Schedule of Quantities and nothing extra is payable.

11.2 Rates for all items under specifications above shall be inclusive of cutting holes and chases and making good the same, C.P. screws, nuts, bolts and any fixing arrangements required and recommended by Manufacturers, Testing and Commissioning.

END OF SECTION – I


SECTION - II SOIL, WASTE & VENT PIPES 1. SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labor, materials,

equipments and appliances necessary and required to completely install all soil, waste, vent and rainwater pipes as required by the drawings, specified hereinafter and given in the Schedule of Quantities.

1.2 Without restricting to the generally of the foregoing, the soil, waste, vent and

rainwater pipes system shall include the followings: a) Vertical and horizontal Soil, Waste and Vent Pipes, Rainwater Pipes and

Fittings, Joints Clamps and connections to Fixtures. b) Connection of pipes to Gully Traps & Manholes etc. c) Rain water pipes as specified d) Testing of all pipes.

2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1 All materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to specifications and

subject to the approval of Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. 2.2 Pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required

in a neat workmanlike manner. 2.3 Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and

maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts, passages etc. 2.4 Pipes shall be securely fixed to walls and ceilings by suitable clamps at intervals

specified. 2.5 Access doors for fittings and cleanouts shall be so located that they are easily

accessible for repair and maintenance.

2.6 All works shall be executed as directed by Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. 3. CAST IRON PIPES & FITTINGS 3.1 Pipes

(a) All pipes shall be straight and smooth and inside free from irregular bore, blowholes, cracks and other manufacturing defects. Pipes shall be sand cast iron pipes conforming to I.S: 1729-1967 or centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes conforming to I.S:3989 as specified in Bill of Quantities.


(b) Tolerance

Acceptable tolerance for pipes to I.S: 3989 shall be as follows:-

• Wall thickness - 15% • Length +20 mm • Weight - 10%

3.2 Fittings

(a) Fittings shall conform to the same Indian Standard. The Contractor shall use pipes and fittings of matching specifications.

(b) Fittings shall be of the required degree of curvature with or without access doors.

(c) Access door shall be made up with 3mm thick insertion rubber washer and white

Lead. The bolts shall be lubricated with grease or white Lead for easy removal later. The fixing shall be air and watertight.

3.3 Fixing

(a) All vertical pipes shall be fixed by M.S. clamps truly vertical. Branch pipes shall be connected to the stack at the same angle as that of the fittings. No collars shall be used on vertical stacks. Each stack shall be terminated at top with a Cowl (terminal guard).

(b) Horizontal pipes running along ceiling shall be fixed on structural adjustable

clamps of special design shown on the drawings or as directed. Horizontal pipes shall be laid to uniform slope and the clamps adjusted to the proper levels so that the pipes fully rest on them.

(c) Contractor shall provide all sleeves, openings, hangers, inserts during the

construction. He shall provide all necessary information to the building Contractor for making such provisions in the structure as necessary. All damages shall be made good to restore the surface.

3.4 Jointing C.I pipes wherever used shall be jointed with refined pig lead conforming to

IS: 27-1977 or Drip Seal PJS -43.

(a) Pig Lead Joint


A sufficient skein or jute rope shall be caulked to leave a minimum space for the pig lead to be poured in. After pouring the lead shall be caulked into the joint with caulking tool and hammer. All surplus lead shall be cut and joint left flush with the rim of the socket neatly.

Standard weight, dimensions and pig lead required for joints shall be as follows: For pipes conforming to I.S: 3989 (sand cast iron soil pipes and fittings)

Nominal Dia

(MM)

Thickness

(MM)

Overall Weight for 1.8 m long pipe (Kg.)

Minimum depth of lead joint from the lip of socket ( MM)

Quantity of lead per Joint

(Kg.)

50 5 11.41 25 0.50 75 5 16.52 25 0.66 100 5 21.67 25 1.00 150 5 31.92 38 1.25

4. HDPE Pipes 4.1 HDPE Pipes for disposal of Waste water of the Labs. These pipes are available

in PN 2.5 to PN 16 Pressure class in PE63, PE 80 and PE 100 grades.

4.1.1 HDPE Jointing

HDPE pipes are to be jointed by Butt fusion welding method with the help of electric heating mirror and hydraulically / mechanically operated Welding jack. The two ends of the pipes to be welded are cut perpendicular to the pipe’s axis, cleaned and planed. The pipes are fixed in welding jack. The pipes shall be pressed against Teflon coated Hot mirror till a bead of molten material is framed. The mirror is removed & hot pipe ends are jointed & kept in position firmly straight for some time till the joint is formed. The mirror shall be electrically heated by in-built electric resistance heating coil. The temperature of surface of mirror shall be automatically maintained within the required limit i.e. 200 ± 100 C.

5. UPVC PIPES (I.S. 4985) 5.1 4/6/10 kg/cm2 Class selection shall be as per BOQ.

All fittings for uPVC pipes up to 200 mm O.D. size shall be injections moulded as per manufacturer, confirming to IS: 4985 and as specified in bill of quantities.


5.2 For Fittings of sizes which are not injection moulded but fabricated

(Locally/Imported) sample of the same shall be submitted for approval. 5.3 Handling Guidelines

Pipes should be kept on an even surface while storing. They should be properly supported and should not be stacked for heights more then 1.5 meters for longer duration.

5.4 Jointing Instructions The uPVC Pipes are of two types i.e. Selfit and Ringfit. The following procedure may be adopted while jointing the Pipes: -

(a) Selfit Pipes

• Cut the Pipes as square as possible and ensure fitment of Pipes with socket of fitting is correct. Total length of insertion of sockets to be marked from the Pipe.

• The Pipe and the socket should be clean and dry. Dust, Oil, water, grease etc. should be wiped out with dry cloth or cleaner from the surfaces to be coated with Solvent Cement.

• Roughen the outside of Pipe and inside of Socket using sand Paper up to the entry mark. Stir adhesive i.e. Solvent Cement thoroughly.

• Apply thick coat of Solvent Cement using a flat clean brush evenly on the inside of the socket mouth for full length of insertion and then outside of the Pipe end up to the marked line.

• After application of Solvent Cement, insert the Pipe within one minute in to the

Socket. Hold the Joint for few seconds and ensure that the Pipe does not come out of the fittings. Wipe off extra cement and allow it to dry for at least 24 Hours. The PVC Pipe with joint is ready for use.

Consumption of Solvent Cement

Diameter of Pipe (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63 75 90

110

160

200

250

315

400

Approx. No: of joints which can be made per liter of Solvent cement

324

270

225

180

130

125

103

79

54 27 15 9 5 2


(b) Ring-fit Pipes

• Clean the inside of Socket. Remove all traces of mud, dirt, grease, gravel and also clean sealing ring.

• Form the EPDM ring into heart shape by pinching a portion of ring inside. Insert

it into the socket and release to seat in to the groove. • Mark the insertion depth on spigot portion of the pipe. Clean and apply lubricant

to insertion depth before pushing in to the Socket. Ensure that no sand or dirt adheres to the lubricated surface of the Pipe.

• Push the Spigot into the Socket until it reaches the depth of entry mark, taking

care not to over insert. This can be done manually. Make sure that the insertion of Spigot end inside the socket should be at correct angle. The Pipe and Joint are ready for use.

• In case of large diameter Pipes if crow bar does not give sufficient leverage, use

of jointing jack may be helpful. Precautions 1. uPVC Pipes and Fittings should not be cleaned by Solvent Cement. 2. For large diameter and Higher class Pipes (6 kgf/cm2 & above), use heavy

duty Solvent cement. 3. uPVC pipes and fittings to be used of same Brand and Manufacturer.

6. CLAMPS 6.1 G.I. clamps shall be of standard design and fabricated from M.S. flat 40x3mm

thick with required Galvanization. 6.2 Where G.I. clamps are to be fixed on RCC columns or slotted angles, walls or

beam they shall be fixed with 40x3mm flat iron “U” type clamps with anchor fasteners of approved design or 6mm nuts and bolts.

6.3 Structural clamps shall be fabricated from G.I. (Galvanized) Structural members

e.g. rods, angles, channels flats as per detailed drawing or as directed. Contractor shall provide all nuts, bolts, welding material and paint the clamps with one coat of red oxide and two or more coats of black Enamel paint. Wooden saddles, where required shall be provided free of cost.

6.4 Slotted angle/channel supports on walls shall be provided wherever shown on

drawings. Angles/channels shall be of sizes shown on drawings or specified in


Schedule of Quantities, angles/channels shall be fixed to brick walls with bolts embedded in cement concrete blocks and to RCC walls with suitable anchor fasteners. The spacing of support bolts horizontally shall not exceed 1 m.

6.5 Wherever G.I. clamps are required to be anchored directly to brick walls,

concrete slabs, beams or columns, nothing extra shall be payable for clamping arrangement and making good with cement concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 mm stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner.

7. TRAPS 7.1 Floor traps shall be either uPVC or Cast Iron, deep seal with an effective seal of

50 mm. The trap and waste pipes shall be set in cement concrete blocks firmly supported on the structural floor. The blocks shall be in 1:2:4 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and extended to 40 mm below finished floor level. Contractor shall provide all necessary shuttering and centering for the blocks. Size of the block shall be 30x30 cm of the required depth. Where traps are suspended below ceilings, they shall be provided with proper structural supporting arrangements.

7.2 Urinal Traps Urinal traps shall be either uPVC or Cast Iron deep seal traps with or without

Vent and set in cement concrete block specified in Para above without extra charge.

7.3 Floor Trap Inlet Bath room traps and connections shall ensure free and silent flow of discharging

water. Where specified, Contractor shall provide a special type G.I. inlet hopper without or with one, two or three inlet sockets to receive the waste pipe. Hopper shall be connected to trap with at least 50 mm seal (Hopper and traps shall be paid for separately.)

7.4 C.P./Stainless Steel Gratings Floor and Urinal Traps shall be provided with 100-150 mm square or round

C.P/Stainless steel grating, with rim of approved design and shape. Minimum thickness shall be 4-5 mm or as specified in the Schedule of Quantities.

8. CLEANOUT PLUGS


Contractor shall provide brass cleanout plugs as required. Cleanout plugs shall be threaded and provided with key holes for opening. Cleanout plugs shall be fixed to the pipe by a male threaded adaptor.

9. WASTE PIPE FROM APPLIANCES 9.1 Waste pipe from appliances e.g. wash basins, sinks, urinals, bathtubs, water

coolers shall be of galvanized steel/uPVC as given in the Schedule of Quantities or as shown on the drawings.

9.2 All pipes shall be fixed in gradient towards the outfalls of drains. Pipes inside a

toilet room shall be in chase unless otherwise shown on drawings. Where required pipes may be run at ceiling level in suitable gradient and supported on structural clamps. Spacing for clamps for such pipes shall be as follows:-

Vertical Horizontal

G.I pipes 300 cms 240 cms 9.3 Galvanized Iron Pipes Pipes shall be galvanized iron tubes conforming to IS: 1239-1979 (medium

class) and quality certificates shall be furnished. Pipes shall be provided with all required fittings e.g. Tees, Couplings, Bends, Elbows, Unions, Reducers, Nipples, Plugs. All G.I. waste pipes shall be terminated at the point of connection with the appliance with an outlet of suitable diameter.

10. CEMENT CONCRETE

Cast Iron Soil and Waste pipes under floors in sunken slabs and in wall chases (When cut specially for the pipe) shall be encased in cement concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 stone aggregate 12 mm size) 75 mm in bed and alround. When pipes are running well above the structural slab, the encased pipes shall be supported with suitable cement concrete pillars of required height and size at intervals as directed by Engineer-in-Charge/Owner.

11. PAINTING 11.1 Wherever CI pipes are used, it shall be painted with two or more coats of

synthetic enamel paint to give an even shade. All surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned before painting.

11.2 Paint shall be of approved quality and shade, pipes shall be painted in

accordance with approved pipe color code.


11.3 Waste pipes in chase shall be painted with two coats of Bitumen paint, covered with polythene tape and a final coat of bitumen paint. Exposed pipes shall be painted with two or more coats of Synthetic enamel paint.

11.4 C.I. pipes below ground and covered in cement concrete shall not be painted. 12. CUTTING AND MAKING GOOD

Pipes shall be fixed and tested as buildings proceeds. Contractor shall provide all necessary holes cutouts and chases in structural members as building work proceeds. Wherever holes are cut or left originally, they shall be made good with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) or cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand) and the surface restored as in original condition.

13. INSPECTION & TESTING 13.1 Inspection Work should be inspected during installation and tests applied on completion,

care being taken that, all work which is to be encased for concealed is tested before it is finally enclosed.

Inspection should be carried out to ensure the following:

(a) Work accords with the drawing and specifications. (b) All pipe brackets, clips etc. are securely fixed. (c) Fixtures are correctly spaced. (d) Pipe is protected where necessary by Thermal Insulation. (e) Embedded pipe work is properly protected before sealing-in (f) All access covers, caps or plugs.

• Are accessible • Are so made that the internal faces truly complete in internal bore. • Cause no obstruction in the pipe bore • Are well joined.

13.2 Testing

The soil, waste piping system and rain water should be tested after installation as follows:

(a) Water Test

The pipes shall be tested after installation & before the appliances are connected, preferably in sections so as to limit the static head of 4.5m. The pipe


shall be filled with water for at least 10 minutes. After filling, pipes shall be struck with a hammer and inspected for blow holes and cracks. Then it will be necessary to seal all openings and leaks at joints immediately as observed during the test and all defective pipes shall be rejected and removed from the site. Pipes with minor sweating shall be accepted at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge/Owner.

(b) Smoke Test Alternatively, the Contractor may test all Soil, Waste and Rainwater stacks by smoke testing machine. The smoke test shall be carried out as under:

Smoke shall be pumped into the stack after plugging all inlets and connections at the lowest points from a smoke testing machine which consists of a bellow & burner. The material usually burnt is greasy cotton waste which gives out a clear pungent smoke which is easily detected by sight as well as by smell, if there is leak at any points of the pipe. The top end shall however be left open. The stack shall then be observed for leakiness and all defective pipes and fittings removed or repaired as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner.

13.3 A test register shall be maintained and all entries shall be signed and dated by

Contractor and Engineer-in-Charge/Owner. 14. MEASUREMENTS 14.1 General

a. Rates for all items quoted shall be inclusive of all work and items given in the above mentioned specifications and Schedule of Quantities and applicable for the work under floor, in shafts or at ceiling level at all heights and depths.

b. All rates are inclusive of cutting holes and chases in RCC and masonry work and

making good the same.

c. All rates are inclusive of pre testing and on site testing of the installations, materials and commissioning.

14.2 Pipes (Unit of measurement. Linear meter to the nearest centimeter)

(a) C.I. (L.A) pipes shall be measured along the center line when fixed, correct to a centimeter including all fittings and lead caulked joints along its length.

(b) C.I. pipes shall be measured overall along the center line correct to a centimeter

including all fittings along its length. The rate for these pipes shall be inclusive of


all fittings, holder bat clamps, lead caulked joints and all other items described in the Schedule of Quantities. Traps structural clamps and cement concrete shall however be paid separately under the relevant item.

(c) G.I., S.C.I & P.V.C. Polythene pipe shall be measured per running meter correct

to a centimeter for the finished work, which shall include fittings e.g. Bends, Tees, Elbows, Reducers, Crosses, Sockets, Nipples and Nuts but exclude brass or Gunmetal Taps (Cocks), Valves lead connection pipes and shower rose. The length shall be taken along center line of the pipes and fittings. All pipes and fittings shall be classified according to their diameter, method of jointing and fixing substance, quality and finish. The diameter shall be nominal diameter of internal bore. The pipes shall be described as including all cutting and waste. In case of fittings of unequal bore, the largest bore shall be measured. All HDPE pipes shall be measured overall along the center line correct to a centimeter including all fittings along its length. The rate for these pipes shall be inclusive of all items as described in the Schedule of Quantities. Traps, fittings, clamps and cement concrete shall be paid separately under the relevant item.

14.3 Cement concrete all round pipes shall be measured along the center of the pipe

line measured per linear meter and include any Masonry Supports, Shuttering and Centering Cutting complete as described in the relevant specifications.

14.4 Slotted angles/channels shall be measured per linear metre of finished length

and shall include support bolts and nuts embedded in masonry walls with cement concrete blocks and nothing extra will be paid for making good the same.

14.5 Painting: Painting of pipes shall be measured per running metre and shall be

inclusive of all fittings and clamps. No deduction for fittings shall be made. 14.6 Structural Clamps: Structural clamps and U clamps shall be paid for by weight

per kg. rates shall be inclusive of all nuts, bolts, dash fasteners, drilling, cutting, welding. Weight of clamps shall be calculated from the actual length used in structural members multiplied by its theoretical weight given in manufacturers catalogues. Weight of nuts, bolts, shall not be taken into account. M.S holder bats for holding C.I pipes in walls shall not be measured separately and it shall be a part of fixing C.I pipes.

14.7 Excavation for soil pipes: No extra payment shall be admissible with respect to

excavation, refilling and disposal of surplus earth for Cast Iron Soil and Waste Pipes.

END OF SECTION – II


SECTION – III WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

1. SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 Work under this section consists of furnishing all labor, materials equipment and

appliances necessary and required to completely install the water supply system as required by the drawings, specified hereinafter and given in the Schedule of Quantities.

1.2 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the water supply system

shall include the following:- a) All water lines to different parts of building and making connection from source

etc. b) Pipe protection and painting. c) Providing Hot water supply lines and insulation of hot water pipe lines. d) Control valves, masonry chambers and other appurtenances. e) Connections to all toilets, kitchen equipments, storage tanks and appliances. f) Excavation and refilling of pipe trenches, wherever required. g) Trenches for taking pipe lines for these services.

2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1 All materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to specifications. All

works executed shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. 2.2 Pipes and Fittings shall be fixed truly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required

in a neat workmanlike manner. 2.3 Short or Long bends shall be used on all main pipe lines as far as possible. Use

of Elbows shall be restricted for short connections. As far as possible all Bends shall be formed by means of a hydraulic pipe bending machine for pipes up to 65mm dia.

2.4 Pipes shall be fixed in a manner so as to provide easy accessibility for repair and

maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts, passages etc. 2.5 Pipes shall be securely fixed to walls and ceilings by suitable clamps at intervals

specified. 2.6 Valves and other appurtenances shall be so located as to provide easy

accessibility for operations, maintenance and repairs. 3. CPVC PIPES AND FITTINGS


3.1 Description

CPVC piping shall be Fire Proof, Corrosion resistance with smooth, friction free interior surfaces and with anti - bacterial growth properties.

3.2 JOINING TUBING & FITTINGS

(a) Cutting CPVC tubing shall be cut with a wheel-type plastic tubing cutter, a hack saw or other fine toothed hand or power saws. Use of ratchet cutters shall be permitted, provided blades are sharpened regularly. A milter box should be used to ensure a square cut when using a saw.

(b) Deburring/Beveling

Burrs and fillings can prevent proper contact between tube and fitting during assembly, and should be removed from the outside and inside of the tubing. A chamfering tool shall be used for this purpose. A slight bevel on the end of the tubing shall be provided to enable entry of the tubing into the fitting socket and minimize the chances of pushing solvent cement to the bottom of the joint.

(c) Fitting Preparation

The surfaces shall be wiped clean of dirt and moisture from the fitting sockets and tubing end. Check the dry fit of the tubing and fitting. The tubing should make contact with the socket wall 1/3 to 2/3 of the way into the fitting socket.

(d) Solvent Cement Application

Only approved type Solvent Cement shall used for jointing the CPVC pipes, which shall be procured as per the manufacturer recommendations. Apply an even coat of Cement Solvent on the Pipe end after cleaning of whole pipe and also inside the fittings socket. Old or deteriorated or thickened or Lumpy Solvent Cement shall not be used.

(e) Assembly

Immediately insert the pipe into fitting socket, rotate the pipe ¼ to ½ turn while inserting. This motion ensures an even distribution of cement within the joint. Properly align the fitting. Hold the assembly for approximately 10 seconds, allowing the joint to set-up. An even bead of cement should be evident around the socket edge, it may indicate that sufficient cement was applied. In this case, remake the joint to avoid potential leaks. Wipe excess cement from the tubing and fitting surfaces for an attractive, professional appearance.


(f) Rating & Dimensional Details of CPVC Pipes SDR 11

Nominal Pipe

Size Average Outside

Diameter Wall Thickness Pressure Rating

inch mm inch mm inch mm 73.4o F

psi 230 C kg/cm2

½ 12.70 0.625 (15.9) 0.068 (1.73) 400 28 ¾ 19.05 0.875 (22.2) 0.080 (2.03) 400 28 1 25.40 1.125 (28.6) 0.102 (2.59) 400 28

1 ¼ 31.75 1.375 (34.9) 0.125 (3.18) 400 28 1 ½ 38.10 1.625 (41.3) 0.148 (3.76) 400 28

2 50.80 2.215 (54.0) 0.193 (4.90) 400 28 4. G.I. PIPES & FITTINGS 4.1 All pipes inside the buildings and where specified, outside the building shall be

galvanized steel tubes conforming to I.S. 1239-1979 of class specified. When class is not specified they shall be medium class.

4.2 Fittings shall be malleable iron galvanized fittings, of approved make. All fittings

shall have manufacturer’s trade mark stamped on it. Fittings for G.I. pipes shall include Couplings, Bends, Tees, Reducers, Nipples, Unions, Bushes, Fittings shall be of I.S:1879 - (part I to X) 1975.

4.3 Pipes and fittings shall be jointed with screwed fittings. Care shall be taken to remove burr from the end of the pipe after cutting by a round file. Genuine red lead with grumet and a few strands of fine hemp shall be applied. All pipes shall be fixed in accordance with layout and alignment shown on the drawings. Care shall be taken to avoid air pockets. G.I. pipes inside toilets shall be fixed in wall chases well above the floor. No pipes shall be run inside a sunken floor as far as possible. Pipes may be run under the ceiling or floors and other as shown on drawings.

5. CLAMPS G.I. pipes in shafts and other locations shall be supported by M.S. clamps of

design approved by Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. Pipe in wall chases shall be anchored by iron hooks. Pipes at ceiling level shall be supported on structural clamps fabricated from M.S. structural as described in the sub section. Pipes in typical shafts shall be supported on Slotted Angles/Channels as specified elsewhere.

6. UNIONS


Contractor shall provide adequate number of unions on all pipes to enable dismantling later. Unions shall be provided near each Gunmetal Valve, Stop Cocks, or Check Valves and on straight runs as necessary at appropriate locations as required and/or directed by Engineer-in-Charge / Owner.

7. FLANGES Flanged connections shall be provided on pipes where shown on the drawings,

all equipment connections as necessary and required or as directed by Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. Connections shall be made by the correct number and size of the bolts and made with 3 mm thick insertion rubber washer. Where hot water or steam connections are made insertion gasket shall be of suitable high temperature grade and quality approved by Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. Bolt hole dia for flanges shall conform to match the specification for C.I. Sluice Valve to I.S. 780.

8. TRENCHES The galvanized iron pipes and fittings shall be laid in trenches. The width and

depth of the trenches for the different diameters of the pipes shall be as follows:

Dia of Pipe Width of Trench Depth of Trench 15mm to 50mm 30 cms 60 cms 65mm to 100mm 45 cms 75 cms At joints the trench width shall be widened where necessary. The work of

excavation and refilling shall be done true to line and gradient in accordance with general specifications for earthwork in trenches.

When excavation is done in rock, it shall be cut deep enough to permit the pipes

to be laid on a cushion of sand minimum 7.5 cm deep. 9. PAINTING 9.1 All surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned before painting. 9.2 All pipes above ground shall be painted with one coat of Red Lead and two coats

of Synthetic Enamel paint of approved shade and quality. Pipes shall be painted to standard color code specified by Engineer-in-Charge/Owner.

9.3 All pipes in chases and below floor shall be provided Anti-corrosive treatment. 10. PIPE PROTECTION


Where specified in the Schedule of Quantities all pipes below ground shall be protected against corrosion by wrapping 100mm wide and 4mm thick layer of material of approved make over the pipe.

11. GUNMETAL VALVES 11.1 Valves 65mm dia and below shall be heavy Gunmetal Fullway Valves or Globe

Valves or Ball valves conforming to I.S. 778-1971 of 20 Kg/cm2 class. Valves shall be tested at manufacturer’s works and the same stamped on it.

11.2 All Valves shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner before they are allowed to be used on work.

12. BALL VALVES

Ball Valves have body material as Forged Brass Chrome plated with Spindle Brass Nickel Plating & Lever handle Steel Chrome plated with green plastic cover. The valve is suitable for water maximum working pressure up to 25 bar (PN 25). The valve is operated by turning. The rotation from open to close is a quarter turn (90o) which closes in a clock-wise direction.

13. BUTTERFLY VALVES

a) Butterfly valves of approved quality for pressure rating of 230 P.S.I. with locking arrangement and gearbox with handle operated or gearbox with lid shall be provided or as given in the Bill of Quantities.

b) Butterfly valves shall be of specified quality conforming to IS: 13095 or BS: 5155. c) Joints for butterfly valves shall be made with suitable tail /socket pieces on the

pipe line and flanged joints made with 3mm thick insertion rubber gasket with appropriate number of bolts, nuts and washers.

d) Butterfly valves shall be provided on all branches as shown in the drawings or as

specified. 14. SLUICE VALVES 14.1 All valves 80mm dia and above shall be C.I. Double Flanged Sluice Valves.

Sluice valves shall be Cast Iron double flanged, with rising spindle. Each sluice valve shall be provided with wheel for valves in exposed positions and Cap Top for underground valves. Contractor shall provide suitable operating keys for Sluice Valves with Cap Tops.


14.2 Sluice valves shall be of best quality conforming to I.S: 780-1969 of class specified.

14.3 Sluice valves shall be socketed type or double flanged type conforming to I.S:

780.

(a) Joints for socketed valves shall be lead-caulked joints as specified above. (b) Joints for double flanged sluice valves shall be made with suitable tail/socket

pieces on the pipeline and flanges joints made with 3 mm thick insertion rubber gasket with appropriate number of bolts, nuts and washers.

(c) Sluice valves shall be installed at all branches and as shown on the drawings.

15. SCOUR VALVES Scour valves shall be C.I. sluice valves as specified above. They shall be

installed at the lowest level or tail end of the system as shown on drawings and directed by Engineer-in-Charge / Owner.

16. AIR RELEASE VALVES

(a) Air release valves shall be single acting type air valves with cast iron body and bronze/gunmetal internal parts and plastic float.

(b) Each air release valve shall be provided with a cast iron isolating sluice valve of

specification given above.

17. INSULATION

The insulation for hot water pipes shall be done as specified in Bill of Quantities and accordingly following guidelines shall be followed:

17.1 For Chased Internal Pipes

Hot water pipes fixed in chase shall be insulated by wrapping 6 mm thick thermal insulation tubings or Ceramic Rope made up of Ceramic fibres laid parallel to each other with stainless steel wire wrapped around for reinforcing the fibre complete as per requirement and finishing it with 6mm rough cement plaster 1:3 mixed with Rapid Hardening Cement.

17.2 For External Piping


External hot water line laid in trenches, exposed in shafts, on terrace and along ceiling level shall be insulated with either thermal tubings of specified thickness or fibre glass wool blankets/mats, as specified in Bill of Quantities. After the insulation, all the pipes shall be protected with either 12mm thick smooth finished cement plaster (two layers of 6 mm thick of mix 1:2 Portland cement and fine sand) or they shall be cladded with 24 SWG aluminum sheet as specified in Bill of Quantities.

17.3 The specifications of the material shall be generally as follows, unless specified:

(a) Fibre glass wool -- Blankets/mats of 50 mm thickness in the density of 24 kg/m3

(b) Elastomeric Flexible Material -- Thermal Insulation tubings of 6mm thickness with density of 60-90 Kg/m3.

17.4 Generally, following procedure shall be adopted:

(a) Cleaning the pipe surface to be insulated to make it free from dust &oil. (b) Applying a layer of zinc chromate/anti-rust Japanese primer. (c) Fixing fibre glass wool blankets or mats/Elastomeric Flexible Tubings as

specified. (d) Covering it alround with 24 gauge x ��" wire netting with proper butt joint and

tightly wrapped. (e) Applying two layers of 6 mm thick each cement plaster in the ratio of 1:2 (1

cement: 2 fine sand). (f) Applying weatherproofing coating of Insulkote OR of approved material over the

cement plaster. (g) For certain places, where exposed insulation is not to be plastered as specified

in item (v) and (vi), then aluminum foil sheet of 24 gauge with 50 mm overlapping, fixed with self tapping recessed screwed shall be provided.

18. CAST IRON PIPES 18.1 Pipes for water supply mains where specified shall be cast iron pipes,

centrifugally cast spun iron pipes, class LA conforming to I.S. 1536. Quality certificates shall be furnished.


18.2 Fittings and Inspection Chambers Fittings and chambers shall be provided as required. 18.3 Anchor Block Suitable anchor blocks shall be provided at all bends and tees to encounter the

excessive thrust developed due to water hammer. 18.4 Rubber Joints Joints between two pipes shall be made by premoulded rubber joints with

suitable tackles in a manner recommended & approved by the manufacturer. No joints shall be covered until the lines are Hydraulically tested.

19. VALVE CHAMBERS 19.1 Contractor shall construct chambers for all full way valves, butterfly valves and

other type of valves as specified in the Bill of Quantities. These shall be made, in brick masonry in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) on cement concrete foundations 150mm thick 1:5:10 mix (1 cement: 5 coarse sand: 10 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:3(1 cement : 3 coarse sand) inside finished with a floating coat of neat cement with 8mm thick M.S surface box with hinged cover and locking arrangement, 150 mm thick reinforcement cement concrete top slab of 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size), as specified and shown in drawings, including excavation, back filling rammed complete or as specified in Bill of Quantities.

19.2 Valve chambers shall be constructed as specified in BOQ but generally shall be

of following sizes:

Length (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

For pipes dia. Up to 80 mm 600 600 1000 For pipes dia. 80 mm and above 750 750 1000 20. TESTING 20.1 All pipes, fittings and valves shall be tested by hydrostatic pressure of min. 1.5

times, the working pressure and subject to minimum of 7 kg/cm2 in any case and with the consent of Engineer-in-Charge / Owner.

Pressure shall be maintained for a period of at least two hours without

appreciable drop in the pressure after fixing at site. (+10 %). A test register shall


be maintained and all entries shall be signed and dated by Contractor(s) and Engineer.

20.2 In addition to the sectional testing carried out during the construction, Contractor

shall test the entire installation after connections to the overhead tanks or pumping system or mains. He shall rectify all leakages, and shall replace all defective materials in the system. Any damage done due to carelessness, open or burst pipes or failure of fittings, to the building, furniture and Fixtures shall be made good during the defects liability period without any extra cost.

20.3 After completion of the water supply system, Contractor shall test each valve by

closing and opening it a number of times to observe if it is working efficiently. Valves which do not effectively operate shall be replaced by new ones at no extra cost and the same shall be tested as above.

21. MEASUREMENT 21.1 Pipes

Pipes shall be measured per linear meter (to the nearest cm) and shall be inclusive of all fittings e.g. couplings, tees, bends, elbows, unions, deduction for valves shall be made, cutting holes chases and making good the same and all items mentioned in the specifications and Schedule of Quantities.

(a) Gunmetal and cast iron valves shall be measured by numbers.

(b) Single flanges shall be measured by numbers (per single flange) and shall include bolts, nuts, washers and 3mm thick rubber gasket complete.

(c) Pair of flanges shall be measured by number of pairs and shall include bolts,

nuts, washers, and 3 mm thick rubber gaskets complete. 21.2 Insulation

Insulation for hot water pipes shall be measured per linear metre (to the nearest cm) along the centre line of pipe and shall be measured over all fittings and flanges. No separate or additional payment shall be made for insulation of Bends, Tees, Flanges or Other Fittings and Valves. The rate shall include all items specified in the Schedule of Quantities and given in the specifications.

Aluminum cladding/Plaster over the insulated pipes shall be measured by square metre area of the finished surface. The rate shall be inclusive of all items given in the Schedule of Quantities.


21.3 Painting Painting for Pipes and over insulation shall be measured per linear metre over

finished surface and shall include all valves and fittings for which no deduction shall be made.

22. DISINFECTION 22.1 After completion of the work Contractor shall flush clean the entire system with

the city’s filtered water after connection has been made. 22.2 After the first flushing, commercial bleaching powder is to be added to achieve a

dosage of 2 to 3 mg/l of water in the system added and flushed. This operation should be performed twice to ensure that the system is fully disinfected and usable.

23. PRE COMMISSIONING 23.1 Ensure that all pipes are free from debris and obstructions. 23.2 Check all valves and fire hydrant for effective opening and closing action.

Defects should be rectified or valves replaced. 23.3 Ensure that all Connections to Branches has been made. 23.4 Ensure that mains have been connected to the respective pumps, underground

and overhead tanks. 23.5 Water supply should be available at main Underground tank. 23.6 All main line Valves should be closed. 24. COMMISSIONING 2.1 Fill Underground tank with water. Add 1kg fresh bleaching powder after making

a solution to be added near inlet. 24.2 Start Water Supply Pump and allow water to fill main Underground tank. Water

will first fill the fire tank and then overflow to the Raw Water tanks. 24.3 After filling Overhead Reservoir drain the same to its one forth capacity through

tank scour valve. (This is to ensure removal of all mud, debris etc. from the tank). 24.4 Fill Overhead tank to full.


24.5 Release water in the main lines by opening Valves in each circuit. Drain out water in the system through scour valves or fire hydrant in lower regions. Ensure clean water is now coming out of the system.

24.6 Open valves for individual clusters. Observe for leakages or malfunctions, check

pressure & flow at end of line by opening Hydrants etc. Remove and rectify defects noticed.

24.7 Check all outlet points for proper operation by opening each valve and allowing

water to flow for a few minutes. Also check for effective closure of valve. 24.8 The entire water supply system should be disinfected with bleaching powder and

system flush cleaned. 24.9 Send four samples of water drawn from four extreme locations for testing for

bacteriological test in sterilized bottles obtained from the concerned laboratory. (Laboratory personal may collect the samples themselves).

25. RESPONSIBILITY Responsibility for various activities in pre-commissioning and commissioning

procedures will rest with the Contractor.

END OF SECTION – III SECTION - IV SEWERAGE / DRAINAGE SYSTEM 1. SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all Labor, Materials,

Equipments and Appliances necessary and required to completely finish Sewerage/Drainage system as required by the drawings and specified hereinafter or given in the Schedule of Quantities.

1.2 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the sewerage system shall

include:

• Connection to First Man Hole and Gully Trap & Storm Water chamber. 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1 All materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to specifications and

subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner.


2.2 Drainage lines shall be laid to the required gradients and profiles. 2.3 All drainage work shall be done in accordance with the local Municipal

byelaws. 2.4 Location of all manholes, catch basins etc., shall be got confirmed by the

Contractor from the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner before the actual execution of work at site.

2.5 All works shall be executed as directed by Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. 3. ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The sewer pipes shall be laid to alignment and gradient shown on the drawings

but subject to such modifications as shall be ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner from time to time to meet the requirements of the works. No deviations from the lines, depths of cutting or gradients of sewers shown on the plans and sections shall be permitted except by the express direction in writing of the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner.

4. SALT GLAZED STONEWARE PIPES 4.1 Pipes and Fittings shall be new and of the best quality, grade and shall confirm

to IS: 651. The Glaze shall be free from crazing, fire cracks or hair cracks. There shall be no broken blisters. There shall be sharp clear tone when struck lightly. Pipes shall be with spigot and socket ends.

4.2 Laying and Jointing of Stoneware Salt Glazed Pipes

(a) Pipes are liable to be damaged in transit and notwithstanding tests that may

have been made before dispatch each pipe shall be examined carefully on arrival at site. Each pipe shall be rung with a wooden hammer or mallet and those that do not ring true and clear shall be rejected. Sound pipes shall be carefully stacked to prevent damage. All defective pipes should be segregated, marked in a conspicuous manner and their use in the works prevented.

(b) The pipes shall be laid with sockets leading uphill and should rest on solid and even foundations for the full length of the barrel. Socket holes shall be formed in the foundation sufficiently deep to allow the pipe jointer room to work right round the pipe and as short as practicable to admit the socket and allow the joint to be made.

(c) Where pipes are not bedded on concrete the trench bottom shall be left slightly

high and carefully bottomed up as pipe laying proceeds so that the pipe barrels


rest on firm ground. If excavation has been carried too low it shall be made up with cement concrete 1:5:10 mix at the Contractor’s cost and charges.

(d) If the bottom of the trench consists of rock or very hard ground that cannot be

easily excavated to a smooth surface, the pipes shall be laid on cement concrete bed of 1:5:10 mix to ensure even bearing.

4.3 Jointing of Pipes

(a) Tarred gaskin shall first be wrapped round the spigot of each pipe and the

spigot shall then be placed into the socket of the pipe previously laid, the pipe shall then be adjusted and fixed in its correct position and the gaskin caulked tightly home so as to fill not more than one quarter of the total length of the socket.

(b) The remainder of the socket shall be filled with stiff mix of cement mortar (1

cement: 1 clear sharp washed sand). When the socket is filled, a fillet should be formed round the joint with a trowel forming an angle of 45 degrees with the barrel of the pipe. The mortar shall be beaten up and used after it has begun to set.

(c) After the joint has been made any extraneous materials shall be removed from

inside of the joint with a suitable scraper or “Badger”. The newly made joints shall be protected until set from the sun, drying winds, rain or dust. Sacking or other materials, which can be kept damp, shall be used. The joints shall be exposed and space left all rounds the pipes for inspection by the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. The inside of the sewer must be left absolutely clear in bore and free from cement mortar or other obstructions throughout its entire length, and shall efficiently drain and discharge.

5. GULLY TRAPS 5.1 Gully traps shall be of the same quality as described for stoneware pipes in

Clause 4. 5.2 Gully traps shall be fixed in cement concrete 1:5:10 mix (1 cement: 5 coarse

sand: 10 stone aggregate 40mm nominal size) and a brick masonry chamber 30x30 cms inside in cement mortar 1:3 with 10 x 10 cms grating inside and 30x30 cms C.I. sealed cover and frame weighting not less than 7.2 kg to be constructed as per standard drawing. Where necessary, sealed cover shall be replaced with C.I. grating of the same size.

6. GREASE TRAP


Grease Trap shall be provided on Kitchen waste lines before discharging the waste into the main sewer line. Grease Trap shall be built in brick masonry and shall be similar in construction to manholes. The grease trap shall be construction to size as shown at the location on drawings. The grease trap shall be provided with drop inlet, drop outlet, galvanised wrought iron sediment pan and a baffle wall. Grease trap shall be provided with 2 Nos, double seal manhole cover and frame which shall be identified with lettering `Grease trap".

7. REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE PIPES 7.1 All underground storm water drainage pipes and sewer lines where specified

(other than those specified cast iron) shall be centrifugally spun RCC pipes of specified class. Pipes shall be true and straight with uniform bore. Throughout cracked, warped pipes shall not be used on the work. All pipes shall be tested by the manufacturer and the Contractor shall produce, when directed a certificate to that effect from the manufacturer.

7.2 Laying R.C.C. spun pipes shall be paid on cement concrete bed or cradles as specified

and shown on the detailed drawings the cradles may be precast and sufficiently cured to prevent cracks and breakage in handling. The invert of the cradles shall be left 12mm below the invert level of the pipe properly placed on the soil to prevent any disturbance. The pipe shall than be placed on the bed concrete or cradles and set for the line and gradient by means of sight rails and bonding rods etc. cradles or concrete bed may be omitted, if directed by the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner.

7.3 Jointing

After setting out the pipes the collars shall be centered over the joint and filled in with tarred gaskin, so that sufficient space is left on either side of the collar to receive the mortar. The space shall then be filled with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement: 2 fine sand) and caulked by means of proper tools all joints shall be finished at an angle of 45 degree to the longitudinal axis of the pipe on both side of the collars neatly.

8. CAST IRON PIPES FOR DRAINAGE 8.1 All drainage lines passing under building, floors and roads with heavy traffic, in

exposed position above ground e.g. service floor and basement ceiling shall be cast iron pipes. Position of such pipes shall generally be shown on the drawings.

8.2 Cast iron pipes shall be centrifugally spun iron pipes conforming to I.S: 1536.

Quality certificates shall be furnished.


8.3 Fittings and Inspection Chambers

(a) Fittings used for C.I. drainage pipe shall conform to I.S: 1538. Wherever possible junction from branch pipes shall be made by a ‘Y tee’.

(b) Cleanout plugs shall be provided on head of each drain and at location indicated

on plans or directed by Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. Cleanout plugs shall be of size matching the full bore of the pipe. Plugs shall be made out with G.I. coupling caulked into the socket of the pipe or fittings. The end shall be provided with a brass screwed plug with suitable key for opening.

8.4 Laying

(a) All cast iron pipes and fittings shall be jointed with best quality soft Pig Lead

(conforming to IS: 782) which shall be free from impurities. In wet trenches joints shall be made from Lead Wool. Nothing extra will be paid for Lead Wool joints. Depth of pig lead and weight for joints shall be as given in I.S. code.

(b) The spigot of pipe or fittings shall be centered in the adjoining socket by

caulking. Sufficient turns of tarred gaskin to leave unfilled the required depth of socket for depth of 45mm when the gaskin has been caulked tightly home. Jointing ring shall be placed round the barrel and against the face of the socket. Molten Pig Lead shall then be poured to fill the remainder of the socket. This shall then be done in one pouring. The lead shall then be solidly caulked with suitable tools and hammers weighting not less than 2 kg.

(c) For lead wool joints the socket shall be caulked with tarred gaskin, as explained

above. The lead wool shall be inserted into the sockets and tightly caulked home skein by Gaskin with suitable tools and hammers of not less than 2 kg weight until joint is filled.

8.5 Testing

(a) All lengths of the sewer and drain shall be fully tested for water tightness by means of water pressure maintained for not less than 30 minutes. Testing shall be carried out from manhole. All pipes shall be subjected to a test pressure of at least 1.5 meter head of water. The test pressure shall, however, not exceed 1.5 meter head at any point. The pipes shall be plugged preferably with standard design rubber plugs on both ends. The upper end shall, however, be connected to a pipe for filling with water and getting the required head. The tolerance figure of two liters per centimeter of dia per kilometer may be allowed during a period of ten minutes. Subsidence of the test water may be due to one or more of the following causes: • Absorption by pipes and joints


• Sweating of pipe or joints • Leakage at joints or from defective pipes

(b) Trapped Air Allowance shall be made for (i) by adding water until absorption has ceased after which the test proper should commence. Any leakage will be visible and the defective part of the work should be cut out and made good. A slight amount of sweating which is uniform may be overlooked, but excessive sweating from a particular pipe or joint shall be watched for and taken as indicating a defect to be made good.

(c) Sewer and Drain Pipelines shall be tested for straightness by:

• Inserting a smooth ball 12mm less than the internal diameter of the pipe. In the

absence of obstructions such as yarn or mortar projecting at the joints the ball should roll down the invent of the pipe and emerge at the lower end.

• Means of a mirror at one end and a lamp at the other end. If the pipe line is

straight the full circle of light will be seen otherwise obstruction of deviation will be apparent.

(d) The Contractor shall give a smoke test to the drains and sewer at his own

expense and charges, if directed by the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. (e) A test register shall be maintained which shall be signed and dated by

Contractor, Engineer-in-Charge / Owner and representative of Architects/ Consultants.

9. CEMENT CONCRETE AND MASONRY WORKS FOR MANHOLES AND CHAMBERS ETC. 9.1 Materials

(a) Water

Acidity , Alkalinity and percentage of Solids shall be in accordance with IS: 3025. The Ph value shall generally be not less than 6. In general potable water is considered satisfactory for use.

Sea water shall not be used. Testing shall be done individually for different source points before the start of the work and there after once in every three months.

(b) Aggregate for Concrete


It shall be strong, durable and free from adherent coatings, sea shell, organic impurities, disintegrated pieces.

If dirty, shall be washed with water before actual use. Flaky and elongated piece shall be avoided. It shall confirm to IS: 383 and IS: 2386.

(c) Sand

It shall be hard, durable, chemically inert, clean and free from adherent coatings, organic matter etc. and shall not contain any appreciable amount of clay balls or pellets and harmful impurities and shall confirm IS: 2386. It shall not contain more than 8 % of silt as per the field test. Grading for masonry, plaster and concrete shall be as per IS: 2116, IS: 1542, IS: 383 respectively, Sea sand shall not be used. Testing for bulkage to be done and allowance be made at the time of use.

(d) Cement

The cement used for all the constructional purposes shall be Portland pozzolana cement confirming to I.S. 1489 OR rapid hardening, Portland cement conforming to I.S. 269.

Different types of Cement shall not be mixed together, shall be stacked and stored separately. Cement Bags shall be stacked in a manner to facilitate their removal and use in the order in which they are received.

The site where it is stored shall be dry, leak proof and as far as possible moisture proof. Necessary precautions to be taken to avoid dampness through floor and walls. Stacking shall not be more than 10 bags high.

(e) Mild Steel Reinforcement The mild steel for the reinforcement bars shall be in the form of round/ twisted/deformed bars conforming to all requirements of I.S. 432 (Grade I).

(f) Bricks Brick shall have uniform color, thoroughly burnt, smooth rectangular faces, with parallel slab, sharp and right angled edges, but not over-burnt. When struck should give clear ringing sound.


The maximum permissible area of perceptible deposit of efflorescence shall be 50% of the surface area of the Bricks. The affected bricks should not be more than 80% of the lot. There shall be no powdering or flaking of the surface. The average water absorption shall not exceed 22% by weight after 24 hours immersion in water.

The average minimum compressive strength for bricks of class designation 75 shall not be less than 75 kg / cm2.

(g) Other Materials

Other materials not fully specified in these specifications and which may be required in the work shall conform to the latest I.S. All such materials shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner before use.

9.2 Cement Concrete (Plain or Reinforced)

(a) Cement concrete pipes bedding, cradles, foundations and RCC slabs for all works shall be mixed by a Mechanical mixer where quantities of the concrete poured at one time permit. Hand mixing on properly constructed platforms may be allowed for small quantities by the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. Rate for cement concrete shall be inclusive of all shuttering and centering at all depth and heights.

(b) Concrete work shall be of such thickness and mix as given in the Schedule of

Quantities.

(c) All concrete work shall be cured for a period of at least 7 days. Such work shall be kept moist by means of gunny Bags at all times. All pipe trenches and foundations shall be kept dry during the curing period.

9.3 Masonry Work

Masonry work for manholes, chambers, brick masonry pipe trench and such other works as required shall be constructed from 1st class bricks as specified in the Schedule of Quantities in cement mortar 1:4 mix (1 cement: 4 coarse sand). All joints shall be properly raked to receive plaster.

9.4 Cement Concrete for Pipe Support

(a) Wherever specified or shown on the drawings, all pipes shall be supported in concrete bed all round or in haunches. The thickness and mix of the concrete shall be given in the Schedule of Quantities. Type of the bedding is as described as follows:


(b) Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner cement concrete for bed, all round or in haunches shall be laid as follows:-

Description Upto 3 M depth Pipes in open ground (No sub soil water) All round (1:4:8) Pipes (all) in sub soil water condition All round (1:3:6) Pipes under the building or at road crossing or under public places

All round (1:2:4)

(1=1 cement, 2-4=coarse sand, 4-8 stone aggregate 20 / 40mm nominal size) (c) R.C.C. pipes or C.I. pipes ,may be supported on brick masonry or precast R.C.C

or Cast insitu cradles. Cradles shall be as shown on the drawings.

(d) Pipes in loose soil or above ground shall be supported on brick or RCC anchor blocks as shown on the drawings.

10. MANHOLES AND CHAMBERS 10.1 All manholes, chambers and other such works as specified shall be constructed

in brick masonry in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) or as specified in the Schedule of Quantities.

10.2 All Manholes, Chambers, etc., shall be supported on base of cement concrete of

such thickness and mix as given in the Schedule of Quantities or shown on the drawings.

Where not specified, Manholes may be constructed as follows:- (All dimensions internal clear in cms) (As / BMC Regulation)

Size of Manhole

Type

90x80 Rect.

120X90 Rect.

91 dia Circular

122 dia Circular

140 dia Circular

Maximum depth

120 245 170 245 Any depth beyond

245 Average thickness of R.C.C slab

15 15 -- -- --

Size of cover and frame (Internal dia)

61x45.5 56 dia 56 dia 56 dia 56 dia

Weight of cover and frame not less than

38 Kg. or as specified

116 Kg. or 170 Kg. or 208 Kg. or as specified


116 Kg. or 170 Kg. or 208 Kg. or as specified in



in BOQ in BOQ BOQ in BOQ Type of Cover & Frame

C.I C.I. or SFRC as specified in BOQ.

C.I. or SFRC as specified in BOQ.



10.3 All manholes shall be provided with cement concrete benching in 1:2:4 mix (1

cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 stone aggregate 20mm nominal size). The benching shall have a slope of 10cm towards the channel. The depth of the channel shall be full diameter of the pipe. Benching shall be finished with a floating cost of neat cement.

10.4 All manholes shall be plastered with 12/15mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1

cement: 3 coarse sand) and finished with a floating coat of neat cement inside. Manhole shall be plastered outside as above but with rough plaster.

10.5 All manholes with depths greater than 1 M. shall be provided with plastic

encapsulated 20mm square or 25mm round rods foot rungs set in cement concrete blocks 25 x 10 x 10cms in 1:2:4 mix 30cms vertically and staggered. Foot rests shall be coated with coal tar before embedding.

10.6 All manholes shall be provided with cast iron covers and frames and embedded

in reinforced cement concrete slab or SFRC precast concrete covers as per instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. Weight of cover, frame and thickness of slab shall be as specified in the Schedule of Quantities or as given above.

10.7 All catch basins shall be having C.I. grating or SFRC precast Gully Grating as per instructions of Engineer-in-Charge / Owner. The grating along with frame shall be of approved design and quality as per instruction of Engineer-in-Charge/ Owner.

11. MAKING CONNECTIONS Contractor shall connect the new sewer line to the existing manhole by cutting

the walls, benching and restoring them to the original condition. A new channel shall be cut in the benching of the existing manhole for the new connection. Contractor shall remove all sewage and water if encountered in making the connection without additional cost.

12. MEASUREMENT 12.1 Stoneware Pipes/R.C.C. Pipes/C.I. Pipes


Stoneware pipes/R.C.C. pipes/C.I. pipes shall be measured for the finished length of the pipe line per linear meter i.e. (a) lengths between Manholes shall be recorded from inside of one manhole to inside of other manhole, (b) length between socket of pipe near gully trap and inside of manhole. Rate shall include all items given in the Schedule of Quantities and specifications.

12.2 Gully Traps Gully traps shall be measured by the number and rate shall include all

Excavation, Foundation, Concrete Brick Masonry, Cement Plaster inside and outside, C.I. Grating and sealed cover and frame.

12.3 Manholes

(a) All manholes shall be measured by numbers and shall include all items specified

above and necessary Excavation, Refilling & Disposal of surplus earth.

(b) Manholes with depths greater than specified under the main item shall be paid for under “extra depth” and shall include all items as given for manholes. Measurement shall be done to the nearest cm. Depth of the manholes shall be measured from top of the manhole cover to bottom of Channel.

12.4 Drop Connections

Drop connections shall be measured by number for a depth of 60 cms or part thereof between invert levels. Additional depth shall be paid for as extra per meter depth as per the actual length of the drop connection, measured to the nearest cm.

12.5 Making Connections

Item for making connection to municipal sewer shall be paid for by number and shall include all items given in the Schedule of Quantities and Specifications.

12.6 Masonry Drains

Payment for masonry drains shall be made under individual items of Masonry, Cement concrete and plaster by volume or area as given in the Schedule of Quantities.

12.7 Brick Masonry and Cement Concrete shall be measured per cubic metre and

shall include all items as given in the Schedule of Quantities. 12.8 For Cement Plaster, Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a

Centimeter and it’s area shall be calculated in Sq. M. correct to two places of decimal.


13. COMMISSIONING 13.1 After successful testing of the different sewerage and drainage pipes in parts,

the Contractor shall provide all facilities including necessary pipings, labours, tools and equipments etc. for carrying out testing and commissioning of the entire external sewerage and drainage system complete as per requirement in the presence of Client representative/Consultant, whenever and as may be required. Generally, the following test/inspection has to be carried out:-

(a) For any Leakages/seepages in the external sewerage and drainage pipes.

(b) For checking the functioning of the entire external sewerage and drainage

system including rainwater harvesting system and to ensure that the waste water is continuously flowing towards outfall without any intermediate stagnation.

(c) For the functioning of the valves and accessories etc. by putting ON/OFF the controlling valves of the various diversions in the sewerage and drainage and rain water harvesting system.

END OF SECTION – V

SECTION – V MISCELLANEOUS (WATER SUPPLY PUMPS & EQUIPMENTS

AND WATER TREATMENT UNIT & DRINKING WATER R.O. TREATMENT SYSTEM)

1. PUMPS AND WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT 1.1 Work under this sub-head consists of furnishing all labour, materials, equipment

and accessories necessary and required to completely install pumping system for various water supply services and water treatment as per drawings, specified hereinafter and given in the Bill of Quantities.

1.2 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the work of pumps and

water treatment equipment shall include the followings:

(a) Raw water pumps. (b) Relift pumps for Domestic water (c) Hydro pneumatic Domestic water pumps (d) Hydro pneumatic Booster system for Top floors at Terrace level. (e) Sump pumps for disposal of sewage and drainage. (f) Water treatment unit consisting of filter, softener and chlorination etc. (g) Motor control panels, power and control cabling and allied electrical works.


(h) Pipes, valves, accessories, hangers, supports, delivery and suction feeders and connection to proposed pipe work.

2. PUMP SET 2.1 Water Supply Pumps (These specifications are applicable for all clear water pumps and as specified in

Bill of Quantities)

(a) Water supply pumps shall be suitable for clean water. Pumps shall be single or multistage, monoblock horizontal, vertical, centrifugal pumps with cast iron/stainless steel body and stainless steel/bronze impeller, stainless steel shaft and coupled to a TEFC electric motor by means of a flexible coupling or as specified in bill of quantities. Each pump should operate a curve 10m below specified head.

(b) Pump and motor shall be mounted on a common M.S. structural or C.I. base

plate or as required as per site conditions.

(c) Each pump shall be provided with a totally enclosed fan cooled induction motor of required H.P. and RPM specified in the bill of quantities and as per requirement.

(d) Each pumping set shall be provided with a 150mm dia or of suitable size

gunmetal “Bourden” type pressure gauge with gunmetal isolation cock and connecting piping.

(e) Provide vibration-eliminating pads appropriate for each pump.

(f) Provide rate of flow measuring meter with bypass arrangement with every set of

pumps as shown on the drawings and given in the bill of quantities (to be paid separately).

(g) All water supply pumps shall be provided with mechanical seals, of required

specifications. 3. SUMP PUMP 3.1 Sump pumps shall be submersible type for lifting domestic sewage or muddy

water/drainage as specified in Bill of Quantities. Pump with impeller of approved material shall be mounted on waterproof motor. The impeller shall be suitable for handling solids up to 28-100mm dia. or as specified in Bill of Quantities.


3.2 The pump shall automatically operate with high water level and stop at low water level in the sump by means of “Electronic Level Controller”, of the approved make.

3.3 The sump pumps shall be complete in all respect and shall be installed as per

manufacturer’s requirement as shown in the drawing. All accessories shall be In-Built as per manufacturer’s specification.

4. CABLES 4.1 Contractor shall provide all power control cables from the motor control center to

various motors, level controllers and other control devices. 4.2 Cables shall conform to I.S: 1554 and carry ISI mark. 4.3 Wiring cables shall conform to I.S 694. 4.4 All power and wiring cables shall be aluminum conductor PVC insulated armored

and PVC sheathed of 1100 volts grade. 4.5 All control cables shall be copper conductor PVC insulated armored and PVC

sheathed 1100 Volt grade. 4.6 All cables shall have stranded conductors. The cables shall be in drums as far as

possible and bear manufacturer’s name. 4.7 All cable joints shall be made in approved manner as per standard practice. 5. CABLE TRAYS 5.1 Contractor shall provide M.S / G.I. slotted cable trays at locations as shown on

the drawings and of sizes as given in the bill of quantities. 5.2 Cable trays shall be supported from the bottom of the slab at intervals of 60cms

at both ends by anchor fasteners. Cost of MS angle, rods and anchor fasteners etc. shall be included in the rate of the tray and no separate payment shall be made on this account.

5.3 Cost of clips, bolts, nuts, support rods and any other materials required to fix the

trays in proper manner shall be included in the rate for trays. 6. EARTHING


6.1 There shall be an independent earthing station. The earthing shall consist of an earth tape connected to an independent plate made of copper or G.I. having a conductivity of not less than 100% international standard. All electrical apparatus, cable boxes and sheath/armour clamps shall be connected to the main bar by means of branch earth connections of appropriate size. All joints in the main bar and between main bar and branch bars shall have the lapping surface properly tinned to prevent oxidation. The joints shall be riveted and sweated.

6.2 Earth plates shall be buried in a pit of 1.20x1.20M at minimum depth of 3M

below ground. The connections between main bar shall be made by means of three 10mm brass studs and fixed at 100mm centres. The pit shall be filled with coke breeze, rock salt and loose soil. A G.I. pipe of 20mm dia with perforations on the periphery shall be placed vertically over the plate to reach ground level for watering.

6.3 A brick masonry manhole 30x30x30cm size shall be provided to surround the

pipe for inspection. A bolted removable link connecting main bar outside the pit portion leading to the plates shall be accommodated in this manhole for testing.

7. CONTROL PANELS / STARTERS 7.1 Switch board cubicles of approved type shall be fabricated from 16-gauge

M.S. sheet with dust and vermin proof construction. It shall be painted with powder-coated finish of approved make and shade. It shall be fitted with suitable etched plastic identification plates for each motor. The cubicle shall comprise of the following (Switch gear as given in the bill of quantities):

(a) Incoming main isolation MCCB of required capacity. (b) Fully Aluminum taped Bus Bar of required capacity. (c) Isolation MCCB one for each motor. (d) Fully automatic as specified D.O.L/Star Delta starters suitable for motor H.P. with

push buttons one for each motor and on/off/Trip indicating neon lamps. (DOL up to 7.5 HP and Star Delta from more than 7.5 H.P)

(e) Single phase preventor of appropriate rating for each motor. (f) Panel type ampere meters one for each motor with selector switch. (g) Panel type voltmeter on incoming main with rotary selector switch to read

voltage between phase to neutral and phase-to-phase.


(h) Neon phase indicating lamps for incoming main and on/off/Trip indicating lamps

for each motor. (i) Rotary switch for manual or auto operation for each pump (manual/auto off). (j) Fully taped separate aluminum bus bars of required capacity and with required

outlets. (k) Space for liquid level controllers as specified + 1 extra space. (l) The panel shall be pre-wired with colour-coded wiring. All interconnecting wiring

from incoming main to switch gear, meters and accessories within the switchboard panel.

(m) Provision of main incoming cables from the top or bottom of the panel.

7.2 All switch gears and accessories shall be of approved make such as “Siemens,

English Electric, Larsen & Toubro” or equivalent, or as specified. 7.3 Switchboard cubicles shall be floor or wall mounted type as recommended by

manufacturers. All floor-mounted switchboard shall rest on minimum 225mm high platform. The contractor shall provide the shop drawings for base and panels.

8. VIBRATION ELIMINATORS / FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS Provide on all suction and delivery lines double flanged reinforced neoprene

flexible pipe connectors. Connectors should be suitable for a working pressure of each pump. Length of the connector shall be as per manufacturer’s details.

9. ILLUMINATED FACSIMILE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL 9.1 Scope 9.1.1 Scope of this section comprises the supply, installation, testing and

commissioning of illuminated facsimile annunciation panel. 9.2 Illuminated Facsimile Annunciater:

(a) Illuminated facsimile Anunciator shall be provided with facsimile of the building, constructed of acrylic panels of suitable dimensions, showing the Basement, Ground floor plans and section showing the location of Zonal Panels on each typical floor, entry points, various facilities shown with enamels in various colors.


(b) Alarm lights to indicate fire location shall be arranged within the acrylic panel and

shall be either automatically lighted by operation of any automatic fire detection devices or manual station, or by control of push button incorporated in the control desk.

(c) Indicator of each building or facility shall include two lamps connected in parallel

and so arranged that the failure of either of the lamps is readily apparent when a call or test is made.

(d) Power for the annunciator shall be supplied from the power supply for the control

desk. (e) Representation of the various plans/Drawings on the acrylic of the annunciator

shall be by negative film processing with colored Discrimination of various zones for which the drawings shall be furnished for approval.

10. WATER FILTER 10.1 Water filter shall be of dual filter media pressure filter downward or

upward flow type suitable for a rate of filtration given in bill of quantities.

10.2 Filter shall be vertical type of required diameter. The shell shall be fabricated from M.S. plate suitable to withstand a working pressure given in bill of quantities. The minimum thickness of shell will be 8mm and dished ends shall be 10mm. The filter shall have at least one pressure tight manhole cover or as specified in Bill of Quantities.

Filter shall be provided with screwed or flanged connections for inlet, outlet,

individual drain connections and all other connections necessary and required. Filter shall be painted inside with two or more coats of non-toxic corrosion resistant paint, one coat of red oxide primer outside with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved shade.

10.3 Under Drain System Filter shall be provided with an efficient under drain system comprising of

collecting pipes, gunmetal/polypropylene nozzles of manufacturer’s design. The entire under drain system be provided on M.S. plate or cement concrete supports.

10.4 Face Piping Filter shall be provided with interconnecting face piping comprising of inlet,

outlet, and backwash pipe complete with pipes, valves and accessories, as per


requirement. Piping shall be G.I/M.S. piping, medium duty, as per I.S: 1239 and valves shall be cast iron double flanged sluice valves on SOUNDERS pattern with C.I. body and Neoprene rubber diaphragm (Suggested make LABLINE, AIP or equivalent).

10.5 Accessories Each filter shall be provided with following accessories:-

(a) Air release valve with connecting piping. (b) 150mm dia dial bourden type gunmetal pressure gauges with gunmetal isolation

cock and connecting piping on inlet and outlet. (c) Sampling cocks on raw water inlet and filtered water outlet. (d) Individual drain connection with gunmetal fullway valve. (e) Connection with valve for air scouring.

11. PIPING 11.1 Pipes for suction and delivery shall be galvanized/M.S tube (heavy duty)

confirming to I.S:1239 upto 150mm dia and as per I.S:3589 for dia 200mm and above or as specified in bill of quantities. The M.S. flanges shall confirm to I.S:6392-1971.

11.2 Gate valve and check valve above 65mm dia shall be C.I. double flanged

conforming to I.S:780 manufactured by the reputed manufacturers or C.I. double flanged butterfly valves as specified in bill of quantities or elsewhere or as per approval of Engineer-in-charge.

11.3 Full way and check valves 65mm dia and below shall be gunmetal tested to

20Kg/cm2 pressure certified and conforming to I.S:778. 11.4 Suction strainer or foot valves shall be C.I., confirming to I.S:4038 - 1979,

as specified in bill of quantities. 11.5 STAINLESS STEEL PIPES (GRADE SS304) Stainless steel pipes and fittings shall conform to JIS 3448 standard complete

with press type fittings for Hot and cold water supply, RO & domestic water supply system capable to withstand temperature upto 1300 centigrade and pressure upto 10-12 bars made from 304 (1.4301) grade of annealed and


pickled stainless steel sheet, with ends deburred at 900 and with length of 3 meters. Pipe qualifying to 100% eddy current, 100% hydrostatic tested and air-under water tested under 10kgs. Fittings conforming to JWWA G116 standard in 304 grade stainless steel such as tees, coupling, elbow, male adapter, connectors etc with O-ring of EPDM material which can withstand temperature upto -200 to 1100 C of approved make including suitable connection as per site requirement.

11.5 Joints All pipes and fittings shall be provided with flanged joints, with flanges either

screwed or welded complete and jointed with 1.5mm thick gasket complete with nuts, bolts and washers etc.

Direct contact of stainless steel pipes and fittings to galvanized iron should be

avoided by inserting approved type of filler material as per project manager’s/consultant requirement

11.6 Testing All G.I/M.S pipes shall be tested hydrostically for a period of 30 minutes to 1.5

time of working pressure, without drop in pressure. 12. MEASUREMENTS 12.1 Raw water and garden pump and shall be measured by numbers and

hydro pumps and sump pumps shall be measured by sets and shall include all items as given in the bill of quantities.

12.2 Motor control panel and level controllers shall be measured by numbers. 12.3 Pipes for suction and delivery header and mains shall be measured per

linear meter along the centre line of the pipe and shall be inclusive of all fittings. 12.4 Cable trays and cables shall be measured per linear meter. 12.5 Structural clamps including hangers shall be measured by weight

calculated from sections used. No separate payment shall be admissible for bolts, anchor bolts, raw plugs etc.

12.6 No separate payment shall be made for making connections of the

existing service lines to the pumps. Vibration eliminator pads are included in the scope of this work.


13. GUARANTEE 13.1 The contractor shall submit a warranty for all equipment, materials and

accessories supplied by him against manufacturing defects, malfunctioning or under capacity functioning.

13.2 The form of warranty shall be as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. 13.3 The warranty shall be valid for a period of one year from the date of

commissioning and handing over. 13.4 The warranty shall expressly include replacement of all defective or under

capacity equipment, Engineer-in-charge may allow repair of certain equipment if the same is found to meet the requirement for efficient functioning of the system.

13.5 The warranty shall include replacement of any equipment found to have capacity

lesser than the rated capacity as accepted in the contract. The replacement equipment shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

END OF SECTION – V

SECTION – VI SOLAR HOT WATER GENERATION SYSTEM 1.1 SOLAR HOT WATER GENERATION SYSTEM

The Solar Hot Water generation system shall be consisting of the specifications as per the guidelines given below and as mentioned in the BOQ

1.2 PIPING 1.2.1 Pipes for suction and delivery shall be galvanized confirming to IS: 1239 up to

150mm dia and as per I.S:3589 for dia 200mm and above or as specified in Bill of Quantities. The M.S./G.I flanges shall conform to I.S:6392-1971.

1.2.2 Gate valve and check valve above 65mm dia shall be C.I. double flanged

conforming to I.S:780 manufactured by KIRLOSKAR, BURN, KILBURN, LEADER or C.I. double flanged Butterfly Valves as specified in Bill of Quantities or elsewhere.

1.2.3 Ball Valve and Check valves 65mm dia and below shall be gunmetal tested to

20Kg/Sq.cm pressure certified and conforming to I.S:778. 1.2.4 Suction Strainer or Foot Valves shall be C.I., confirming to I.S:4308 - 1979, as

specified in Bill of Quantities.


1.3 Joints All pipes and fittings shall be provided with screwed joints upto 65mm dia and

flanged joint above 65mm dia, with flanges screwed complete and jointed with 3.0mm thick gasket complete with nuts, bolts and washers etc.

1.4 Testing All G.I. pipes of Primary Circuit (Collector Circuits) shall be tested to hydrostically

for a period of 30 minutes to a pressure of 2 Kg/Sq.cm without drop in pressure and all other G.I pipes for a pressure of 6 Kg/Sq.cm.

1.5 MEASUREMENTS

(a) Pipes for suction and delivery header and mains shall be measured per linear meter along the centre line of the pipe and shall be inclusive of all fittings.

(b) Solar flat plate collector consists of the following components shall be measured

as detailed below:-

• Toughened /Tempered Glass cover plate/Glazing material • Collector box • Absorber • Stand

1.6 COVER PLATE The cover plate shall be tempered/toughened glass as per I.S: 2553 (Part-I)

1990 in single piece of 4.0mm thick with solar transmittance of 85% (minimum) at near normal incidence. The glass shall be free from bubbles and rough surface and shall satisfy “Thermal Shock Test”, “Impact test” and “Transmittance Test”.

1.7 COLLECTOR BOX 1.7.1 The collector box shall be made of aluminum as per I.S: 737 (Latest). The

thickness should not be less than as specified herein after. (a) For Sides -- Channel section of 100mmx25mmx1.6mm (b) For bottom -- Sheet of thickness 0.71mm (c) For cover plate sheet -- Angle section 25mmx25mmx1.2mm (d) For Body -- Sheet thickness 1.0mm (e) Collector Size -- 1860mm x 1240mm x 100mm


(f) Absorber Area of One Collector -- 2.1 Sq.m 1.8 All surfaces shall be smooth & free from roughness, raised sports, scale or any

other surface defects. Sharp edges and corners shall be rounded off. 1.9 The collector box, the side channels are welded at the corner by inert arc

welding or gas brazing. Bottom sheet shall be joined spot welding and any suitable method to give proper joint. The joints shall be made leak proof by suitable sealing compound.

1.10 Collector box shall be insulated with material to achieve heat resistance of

0.8m2 oC/W. The minimum thickness should not be less than 50mm. 1.11 Aluminum foil of thickness 0.012mm (min.) shall be used for covering the back

as well as side insulation. 1.12 Back and side insulation shall withstand at 175 oC. 1.13 Gaskets & Grommets to be used for sealing the glass with collector box and

header joints with collection box should be of such material, so that no dust can pass through the joint and shall be capable of withstanding upto 125 oC and shall conform to the standard Thermal Shock Test.

1.14 The heat resistance shall be determined as per latest edition of I.S:3346. 1.15 ABSORBER

(a) The absorber shall be of copper sheet as per I.S: code 1550 (latest) Min. 0.15mm minimum thickness. The risers and header pipes shall be of Copper. The welding between Copper tube riser and Copper Sheet should be Laser -Welding.

(b) The sheet shall be coated with selective coating to satisfy solar absorbility of

more than 0.96 & emissivity < 0.12.

(c) The selective coating shall not damage when the sample is raised to 200 0C temperature.

(d) All tests such as solar absorbility test, emissivity test and temperature tests are

to be carried out as per standard tests. 1.16 STAND


The stand for the collector and hot water storage tank are to be designed taking into consideration the load to be carried by the stand. The collector becomes vulnerable to wind dust. The collector may be up-listed by wind striking the underside. This wind load should be determined according to accepted engineering practices and procedures and the stands is to be designed taking into consideration the worst condition of loading.

1.17 HOT WATER STORAGE TANK & HEAT EXCHANGER

(a) Hot water storage tank shall be fabricated from SS:304.

(b) Stainless Steel:316 plate type Heat Exchanger of suitable area shall be provided between Primary and Secondary circuits to prevent scale formation inside the tubes of Absorber of Collector and to transfer required heat energy from Primary to Secondary circuit.

(c) Inlet connection of cold water supply line of required size (dedicated for solar) to

be provided into the hot water tank.

END OF SECTION – VI

SECTION – VII SHOP DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 1.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Consultant two copies of Shop Drawings for

Plumbing works as an Advance Copy to the Engineer-in-Charge for approval before start of work. Subsequent to the approval of the shop drawings, the Contractor shall submit six copies of Shop Drawings for execution to the Engineer-in-Charge. Also the Contractor shall submit four copies of the Technical Specifications and Catalogues.

1.2 Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following conditions:

(a) Structural supports/hanging/laying and jointing details for all types of pipes as required.

(b) All plans as required and for any changes in the proposed schematic.

1.3 The Contractor can only commence the work after the approval of above documents by Consultant.

END OF SECTION – VII


All equipments, supply, erection, testing and commissioning shall comply with the requirements of Indian Standards and code of practices given below as amended upto date. All equipment and material being supplied by the contractor shall meet the requirements of IS. Tarrif advisory committee’s regulation (fire insurance), electrical inspectorate and Indian Electricity rules and other Codes / Publications as given below: 1. PIPES AND FITTINGS IS 458,(2003) amendment 1, Active August

2011 Specification for precast concrete pipes (with and without reinforcement)

IS:651[2007] amendment 1, Active August 2011

Salt glazed stone ware pipes and fittings

IS:1239 (Part 1) 2004, Amendment 4, Active August 2011

Mild Steel, tubes, tubular and other wrought steel fittings Part 1 Mild Steel Tubes

IS:1239 (Part 2) 1992, Amendment 7, Active August 2011

Mild Steel, tubes, tubular and other wrought steel fittings Part 2 Mild Steel Tubular and other wrought steel pipe fittings

IS:1535, 2001, Amendment 4, Active August 2011

Centintuaglly cast (spun) iron pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage


Vertically cast iron pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage


Cast Iron fittings for pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage.


Cast iron / double iron drainage pipes and fittings for over ground non pressure pipe line socket and spigot series.

IS:1879, 2010, Active August 2011 Malleable cast iron pipe fittings. IS : 2643 (Part 1) 2005, Active August 2011 Dimensions for pipe threads for fastening purposes:

Part 1 Basic profile and dimensions. IS : 2643 (Part 2) Dimensions for pipe threads for fastening purposes:

Part 2 Tolerances. IS : 2643 (Part 3) Dimensions for pipe threads for fastening purposes:

Part 3 Limits of sizes. IS:3468, 1991, Amendment 1, Active

August 2011 Pipe nuts.


Seamless or electrically welded steel pipes for water, gas and sewage (1683 mm to 2032 mm ouside diameter)


Centrifugally cast (spun) iron spigot and socket soil, waste and ventilating pipes, fittings and accessories.

IS:4346, 1982, Active August 2011 Specifications for washers for use with fittings for water services.


Methods for sampling steel pipes, tubes and fittings.


Steel pipe flanges

IS:6418, 1971, Active August 2011 Cast iron and malleable cast iron flanges for general engineering purposes.


Specification for horizontally cast iron double flanged pipe for water, gas and sewage.


2 VALVES

IS : 778, 1984, Amemdments 3, Active August 2011

Specification for copper alloy gage, globe and check valves for water works purposes.

IS : 1703, 2000, Amendments 1, Active August 2011

Specification copper alloy float valves (horizontal plunger type) for water supply fittings.


Specification for surface boxes for sluice valves.

IS : 5312 (Part 1) 2004, Amendments 2, Active August 2011

Specification for swing check type reflux (non return) valves: part 2 Multi door pattern.

IS : 5312 (Part 2) 1986, Active August 2011 Specification for swing check type reflux (non return) valves: part 2 Multi door pattern.

IS : 12992 (Part 1) 1993, Active August 2011

Safety relief valves, spring loaded : Design


Butterfly valves for general purposes

3 PUMPS & VESSELS

IS : 2002, 2009, Active August 2011 Steel plates for pressure vessels for interdediate and high tempreture services including boilers.


Code for unfired pressure vessels

IS : 4648 (Part1), 1968, Amendments 1, Active August 2011

Code for practice for Electrical layout in residential building.

IS : 5600, 2002, Active August 2011 Specification for sewage and drainage pumps


Specification for submersible pump sets for clear, cold, fresh water.


Specification for horizontal centrifugal self priming pumps.

4 GENERAL

SP : 6 (1) Structural Steel Sections

IS: 325, 1996, Amendement 2, Active August 2011

Three phase induction motors

IS: 554, 1999, Amendement 1, Active August 2011

Dimensions for pipe threads where pressure tight joints are required on the threads.

IS 694, 2010, Amendement 5, Active August 2011

PVC insulated cables for working voltages upto & including 1100 V.

IS : 779, 1994, Amendement 5, Active August 2011

Specification for water meters (domestic type).

IS : 782, 1978, Active August 2011 Specification for Caulking Lead

IS : 800, 2007, Active August 2011 Code of practice for general construction in steel

IS : 1068, 1993, Amendement 1, Active August 2011

Eletroplated coatings of nickel plus chromium and of copper plus nickel plus chromium


IS : 1172, 1993, Active August 2011 Code of Basic requirements for water supply drainage and sanitation.

IS : 1367 (Part 1), 2002, Active August 2011 Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 1 introduction and general information.

IS : 1367 (Part 2), 2002, Active August 2011 Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 grades and tolerances.

IS : 1554 (Part 1), 1988, Ammendment 4, Active August 2011

PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables Part 1 (for working voltages up to and including 1100V)

IS : 1554 (Part 2), 1988, Ammendment 3, Active August 2011

PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables Part 2 (for working voltages from 3.3 KV upto and including 1100V)

IS : 1726, 1991, Active August 2011 Specification for Cast Iron Manhole Covers And Frames

IS : 1742, 1983, Active August 2011 Code of practice for building drainage.

IS : 2064, 1993, Active August 2011 Selection, installation and maintenance of sanitary appliance code of practice.

IS : 2065, 1993, Active August 2011 Code of practice for water supply in buildings.


Specification for water meters (bulk type)


Colour code for identification of pipe lines

IS : 2527, 1984, Active August 2011 Code of practice for fixing rainwater gutters and downpipes for roof drainage


Recommended practice for hot dip galvanizing of iron and steel

IS : 3114, 1994, Active August 2011 Code of practice for laying of cast iron pipes

IS : 4111 (Part 1) 1986, Active August 2011 Code of practice for ancillary structures in sewerage system: Part 1 manholes.

IS : 4127, 1983, Active August 2011 Code of practice for laying of glazed stoneware pipes

IS : 4853, 1982, Active August 2011 Recommended practice for radiographic inspection of fusion welded butt joints in steel pipes

IS : 5329, 1983, Active August 2011 Code of practice for sanitary pipe work above ground for buildings.

IS : 5455 (1969), Active August 2011 Cast-iron steps for manholes

IS : 6159 (1998), Active August 2011 Recommended Practice for Design and Fabrication of Iron and Steel Products Prior to Galvanizing and Metal Spraying

IS : 7558 (1974), Active August 2011 Code of practice for domestic hot water installations


IS : 8419 (Part 1), 1977, Active August 2011 Requirements for water filtration equipment: Part 1 Filtration medium sand and gravel.

IS : 8419 (Part 2), 1984, Active August 2011 Requirements for water filtration equipment: Part 2 under drainage system.

IS : 9668, 1990, Active August 2011

Code of practice for provision and maintenance of water supplies and fire fighting

IS: 9842, 1994, Active August 2011 Preformed fibrous pipe insulation

IS : 9912, 1981, Active August 2011 Coal tar based coating materials and suitable primers for protecting iron and steel pipe lines.

IS : 10221, 2008, Active August 2011 Code of practice for Coating and wrapping of underground mild steel pipelines

IS : 10446, 1983, Active August 2011 Glossary of Terms Relating to Water Supply and Sanitation

IS : 11149, 1984, Active August 2011 Rubber Gaskets

IS : 11790, 1986, Active August 2011 Code of practice for preparation of butt-welding ends for pipes, valves flanges and fittings

IS 456, 2000 Code of practice for plain and RCC construction

END OF SECTION B


SECTION –C : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRE FIGHTING WORK 1. SCOPE 1.1 Work under this sub-head consists of furnishing all Labour, Materials, equipment

and accessories necessary and required to completely install the Fire Fighting equipment etc., specified hereinafter and given in the Schedule of Quantities.

1.2 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing the work of Fire Fighting

System shall include the followings:

a) Providing M.S. black steel pressure pipe line main including Valves, Fire Hydrants, Excavation for Pipes, Laying of pipes, Painting of pipe and Making Connection to supply system.

b) Black Steel Pipe, Mains Laterals, Branches, Valves Hangers and Appurtenances.

c) Hose Reels, Rubberized fabric lined hose pipes, Hose cabinets & Landing Valves.

d) Portable Fire Extinguishers. e) Hydrants (Internal, External & related accessories). f) Sprinkler System as per Requirements. g) Fire Fighting Pumps, Suction Delivery Lines, Electrical Panels & all other

related accessories (as per requirements). 2. APPLICABLE CODES

IS: 1239 (Part 1 & 2) - M.S. Pipe Heavy duty IS: 780 - Sluice valves (PN 1.6) IS: 6392-1971 - Steel Pipe Flanges IS:554 - Pipe threads where pressure tight joints are

Required IS:909 - U/G fire hydrants, sluice valve type IS:5312 (P-1) - NRV IS:778 - Gunmetal fullway valves with wheel tested

to 20kg/cm2 class II Butterfly valves - They shall be of specified quality

conforming to IS:13095 or BS:5155 IS:5290 - Internal hydrant shall comprise “Single

Headed Single Outlet GM Landing Valve” conforming to Type “A”.

IS:12585 - Hose tubing (Thermoplastic) IS:854 - Hose tubing, Globe valve, Stop cock &

Nozzle


IS:636 - Hose pipes rubber lined woven jacketed

(RRL) & 63mm dia, conforming to type “A”

IS:903 - The couplings shall be of instantaneous [Branch pipe, nozzle, spring lock type Coupling etc]

IS:15683 - Portable fire extinguishers

3. DRAWINGS N.A.

4. MATERIAL 4.1 General Requirements

All materials shall be of the best quality conforming to the Specifications and subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge/ Project Manager/ Owner.

4.2 Pipes

All pipes within and outside the building in exposed locations and shafts shall be as follows:

a) Pipe 150mm dia and below IS: 1239 heavy class.

The pipes shall be Mild Steel (M.S.) manufactured by electric resistant welded (ERW)/ High Frequency induction welding or hot finished welded process. The sulphur and phosphorus requirements in steel shall not be more than 0.05 percent each. The tubes shall be manufactured from hot rolled steel skelps/ strips conforming to IS: 10748. The following manufacturing tolerances shall be permitted on the tubes and sockets: PARTICULARS OF HEAVY GRADE M.S. PIPES Nominal

Bore (mm)

Diameters of Pipe

Weight of pipe Plain end (Kg/m)

Screwed and Socket (Kg/m) Outer

Diameter Thickness

(mm) Max Min

15 21.8 21.0 3.20 1.44


20 27.3 26.5 3.20 1.87 25 34.2 33.3 4.00 2.93 32 42.9 42.0 4.00 3.79 40 48.8 47.9 4.00 4.37 50 60.8 59.7 4.50 6.19 65 76.6 75.3 4.50 7.93 80 89.5 88.0 4.80 9.90

100 115.0 113.1 5.40 14.50 125 140.8 138.5 5.40 17.90 150 166.5 163.9 5.40 21.30

Tolerance in Thickness and Weight

a) Thickness

1. Butt Welded Medium tubes -- +not limited -10 percent 2. Seamless Tubes -- +not limited -12.5 percent

b) Weight 1. Single Tube (light series) -- +10 percent

-8 percent 2. Single Tube

(Medium and Heavy series) -- ±10 percent

3. For quantities per load of 10 tonnes, min (light series) -- ±5 percent

-8 percent 4. For quantities per load of

10 tonnes, min (medium duty and heavy class) -- ±7.5 percent

Screwed tubes shall be supplied with threads as per IS:554. Each tube shall be tested for hydrostatic test for leak-tightness as an in-process test at the manufacturer’s works. The finished pipe shall be tested for tensile strength, elongation, bend test and flattening test.

4.3 Pipe Fittings 4.3.1 Pipes and fittings means tees, elbows, couplings, flanges, reducers etc. And all

such connecting devices that are need to complete the piping work in its totality.


4.3.2 Forged steel socket welded fittings shall be used for Pipes of 50 mm and below. Fittings between 65 mm and 150 mm shall be cast carbon steel. Fabricated fittings shall not be permitted for pipe diameter 150 mm and below.

4.3.3 M.S Pipe up to 150 mm dia shall have all fittings as per IS: 1239, part II, (heavy

grade). 5. MANUFACTURER

• As per approved list of makes.

6. WORKMANSHIP

6.1 General Requirements 6.1.1 Pipes and Fittings shall be fixed truly Vertical, Horizontal or in slopes as required

in a neat workman like manner. 6.1.2 Pipes shall be fixed in such a manner so as to provide easy accessibility for

repair and maintenance and shall not cause any obstruction in Shaft, Passage etc.

6.1.3 Pipes shall be securely fixed to walls and ceiling by suitable clamps at intervals

specified. Only approved type of anchor fasteners shall be used for RCC ceilings.

6.2 Jointing

6.2.1 Welded

Joints between M.S. and pipes and fittings shall be made with the pipes and fittings having "V" groove and welded with electrical resistance welding in an approved manner. Buried pipes will be subject to X Ray test from an approved agency as per the TAC norms at the cost of contractor. (With welded M.S. fittings heavy class with V-Groove). The welding machine shall be 3 Phase of required current and capacity.

6.2.2 All welding shall be carried out by a certified welder only. The contractor must

produce the welder’s certificate. 6.2.3 All pipe cutting shall be by oxy-acetylene gas flame cutter only. The cut surface

shall be cleaned by electric grinder before further welding. 6.2.4 Flanges


Flanged joints shall be provided on:

a) Both ends of any fabricated fittings e.g. bends, tees etc. of 65 mm dia or larger diameter.

b) For jointing all types of flanged valves, vessels appurtenances, pumps,

connections with other type of pipes, to water tanks and other places necessary and required as good for engineering practice.

c) Flanges shall be as per I.S.6392-1971, Table 17/18 with appropriate number of

G.I. Washers, Nuts and Bolts, half threaded of GKW make or equivalent with 3 mm insertion neoprene gasket complete.

6.3 Pipe Protection 6.3.1 All pipes above ground and in exposed locations shall be painted with one coat

of Red Oxide Primer immediately after bringing the pipes to site and shall be painted with one coat of red oxide primer after erection and proper hydraulic testing, and two or more coats of Synthetic Enamel Paint of approved shade on finishing.

6.3.2 All black steel pipes under floors or below ground shall be provided with

protection against corrosion after proper hydraulic testing by application of 100mm wide and 4mm thick layer of anti-corrosive protection tape over the pipe, with overlap of 25mm minimum as per manufacturers specifications.

6.4 Pipe Supports 6.4.1 All pipes shall be adequately supported from ceiling or walls from existing/new

inserts by Structural clamps fabricated from M.S. Structural works e.g. Rods, Channels, Angles and Flats as per details given in drawings and specifications. All clamps shall be painted with one coat of red lead and two coats of black Enamel paint.

6.4.2 Hangers/ supports for all the piping shall be approved by the Project Manger

before installation. Anchoring fasteners shall be rated to take minimum 0.4 ton load and shall be as per approved make. Hangers shall be at 3.0m intervals. Additional supports shall be provided at bends etc. Angles for pipe supports shall not be less than 50x50x6mm size. cutting shall be by gas cutter. All cut edges and weld surfaces shall be ground to a smooth finish.

6.4.3 The supports/ angle pieces shall be cut by oxy-acetylene gas and cleaned by

electric grinder. All cutting for bolt inserts shall be by electric drill.


6.5 Anchor Block

Contractor shall provide suitable cement concrete, anchor blocks of adequate dimensions at all bends, tee connection and other places required and necessary for overcoming pressure thrusts in pipes wherever pipes are installed on-ground/underground/terraces. Anchor blocks shall be of cement concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size).

6.6 Valves 6.6.1 Sluice Valves above 65 mm shall be of Cast Iron body and Bronze/Gunmetal

seat. They shall conform to type PN 1.6 of IS:780-1980, valves upto 65mm shall be of Gunmetal Fullway Valve with wheel tested to 20 Kg./cm2 class-II as per I.S: 778-1971. Valve wheels shall be of right hand type and have an arrow head engraved or cast thereon showing the direction for turning open and closing.

6.6.2 Butterfly Valves-

a) Butterfly valves of approved quality for pressure rating of 230 P.S.I. with locking arrangement and gearbox with handle operated or gearbox with lid shall be provided or as given in the Bill of Quantities.

b) Butterfly valves shall be of specified quality conforming to IS: 13095 or BS: 5155.

6.6.3 Non-return valves shall be of Cast Iron body and Bronze/Gunmetal seat. They shall conform to PN 1.6 Rating, conforming to class of IS:5312 and have flanged ends. They shall be swing check type in horizontal runs and lift check type in vertical runs of piping. They shall not be spring-loaded type. An arrow mark in the direction of flow shall be marked on the body of the valve.

6.7 Internal Hydrants 6.7.1 The Internal Hydrant outlet shall comprise “Single Headed Single Outlet

Gunmetal Landing Valve” conforming to type ‘A’ of IS: 5290-1977. Separate valve on the head shall form part of the landing valve construction.

6.7.2 A cap with chain is provided on one head of the outlet. The hydrant will have an

instantaneous pattern female coupling for connecting to Hose Pipe. 6.8 First-Aid Hose Reel Equipment 6.8.1 First aid hose reel equipment shall comprise reel, drum which can swing upto

170 degrees, with hose, guide fixing wall bracket, hose tubing, globe valve, stopcock and nozzle. This shall conform to IS: 884 - 1969. The hose tubing shall


confirm to IS: 444-1980 or IS: 12585 (Thermoplastic). The drum shall be fabricated from GI sheet of minimum 18 gauge thickness or as specified in the bill of quantities.

6.8.2 The hose tubing shall be 20 mm dia and 30m long, or as specified in the bill of

quantities. The G.M nozzle 5mm and globe valve shall be of 20 mm size to shut off the water supply to the Hose Reel, or as specified in the bill of quantities.

6.8.3 The fixing bracket shall be of swinging type. Operating instructions shall be

engraved on the assembly. This heavy duty mild steel and cast iron brackets shall be conforming to IS: 884 - 1969. The first-aid hose reel shall be connected directly to the M.S. pipe riser through a 25mm dia pipe..

6.8.4 A MS bracket shall be fixed on the wall to which the first aid hose reel shall be

bolted. The bracket shall be of 40x40x5mm thick MS angle to form a square of 400x400 approx. This shall be fixed on the wall. After approval of sample by Project Manager further units shall be fabricated in factory and all joints shall be finished with grinder and shall be spray painted after single coat of primer.

6.9 Hose Pipes, Branch Pipes And Nozzles 6.9.1 Hose Pipes

a) Two numbers Hose Pipes shall be rubber lined woven jacketed (RRL) and 63mm in dia. 15m long, conforming to type A (Reinforced rubber lined) of IS:636 – 1979, or as specified in the bill of quantities. The hose shall be sufficiently flexible and capable of being rolled.

b) Each run of hose shall be complete with necessary coupling at the ends to

match with the landing valve or with another run of hose pipe or with branch pipe. The couplings shall be of instantaneous spring lock type. This shall be conforming to IS: 903.

6.9.2 Branch Pipes Standard short sized Branch pipe shall be of Copper, Gunmetal, Aluminum alloy,

or Stainless steel, as per bill of quantities, 63 mm dia and be complete with male instantaneous spring lock type coupling for connection to the hose pipe. The branch pipe shall be externally threaded to receive the nozzle. The branch pipe shall to be tested to 20 kg/ cm2 pressure.

6.9.3 Nozzles


The nozzle shall be of Copper or Gunmetal, 20 mm internal diameter. The screw threads at the inlet connection shall match with the threading on the branch pipe. The inlet end shall have a hexagonal head to facilitate screwing of the nozzle on to the branch pipe with nozzle spanner.

6.9.4 Two RRL hoses of 15m length, as specified, with couplings shall be provided

with each Internal Hydrant. One nozzle and one branch pipe with coupling shall be provided with each Internal Hydrant.

6.10 Hose Cabinet (Internal) 6.10.1 The internal hose cabinet shall accommodate the Hose Pipes, Branch Pipe,

Nozzle and Hydrant Outlets. The cabinet shall be as provided in the civil works and shown on the drawings. The doors / shutters for the cabinet shall be fabricated from M.S sheet as specified in Bill of Quantities. Doors shall be lockable central opening glazed doors as per the requirement and as per Architectural details. Sample of the fire door shall be approved by Engineer-in Charge.

6.10.2 The hose cabinet door shall be painted red. 6.11 Portable Fire Extinguisher Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided as per Bill of Quantities and

installation of extinguishers shall conform to IS: 15683. 6.12 Sprinkler System 6.12.1 System Design

a) Automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for all areas as per requirements and wherever shown on drawings, with permitted exceptions e.g. electrical switch rooms, power transformers and D.G. rooms, Panel rooms, Electrical rooms as identified.

b) Sprinkler heads shall be provided at approximate spacing to cover 12 m2 per

Sprinkler head or as per specific requirements to meet the approval of the authority having jurisdiction. The spacing shall also be in conformity with the drawings and properly coordinated with Electrical Fixtures, Ventilation Ducts and Grills and other services along the ceiling.

6.12.2 Sprinkler Heads


a) Sprinkler heads shall be Chrome finished Brass/Gunmetal with quartz bulb with a temperature rating of 68°C. Sprinkler heads shall be of type and quality approved by the local fire brigade authority. The inlet shall be screwed. Sprinkler heads shall be pendent, recessed or special application side wall Sprinkler types as shown in drawings. All Sprinklers should be UL/FM approved.

b) The nominal bore shall be 15 mm dia and colour of liquid shall be red. The below

false ceiling shall also be provided with a double plate captive rosette assembly to seal the junction between the pipe and the false ceiling. The sprinkler head shall be of approved make.

7. FIRE FIGHTING PUMPS 7.1 Fire Pump i) The fire pump shall be shall be provided as per Bill of Quantities with horizontal

split casing centrifugal type. The pump may be single stage or multi stage as specified. The pump shall be capable of giving a discharge of not less than 150% of the rated discharge at a head of not less than 65% of the rated head. The shut off head shall be within 120% of the rated head.

ii) The pump casing shall be of cast iron to grade FG 200 to I.S: 210 and parts like impeller shaft sleeve, wearing-ring etc. shall be of non-corrosive metal like bronze/brass/gunmetal. The shaft shall be of stainless steel. The pump shall be provided with mechanical seal.

iii) The pump casing shall be designed to withstand 1.5 times the working pressure.

iv) Bearings of pump shall be effectively sealed to prevent loss of lubricant or entry of dust or water.

7.2 Air Vessel for Fire Pumps

Provide an air vessel fabricated from 10mm M.S. sheet with dished ends and suitable supporting legs, air vessel shall be provided with a 100mm dia flanged connection from pump, one 50mm dia drain with valve, one gunmetal water level gauge and 25mm sockets for pressure switches. the vessel shall be 450mmx2000mm dia high and tested to 1.5 times of the working pressure or 20 Kg/Cm2, whichever is greater.

8. TESTING 8.1 All pipes in the system shall be tested to a hydraulic pressure of 1.5 times of the

working pressure subject to a min of 15 kg/cm2 including water hammer effects without drop in the pressure for at least 24 hours.


8.2 In case of any detected drop in pressure, leakages are to be rectified and the pipes re-tested as required.

8.3 Complete Flushing out Test of Sprinklers installation shall be carried out to clean

the sprinkler pipes for foreign materials before fixing the sprinkler heads to avoid obstruction in the sprinklers

8.4 Commissioning 8.4.1 After successful testing of the different items in parts, the Contractor shall

provide all facilities including necessary piping, labor, tools and equipments etc. for carrying out testing and commissioning of the entire fire fighting system complete as per requirement in the presence of Client’s representative and during the visit of the Fire Officer whenever and as may be required. Generally, the following test/inspection has to be carried out:

a) For checking the pressure and flow available at various locations point in the fire

fighting system.

b) For the automatic operation of the Sprinkler System either by a dummy fire below a sprinkler head or by using the Inspection Test Valves.

9. MEASUREMENT

All the equipments shall be counted & shall be numerical i.e. per number.

Pipes shall be measured per linear meter correct to the nearest centimeter.

10. RATES

The rates shall be as negotiated & finally approved with the contractor to whom the work is allotted.

END OF SECTION - C


SECTION –D : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR INTERNAL & EXTERNAL ELECTRICAL WORKS

1.0 GENERAL 1.1 The Internal & External Electrical works shall be carried out in accordance

with Indian Standard Code of Practice for Electrical Wiring Installation IS: 732-1989 and IS: 2274-1963. Electrical Installation work shall also be in conformity with National Electrical Code with upto date ammendments. All Electrical work shall be carried out in accordance with the provision of Indian Electricity Act 1910 & Indian Electricity Rules 1956 ammended upto date. The work shall also conform to Indian Standard Code of Practice for the type of work involved. It shall also be in conformity with regulations and requirements of the Local Electricity Supply Authority and Fire Insurance regulations so far as these become applicable to the installation. Electrical work shall be carried out as per following CPWD general Specifications for Electrical Works.

Part I - Internal Work - 2005. Part II - External Work - 1994. Part IV - Substation Work - 2007. Part VI - Fire Work - Latest 1.2 Wherever this Tender Specifications call for a higher standard of material and

or workmanship than those required by any of the above mentioned regulations and specifications then the particular specifications given here under shall take precedence over the said regulations and standards.

1.3 The work shall be executed and measured as per the dimensions given in the

Bill of Quantities. Drawings, Designs, Specifications etc. The abbreviations used shall mean as under :-

// - Inch (25.4mm) / - Foot (12 inches or 30.48 cms) Sq.Ft. - Square Feet Sq.Mt (M2) - Square Metre. Cu. Ft. - Cubic Feet. Cum (M3) - Cubic Metre. Kg. - Kilograms (Equivalent to 1000 gms) T.(M.T.) - Tonne (Equivalent to 1000 Kgs.) No. - Numbers. Cm. - Centimetre. M or R.M. - Metre or Running Metre. 2.0 MAIN / SUB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS & METER BOARDS.


2.1 GENERAL MDB / SDB & Meter Board shall be metal clad totally enclosed, rigid, floor

mounting, air insulated, compartmentalized cubicle type Panel Board for use on 415 volts, three phases, 50 cycle system. Equipment shall be designed for operation in high ambient temperature and high humidity tropical atmospheric conditions.

2.2 STANDARDS

The equipment shall be designed to conform to the requirements of : a) IS 8623 - Factory Built Assemblies of switchgear and controlgear. b) IS 4237 - General requirements for switchgear and controlgear for

voltage not exceeding 1000 volts. c) IS 2147-Degrees of protection provided by enclosures for low voltage

switchgear and controlgear. d) IS 375 - Marking and arrangement of busbars.

2.2.1 Individual equipment housed in the MDB / SDB & Meter Boards shall conform

to the following IS specifications: a) Moulded Case Circuit Breakers - IS : 13947-2/IEC 947-2. b) Current Transformers - IS : 2705. c) Indicating Instruments - IS : 1248. d) Integrating Instruments - IS : 722. e) HRC fuse links - IS : 13703 / IEC 269. 2.3 CONSTRUCTIONS 2.3.1 METER BOARD Meter Board shall be metal clad totally enclosed, rigid, floor/wall mounting, air

insulated, cubicle type for use on 415 volts, 3 phase, 50 cycle system and shall conform to IP-54 protection. The Meter Board shall be fabricated with a 2mm sheet steel suitable reinforce with either M.S. angles or rolled/folded sheet steel channels sections. Meter chamber shall be of 400mm x 600mm in dimension with separate cover and locking arrangement. All sheet steel work forming the exterior of meter board shall be smoothly finished leveled and free from flaws. The corner shall be rounded. Synthetic/Neoprene gasket shall be provided for each meter chamber. Main incoming MCCB and Busbars shall be in separate compartment. Cable alley shall be provided for housing wiring from Busbar chamber to individual meter chamber and for outgoing submain wiring originating from Meter chamber to each shop / office.

2.3.2 MAIN / SUB DISTRIBUTION BOARD


Main / Sub Distribution Boards shall be constructed only of materials capable of withstanding the mechanical, electrical and thermal stresses, as the effects of humidity, which are likely to be encountered in normal service. Each vertical section shall comprise of : a) A front framed structure of rolled/folded sheet steel channel section, of

minimum 2mm thickness, rigidly bolted together. This structure shall house the components contributing to the major weight of the equipment, such as circuit breaker cassettes, fuse switch units, main horizontal busbars, vertical risers and other front mounted accessories.

b) The structure shall be mounted on a rigid base frame of folded sheet steel of minimum 2mm thickness and 100 mm height or 100 mm x 50mm x 5mm thick MS Channel. The design shall ensure that the weight of the components is adequately supported without deformation or loss of alignment during transit or during operation.

c) A side cable chamber in Main / Sub Distribution Boards for housing the cable end connections, and power/ control cable terminations. The design shall ensure generous availability of space for ease of installation and maintenance of cabling, and adequate safety for working in one vertical section without coming into accidental contact with live parts in an adjacent section.

d) A cover plate at the top of the vertical section, provided with a ventilating hood where necessary. Any aperture for ventilation shall be covered with a perforated sheet having less than 1 mm diameter perforations to prevent entry of vermin.

e) Front and rear doors fitted with dust excluding neoprene gaskets with fasteners designed to ensure proper compression of the gaskets. When covers are provided in place of doors, generous overlap shall be assured between sheet steel surfaces with closely spaced fasteners to preclude the entry of dust.

f) All doors shall be lockable mounted lock. g) Gland plate shall be 3mm thick.

2.3.3 The height of the Main / Sub Distribution Boards should not be more than

2000mm. The total depth of the panel should be adequate to cater to proper cabling space and should not be less than 400mm. Operating handle not higher than 1800mm and not lower than 300mm from bottom of MDB / SDB / Meter Board.

2.3.4 Doors and covers shall be of minimum 2mm thick sheet steel. Sheet steel

shrouds and partitions shall be of minimum 2mm thickness. All sheet panels shall be smoothly finished, levelled and free from flaws. The corners should be rounded.


2.3.5 The apparatus and circuits in the panel board shall be so arranged as to facilitate their operation and maintenance and at the same time to ensure the necessary degree of safety.

2.3.6 Apparatus forming part of the Main / Sub Distribution Boards & Meter Boards

shall have the following minimum clearances. i. Between phases - 32mm. ii. Between phases and neutral - 26mm. iii. Between phases and earth - 26mm. iv. Between neutral and earth - 26mm.

2.3.7 When, for any reason, the above clearances are not available, suitable

insulation shall be provided. Clearances shall be maintained during normal service conditions.

2.3.8 Creepage distances shall comply to those specified in relevant standards. 2.3.9 All insulating material used in the construction of the equipment shall be of

non-hygroscopic material, duly treated to withstand the effects of the high humidity, high temperature tropical ambient service conditions.

2.3.10 Functional units such as circuit breakers and fuse switches shall be arranged

in multi-tier formation, except that not more than two air circuit breakers shall be housed in a single vertical section. Cable entry for various feeders shall be from the rear / front. Panel board shall be suitable for termination of cable for incoming breakers.

2.3.11 Metallic/perforated barriers shall be provided within vertical sections and

between adjacent sections to ensure prevention of accidental contact with: i. Main busbars and vertical risers during operation, inspection or

maintenance of functional units and front mounted accessories. ii. Cable termination of one functional unit, when working on those of

adjacent unit/units. All doors/covers providing access to live power equipment/ circuits shall be provided with tool operated fasteners to prevent unauthorized access. Provision shall also be made for permanently earthing the frames and other metal parts of the switchgear by two independent connections.

2.4 METAL TREATMENT AND FINISH. All metal work used in the construction of the MDB / SDB & Meter Boards

should have under gone a rigorous metal treatment process as follows. i. Effective cleaning by hot alkaline degreasing solution followed by cold

water rinsing to remove traces of alkaline solution.


ii. Picking in dilute sulphuric acid to remove oxide scales & rust formation, if any, followed by cold water rinsing to remove traces of acidic solution.

iii. A recognised phosphating process to facilitate durable coating of the paint on the metal surfaces and also to prevent the spread of rusting in the event of the paint film being mechanically damaged. This again, shall be followed by hot water rinsing to remove traces of phosphate solution.

iv. Passivating in de-oxalite solution to retain and augment the effects of phosphating.

v. Drying with compressed air in a dust free atmosphere. vi. A finishing coat of powder coating of Siemens grey colour.

2.5 BUSBARS 2.5.1 The busbars shall be air insulated and made of high conductivity, high strength

Aluminium complying with the requirement of grade 63401 WP. 2.5.2 The busbars shall be suitably braced with non-hygroscopic SMC supports to

provide a through fault withstand capacity of maximum 50KA RMS symmetrical for one second and a peak short circuit with stand capacity of 105 KA.

2.5.3 The neutral as well as the earth bar should be capable of with standing the

above level. Ridges shall be provided on the SMC supports to prevent tracking between adjacent busbars. Large clearances and creepage distance shall be provided on the busbar system to minimize the possibility of fault. The main phase busbars shall have continues current rating throughout the length of the Panel. The cross section of neutral busbars shall be same as that of the phase busbar for busbars of capacity upto 200 Amp; for higher capacities, the neutral busbar shall not be less than half (50%) the cross section of that of the phase busbars. Connections from the main busbars to functional circuits shall be so arranged and supported to withstand without any damage or deformation the thermal and dynamic stresses due to short circuit currents. Busbars shall be colour coded with PVC heat shrinkable sleeves. All connectors of bus bars to busbars & outgoing termination arrangement is to be in Stainless steel non magnetic grade nut & bolts.

2.5.4 Capacity of aluminium busbars shall be considered as 0.8 Amp per sq.mm of

cross section area of the busbars. 2.6 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2.6.1 GENERAL Moulded Case Circuit Breakers shall be incorporated in MDB / SDB & Meter

Boards wherever specified. MCCB’s shall conform to IS 13947-2 and/or IEC


947-2 in all respects. MCCB’s shall be suitable either for single phase AC 230 volts or three phase 415 volts. MCCB shall be with thermo magnetic release type. All MCCB of 250Amp and above rating shall have microprocessor released.

2.6.2 FRAME SIZES The MCCB’s shall have the following frame sizes subject to meeting the fault

level specified elsewhere. i) Up to 100A rating ........... 100Amp frame. ii) Above 100A to 200A ........... 200Amp frame. iii) Above 200A to 250A ........... 250Amp frame. iv) Above 250A to 400A ........... 400Amp frame. v) Above 400A to 630A ........… 630Amp frame. 2.6.3 CONSTRUCTIONS

The MCCB cover and case shall be made of high strength heat treatment and flame retardant thermo-setting insulating material. Operating handle shall be of rotary type quick make/quick break, trip-free type. The operating handle for simultaneous operation and tripping of all the three phases. Suitable fire arc extinguishing device shall be provided for each contact. Tripping unit shall be of thermomagnetic type provided in each pole and connected by a common trip bar such that tripping of any one pole operates all three poles to open simultaneously. MCCB shall be line load reversible type. MCCB’s shall be site adjustable thermal release (80% to 100%) of rated current. Device shall have IDMT characteristics for sustained overload and short circuits. MCCB shall be current limiting type MCCB shall be provided with rotary handle. Contacts tips shall be made of suitable arc resistant, silver alloy for long electrical life. Terminals shall be of liberal design with adequate clearance.

2.6.4 RUPTURING CAPACITY.

The Moulded Case Circuit Breaker shall have a minimum fault breaking capacity (Ics) of not less than 25 KA RMS at 415 volts for MDB / SDB & Meter Boards and / or higher capacity as specified in individual panel item.

2.6.5 TESTING.

Test certificate of the MCCB as per relevant Indian Standards (IS) shall be furnished.

2.7 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, FOR METERING. GENERAL


Direct reading electrical instruments shall be in conformity with IS 1248. The accuracy of direct reading shall be 1.0 for voltmeter and 1.0 for ammeters. Other type of instruments shall have accuracy of 1.5. The errors due to variations in temperature shall be limited to a minimum. The meter shall be suitable for continuous operation between-10 degree Centigrade to + 50 degree Centigrade. All meters shall be of flush mounting type of 96mm square or circular pattern. The meter shall be enclosed in a dust tight housing. The housing shall be of steel or phenolic mould. The design and manufacture of the meters shall ensure the prevention of fogging of instruments glass. Instruments meters shall be sealed in such a way that access to the measuring element and to the accessories within the case shall not be possible without removal of the seal. The meters shall be provided with white dials and black scale markings. The pointer shall be black in colour and shall have zero position adjustment device which could be operated from outside. The direction of deflection shall be from left to right.

Suitable selector switches shall be provided for all ammeters and voltmeters

intended to be used on three phase supply. The specifications herein after laid down shall also cover all the meters,

instrument and protective devices required for the electrical work. The ratings type and quantity of meters, instruments and protective devices shall be as per the schedule of quantities.

2.8 DIGITAL AMMETERS Ammeters shall be digital type 7 segment LED display. Ammeter shall be

suitable for accuracy class 1.0 and burden 0.5 VA approx. The ammeters shall be capable of carrying sustained overloads during fault conditions without damage or loss of accuracy.

2.9 DIGITAL VOLTMETERS

Voltmeter shall be digital type 7 segment LED display. Voltmeter shall be suitable for accuracy class 1.0 and burden 0.5 VA approx. The range for 3 phase voltmeters shall be 0 to 500 volts. The voltmeter shall be provided with protection fuse of suitable capacity.

2.10 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS 2.10.1 Current transformers shall be in conformity with IS: 2705 (Part I, II & III) in all

respects. All current transformers used for medium voltage applications shall be rated for 1kv. Current transformers shall have rated primary current,


rated burden and class of accuracy as required. However, the rated secondary current shall be 5A unless otherwise specified. The acceptable minimum class of various applications shall be as given below:

Measuring : Class 0.5 to 1. Protection : Class 5P10. 2.10.2 Current transformers shall be capable of withstanding without damage,

magnetic and thermal stresses due to short circuit fault of 50KA on medium voltage system. Terminals of the current transformers shall be marked permanently for easy identification of poles. Separate CT shall be provided for measuring instruments and protection relays. Each C.T. shall be provided with rating plate.

2.10.3 Current transformers shall be mounted such that they are easily accessible

for inspection, maintenance and replacement. The wiring for CT’s shall be copper conductor, PVC insulated wires with proper termination lugs and wiring shall be bunched with cable straps and fixed to the panel structure in a neat manner.

2.11 MISCELLANEOUS Control switches shall be of the heavy-duty rotary type with escutcheon plates

clearly marked to show the operating position. They shall be semi-flush mounting with only the front plate and operating handle projecting.

Indicating lamps shall be of the LED type, and with translucent lamps covers.

Bulbs & lenses shall be easily replaced from the front. Push buttons shall be on the momentary contact, push to actuate type fitted

with self-reset contacts & provided with integral escutcheon plates marked with its functions.

2.12 CABLE TERMINATIONS Cable entries and terminals shall be provided in the sub distribution boards to

suit the number, type and size of aluminium conductor power cable and copper conductor control cable specified.

Provision shall be made for top or bottom entry of cables as required.

Generous size of cabling chambers shall be provided, with the position of cable gland and terminals such that cables can be easily and safely terminated. Cable glands shall be double compression type, barriers or shrouds shall be provided to permit safe working at the terminals of one circuit without accidentally touching that of another live circuit.


Cable risers shall be adequately supported to withstand the effects of rated short circuit currents without damage and without causing secondary faults.

2.13 CONTROL WIRING All control wirings shall be carried out with 1100/660V grade single core PVC

cable conforming to IS 694/ IS 8130 having stranded copper conductors of minimum 1.5 sq.mm for potential circuits and 2.5 sq.mm for current transformer circuits. Wiring shall be neatly bunched, adequately supported and properly routed to allow for easy access and maintenance. Wiring shall be identified by numbering ferrules at each end. All control fuses shall be mounted in front of the panel and shall be easily accessible.

2.14 TERMINAL BLOCKS Terminal blocks shall be 500 Volts grade of the stud type. Insulating barriers

shall be provided between adjacent terminals. Terminals block shall have a minimum current rating of 10 Amps and shall be shoruded. Provisions shall be made for label inscriptions.

2.15 LABELS Labels shall be of anodized aluminium, with white engraving on block

background. They shall be properly secured with fasteners. 2.16 TEST AT MANUFACTURES WORK All routine tests specified is IS : 8623-1977 shall be carried out and test

certificates submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge. 2.16.1 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING Commissioning checks and tests shall be included all wiring checks and

checking up of connections. Primary/secondary injection tests for the relays adjustment/ setting shall be done before commissioning in addition to routine meggar test. Checks and tests shall include the following. a) Operation checks and lubrication of all moving parts. b) Interlocking function check. c) Insulation test : When measured with 500V meggar, the insulation

resistance shall not be less than 100 mega ohms. d) Trip tests & protection gear test.

2.17 MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER The MCB’s shall be of the completely moulded design suitable for operation

at 240/415 Volts 50 Hz system.

The MCB’s shall have a rupturing capacity of 10 KA.


The MCB’s shall have inverse time delayed thermal overload and instantaneous magnetic short circuit protection.

Type test certificates from independent authorities shall be furnished.

3.0 ELECTRIC POWER DISTRIBUTION AND WIRING 3.1 INTRODUCTION

The electric power will be received and distributed in a building, through following means :- (i). Cabling and switchgears to receive power. (ii). The building is divided into convenient number of parts, each part

served by a rising mains system to distribute power vertically / horizontally.

(iii). Power flows from rising mains through tap – off box to floor main board to final DBs and then to wiring.

(iv). While rising main takes care of general lighting and power outlet load of the building, other loads like lifts, pump sets, AC plants, other motor loads are fed by independent cables of suitable capacity fed from properly designed essential / non- essential LT panels with suitably designed switchgear having necessary control and safely features.

(v). Therefore the distribution / wiring system essentially consists of provision of cables, switchgears, rising main, bus-ducting earthing, laying of pipes/ conduits etc. (in surface of recess) based on proper detailed designing to decide on various sizes/ capacities of these components and various controls and safeties involved, to provide an efficient, reliable, safe and adequate electrical. Distribution and wiring system,

(vi). A typical schematic diagram of power distribution of a building is enclosed. (See Fig. 3) of General specification for Electrical works Part I Internal -2005

3.2 SYSTEM OF DISTRIBUTION AND WIRING : (i) The wiring shall be done from a distribution system through main

and / or branch distribution boards. The system design and location of boards will be properly worked out.

(ii) Each main distribution board and branch distribution board shall be controlled by an incoming circuit breaker / linked switch with fuse. Each outgoing circuit shall be controlled by a circuit breaker / switch with fuse.

(iii) For non- residential buildings, as far as possible, DBs shall be separate for light and power.


(iv) Only MCCB / MCB / HRC fuse type DBs shall be used. Rewireable type fuses shall not be used.

(v) Three phase DBs shall not be used for final circuit distribution as far as possible.

(vi) ‘Power’ wiring shall be kept separate and distinct from light wiring, from the level of circuits, i.e. beyond the branch distribution boards. Conduits for Light / power wiring shall be separate.

(vii) Essential / non essential / UPS distribution each will have a completely independent and separate distribution system starting from the main, switchboard upto final wiring for each system. As for example, conduit carrying non-essential wiring shall not have essential of UPS wiring. Wiring for essential and UPS supply will have their own conduit system. No mixing of wiring is allowed.

(viii) Generally, no switchboard will have more than one source of incoming supply. More than one incoming supply will be allowed only at main board with proper safety and interlocking so that only one source can be switched on at a time.

(ix) Each MDB / DB/ Switch board will have reasonable spare outgoing way for future expansion.

(x) Balancing of 3 Phase circuit shall be done.

3.3 WIRING :

3.3.1 SUB-MAIN & CIRCUIT WIRING a) Sub-main Wiring

Sub-main wiring shall mean the wiring from one main/ distribution switchboard to another.

b) Circuit Wiring Circuit wiring shall mean the wiring from the distribution board to the 1st tapping point inside the switch box, from where point wiring starts.

3.3.2 MEASUREMENT OF SUB-MAIN AND CIRCUIT WIRING (i). Circuit and sub-main wiring shall be measured on linear basis along

the run of the wiring. The measurement shall include all lengths form end to end of conduit or channel as the case may be, exclusive of interconnections inside the switchboard etc. the increase on account of diversion or slackness shall not be included in the measurement.

(ii). The length of circuit wiring with two wires shall be measured from the distribution board to the nearest switch box from which the point wiring starts. Looping of switch boxes also will be counted to wards circuit wiring measured along the length of conduit / channel.


(iii). When wires of different circuits are grouped in the single conduit / channel, the same shall be measured on linear basis depending on the actual number and sizes of wires run.

(iv). Protective (loop earthing) conductors, which are run along the circuit wiring and the sub-man wiring, shall be measured on linear basis and paid for separately.

(v). NOTE : Conduit carrying sub-main will not carry circuit / point wiring. Similarly conduit carrying circuit wiring will not carry sub-main / point wiring. Conduit carrying point wiring not carry sub-main / circuit wiring

3.3.3 MEASUREMENT OF OTHER WIRING WORK :- Except as specified above for point wiring, circuit wiring and sub-main wiring, other types of wiring shall be measured separately on linear basis along the run of wiring depending on the actual number and sizes of wires run.

3.4 POINT WIRING :-

3.4.1 Definition A point (other than socket outlet point) shall include all work necessary in complete wiring to the following wiring to the following outlets form the controlling switch or MCB. a) Ceiling rose or connector (in the case of point for ceiling / exhaust

fan points, pre-wired light fittings and call bells). b) Ceiling rose (in case pendant except stiff pendants). c) Back plate (in case of stiff pendants). d) Lamp holder (in case of goose neck type wall brackets, batten

holders and fittings which are not pre-wired).

3.4.2 Scope : Following shall be deemed to be included in point wiring. a) Conduit / channel as the case may be, accessories for the same and

wiring cables between the switch box and the point outlet, loop protective earthing of each fan / light fixtures.

b) All fixing accessories such as clips, screws, phil plug rawl plug etc. as required.

c) Metal or PVC switch boxes for control switches, regulators, socket etc. recessed or surface type, and phenolic laminated sheet covers over the same.

d) Outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull – through boxes etc, but excluding metal boxes if any, provided with switchboard for loose wires/ conduit terminations.


e) Any special block required for neatly housing the conductor in batten wiring system.

f) Control switch or MCB, as specified. g) 3 pin or 6 pin socket, ceiling rose or connector as required. (2 pin

and 5 pin socket outlet shall not be permitted). h) Connections to ceiling rose, connector socket outlet, lamp holder,

switch etc. i) Bushed conduit or porcelain tubing where wiring cables pass

through wall etc.

3.4.3 Measurement Point wiring (other than socket outlet points) Unless and otherwise specified, there shall be no linear measurement for point wiring for light points, fan points, exhaust fan point and call bell points. These shall be measured on unit basis by counting, ad classified as laid down in 3.4.4.

3.4.4 Classifications Point measured under 3.4.3 on unit basis shall be classified as under according to the type of building. a) Residential buildings :-

i. Group ‘A’ for point wiring for type I, type II and type III residential quarters and hotels.

ii. Group ‘B’ for point wiring for type IV and above type of residential quarter and brackets.

b) Non –residential buildings : - Group ‘C’ for all types of non-residential building such as offices, hospitals, laboratories, educational institutions, libraries etc.

c) For any other type of building :- The group under which the points are to be classified shall be decided by the concerned Chief Engineer (Elect.).

3.4.5 Point wiring for socket outlet points :- a) The light (6A) point and power (16A) point wiring shall be measured

on linear basis, from the respective tapping point of live cable, namely switchbox another socket outlet point, or the sub distribution board as the case may be, up to the socket outlet.

b) The metal / PVC box with cover, switch / MCB, socket outlet and another accessories shall be measured and paid as a separate item. Note : - There shall normally be no ‘On the board” light plug point.

c) The power point outlet may be 16A /6A, six pin socket outlet, where so specified in the tender documents.

3.4.6 Group Control Point Wiring.


a) In the case of points with more than one point controlled by the same switch, such points shall be measured in parts i.e. (a) from the switch to the first point outlet as one point and classified according to 3.4.4, and (b) for the subsequent points, the distance from that outlet to the next one and so on, shall be treated as separate point (s) and classified according to 3.4.4.

b) No recovery shall be made for non-provision of more than one switch in such cases.

3.4.7 Twin Control Light Point wiring;- a) A light point controlled by two numbers of two way switches shall be

measured as two points from the fitting to the switches on either side and classified according to 3.4.4.

b) No recovery shall be made for non-provision of more than one ceiling rose or connector in such cases.

3.4.8 Multiple Controlled Call Bell Point wiring ;- a) In the case of call bell points with a single call bell outlet, controlled

from more than one place, the point shall be measured in parts i.e. (a) from the call bell outlet to one of the nearest ceiling roses meant for connection to bell push, treated as one point and classified according to 3.4.4 and (b) from that ceiling rose to the next one and so on, shall be treated as separate point (s) and classified according to 3.4.4.

b) No recovery shall be made for non-provision of more than one ceiling rose or connector for connection to call bell in such cases.

3.5 WIRING SYSTEM :- a) Wiring shall be done only by the looping system. Phase / live

conductors shall be looped at the switchbox. Fro point wiring, neutral wire /earth wire looping for the 1st point shall be done in the switch box; and neutral earth looping of subsequent points will be made from point outlet.

b) In wiring, on joints in wiring will be permitted anywhere, except in switchbox or point outlets, where jointing of wires will be allowed with use of suitable connector.

c) The wiring throughout the installation shall be such that there is no break in the neutral wire except in the form of linked switchgears.

d) Colour coding :- Following colour coding shall be followed in wiring Phase : Red / Yellew / Blue (Three Phase Wiring) Live : Red (Single Phase Wiring) Neutral : Black Earth : Yellow / Green.


e) Termination of circuit into switchboard :- Circuit will consist of Phase / Nutral / Earth wire. Circuit will terminate in a switch board (first taping point, where from point wiring starts) in following manners : - a) Phase wire terminated in phase connector. b) Neutral wire terminated in neutral connector c) Earth wire terminated in earth connector. d) The switchboard will have phase neutral and earth termination

connector blocks to receive phase / neutral / earth wires. (See fig. 4)

3.6 RUN OF WIRING :- a) The type of wiring shall be specified in the tender documents

namely, surface conduit / recessed conduit, steel / PVC channel. b) Surface wiring shall run as far as possible along the walls and

ceiling, so as to be easily accessible for inspection. c) Above false ceiling, in no case, open wiring shall be allowed. Wiring

will be done in recessed conduit or surface steel conduit. d) In recessed conduit system, routes of conduit will be planned, so

that various inspection boxes provided don’t present a shabby look. Such boxes provided 5mm above plaster level, and they can be covered with plaster of paris with marking of junction boxes.

e) Where number of electrical services like electrical wiring, telephone wiring, computer cabling, pass through corridors, it may be proper to plan such service with properly designed aluminum / PVC channels duly covered by a false ceiling, so that subsequently such service can be maintained and additional cables can be provided.

f) Generally conduits for wiring will not be taken in floor slabs. When it is unavoidable special precaution to be taken to provide floor channels with provision for safety and maintenance. Alternatively false flooring can be provided.

3.7 PASSING THROUGH WALL OR FLOORS :- a) When wiring cables are to pass through a wall these shall be taken

through a protection (Steel / PVC) pipe or porcelain tube of suitable size such that they pass through in a straight line without twist or cross in them on either they pass through in a straight line with twist or cross in them on either end of such holes. The ends of metallic pipe shall be neatly bushed with porcelain, PVC or other approved materials.

b) All floors openings for carrying any wiring shall be suitably sealed after installation.

3.8 JOINTS IN WIRING :-


a) No bare conductor in phase and / or neutral or twisted joints in phase, neutral, and / or protective conductors in wiring shall be permitted.

b) There shall be no joints in the through – runs of cables. If the length of final circuit of sub-main is more than the length of standard coil, thus necessitating a through joint, such joint shall be made by means of approved mechanical connectors in suitable junctions boxes.

c) Termination of multi-stranded conductors shall be done using suitable crimping type thimbles.

3.9 RATING OF OUTLETS (TO BE ADOPTED FOR DESIGN) : - a) Incandescent lamps in residential and non-residential buildings shall

be rated at 60W and 100W respectively. b) Ceiling fans shall be rated at 60W. exhaust fans, fluorescent tubes,

compact fluorescent tubes, HPMV lamps, HPSV lamps etc. shall be rated according to their capacity . control gear loses shall be also considered as applicable.

c) 6A and 16A socket outlets points shall be rated at 100W and 1000W respectively, unless the actual values of loads are specified.

3.10 CAPACITY OF CIRCUITS :- a) Lighting circuit shall feed light / fan / call bell points. Each circuit shall

not have more than 800Watt connected load or more than 10 Points. However in case of CFL points where load per point may be less, number of points may be suitably increased.

b) Power circuit in non-residential building will have only one outlet per circuit.

c) Each power circuit in residential building can feed following outlets : i. Not more than 2 Nos. 16A outlets. ii. Not more than 3 Nos. 6A outlets. iii. Not more than 1 No. 16A and 2 No. 6A outlets.

d) Load more tan 1KW shall be controlled by suitably rated MCB and cable size shall be decided as per calculations.

e) Power wiring with bus trunking ; - It is permitted to meet large – scale power requirement in a hall, or floor, with use of single phase or 3 phase bus bar running inside a metal enclosure. This will be provided with careful design and use of factory fabricated bus-trunking of reputed make, conforming to relevant BIS standards and with standard accessories link end feed unit, tap off with necessary safety features like over current, and short circuit and earth fault protection. Such trunking willl be of specified breaking KA raking.

3.11 SOCKET OUTLETS :-


a) Socket outlet shall be 6A, 3 Pin, 16Amp 3pin or 16/6Amp 6pin. 5 pin socket outlets will not be permitted. The third pin shall be connected to earth through protective (loop earthing) conductor, 2 Pin or 5 pin sockets shall not be permitted to be used.

b) Conductors connecting electrical appliances with socket outlets shall be of flexible type with an earthing conductor for connection to the earth terminal of plug and the metallic body of the electrical appliance.

c) Socket for the power outlet of rating above 1KW shall be of industrial type with associated plug top and controlling MCB.

d) Where specified, shutter type (interlocking type) of socket shall be used.

e) Every socket outlet shall be controlled by a switch or MCB, as specified. The control switch / MCB shall be connected on the ‘live’ side of the line.

f) 5A/6A and 15A /16A socket outlets shall be installed at the following positions, unless otherwise specified. i. Non –residential building – 23cm above floor level. ii. Kitchen – 23cm above working platform and away from the

likely positions of stove and sink iii. Bathroom – No socket outlet is permitted for connecting a

portable appliance thereto. MCB / IC switch may be provided above 2m for fixed appliances, and at least 1m away from shower.

iv. Rooms in residences – 23cm above floor level, or any other level in special cases as desired by the Engineer – in – Charge.

g) Unless and otherwise specified, the control switches for the 6A and 16A socket outlet shall be kept alogwith the socket outlets.

3.12 CABLES : - a) Copper conductor cable only will be used for sub-main / circuit / point

wiring. b) Minimum size of wiring ;

Light wiring : 1.5 sq.mm. Power wiring : 4.0 sq.mm. Power circuit rated More than 1KW : Size as per calculation

c) Insulation : Copper conductor cable shall be PVC insulated, Fire retardant, low smoke (FRLS) type conforming to BIS specifications.

d) Multi-stranded :- Cables are permitted to be used.

3.13 FLEXIBLE CABLE :-


a) Conductor of flexible cables shall be of copper. The cross sectional area of conductor for flexible cable shall be as per design.

b) Only 3 core flexible cables shall be used for connecting single – phase appliances.

c) Unless the flexible cables are mechanically protected by armoured, or though rubber, or PVC sheathed, these shall not be used in workshops and other places where they are liable to mechanical damage.

d) Flexible cable connection to bell push from ceiling rose shall be taken through steel conduit / metallic casing and capping.

3.14 WIRING ACCESSORIES :-

a) Control switches for points :- i. Control switches (single pole switch) carrying not more than

16A shall be modular type. The switch shall be ‘ON’ when the knob is down.

ii. Modular type switches of reputed make along with matching mounting boxes, shall be used in non-residential buildings and residential quarters of all types. Modular type sockets, stepped type fan regulators shall be used. All such boxes switches and accessories shall be of same make of modular switch manufacturer.

iii. It is recommended to provide double pole MCB in proper enclosure as power outlet for window type AC unit, geysers etc.

b) Switch Boxes :- i. Switch box shall be hot dip galvanized, factory fabricated.

Suitable in size for surface / recess mounting and suitable in size for accommodating the required number of switches and accessories (where required to be used for applications other then modular switches / sockets).

ii. Switch box also can be of non – metallic material. The technical sanctioning authority will approve specified makes of reputed quality and specifications.

c) Switchbox cover (for application other than modular type) :- Phenolic laminated sheets of approved shade shall be used for switch box covers. These shall be of 3mm thick synthetic phenolic resin bonded laminated sheets as base material and conforming to Grade P-I of IS : 20361974.

Note : Specification for switch boxes is covered in the chapters on the various types of wiring. d) Ceiling rose : -

i. A ceiling rose shall not be used on a circuit, the voltage of which normally exceeds 250V.


ii. Only one flexible cord shall be connected to a ceiling rose. Specially designed ceiling roses shall be used for multiple pendants.

iii. A ceiling rose shall not embody fuse terminals as an integral part of it;

e) Lamp Holders : - i. Lamp holders may be batten, angle, pendant of bracket holder

type as required. He holder shall be made of brass and shall be rigid enough to maintain shape on application of a nominal external pressure. There should be sufficient threading for fixing the base to the lamp holder part so that they do not open out during attention to the lamp or shade.

ii. Lamp holder for use no bracket and the like shall have not less than 1.3cm nipple, and all those for use with flexible pendant shall be provided with cord grips.

iii. All lamp holders shall be provided with shade carriers. iv. Where centre contact Edison Screw lamp holders are used, the

outer or screw contact shall be connected o the ‘middle wire’ or the neutral conductor of the circuit.

f) Fitting types:- The types of fittings shall be as specified in the tender documents. Indoor type fittings:-

i. Where conductors are required to be drawn through tube or channel leading to the fitting, the tube or channel must be free from sharp angles or projecting edge, and of such size as will enable them to be wired with the conductor used for the final circuit without removing the braiding or sheathing. As far as possible all such tubes or channels should be of sufficient size to permitted looping back

ii. Wires used within pre-wired fittings shall be flexible with PVC insulation and 14/0.193 mm (minimum) copper conductors. The leads shall be terminated on built – in – terminal block, ceiling rose or connector as required.

iii. Fittings using discharge lamps shall be complete with power factor correction capacitors, either integrally or externally. An earth terminal with suitable marking shall be provided for each fitting of discharge lamps.

iv. Fittings shall be installed such that the lamp is at a height of 2.4m above floor level, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer – in – charge.

v. Fittings made of CRCA shall be phosphatized and powder / epoxy painted. for coastal areas and humid area like toilets, kitchen, for prolonging the life of such fittings, corrosion free


materials like engineering plastic, aluminium, stainless steel, etc. should be used.

Outdoor type fittings:- Outdoor fittings shall have suitable IP protection. It is preferable that street light fittings are of cast aluminium body of IP65, for reducing recurring maintenance cost and improved performance. Where required IP 66 fittings also can be provided for reducing maintenance frequency and cost. Other fittings are not available with tested IP 65/54 protection, can be properly fabricated with weatherproof features, proper gasketing etc. as far as possible corrosion free material like cast aluminium, stainless steel, engineering plastics may be used for fabrication of such fittings, to prolong life such fittings. There should not be any exposed wiring in such outdoor fittings

3.15 ATTACHMENT OF FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES : - a) Conduit wiring system :-

i. All accessories like switches, socket outlets, call bell pushes and regulators shall be fixed in flush pattern inside the switch / regulator boxes. Accessories like ceiling roses, brackets, batten holders etc. shall be fixed on outlet boxes. The fan regulators may also be fixed on outlet boxes, if so directed by Engineer – in – charge.

ii. Aluminium alloy or cadmium plated iron screws shall be used to fix the accessories to their bases.

iii. The switch box / regulator box shall normally be mounted with their bottom 1.25m form floor level, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer – in – charge / Architect / Electrical Consultants.

b) Fixing to wall and ceiling :- i. Wooden plug for fixing to wall / ceiling will not be allowed.

Fixing will be done with the help or PVC sleeves / Rowel plugs / dash fasteners as required.

ii. Drilling of holes shall be done by drilling machines only. No manual drilling of hole will be allowed.

3.16 FANS, REGULATORS AND CLAMPS : - a) Ceiling Fans :-

i. Ceiling fans including their suspension shall conform to relevant Indian Standards.

ii. All ceiling fans shall be wired to ceiling roses or to special connector boxes, and suspended form hooks or shackles, with insulators between hooks and suspension rods. There shall be no joint in he suspension rod.


iii. For wooden or steel joists and beams, the suspension shall consist of GI flat of size not less than 40mm x 6mm, secured on the side of the joists or beam by means of two coach screws of size not less than 5cm for each flat. Where there is space above the beam, a through- bolt of size not less than 1.5cm dia, shall be placed above the beam the beam from which the flats are suspended. In the letter case, the flats shall be secured from movements by means of another bolts and nut at the bottom of the beam. A hook consisting of MS rod of size not less than 1.5cm. dia shall be inserted between the MS flat through oval holes on their sides. Alternatively, the flats may be bent inward to hold tightly between them by means of a bolt and nut, a hook of ‘S’ form.

iv. In the case of ‘I’ beams, flats shall be shaped suitably to catch the flanges and shall be held together by means of a long bolt and nut.

v. For concrete roofs, a 12mm dia. MS rod in the shape of ‘U’ with their vertical legs bent horizontally at the top at least 19cm or either side and bound to the top reinforcement of the roof shall be used as shown in Fig . 5.

vi. In buildings with concrete roofs having a low ceiling height, where the fan clamp mentioned under sub clause (v) above cannot be used, or wherever specified, recessed type fan clamp inside metallic box, as shown in Fig. 6 shall be used.

vii. Canopies on top suspension rod shall effectively hide the suspension.

viii. The leading in wire shall be of nominal cross sectional area not less than 1.5 sq.mm. and shall be protected from abrasion.

ix. Unless otherwise specified, all ceiling fans shall be hung 2.75m above the floor.

x. In the case of measurement of extra down rod for ceiling fan including wring, the same shall be measured in units of 10cm. any length less than 5cm shall be ignored.

xi. The wiring of extra down rod shall be paid as supplying and drawing cable in existing conduit.

b) Exhaust Fans :- i. Exhaust fans shall conform to relevant Indian Standards. ii. Exhaust fans shall be erected at the place indicated by the

engineer – in – charge. For fixing an exhaust fan, a circular opening shall be provided in the wall to suit the size of the frame, which shall be fixed by means of rag bolts embedded in the wall. The holes shall be neat plastered to the original finish of the wall. The exhaust fans shall be connected to the exhaust fan point, which shall be wired as near to the opening as


possible, by means of a flexible cord, care being taken to see that the blades rotate in the proper direction.

iii. Exhaust fans for installation in corrosive atmosphere, shall be painted with special PVC paint or chlorinated rubber paint.

iv. Installation of exhaust fan in kitchens, dark rooms and such other special location need careful consideration; any special provision needed shall be specified.

c) Regulators :- The metallic body of regulators of ceiling fans / exhaust fans shall be connected to earth by the protective conductor.

3.17 MARKING OF SWITCHBOARD :- (a) Schematic Diagram : - First a comprehensive schematic diagram for

each building is to be prepared, starting from Main L.T. Panel, rising main, sub-main boards, DBs, etc. and the manner in which they are connected. This will include essential, non –essential and UPS system main sub-main cables shall be indicated

(b) Marking of each main Board :- Each main board Sub-main board shall be marked indicating rating of each incoming / outgoing switch and the details of loads / area it feeds. Detail / size of incoming and outgoing cable also shall be marked indicating from where the incoming cable has originated.

(c) Marking of Distribution Board :- Each Distribution board shall be marked indicating detail of incoming switch (Size of cable and from where it is fed) and marking of each outgoing MCB indicating the area it feeds. Suitable marking sticker will be suitably fixed to indicate such details.

(d) Marking of Power / Light DBs :- Power / Light DBs shall be marked ‘P’ and ‘L’ respectively.

(e) Marking for Non- essential / Essential / UPS / Switch board :- Each switchboard shall be marked essential / non-essential / UPS to indicate the nature of such switchboards.

(f) Marking of Main earthing terminal :- Main earthing terminals in main / sun-main switchboard shall be permanently marked, as ‘Safety Earth –don’t remove’.

4.0 METALLIC CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM 4.1 SCOPE

This chapter covers the detailed requirements for wiring work in metallic conduits. This chapter covers both surface and recessed types of works.

4.2 APPLICATION (i) Recessed conduit is suitable generally for all applications. Surface conduit

work may be adopted in places like workshops, plant rooms, pump rooms,


wiring above false ceiling / below false flooring, and at locations where recessed work may not be possible to be done. The types of work, viz. surface or recessed, shall be as specified in the respective works.

(ii) Flexile conduits may only be permitted for interconnections between switchgear, DBs and conduit terminations in wall.

4.3 MATERIAL 4.3.1. CONDUITS

(i) All rigid conduit pipes shall be of steel and be ISI marked. The wall thickness shall be not less than 1.6mm (16SWG) for conduits upto 32mm dia and not less than 2mm (14 SWG) for conduits above 32mm dia. These shall be solid drawn or reamed by welding, and finished with galvanized or stove enameled surface.

(ii) The maximum number of PVC insulated cables conforming to IS : 694-1990 that can be drawn in one conduit is given size wise in Table I, and the number of cables per conduit shall not be exceeded. Conduit size shall be selected accordingly in each run.

(iii) No steel conduit less than 20mm in diameter shall be used.

4.3.2. CONDUIT ACCESSORIES (i) The conduit wiring system shall be complete in all respects,

including their accessories. (ii) All conduit accessories shall be of threaded type, and under no

circumstances pin grip type of clamp grip type accessories shall be used.

(iii) Bends, couplers etc. shall be solid type in recessed type of works and may be solid or inspection type as required, in surface type of works.

(iv) A) Saddles or surface conduit work on wall shall not be less than 0.55mm (24 gauges) for conduits upto 25mm dia and not less than 0.9mm (20 gauges) for larger diameter. The corresponding widths shall be 19mm & 25mm.

B) The minimum width and the thickness of girder clips used for fixing conduits to steel joints, and clamps shall be as per the Table II (General Specification for Electrical works Part I – Internal 2005).

4.3.3. OUTLETS

(i) The switch box or regulator box shall be made of metal on all sides, except on the front. In the case of cast boxes, the wall thickness shall be at least 3mm and in case of welded mild steel sheet boxes, the wall thickness shall not be less than1.2mm (18 Gauge) for boxes upto a size of 20cm x 30cm, and above this size 1.6mm (16 Gauge) thick MS boxes shall be used. The metallic


boxes shall be duly painted with anticorrosive paint before erection as per chapter 15 of these Specifications.

(ii) A) Outlet boxes shall be of one of the size, covered in the Schedule of Rate (Elect.), Part – I Internal – 1994/2004.

B) Where a large number of control switches and / or fan regulators are required to be installed at one place, these shall be installed in more than one outlet box a adjacent to each other for ease of maintenance.

(iii) An earth terminal with stud and 2 metal washers and terminal block shall be provided in each MS box for termination of protective conductors and for connection to stock outlet/ metallic body of fan regulator etc.

(iv) A metal strip shall be welded / screwed, to the metal box as support if tumbler type of control switches, sockets and or fan regulators in flush pattern.

(v) Clear depth of the box shall not be less than 60mm and this shall be increased suitably to accommodate mounding of fan regulators in flush pattern.

(vi) The fan regulators can also be mounted on the switch box covers, if so stipulated in the tender specification, or if so directed by the Engineer – in – charge.

(vii) Except where otherwise stated, 3mm thick phenolic laminated sheet as per clause 3.14.c shall be fixed on the front with brass screws, or aluminium alloy/ cadmium plated iron screws as approved by the Engineer – in – Charge.

4.4 INSTALLATION

4.4.1. COMMON ASPECTS FOR RECESSED AND SURFACE CONDUIT WORKS. (i) CONDUIT JOINTS

(a) The conduit work of each circuit of section shall be completed before the cables are drawn in.

(b) Conduit pipes shall be joined by means of screwed couplers and screwed accessories only. Threads on conduit pipes in all cases shall be between 13mm to 19mm long, sufficient to accommodate pipe to full threaded portion of couplers or accessories.

(c) Cut ends of conduit pipes shall have no sharp edges, nor any burrs left to avoid damage to the insulation of the conductors while pulling them through such pipes.

(d) The Engineer – in – charge, with a view to ensuring that the above provision has been carried out, may require that the separate lengths of conduit etc., after they have been prepared, shall be submitted for inspection before being fixed.


(e) No bare threaded portion of conduit pipe shall be allowed, unless such bare threaded portion is treated with anticorrosive preservative or covered with approved plastic compound.

(ii) BENDS IN CONDUITS (a) All necessary bends in the system, including diversion, shall be

done either by neatly bending the pipes without cracking with a bending radius of not less than 7.5cm, or alternatively, by inserting suitable solid or inspection type normal bends, elbows or similar fittings, or by fixing cast iron inspection boxes, whichever is most suitable.

(b) No length of conduit shall have more than the equivalent of four quarter bends from outlet to outlet

(c) Conduit fittings shall be avoided as far as possible on conduit system exposed to weather. Where necessary, solid type fittings shall be used.

(iii) OUTLETS (a) All outlets such as switches, wall sockets etc. may be either flush

mounting type, or of surface mounting type, as specified in the Additional Specifications.

(b) All switches (except piano type switches), socket outlets and fan regulators shall be fixed on metal strips which shall be screwed / welded to the box. Piano type switches and accessories shall be fixed on the phenolic laminated sheet covers in flush pattern

(iv) PAINTING AFTER ERECTION After installation, all accessible surface of conduit pipes, fittings, switch and regulator boxes etc. shall be painted in compliance with the clauses under chapter 15- “Painting” of General Specification for Electrical works Part I – Internal 2005.

4.4.2. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SURFACE CONDUIT WORK.

(i) PAINTING BEFORE ERECTION The outer surface of conduit including all bends, unions, tees junction boxes etc. forming part of the conduit system, shall be adequately protected against rust when such system is exposed to weather, by being painted with 2coats or red oxide paint applied before they are fixed.

(ii) FIXING COUNDUIT ON SURFACE (a) Conduit pipes shall be fixed by saddles, secured to suitable

approved plugs with screws in an approved manner at an interval of not more than one meter, but no either side of the couplers or bends or similar fittings, saddles shall be fixed at a distance of 30 cm from the center of such fittings.

(b) Where conduit pipes are to be laid along the trusses, steel joists etc. the same shall be secured by means of saddles of girder clips or clamps as required by the Engineer – in – charge.


(c) In long distance straight run of conduit, inspection type couplers at reasonable intervals shall be provided, or running threads with couplers and jam nuts shall be provided.

(iii) FIXING OUTLET BOXES. Only portion of the switch box shall be sunk in the wall, the other portion being projected out for suitable entry of conduit pipes into the box.

4.4.3. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RECESSED CONDUIT WORK. (i) MAKING CHASE

(a) The chase in the wall shall be neatly made of ample dimensions to permit the conduit to be fixed in the manner desired.

(b) In the case of building under construction, the conduits shall be buried in the wall before plastering, and shall be finished neatly after erection of conduit.

(c) In case of exposed brick / rubber masonry work, special, care shall be taken to fix the conduit and accessories in position along with the building work.

(ii) FIXING CONDUITS IN CHASE (a) The conduit pipe shall be fixed by means of staples, J-hooks, or by

means of saddles, not more than 60cm apart or by any other approved means of fixing.

(b) All threaded joints of conduit pipes shall be treated with some approved preservative compound to secure protection against rust.

(iii) FIXING CONDUITS IN RCC WORK (a) The conduit pipes shall be laid in position and fixed to the steel

reinforcement bars by steel binding wires before the concreting is done. The conduit pipe shall be fixed firmly to the steel reinforcement bars to avoid their dislocation during pouring of cement concrete and subsequent tamping of the same.

(b) Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as practicable, and all curves shall be maintained by bending the conduit pipe itself with a long radius, which will permit easy drawing in of conductors.

(c) Location of inspection / junction boxes in RCC work should be identified by suitable means to avoid unnecessary chipping of the RCC slab subsequently to locate these boxes.

(iv) FIXING INSPECTION BOXES.

(a) Suitable inspection boxes to the minimum requirement shall be provided to permit inspection and to facilitate replacement of wires, if necessary.

(b) These shall be mounted flush with the wall or ceiling concrete. Minimum 65mm depth junction boxes shall be used in roof slabs


and the depth of the boxes in other places shall be as per IS : 2667- 1988.

(c) Suitable ventilation holes shall be provided in the inspection box covers.

(v) FIXING SWITCH BOXES AND ACCESSORIES Switch boxes shall be mounted flush with the wall. All outlets such as switches, socket outlet etc. shall be flush mounting type, unless otherwise specified in the additional specifications.

(vi) FISH WIRE To facilitate subsequent drawing of wires in the conduit, GI fish wire of 1.6mm/ 1.2mm (16 /18SWF) shall be provided alongwith the laying of the recessed conduit.

(vii) BUNCHING OF CABLES. (a) Cables carrying Direct Current may, if desired, be bunched

whatever their polarity, but cables carrying alternating current, if installed in metal conduit shall always be bunched so that the outgoing and return cables are drawn onto the same conduit.

(b) Where the distribution is so for single phase loads only, conductors for these phases shall be drawn in one conduit.

(c) In case of three phase loads, separate conduits shall be run from the distribution boards to the load points, or outlets as the case may be.

4.4.4. EARTHING REQUIREMENTS (i) The entire system of metallic conduit work, including the outlet boxes and

other metallic accessories, shall be mechanically and electrically continuous by proper screwed joints, or by double check nuts at terminations. The conduit shall be continuous when passing through wall or floors.

(ii) A protective (loop earthing) conductor(s) shall be laid inside the conduit between the metallic switch boxes and distribution switch boards and terminated into proper earth lugs. Terminals. Only PVC insulated copper conductor cable of specified size, green- yellow in color shall be allowed. Such conductors will not run external to the conduits.

(iii) The protective conductors shall be terminated properly using earth stud, earth terminal block etc. as the case may be.

(iv) Gas or water pipe shall not be used as protective conductor (earth medium).


TABLE – I Maximum number of PVC insulated 650/1100 V grade aluminium/ Copper conductor cable conforming to IS : 694 – 1990, [Clause 4.2.1 (ii) ] Nominal Cross- Sectional Area of conductor In

(Sq.mm)

20mm 25mm 32mm 38mm 51mm 64mm

S B S B S B S B S B S B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1.50 5 4 10 8 18 12 - - - - - -

2.50 5 3 8 6 12 10 - - - - - -

4 3 2 6 5 10 8 - - - - - - 6 2 - 5 4 8 7 - - - - - - 10 2 - 4 3 6 5 8 6 - - - 16 - - 2 2 3 3 6 5 10 7 12 8 25 - - - - 3 2 5 3 8 6 9 7 35 - - - - - - 3 2 6 5 8 6 50 - - - - - - - - 5 3 6 5 70 - - - - - - - - 4 3 5 4

NOTE : 1. The above table shows the maximum capacity of conduits for a simultaneous

drawing in of cables. 2. The columns headed ‘S' apply to runs of conduits which have distance not

exceeding 4.25m between draw in boxes and which do not deflect from the straight by an angle of more than 15 degrees. The columns headed `B' apply to runs of conduit which deflect from the straight by an angle of more than 15 degrees.

3. Conduit sizes are the nominal external diameters.

TABLE – II GIRDER CLIPS OR CLAMPS [Clause 4.2.2 (iv) b] S.NO. SIZE OF CONDUIT WIDTH THICKNESS

(i) 20mm 19mm 0.9 mm (20 SWG) (ii) 25mm 19mm 0.9 mm (20 SWG) (iii) 32mm & above 25mm 1.2 mm (18 SWG)

-o-o-o-


5.0 NON METALLIC CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM 5.1 SCOPE

This chapter covers the detailed requirements for wiring work in non-metallic conduits. This chapter covers both surface and recessed types of works.

5.2 APPLICATION 5.2.1 Recessed conduit work is generally suitable for all applications. Surface

conduit work may be adopted in place like workshops etc. and where recessed work may not be possible to be done. The type of work shall be as specified in individual works.

5.2.2 Flexible non –metallic conduits shall be suds only at terminations, wherever specified.

5.2.3 Special precautions a. If the pipes are liable to mechanical damages, they should be

adequately protected. b. Non- metallic conduit shall not be used for the following

applications :- i. In concealed / inaccessible places of combustible

construction where ambient temperature exceeds 60O C. ii. In places where ambient temperature is less than 5O C. iii. For suspension of fluorescent fittings and other fixtures. iv. In areas exposed to sunlight.

5.3 MATERIAL 5.3.1 CONDUITS

(i) All non-metallic conduit pipes and accessories shall be of suitable material complying with IS 2509-1973 and IS : 3419-1989 for rigid conduits and IS : 9537 (Part-5) 2000 for flexible conduits. The interior of the conduit free from obstructions. The rigid conduit pipes shall be ISI marked.

(ii) The conduits shall be circular in cross-section. The conduits shall be designated by their nominal outside diameter. The dimensional details of rigid non-metallic conduits are given in Table –III (General Specification for Electrical works Part I – Internal 2005).

(iii) No non-metallic conduit less than 20mm in diameter shall be used. (iv) Wiring capacity

The maximum number of PVC insulated aluminium / copper conductor cables of 650 /1100V grade conforming to IS 694-1990 that can be drawn in one conduit of various size given in Table – I under clause 4.2.1 (ii). Conduit shall be selected accordingly

5.3.2 CONDUIT ACCESSORIES (i) The conduit wiring system shall be completed in all respect

including accessories. (ii) Rigid conduit accessories shall be normally of grip type. (iii) Flexible conduit accessories shall be of threaded type.


(iv) Bends, couplers etc. shall be solid type in recessed type of works and may be solid or inspection type as required in surface type of works.

(v) Saddle of fixing conduits shall be heavy gauge non-metallic type with base.

(vi) The minimum width and the thickness of the ordinary clips or girder clips shall be as per Table IV

(vii) For all sizes of conduit, the size of clamping rod shall be 4.5mm (7 SWG) diameter.

5.3.3 OUTLETS (i) The switch box shall be made of either rigid PVC molding, or mild

steel, or cast iron on all sides except at the front. The regulator boxes shall however be made only of mild steel of cast iron.

(ii) PVC boxes shall comply with the requirements laid down in IS : 14772-2000. these boxes shall be free from burrs, fins and internal roughness. The thickness of the walls and base of PVC boxes shall not be less than 2mm. the clear depth of PVC boxes shall not be less than 60m.

(iii) The specifications for metallic boxes shall be as per requirements of clause 4.2.3.

(iv) 3mm thick phenolic laminated sheet covers for all types of boxes shall be as per requirements of clause 3.14.c.

5.4 INSTALLATION 5.4.1 COMMON ASPECTS FOR RECESSED AND SURFACE CONDUIT WORKS.

(i) The erection of conduits of each circuit shall be completed before the cables are drawn in.

(ii) CONDUIT JOINTS (a.) All joints shall be cemented with approved cement. Damaged

conduit pipes/ fittings shall not be used in the work. Cut ends of conduit pipes shall have neither sharp edges nor any burrs left to avoid damage to the insulation of conductors while pulling them through such pipes.

(b.) The Engineer – in – charge, with a view of ensuring that the above provision has been carried out, may require that the separate lengths of conduit etc. after they have been prepared shall be submitted for inspection before being fixed.

(iii) BENDS IN CONDUITS i. All bends in the system may be formed either by bending the pipes

by an approved method of heating, or by inserting suitable accessories such as bend, elbows of similar fittings, or by fixing


non-metallic inspection boxes, whichever is most suitable. Where necessary, solid type fittings shall be used.

ii. Radius of bends in conduit pipes shall not be less than 7.5cm No. length of conduit shall have more the equivalent of four quarter bends from outlet to outlet.

iii. Care shall be taken while bending the pipes to ensure that the conduit pipe is not injured, and that the internal diameter is not effectively reduced.

(iv) OUTLETS All switches, plugs, fan regulators etc. shall be fitted in flush pattern. The fan regulators can be mounted on the switch box covers, if so stipulated in the tender specifications, or if so directed by the Engineer – in – Charge.

(v) PAINTING AFTER INSTALLATIONS (v) After installation, all accessible surface of metallic accessories

shall be painted in compliance with the clauses under chapter 15- “Painting” (General Specification for Electrical works Part I – Internal 2005).

5.4.2 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SURFACE CONDUIT WORK. (i) Conduit pipes shall be fixed by heavy gauge non-metallic saddles with

base, secured to suitable approved plugs with screws in an approved manner, at an interval of not more than 60cm, but no either side of couplers or bends or similar fittings, saddle shall be fixed at a closer distance from the center of such fittings. Slotted PVC saddle may also be used where the PVC pipe can be pushed in through the slots.

(ii) Where the conduit pipes are to be laid along the trusses, steel joists etc. the same shall be secured by means of saddles or girder clips as required by the Engineer –In – charge. Where it is not possible to use these for fixing, suitable clamps with bolts and nuts shall be used.

(iii) If the conduit pipes are liable to mechanical damage, they shall be adequately protected.

5.4.3 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RECESSED CONDUIT WORK. (i) MAKING CHASE

a) The chase in the wall shall be neatly made of ample dimensions to permit the conduit to be fixed in the manner desired.

b) In the case of building under construction, the conduits shall be buried in the wall before plastering, and shall be finished neatly after erection of conduit.

c) In case of exposed brick / rubber masonry work, special, care shall be taken to fix the conduit and accessories in position along with the building work..

(ii) FIXING CONDUITS IN CHASE (b) The conduit pipe shall be fixed by means of staples, or by means

of non- metallic saddles placed, not more than 60cm apart or shall be fixed by any other approved means of fixing.


(c) At either side of the bends, saddles / staples shall be fixed at distance of 15cm from the centre of the bends.

(iii) ERECTION IN RCC WORK (a) The conduit pipes shall be laid in position and fixed to the steel

reinforcement bars by steel binding wires before the concreting is done. The conduit pipe shall be fixed firmly to the steel reinforcement bars to avoid their dislocation during pouring of cement concrete and subsequent tamping of the same.

(b) Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as practicable, and all curves shall be maintained by bending the conduit pipe itself with a long radius, which will permit easy drawing in of conductors.

(c) Location of inspection / junction boxes in RCC work should be identified by suitable means to avoid unnecessary chipping of the RCC slab subsequently to locate these boxes.

(iv) FIXING INSPECTION BOXES. (a) Suitable inspection boxes to the minimum requirement shall be

provided to permit inspection and to facilitate replacement of wires, if necessary.

(b) These shall be mounted flush with the wall or ceiling concrete. Minimum 65mm depth junction boxes shall be used in roof slabs and the depth of the boxes in other places shall be as per IS : 2667- 1988.

(c) Suitable ventilation holes shall be provided in the inspection box covers.

(v) FIXING SWITCH BOXES AND ACCESSORIES Switch boxes shall be mounted flush with the wall. All outlets such as switches, socket outlet etc. shall be flush mounting type, unless otherwise specified in the additional specifications.

(vi) FISH WIRE To facilitate subsequent drawing of wires in the conduit, GI fish wire of 1.6mm/ 1.2mm (16 /18SWF) shall be provided alongwith the laying of the recessed conduit.

(vii) BUNCHING OF CABLES For case of maintenance, cables carrying direct current or alternating current shall always be bunched so that the outgoing and return cables are drawn in the same conduits.

5.4.4 EARTHING REQUIREMENTS (i) A protective (earth) conductor(s) shall be drawn inside the conduit in all

distribution circuit to provide for earthing of non-current carrying metallic parts of the installation. These shall be terminated on the earth terminal in the switch boxes, and / or earth terminal blocks at the DBs.

(ii) Gas or water pipe shall not be used as protective conductor (earth medium).


TABLE – III Dimensional details of rigid non-metallic conduits [Clause 5.2.1 (ii) ]

S.No

.

Nominal Outside

Diameter (in mm)

Maximum Outside

Diameter (in mm)

Minimum inside Diameter

(in mm)

Maximum Permissible eccentricity

(in mm)

Maximum Permissible

ovality (in mm)

1. 20 20 + 0.3 17.2 0.2 0.5

2. 25 25 + 0.3 21.6 0.2 0.5

3. 32 32 + 0.3 28.2 0.2 0.5

4. 40 40 + 0.3 35.8 0.2 0.5

5. 50 50 + 0.3 45.0 0.4 0.6 TABLE – IV ORDINARY CLIPS OR GIRDER CLIPS [Clause 5.2.2 (vi) ] S.NO. SIZE OF CONDUIT WIDTH THICKNESS

(i) 20mm & 25mm 19mm 0.9144 mm (20 SWG) (ii) 32mm & above 25mm 1.219 mm (18 SWG)

-o-o-o-

6.0 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS 6.1 Distribution boards for final distribution for lighting & small power shall be

provided under Internal Electrical Works. 6.2 Distribution Board shall be double door type with extended loose wire box at

the top and suitable for flush installation. All distribution boards shall be of three phase (415 Volts) or single-phase (240Volts) type with incoming isolator or MCB and/or ELCB as in bill of quantities. Distribution boards shall contain plug in or bolted type miniature circuit breaker mounted on busbars. Miniature circuit breakers shall be quick make & quick break type with trip free mechanism. MCB shall have thermal & magnetic short circuit protection. MCB shall conform with IS 8828-1978. Busbars shall be of electrolytic copper. Neutral busbars shall be provided with the same number of terminals, as there are single ways on the board, in addition to the terminals for incoming mains. An earth bar of similar size as the neutral bar shall also be provided. Phase barrier shall be fitted and all live parts shall be screened from the front. Ample clearance shall be provided between all live metal and the earth case and


adequate space for all incoming and outgoing cables. All distribution board enclosures shall have an etched zinc base stove painted followed by synthetic stoved enamel, colour light gray. A circuit identification card in clear plastic cover shall be provided for each distribution board.

6.3 Distribution Board with single-phase outgoings requirement shall be Horizontal type. Distribution Board with three-phase outgoings requirement shall be Vertical/ Horizontal type. Distribution Board installed in indoor dry locations shall conform to IP-42.Distribution Board installed in outdoor & wet locations shall conform to IP- 65.

6.4 Miniature Circuit Breakers for lighting circuits shall be of "B" series where as the circuits feeding discharge lamps (HPMV/HPSV/Metal Halide) halogen lamps, all power outlet points, equipment/ machinery shall be of "C/D" series (Motor circuit) types. All miniature circuit breakers shall be of not less than 10 KA rated rupturing capacity.

6.5 Distribution Board shall be provided with isolator or MCB and/or Residual Current Circuit Breaker as mentioned in drawings and BOQ. Residual Current Circuit Breaker shall be current operated type and of 30mA sensitivity unless otherwise stated. RCCB shall be mounted within distribution board box for single phase distribution board while in three phase distribution board RCCB shall be either mounted within distribution board box or in a separate MS box below distribution board. Width and depth of RCCB box shall be same as that of distribution board box and of same finish. Height of RCCB box shall be sufficient to accomodate RCCB & termination of incoming & outgoing wires. Distribution board box, isolator, MCB'S used shall be of one/same manufacturer. Standard size manufactured by approved manufacturer shall be used. In case size specified in BOQ is not standard size of manufacturer, in that case next standard size distribution board box shall be used with incoming & outgoing MCB as specified in BOQ. Additional cutout/space for outgoing MCB shall be plugged with blank plates. No extra cost shall be paid for using bigger/higher size distribution board box and blank plates.

-o-o-o-

7.0 L.T CABLES 7.1 GENERAL L.T. Cables shall be supplied, inspected, laid tested and commissioned in

accordance with drawings, specifications, relevant Indian Standards specifications and cable manufacturer’s instructions. The cable shall be delivered at site in original drums with manufacturer’s name clearly written on the drums. The recommendations of the cable manufacturer with regard to jointing and sealing shall be strictly followed.

7.2 MATERIALS


The L.T. Power cables shall be XLPE insulated PVC sheathed type aluminium conductor armoured cable conforming to IS : 7098 : 1988 (Part-I) with upto date ammendments where as control cable shall be XLPE insulated and PVC sheathed copper conductor armoured/ unarmoured cable conforming to IS:7098 (Part-I) 1988.

7.3 INSTALLATION OF CABLES

Cables shall be laid directly in ground, pipes, masonry ducts, on cable tray, surface of wall/ceiling etc. as indicated on drawings and/or as per the direction of Engineer-In-Charge. Cable laying shall be carried out as per CPWD specifications.

7.4 INSPECTION All cables shall be inspected at site and checked for any damage during transit. 7.5 JOINTS IN CABLES

The Contractor shall take care to see that the cables received at site are apportioned to various locations in such a manner as to ensure maximum utilisation and avoiding of cable joints. This apportioning shall be got approved from Engineer-In-Charge before the cables are cut to lengths.

7.6 LAYING CABLES IN GROUND

Cables shall be laid by skilled experienced workmen using adequate rollers to minimize stretching of the cables. The cable drums shall be placed on jacks before unwinding the cable. With great care it shall be unrolled on over wooden rollers placed in trenches at intervals not exceeding 2 metres. Cables shall be laid at depth of 0.75 metres below ground level. A cushion of sand total of 250mm shall be provided both above and below the cable, joint boxes and other accessories. Cable shall not be laid in the same trench or along side a water main. The cable shall be laid in excavated trench over 80mm layer of sand cushion. The relative position of the cables, laid in the same trench shall preserved. At all changes in direction in horizontal and vertical planes, the cables shall be bent smooth with a radius of bent not less than 12 times the diameter of cables. Minimum 3 metre long loop shall be provided at both end of cable. Distinguishing marks may be made on the cable ends for identifications of phases. Insulation tapes of appropriate voltage and in red, yellow and blue colours shall be wrapped just below the sockets for phase identifications.

7.7 PROTECTION OF CABLES

The cables shall be protected by bricks laid on the top layer of the sand for the full length of underground cable. Where more than one cables is laid in the same trench, the bricks shall cover all the cables and shall project a minimum


of approximately 80mm on either side of the cables. Cable under road crossings and any other places subject to heavy traffic, shall be protected by running them through Hume Pipes of suitable size.

7.8 EXCAVATION & BACK FILL

All excavation and back fill required for the installation of the cables shall be carried out by the Contractor in accordance with the drawings and requirements laid down elsewhere. Trenches shall be dug true to line and grades. Back fill for trenches shall be filled in layer not exceeding 150mm. Each layer shall be properly rammed and consolidated before laying the next layer.

The Contractor shall restore all surface, roadways, side walks, kerbs wall or the

works cut by excavation to their original condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge.

7.9 LAYING OF CABLES ON CABLE TRAY/SURFACE OF WALL/CEILING

Cable shall be laid on perforated M.S. Cable tray. Cables shall be properly dressed before cable ties/clamps are fixed. Wherever cable tray is not proposed, cables shall be fixed on surface of wall or ceiling slab by suitable MS clamps/ saddles. Care shall be taken to avoid crossing of cable.

7.10 CABLES ON HANGERS OR RACKS

The Contractor shall provide and install all iron hangers racks or racks with die cast cleats with all fixings, rag bolts or girder clamps or other specialist fixing as required.

Where hangers or racks are to be fixed to wall sides, ceiling and other concrete structures, the Contractor shall be responsible for cutting away, fixing and grouting in rag bolts and making good.

The hangers or racks shall be designed to leave at least 25mm clearance between the cables and the face to which it is fixed. Multiple hangers shall have two or more fixing holes. All cables shall be saddled at not more than 150mm centres. These shall be designed to keep provision of some spare capacity for future development.

7.11 CABLES TAGS Cable tags shall be made out of 2mm thick aluminium sheets, each tag 1-1/2

inch in dia with one hole of 2.5mm dia, 6mm below the periphery. Cable designations are to be punched with letter/number punches and the tags are to be tied inside the panels beyond the glanding as well as below the glands at cable entries. Trays tags are to be tied at all bends. On straight lengths, tags shall be provided at every 5 metres.

7.12 TESTING OF CABLES


Prior to installation, burying of cables, following tests shall be carried out. Insulation test between phases, phase & neutral, phase & earth for each length of cable.

a. Before laying. b. After laying. c. After jointing.

On completion of cable laying work, the following tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Engineer-In-Charge.

a. Insulation Resistance Test (Sectional and overall). b. Continuity Resistance Test. c. Earth Test.

All tests shall be carried out in accordance with relevant Indian Standard code of practice and Indian Electricity Rules. The Contractor shall provide necessary instruments, equipments and labour for conducting the above tests & shall bear all expenses of conducting such tests.

-o-o-o-

8.0 CABLE TRAY 8.1 PERFORATED TYPE CABLE TRAY The cable tray shall be fabricated out of slotted/perforated MS sheets as

channel sections, single or double bended. The channel sections shall be supplied in convenient lengths and assembled at site to the desired lengths. These may be galvanised or painted as specified.

Typically, the dimensions, fabrication details etc. are shown in CPWD General Specification for Electrical Works Part-II-External: 1994.

The jointing between the sections shall be made with coupler plates of the same material and thickness as the channel section. Two coupler plates, each of minimum 200mm length, shall be bolted on each of the two sides of the channel section with 8mm dia round headed bolts, nuts and washers. In order to maintain proper earth continuity bond, the paint on the contact surface between the coupler plates and cable tray shall be scraped and removed before the installation.

The maximum permissible uniformly distributed load for various sizes of cable trays and for different supported span are as per Table-IV of CPWD General Specifications of Electrical Works Part II(External) : 1994 . The sizes shall be specified considering the same.

Factory fabricated bends, reducers, tee/cross junctions, etc. shall be provided as per good engineering practice. (Details are typically shown in figure-3) of CPWD General Specifications of Electrical Work Part-II – 1994. The radius of bends, junctions etc. shall not be less than the minimum permissible radius of bending of the largest size of cable to be carried by the cable tray.


The entire tray (except in the case of galvanised type) and the suspenders shall be painted with two coats of red oxide primer paint after removing the dirt and rust, and finished with two coats of spray paint of approved make synthetic enamel paint.

8.2 LADDER TYPE CABLE TRAY Ladder type cable tray shall be fabricated out of double bended channel

section longitudinal members with single bended channel section rungs of cross members welded to the base of the longitudinal members at a centre to centre spacing of 250mm. The channel sections shall be supplied in convenient lengths and assembled at side to the desired lengths. These may be galvanised or painted to the desired lengths. Alternatively, where specified, the cable tray may be fabricated by two angle irons of 50mm x 50mm x 6mm as two longitudinal members, with crosses bracings between them by 50mm x 5mm flats welded/bolted to the angles at 1 m spacing.

Typically, the dimensions, fabrication details etc. are shown in CPWD General Specification for Electrical Works - Part II -External, 1994.

The jointing between the sections shall be made with coupler plates of the same material and thickness as the channel section. Two coupler plates, each of minimum 200mm length, shall be bolted on each of the two sides of the channel section with 8mm dia round headed bolts, nuts and washers. In order to maintain proper earth continuity bond, the paint on the contact surfaces between the coupler plates and cable tray shall be scraped and removed before the installation.

The maximum permissible uniformly distributed load for various sizes of cables trays and for different supported span are as per CPWD General Specification of Electrical Work Part II -1994. The sizes shall be specified considering the same.

The width of the cable tray shall be chosen so as to accommodate all the cable in one tier, plus 30 to 50% additional width for future expansion. This additional width shall be minimum 100mm. The overall width of one cable tray shall be limited to 900mm.

Factory fabricated bends, reducers, tee/cross junctions, etc. shall be provided as per good engineering practice. Details are typically shown in figure 3 of CPWD General Specification of Electrical Work Part-II-1994. The radius of bends, junctions etc. shall not be less than the minimum permissible radius of bending of the largest size of cable to be carried by the cable tray.

The entire tray (except in the case of galvanised type) and the suspenders shall be painted with two coats of red oxide primer paint after removing the dirt and rust, and finished with two coats of spray paint of approved make synthetic enamel paint.

The cable tray shall be bonded to the earth Terminal of the switch bonds at both ends.


The cable trays shall be measured on unit length basis, along the center line of the cable tray, including bends, reducers, tees, cross joints, etc, and paid for accordingly.

The cable tray shall be suspended from the ceiling slab with the help of 10mm dia MS rounds or 25mm x 5mm flats at specified spacing as per of CPWD General Specification of Electrical Work Part II -1994. Flat type suspenders may be used for channels upto 450mm width bolted to cable trays. Round suspenders shall be threaded and bolted to the cable trays or to independent support angles 50mm x 50mm x 5mm at the bottom end as specified. These shall be grouted to the ceiling slab at the other end through an effective means, as approved by the Engineer, to take the weight of the cable tray with the cables.

-o-o-o-

9.0 CONDUITING FOR TELEPHONE / FDA SYSTEM & WIRING FOR TELEPHONE OUTLET

9.1 GENERAL Contractor shall supply & install conduit for outlet points for Telephone & FDA

System complete as required fish wire shall be provided in all conduits for facilitate wiring at later stage.

9.2 CONDUITING Conduiting shall be carried out in PVC Conduit. Separate conduit shall be

provided for Telephone. Conduiting for FDA system shall be in M.S. conduit. Conduiting shall be carried out as per clause No. 4.0 & 5.0 of this specification.

9.3 TELEPHONE WIRING Each telephone outlet shall be wired in conduit with 0.50 mm dia annealed

tinned copper conductor PVC insulated and PVC sheathed unarmoured cable from floor-wise Telephone Tag Block. Main Telephone tag block shall be fixed on ground floor. Floorwise tag block shall be wired from Main telephone tag block with multi-paired armoured 0.50 mm dia annealed copper conductor PVC insulated & PVC sheathed cables.

9.4 OUTLETS All outlet boxes shall be modular plate type accessories. Cover plate shall

match in shape & finish with other light and power accessories. For telephone outlet RJ-11 Jack outlets shall be provided. For Data Networking & FDA, only outlet box shall be provided. Modular cover plate & socket shall be covered under respective subhead of Data Networking & FDA system.

9.5 TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION BOARD


Telephone Tag Block shall be fabricated from 1.63 mm thick M.S. Sheet duly powder coated after metal treatment. Telephone Distribution Board shall be equipped with krone type tag block of size as mentioned in BOQ. Tag block shall be double jumpering type and shall be suitable for termination of extra pair provided in wiring/ cabling of each outlet. Box shall have hinged cover and finish shall match with aesthetic finish of the building.

9.6 JUNCTION BOXES FOR FDA / TELEPHONE SYSTEM

Conduiting of outlet points shall terminate in a junction box in respective area. Junction box shall be sufficient dimension or as per dimension in BOQ to accommodate all the conduits. Junction box shall be of sheet steel of minimum 1.63mm thick and cover shall be of 3mm thick phenolic laminated sheet fixed to junction box with brass screws.

-o-o-o-

10.0 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

The contractor shall supply and install a complete Lightning Protection System in accordance with CPWD General specification for Electrical Works (Part I-Internal) -2005 and IS 2309-1989.

The system shall consist of fixing of 20mm x 3mm galvanished iron strip on parapet wall as horizontal conductor. Vertical drops shall be also of 20mm x 3mm G.I. strip fixed to surface of the wall. Conductors shall be securely attached to the building and shall be of galvanized steel with suitable precautions to avoid corrosion. Steel thoroughly protected against corrosion by a zinc coating shall be used. The lightning conductor shall be secured at not more than 1.2 metre apart for horizontal run and 1 metre apart for vertical run.

Each vertical Down Conductor shall be provided with test joint clamp which shall be located 1 metre above outside ground level. From test joint 32mm x 6mm thick G.I. strip shall be fixed/laid upto earth electrode. Care shall be taken to have as few joints as possible in the system. No joint shall be permitted below ground level. All joints shall be mechanically and electrically effective. Each vertical down conductor shall be connected to independent earth electrode. Earth electrode shall be 600mm x 600mm x 6mm G.I. plate. Earth electrode shall be installed as described in earthing specifications. The whole of the Lightning Protection System shall have a combined resistance to earth not exceeding 10 ohms. Earthing shall be carried out as described under "Earthing" section.

-o-o-o-


11.0 EARTHING 11.1 GENERAL All the non-current metal parts of electrical installation shall earthed properly.

All metal conduits, Distribution boards, switch boxes, outlet boxes, and all other parts made of metal shall be bonded together and connected by means of specified earthing conductors to an efficient earthing system. Earthing work shall conform to Indian Standard specification IS: 3043-1987 and relevant Indian Electricity Rules 1956 ammended upto date.

11.2 EARTHING CONDUCTOR Earthing conductor shall be of GI or copper and shall be protected against

mechanical injury or corrosion. Earth continuity conductor from distribution board onward upto outlet point shall be of insulated copper conductor. Earth continuity conductor alongwith sub main from Main / Sub Distribution Board to final Distribution Board shall be insulated copper conductor.

Earthing continuity conductor between Sub Distribution Board shall be 25 x 5mm GI strip. For UPS Earthing, earth continuity conductor shall be of copper.

11.3 SIZING OF EARTHING CONDUCTOR

Earthing conductor shall be of GI or copper and shall be protected against mechanical injury or corrosion. Earth continuity conductor from distribution board onward upto outlet point shall be of insulated copper conductor while earth continuity conductor from Sub Distribution Board / Rising Mains upto final distribution board (lighting & power) shall be of Insulated copper wire. For 3 phase distribution boards / outlets shall have 2 earth continuity conductors while single phase distribution boards outlets shall have one earth continuity conductor. All 6Amp & 16Amp outlet points, switch boxes shall be earthed with 2.5 Sq.mm PVC insulated (Green) copper wire. All outlets above 16Amp shall be provided with 4 sq.mm. PVC insulated (Green) copper earth wire. Separate earth wire shall be drawn alongwith each circuit. Each light / fan points shall be provided with 1.5 sqmm. PVC insulated (Green) copper earth wire. Each circuit shall have separate earth wire.

11.4 PLATE EARTH ELECTRODE Earthing shall be provided with copper/G.I plate electrode of following.

i. Copper Plate Electrode. : 600mm x 600mm x 3mm thick ii. G.I plate Electrode : 600mm x 600mm x 6mm thick

The electrode shall be buried in ground with its faces vertical and not less 4.5metres below ground level. 20mm dia medium class GI pipe shall be provided and attached to the electrode.


A funnel with mesh shall be provided on the top of this pipe for watering and earth electrode. Earth electrode the watering funnel attachment shall be housed in masonary enclosure of not less than 300 x 300 x 300mm deep. A precast RCC frame with cover shall be provided at top of chamber. Earth electrode may not effect the column footing or foundation of the building. In such cases electrode may be further away from the building.

11.5 PIPE EARTH ELECTRODE

GI pipe shall be of medium class 40mm dia and 4.5 metre in length. Galvanishing of the pipe shall conform to relevant Indian Standards. GI pipe electrode shall be cut tapered at the bottom and provided with holes of 12mm dia drilled not less than 7.5cm from each other upto 2 metre of length from bottom. The electrode shall be burried in the ground vertical with its top not less than 20cm below ground level as per detail enclosed. Earth electrode shall not be situated less than 2 metres from the building. The location of the earth electrode will be such that the soil has reasonable chance of remaining moist as far as possible. Masonary chamber of size 300 x 300 x 300 mm shall be provided with water funnel arrangement a cast iron or MS frame & cover having locking arrangement at the top. Pipe earth electrode shall be used for earthing of Feeder pillar & external lighting poles.

11.6 ARTIFICIAL TREATMENT OF SOIL If the earth resistance is too high and the multiple electrode earthing does not

give adequate low resistance to earth, then the soil receptivity immediately surrounding the earth electrodes shall be reduced by addition of sodium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium carbonates copper sulphate, salt and soft coke or charcoal in suitable proportions.

11.7 MAINTENANCE FREE EARTHING SYSTEM a) COMPONENTS The Maintenance Free Earth system shall consist of a) Earth electrodes b)

Highly conductive and eco friendly backfill compound, c) Earth termination clamps to facilitate connections to the equipment.

b) EARTH ELECTRODE

The Earth electrode shall confirm to the following specifications:

• The electrode shall be a solid steel rod made of high tensile low carbon steel and coated with molecularly bonded copper on the outside as per UL 467.

• The thickness of the copper coating shall be minimum 250 microns • The electrode diameter shall be 17.2 / 25 / 32 mm as mentioned in BOQ. • The earth electrode shall carry UL marking and manufacturer’s name


. The length of the electrode shall be based on the soil conditions and shall be 1.22/2/3 metre as mention in BOQ.

c) HIGHLY CONDUCTIVE AND ECO FRIENDLY BACKFILL METERIAL

The backfill material shall be highly conductive and should be certified as non polluting and safe for use near potable ground water systems. The backfill Material shall be carbon based and of low resistance, non corrosive, highly conductive carbon based powdered material that improves grounding effectiveness, especially in areas of high soil resistivity such as rocky and sandy areas. This material shall be suitable to be installed in either slurry or dry form. The backfill material shall confirm to the following specifications:

a. Shall be highly electrically conductive and non-soluble. b. Shall not leach into ground. c. Shall have a resistivity of less than 0.12 ohm meter as per clause 14.5 (d) of

IEEE 80 d. Shall be compatible with all copper grounding systems e. Shall contain a corrosion inhibitor to mitigate corrosion of copper f. Shall not contain hazardous chemicals g. Shall be certified to ANSI / NSF standard 60 as safe for use near potable

ground water resources h. Shall not be affected by drought and shall be stable between -10˚ to +50˚ C

temperature. i. Shall not depend on continuous presence of moisture for conductivity. j. Shall be suitable for any kind of soil k. Suitable quantity of this backfill compound shall be used per earth pit.

d) EARTH TERMINATION CLAMP

The earth termination clamp shall be made of GI / CU and shall be suitable for terminating suitable GI / CU flat strips . Care should be taken to tighten all bolts and nuts to ensure a proper connection.

e) INSTALLATION OF EARTH SYSTEM

The earth electrode shall be installed in a bore made by auguring 3 or 4 inches hole up to the required depth. Where ever auguring is not feasible, pit shall be made and suitable size of PVC pipe shall be used to fix the electrode. At the center of the hole the electrode shall be driven and around the electrode the highly conductive and eco friendly backfill material shall be filled. The highly conductive and eco friendly backfill material can be poured in either dry or slurry


form. The PVC pipe shall be removed simultaneously as the backfill compound is poured.

f) EARTH RESISTANCE

The effective earth resistance of the above earth system after interconnection shall one ohms as per standards.

-o-o-o-

12.0 ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WORKS 12.1 GENERAL 12.1.1 The Design consists of a single / multi loop analogue addressable fire

alarm system with the Panel located in the fire control room on the Ground Floor of Main Block alongwith all accessories such as sensors, devices, call points and alarm signals.

12.1.2 The Analogue Addressable Fire Alarm System shall be provided in the Main Building. The system shall include sensor devices, manual call box, provision for input card (from Flow Switch and Magnetic Contact), Output Card to switch off AHUs etc. Strobes and shall be provided with Output Module on common areas. Fault Isolators shall be provided as required.

12.1.3 The scope of work under this head shall include designing, supplying and installing of Analogue Addressable fire detection cum Alarm System for the School Buildings and shall cover areas marked by the line diagram plus any other area which may be decided subsequently, to be protected by Analogue Addressable Fire Alarm System. The work under this system shall consist of furnishing all materials, equipments and appliances and labour necessary to install the said system, complete with detectors, panel, Hooter, manual push button stations, input modules, output modules, relays etc. for disconnecting other system such as AHUs and electric supply etc.

12.1.4 It shall include wiring / cabling in conduits and for installation of the system with supply of detectors of appropriate type as indicated in the specification and Schedule of Quantities. Any opening / chasing in the wall / ceiling required to be made for the installation shall be made good in appropriate manner.

12.1.5 The bidder shall also undertake to trip from the fire alarm panel through the use of switches individual AHU activated by the fire signal of specified detectors.

12.1.6 The work of the fire alarm system, other than laying of conduits and cables, shall be done by an authorised agency approved by the detector / panel manufacturer for installation of their system in India.


12.2 DESIGN DESCRIPTION (a). The system shall be provided with single / multiple loops and

distributed as per drawing. All devices shall be connected directly to the loop. The PA system shall be integrated with the fire alarm system.

(b). Loop cabling shall be A class 2 x 1.5 sq.mm copper conductor wiring.

(c). Each Floor shall have one or two loops depending upon number of detectors (sensors).

(d). The Panel shall have necessary Logic Software and Hardware built into it for time delay starting of strobe. Further, AHUs of each Floor shall be shut off only when any detector on that floor operates an alarm.

12.3 SPECIFICATION The design, supply and installation and testing of the entire fire alarm system shall conform to BS:5839 or NFPA 72. The detectors shall conform to relevant codes for Fire Alarm System. A general line diagram showing the circuit and spacing of detectors is enclosed. However, this line diagram is mainly for guidance of the Bidders and wherever it may be at variance with the BS:5839 or NFPA 71 and 72, the latter shall be followed.

12.4 IONIZATION TYPE SMOKE DETECTOR (a). Smoke detectors shall be working on ionisation principle and shall

be of dual chamber and single source type. They shall be completely solid state with LED indication at the base. The radio active source used in the detector shall not emit beta or gamma rays and the strength of the radio active source shall not exceed 1 micro curie.

(b). The detector shall be able to sense incipient fire by detecting the presence of visible and invisible products of combustion. The detector shall be suitable for low voltage (17 to 28 volts DC) two wire supply. The detector shall be provided with response indicator (LED) and the sensitivity of the detector shall not vary with change in ambient temperature, humidity, pressure of voltage variation.

(c). Its performance shall be not affected by air current upto 10 mtr. per second. The detector shall be suitably protected against dust accumulation / ingress and it shall be free from maintenance and functional test at intervals. All detectors shall be identical in construction design and characteristics to facilitate easy replacement. The detector housing shall be damage resistant made of polycarbonate or proprietary self extinguishing material.

(d). The coverage per smoke detector shall be as per BS:5445 or as listed with under Writer’s Laboratory, USA, subject to a minimum of 80 M2. This coverage area will reduce depending upon structural


configurations or partitions etc. It shall be possible to connected Smoke Detector with Heat Detector or Manual Push Buttons in the same circuit. The sensitivity of detector shall be set adjusted by the supplier to suit the site requirement. It shall have in-built safety device to monitor the removal and pilferage of the detector. The detector also must have facility for remote indication.

(e). The Ionisation type smoke detector shall be intelligent analogue addressable detector with its own manually-set digital code and be able to give analogue output to the fire alarm panel regarding its condition. It shall be able to communicate with the fire alarm panel by the electrical pulses emitted from the panel.

(f). The Base of the detector shall be interchangeable with other smoke or heat detectors and the construction shall be of poly carbonate or any approved proprietary flame retardant material. LEDs shall be provided to indicate locally alarm condition. The enclosure shall meet IP 22 protection grade.

(g). It shall be able to withstand temperature variations from 00 Centigrade to 500 Centigrade. Relative Humidity (non Condensing type) upto 95% shall not hamper its performance. The voltage rating shall be from 17V DC to 28V DC, though the voltage may be changed depending upon the working voltages of a proprietary fire alarm panel.

(h). The detector shall meet the requirements of UL and shall be specifically approved by UL. It shall be possible to test the Detector’s working both from the Panel as well as locally by means as designed by the Bidder.

(i). It shall be possible to mount the detectors in duct casting units for sampling of supply air from the AHUs.

12.5 PHOTO ELECTRIC TYPE SMOKE DETECTOR (a). The photo electric type smoke detector has an optical sensing

chamber that operates on the light scattering principle and responds to those particles that form optically dense smoke. When smoke enters the sensing chamber it scatters light which is received by a photo cell. The signal is amplified and digitised for reception by the Panel. The detector shall activate on receiving smoke particles in the 0.5 to 10 micro metre range. The detector shall be completely solid state with LED indication at the base.

(b). The detector shall be able to sense incipient fire by detecting the presence of visible and invisible products of combustion. The detector shall be suitable for low voltage (17 to 28 V DC) two wire supply. The detector shall be provided with response indicator (LED) and the sensitivity of the detector shall not vary with change in ambient temperature, humidity, pressure of voltage variation.


(c). Neither its performance shall be affected by air current upto 10 mtr. per second. The detector shall be suitably protected against dust accumulation / ingress and it shall be free from maintenance and functional test at intervals. All detectors shall be identical in construction design and characteristic to facilitate easy replacement. The detector housing shall be damage resistant made of polycarbonate or proprietary self extinguishing material.

(d). The coverage per smoke detector shall be as per BS:5445 or as listed with under Writer’s Laboratory, USA, subject to a minimum of 80 M2. This coverage area will reduce depending upon structural configurations or partitions etc. It shall be possible to connect smoke detector with heat detector or manual push buttons in the same circuit. The sensitivity of detector shall be set adjusted by the supplier to suit the site requirement.

(e). It shall have in-built safety device to monitor the removal and pilferage of the detector. The detector also must have facility for remote indication. The quiescient current flow must not exceed 50 mA and alarm condition current shall be maximum 60 mA.

(f). The photo electric type smoke detector shall be analogue addressable detector with its own manually-set digital code and be able to give analogue output to the fire alarm panel regarding its condition. It shall be able to communicate with the fire alarm panel by the pulses emitted from the panel.

(g). The Base of the detector shall be interchangeable with other smoke or heat detectors and the construction shall be of poly carbonate or any approved proprietary flame retardant material. LEDs shall be provided to indicate locally alarm condition. The enclosure shall meet IP 22 protection grade.

(h). It shall be able to withstand temperature variations from 00 Centigrade to 500 Centigrade. Relative humidity (non condensing type) upto 95% shall not hamper its performance. The voltage rating shall be from 17V DC to 28V DC, though the voltage may be changed depending upon the working voltages of a proprietary Fire Alarm Panel.

(i). The Detector shall meet the requirements of UL and be approved by UL. It shall be possible to test the detector’s working both from the Panel as well as locally by means designed by the bidder.

(j). It shall be possible to mount the detectors in duct casting units for sampling of supply air from the AHUs.

12.6 RATE OF RISE TYPE HEAT DETECTOR (a). The Heat Detector shall be Analogue Addressable detector with its

own manually-set digital code and be able to give a single digitised output to the Fire Alarm Panel regarding its condition. The Detector shall employ the thermistor priciple for heat sensing and


the fixed temperature setting shall be at 600 Centigrade. It shall be able to communicate with the Fire Alarm Panel by the electrical pulses emitted from the Panel.

(b). The Base of the Detector shall be interchangeable with other Smoke Detectors and the construction shall be of poly carbonate or any approved proprietary flame retardant material. LEDs shall be provided to indicate locally alarm condition. The enclosure shall meet IP 22 protection grade.

(c). It shall be able to withstand temperature variations from 00 Centigrade to 500 Centigrade. Further, Relative Humidity (non Condensing type) upto 95% shall not hamper its performance. The voltage rating shall be from 17 V DC to 28 V DC though the voltage may be changed depending upon the working voltages of a proprietary Fire Alarm Panel.

(d). The Detector shall meet the requirements of UL and shall be specified approved by UL. It shall be possible to test the Detector’s working both from the Panel as well as locally by means as designed by the Bidder. The approved coverage per Detector for unhampered areas shall not be less than 50 M2.

12.7 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (i). The Fire Alarm System shall confirm to NFPA 71 / 72 or

Underwriter’s Laboratory in respect of design and installation, and it shall give Audio / Visual Alarm signals when the temperature in case of Heat Detector or smoke density in case of Ionisation or Photo Electric Detector exceeds the pre-set limit. The system shall give pin point location of fire with warning system.

(ii). The system shall be computer aided micro processor based with central control and monitoring facility. The basic function of the system shall be to be able to achieve pin point location of alarm indication. Secondary functions such as pre warning of possible alarm situation, self diagnosis, checking upon faulty detectors and switching on / off of unrelated activities such as AHUs or Power Supply shall also be possible in this System.

(iii). Each zone shall have maximum of 99 detectors in a circuit. The Fire Alarm Panel itself shall have the mother boards / transponders / interface of each zone built-in.

(iv). Annunciation (hooter alarm) facility shall also be inbuilt into the Panel, the Panel being able to initiate alarm signal for any particular set – in this case a floor – hooter as required. The signal shall be transferred to the relevant channel in the PA System.

(v). The system shall be fully supervised for all fault conditions with distinctive alarms operated for fault and fire conditions. Test push buttons / features shall be provided to test the electronic circuits and detector conditions.


(vi). The panel shall be so programmed that when a particular detector or group of detectors give a fire signal the Panel should be able to trip an individual AHU automatically. The respective Loop Card shall be so programmed that in case of Fire conditions in a area air conditioned by an AHU the Panel shall be able to trigger a Relay through the Output Card that shall shut off the AHU through an additional contactor provided in the AHU panel by the AC Contractor.

(vii). While as per site conditions approximately 90 detectors are located in one loop, a buffer of 10 detectors has been kept for changes in plan etc. The panel shall be softwared for 90 detectors. The bidder shall, however, not include the cost of softwaring the address of detectors that are not required until commissioning of the system.

12.8 HOOTER (a). The hooter shall be of electronic type and shall give discontinuous /

intermittent audible and visual alarm whenever any detector or call box operates.

(b). It shall be complete with electronic oscillations, magnetic coil (sound coil) and accessories, ready for mounting (fixing). The hooter shall be equipped with a line matching transformer to enable voice announcements.

(c). The sound output from the Hooter should not be less than 100 decibels at the source point. Hooter shall be 4 W each and enclosed in an acoustically lined M.S. box.

12.9 MANUAL CALL BOX (a). Manual Push Button shall be of Break Glass or Pull down type

units, completely encased in a cast aluminium housing or in 16 guage MS, with provision for cable or conduit coupling. The Manual Push Button shall have the word prescribed in clear bold letters on facia window “In Case of Fire Break Glass / Pull Down :

(b). The Manual Call Box Station shall be fully addressable with its own set code and operated by digitised signals sent from the Panel. The Voltage range shall be from 17 V to 28 V. It shall have protection as per IP 33. The operating temperature range shall be from 00 C to 500 C. Relative Humidity (non condensing) range for performance parameters shall be between 0 to 95%. Further, it shall conform to UL.

12.10 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (a). The fire alarm control panel shall be micro processor based fully Analogue

addressable analogue control unit which shall control all analogue addressable detectors, manual call stations and switching system (for disconnecting AHU and power supply) connected to it.


(b). All addressable units shall be connected to the Panel through the Loop Cards and shall be addressed through individualised numbers. The Panel shall be able to obtain analogue value for all detectors in the circuit through a pulsed digitalised current data. The panel shall be able to analyse all analogue inputs from all addressable units and through its own software and ambient level screening the panel shall be able to identify fire, possible fire or fault conditions. The unit supervision shall be dynamic and continuous.

(c). The Fire Alarm Panel shall itself have all loop cards in it. No isolated mother board or transponder is being considered. Each loop shall be able to access a minimum of 90 addressable units. The design has been based on the basis of 90 units per loop.

(d). The Panel shall also give adequate warning signal whenever there is dust accumulation in detectors, and upto the point of its replacement it should be possible to change the level of ambient alarm calibration condition either by the use of software programme operable by the Owner or by resetting the detector.

(e). Short circuiting, loose wiring or missing units shall also be reported at the panel with pin point or segment-wise location. In such cases, the system through the use of fault isolators shall be able to isolate that segment between the two fault isolators.

(f). The panel shall have a liquid crystal display alpha – numeric type on it to indicate immediately all conditions. In case of testing of the system from the panel, the display shall be able to give readouts of analogue value of all detectors being tested. The panel shall also be able to carry out continuous self monitoring when in normal condition.

(g). The panel shall have either an in-built or external printer coupled to the panel which shall log all events with time. The printout shall clearly indicate the event – fire/pre alarm / fault etc., the unit address and time.

(h). The panel shall also be able to discriminate between false alarms and fire conditions, as well as priority selection of alarm address in case alarm activates in two or more remotely located units simultaneously. In such cases, the manual call box shall be reported first, group of sequentially laid detectors (in one room for example) second and a detector with the greatest obscuration over a period of time third.

(i). The panel shall also be able to actuate switches automatically in case of fire condition, that of AHUs and power supply or other systems such as piped pressurised gas supply. The bidder will be required to design and install the system in operation in coordination with the relevant contractors. The bidder will not be allowed to charge extra on this account, and such charges shall be included in his package.

(j). In this respect the Bidder is required to take note of clause relating to cutting off of AHUs given above. The Bidder shall indicate in his Bid what


facilities shall need to be provided by the Owner for completion this mechanism.

(k). The system shall be fail safe and adequate safe guards should be under taken that in the event of a failure of a part of the system it shall not handicap the complete system. The mother board shall be of modular construction.

(l). The Bidder shall undertake the responsibility of the complete installation, commissioning, user trials, training and maintenance of the system as required. The bidder shall take all responsibility for preparation and installation of system software into the panel. The software shall be such so as to be easily operated by the Department Personnel, is secured against Software errors, ability to be upgradable so as to incorporate more detector units or replacement / changing of detector units, can incorporate more features at a later date such as illumination control, security etc.

(m). The panel shall have its own battery back up of a minimum of 12 hours run. The battery shall be of sealed maintenance free type of capacity minimum 54AH capacity.

(n). It shall be able to withstand temperature variations from 00 to 500

Centigrade. The acceptable Relative Humidity (non condensing type) shall be upto 95%. The voltage rating shall be from 17 V DC to 28 V DC, though the voltage may be changed depending upon the working voltages of a proprietory fire alarm panel.

(o). The panel shall be totally enclosed dust and vermin proof type made of minimum 18 guage dust inhibited sheet with oven baked finish. The panel shall be of completely solid state design.

(p). The logic circuitry shall be based on high noise immunity solid state hardware employing modular construction. Logic cards shall be of epoxy fibre glass construction.

(q). The system shall meet the BS 5839 / EN 54 / NFPA 71 & 72 standards and all equipments excluding cabling and wiring shall be listed with UL.

(r). Further, the system shall be expandable and be able to add at least 100 more units in the panel.

(s). The panel shall have software to cater to the change over of any of the operating Loop Cards to an extra Loop Card. Other software necessary to actually change the terminals of a Loop from an existing Loop Card to the extra Loop Card shall be carried out at site as and when required. Charges for such softwaring loading, test run etc. shall be indicated when required.

12.11 POWER SUPPLY

(a). The control panel shall derive 230 volts power from main supply. A standby power supply shall be immediately available in the event of failure of normal supply and shall automatically be connected so as to maintain


the equipment in condition such that fire alarm originating from the operation of detector can be given. The standby battery as secondary supply shall be such that when charged by associated battery charging equipment it can operate independently for a period of 12 hours. It shall have enough power supply to cope with additional load resulting in alarm originated from two separate zones for the one hour.

(b). Suitable arrangements shall be incorporated to prevent secondary batteries from discharging through the charging equipment in the event of its breakdown or a failure in the supply.

(c). Necessary automatic changeover from normal to standby DC supply in case of main supply failure shall be provided by the contractor.

(d). In addition to the batteries, a battery charger suitable for operation on the auxilliary power shall be supplied. The capacity of the charger shall be such that the same can boost charger the battery (within 8 hrs.) while supplying the rated load of the fire detection and annunciation system. Facilities shall be provided to limit the voltage supplied to fire detection and alarm system to their rated values during the time of boost charging. The charger shall normally supply the battery trickle charging current and the DC load of the fire detection and alarm system. In case the AC supply on the input side of the charger fails the necessary power for the complete fire detection and alarm system including PA shall be supplied by the battery.

(e). Switches, fuses, overloaded devices, voltmeter, ammeter and earth fault indicating device shall be furnished for the power supply system.

(f). Visible and audible annunciation for troubles or failure in the power supply system like “Charger Failure”, Battery Low Voltage”, etc. shall be provided.

(g). Battery earth / fault indication / annunciation shall be included in the panel. (h). The electronic cards to be used in the battery chargers shall be of PCB

type with male / female type plug-in-contacts. (i). Automatic boost / trickle charging facility shall be included in chargers.

12.12 CONDUITS

(a) Although proposed fire alarm system wiring shall be carried out in M.S. Conduit.

(b) These shall be 16 SWG mild steel welded and having perfectly circular tubing and capable of being cleaned and tight fitting joints. Conduits shall be laid either surface or in recessed as required and it shall be protected from rust by one coat of iron oxide, and one coat of red enamel paint.

(c) Above false ceiling cables shall be drawn off from the conduits laid on the slab. The cables shall be drawn through flexible PVC conduits including all necessary supports, clamps etc. as required.

(d) Where conduits have to be installed under RCC slabs, the bidder shall use drill guns and PVC dash fasteners for screwing of saddles for exposed conduits.


12.13 FAULT ISOLATOR

(a). The Fault Isolator shall be able to detect wire short circuit / loose wiring and similar conditions and shall be able to isolate that segment from the circuit, so that the rest of the circuit continues to operate.

(b). The fault isolators shall operate in pairs in any loop and whenever any short circuit occurs between any two of them, both immediately shall switch to an open circuit state and isolate the length of wiring between them. The isolators should automatically return to the closed circuit as soon as the short circuit is corrected / rectified.

(c). The fault isolator shall be addressable so as to provided indicate of its changed state. It shall also have an inbuilt LED to give local alarm.

12.14 SWITCH (OUTPUT MODULE)

(a). The switches shall be addressable and commandable units controlled from the fire alarm panel that shall automatically energies circuits to disable electrical circuits for AHUs or power supply etc.

(b). The contractor shall take note of relevant clauses given above. Contractor shall be required to specifically inform the Owner about what facilities that shall require from the Owner or the air conditioning agency working at site for tripping off the AHUs.

(c). The switch shall also be used to operate a group of strobes or a group of electronic speakers through the use of a power supply unit, or shall operate a magnetically operated door closing device by de magnetising the metal.

12.15 DUCT CASTING UNIT

(a) The duct casting Units are to be directly installed in the air conditioning ducts for detecting any hazardous quantity of products of combustion being carried through the ducts.

(b) The complete unit shall consist of aluminium or poly carbonate housing to accommodate a ionisation or optical detector with plug – in facility and sampling tubes, one for air inlet and the other as the air outlet.

(c) The inlet tube shall extend into and across the duct width (from 0.5 metre to 3.0 metre), the outlet tube shall be of fixed length of 7.5 cm length.

(d) When the AHU blower fans shall operate a continuous cross sectional sampling of air from the duct shall flow through the housing containing the detector. The outlet tube shall return the sampled air into the duct.

(e) The functional requirements of the duct casting unit shall be : (f) Uniform Sensitivity – irrespective of air velocity – upto 20 metres per

second. (g) It shall functional on the venturi principale, with aluminium venturi tubes. (h) The Duct Casting Unit shall be compact, easy to install and with the facility

to dismantle the cover or detector for maintenance purpose.


(i) The housing shall be mounted outside the duct, the probe tubes shall be inserted through the duct by cutting precision sized holes into it and sealed with rubber gaskets.

(j) The Duct Casting Unit shall be UL approved. No indigenous duct unit shall be accepted.

12.16 CABLES AND WIRES

(a). Cables shall be stranded PVC insulated 1100 V grade for unarmoured and shall conform to IS:694-1990. The conductor shall be stranded shielded as required copper conductor and insulation shall be extruded PVC DOP type.

(b). The entire installation shall be tested to Electricity Rules and as per IS:732 (1973) with amendments. The cables shall be laid as per IS:1255 (1967) with upto date amendments.

(c). Loop cabling shall be 2 no. 1.5 sq.mm stranded solid copper conductor cable rated at 1100 Volts and conforming to IS:694-1990 including the latest amendments.

(d). All terminals shall be done with thimbles and ferrules. 12.17 BATTERY

(a). Batteries shall be sealed maintenance free type and not require topping up.

(b). The container and cover shall be of ABS or any suitable grade plastic. The electrolyte shall be sulphuric acid with plates being of chemical paste. The plate separators shall be of microfine glass fibre or any property material. A safety valve must also be provided.

(c). The battery shall be of leak proof construction with no maintenance requirements. The battery shall also have very low self discharge and suitable for temperatures upto 500 C. It shall be deep discharge type with adequate recovery.

(d). It shall be suitable for stand-by trickle charge operation. (e). The battery shall operate at 100% of capacity for one year and 80% of

capacity for the second year. The battery shall be mountable in any position.

12.18 RELAY AND SOUND BASE

(a). Specific detectors as per the requirements given in the drawings and schedule of quantities shall have Sounder Bases. On activation of the specific Detector on which the sounder is mounted, the sounder shall initiate beeping. The sounder shall be activated only after the detector crosses the alarm threshold, and not the pre alarm level. The Sounder circuit shall be solid state and its Power Driver shall be derived from the available power in the analogue addressable circuit. The sounder shall work on 24 volts. The sounder outpout shall be 50 dB minimum.


(b). As desired in the schedule of quantities certain detectors shall be equipped with output relays. Relay shall work on either 24 V, DC or 220 V, AC at 3Amps rating. The relay shall provide a potential free contact for tripping of AHU or other devices. The relay shall also work only after the alarm level of the detector has been activated.

(c). In either case of the sounder or the relay, the Detector’s performance shall not be disabled on account of the relay or the sounder being disabled. The detector shall still be able to communicate directly with the panel.

(d). In case the Bidder is unable to provide a single unit of addressable, analogue detector with sounder / relay base, then bidder shall quote for the above as given below :

Detector with Sounder Base : Analogue addressable detector with output card or device, electronic sounder and necessary hard wiring to make a complete unit.

Detector with Relay Base : Analogue addressable detector with output card or device and necessary hard wiring to make a complete unit.

12.19 RESPONSE INDICATOR

(a). Response Indicator shall be housed in aluminium casing or polycarbonate casing. The response indicator shall glow clearly in case the detector to which it is connected gives an alarm signal. The word “FIRE” shall be clearly written on the visible face of the box. There shall be two numbers of red LEDs to compensate for fusing of either LED.

(b). No Company logo shall be printed on it. The Response Indicator shall also have the words “Room” or ABOVE FALSE CEILING” screen printed on it, as the case may be.

(c). The front face of the Response Indicator shall be of 6mm thick aluminium sheet with bevelled edges and cross brushed finish. Screws to fix the fascia shall be flush type with sunken head.

12.20 AUTOMATIC MAGNETIC DOOR RELEASE UNIT Although automatic magnetic door release unit is not envisaged for this project,

however the specification are included. The function of door release unit shall be to automatically close fire check doors in case of an alarm. The door shall normally be in open position. The door shall be provided with a floor mounted door closer. The door and closer shall be provided by the Owner. The door closer shall be used to keep the door open in normal operations. Power supply unit shall also be provided by the bidder complete as required.

The system shall work either in 24 V or 220 V with a 40 Kg. holding force. The equipment shall also have a push button release facility. The door plate shall be fixed to the shutter of the door and a solenoid unit located in the wall. The unit is continuously energised to operate the magnet. In case of a fire the unit shall be demagnetised so as to release the door.


12.21 AMPLIFIER (a). The amplifier shall be as mentioned in bill of quantities. All terminals shall

be soldered firmly on to solder tags or terminated on good quality connector strips. The amplifiers shall be multi channel mixing type and capable of running on 240 V AC or 12/24 DC. The amplifier shall have dual tone control, level indicators and cater to complete frequency range.

(b). 1The amplifier shall be rack mounted within the housing of the fire alarm panel. It shall have microphone channel volume control, microphone / auxillary selector, volume, bass and treble control with LED type level bar-graph.

(c). The audio signal quality shall have a frequency response from 80 Hz to 20,000 Hz distortion shall be less than 5%.

(d). Output for loud speakers shall be operable from a 100 V Terminal for Line Matching Transformer type speakers. The Amplifier shall also have the facility of direct dial-in and talk for certain restricted office telephones.

12.22 P.A. SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

(a). The P.A. System shall have be multi selector console (PA System Zones). The zones shall be solid state card type, rack mounted in card slots. Cards shall be of Philips / Panasonic / Sony etc. The console shall be fabricated from 16 gauge MS sheet and stove enamelled. All cards shall have push button controls. The console shall also have push button type all call facilities. The console shall be prewired and connected to the fire alarm panel through the amplifier for automatic alarm / voice announcements through the hooter / speakers.

(b). Other accessories shall be a goose neck cardoid microphone, professional grade cassette deck, change over panel for transfer from hooting to voice, mains panel for power supply and monitor panel all mounted in a rack of 16 gauge and stove enamelled complete as required.

-o-o-o- 13.0 INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES 13.1 SUPPORTS AND FIXINGS

13.1.1 Where fluorescent luminaires 1200 mm or more in length are supported directly

by the conduit system they shall be fixed to two circular conduit boxes both of which shall form an integral part of the conduit system.

13.1.2 Where the weight of the luminaire is supported by a conduit box or cable trunking the fixing of the conduit box or trunking shall be adequate for the purpose and approved by Architect/Consultant.

13.1.3 Luminaires fitted with tungsten filament, lamps and having metal backplates shall not be fixed directly to conduit box in which a thermoplastic material is the principal load-bearing member.


13.1.4 Support of luminaires from cable trunking shall be by means of appropriate clamps or brackets.

13.1.5 Luminaires mounted on or recessed into suspended ceilings shall not be support on the false ceiling unless specifically shown and approved.

13.1.6 For wall mounted luminaires, the mounting height specified on drawings shall be above finished floor level measured to the centre of the conduit box, unless otherwise indicated.

13.2 WIRING CONNECTIONS 13.2.1 Where luminaires, other than those are fixed direct to circular boxes or

supported by pendants or chains,the final circuit wiring shall terminate at a terminal block in the conduit box.

13.2.2 Where luminaires having fluorescent tubes are fixed direct to circular conduit boxes, the final circuit wiring may be terminated within the lnuinaire unless otherwise indicated. The wiring shall enter each luminaire at the conduit entry nearest to the terminal block and where the loop - in wiring system is used leave by same entry wiring shall not pass through a luminaire.

13.2.3 Where luminaires are mounted on or recessed into a suspended ceiling connection shall be by flexible cord from a plug in ceiling rose shall be located not more than 500 mm from the access panel in the ceiling and shall be firmly supported, unless otherwise approved by the consultant.

13.2.4 Cables and flexible cords for final connections to luminaires shall be suitable for the operating temperature of the luminaire. Flexible cords for chain suspensions, if any shall have a white sheath unless otherwise indicated.

13.2.5 The size of final connection cables or flexible cords shall be as indicated. 13.2.6 Cables and cords passing close to ballast within a luminaire shall be suitable for

the operating temperature of the ballast. Heat resistant sleeves shall be provided.

13.2.7 A protective conductor shall connect the earthing terminal or earthing contact of each luminaire to an earthing terminal incorporated in the adjacent conduit box. Where the final connection is by flexible cord the protective conductor shall form part of the cord.

13.2.8 Where luminaires are recessed in the false ceiling, luminaires shall be suspended with MS conduit with ball & socket arrangement, checknut etc. Suspension arrangement shall be fixed to steel/RCC structure with suitable purpose made clamps etc. (Cost of suspension arrangement is deemed to be included in the rate of installation/erection of luminaires). Contractor shall submit the shop drawing for proposed suspension arrangement of various types of light fixtures in various type of ceiling and shall obtain necessary approval from the Engineer-in-Charge.

13.2.9 The light fixtures and fans shall be assembled and installed in position complete and ready for service in accordance with the detailed drawings, manufacturer's instructions and to the satisfaction of the Engineer - In - Charge. Fixtures shall be suspended true to alignment plumb level and capable of


resisting all lateral and vertical forces and shall be fixed as required. All ceiling fans shall be provided with suspension arrangement in the concrete slab/roof members. It shall be the duty of the contractor to make these provisions at the appropriate stag & locations shown on the drawings. Fan box with MS hook shall be as per CPWD specifications. Suspended type fluorescent light fixture shall be fixed to circular junction box with a metallic ball and socket arrangement. Light fixture in general shall be directly fixed to ceiling slab with rawl plugs. All switch and outlet boxes shall be bonded to earth through connector blocks. MS pipe shall be fixed with suitable fixing accessories and metal continuity shall be maintained.

-o-o-o- 14.0 UPS SYSTEMS 14.1 SCOPE

The scope of the work includes Supply, installation, testing, integration & commissioning of True On-line, double conversion, VFI technology, Fully Microprocessor controlled UPS systems working N + 1 “Parallel redundant configuration”. The specification shall include design, manufacture, fabrication, assembly, proper packing for transportation delivery at site, unloading, storage, erection, integration with related equipments, and putting all UPS Systems together with all accessories and auxiliaries as specified hereinafter in a fully operational condition acceptable to the owner. The offered system shall be fully in compliance with the requirements stated herein. The Contractor shall be responsible for engineering and providing all materials, equipments and services specified or otherwise, which are required to fulfill the intent of ensuring operability, maintainability, completeness and reliability of the total work covered under this specification within his quoted price. The design manufacture, inspection, testing and installation of the UPS System covered under this specification shall conform to the latest international standards such as: EN 62040-1 - General Safety Regulations. EN 62040-2 - EMC Regulations. a) Each 60 KVA & 80 KVA UPS module must have the following built in parts /

features: • 12 Pulse based Rectifier cum charger (float cum equalizing) • IGBT / PWM technology based Inverter. • Automatic Bi-directional Static switch • Manual Bypass Switch. • Inbuilt (Must) Galvanic inverter output isolation transformer. • Fully Microprocessor Controlled Circuitry. • Input phase reversal protection (The system should run in mains

operation in spite of phase sequence reversal)


• Provision for separate Input for rectifier and for Bypass • Event Monitoring & Diagnostics: Last 500 events with exact date &

time should be monitored from the front LCD panel of the UPS. In case front panel does not has this facility a latest configuration based LAPTOP shall be mandatorily included & supplied by the vendor in their scope of supply.

• The input voltage window must be from 310 to 495 V. b. Rack Mounted External Battery Bank Sealed Maintenance Free (12V

SMF,VRLA) Lead Acid Battery Bank suitable for 10 minutes backup with each module & on full load. Battery Sizing calculation needs to be submitted as per the attached sheet.

14.2 APPLICATION :-

This UPS system is intended to provide electrical power supply on continuous and consistent basis for unbalanced different loads in the environmental conditions given below: - (a) Maximum temperature: 40 deg. C (b) Minimum Temperature: 0 deg. C (c) Altitude: 1000 meters above MSL (d) Relative humidity: upto 95% (Non – Condensing)

TECHNICAL DATA SHEET FOR UPS SYSTEMS

Please provide a complete compliance for each & every spec mentioned below. UPS TOPOLOGY True on-line double conversion PWM

IGBT based with full Microprocessor controls.

A INPUT 1. Input voltage 415V, 3 phase, 4 wires 2. Input voltage tolerance 310 – 495V. In case the same is not met

an additional Servo Voltage stabilizer must be added at the input of the UPS unit

3. Input frequency 50 Hz 4. Input frequency tolerance +/- 5 % 5. Input current limit 115% (Adjustable between 100 - 125%) 6. Power walk - in period 30 seconds 7. Input circuit 12 pulse fully controlled thyristor bridge

rectifier 8. Inbuilt Input, Output & Bypass

MCCBs Required to be provided

B OUTPUT 1. Module full load rating KVA 80KVA,60KVA 2. Rated voltage 415 V 3 PH, N


UPS TOPOLOGY True on-line double conversion PWM IGBT based with full Microprocessor controls.

3. Rated current Vendor to specify 4. Phase Voltage asymmetry (For

Three Phase output UPS only) a] Balance load b] 100% unbalanced load

1% 2%

5. Voltage Phase shift (In case of three phase Output UPS) - With balanced load - With Unbalanced load

120 +/- 1 deg 120 +/- 1 deg

6. Output voltage adjustment range +/- 5% 7. Phase displacement (In case of

three phase Output UPS) a] Balance load b] 100% unbalanced load

120 deg. +/- 1 deg 120 deg. +/- 1 deg

8. Output power factor range 0.7 to unity 9. Internal oscillator stability +/- 0.2 % 10. Mains synchronization tracking +/- 1 Hz (settable to +/-2) 11. Max. Rate of change of frequency 1 Hz. Per second 12. Output voltage harmonics

a] Linear load b] Non-linear load (Crest factor of

3:1)

< 1% < 5 %

13. Crest Factor 3: 1 (Minimum) 14. Overload rating 110% for 60 minutes

125% for 10 minutes 150% for 60 seconds

15. Overload trip 10 min at 125% reducing to 60 seconds at 150%

16. Inverter Efficiency > 94 % 17. Current limit short Set at 150% of the output power 18. Transient Response

a] 100% load change b) Manual transfer of load from UPS to bypass and vice-versa C] Automatic transfer of load form UPS to bypass

< +/- 5% 0 msecs when in sync 0 msecs in sync

19. Transient recovery time Recovery to +/- 1 % in 10 msec 20. Manual Bypass Isolator One with each UPS Module

C DC CHARACTERISTICS



1. Nominal DC bus voltage Vendor to specify 2. Battery isolation Manually closed Fuse Box / circuit

breaker with under voltage release and over current trip

3. Battery fully discharge voltage Vendor to specify 4. Allowable voltage drop in battery

cables 3 volts at end of discharge voltage

5. Battery float voltage Vendor to specify 6. Battery end voltage Vendor to specify 7. DC Bus voltage ripple < 1 RMS 8. Battery recharge current limit Amps, Vendor to specify 9. No. Of cells Vendor to specify D CONTROLS 1. Charger input MCCB 2. Battery Fuse Box /circuit breaker (mounted separately in its own enclosure) 3. Inverter output MCCB 4. Bypass line MCCB 5. Maintenance Bypass Isolator 6. Alarm acknowledge / Reset button 7. Inverter On-Off Pushbutton for Manually switching of the Inverter 8. Emergency off push button E MEASURING INSTRUMENTS 1. LCD panel for Measuring Input Voltage, Output voltages, Output currents and

Frequency, Battery Voltage and Charging / Discharging current 2. LCD panel should display status of the Battery capacity and backup Time in

minutes 3. Diagnostic Feature: Each UPS module must have this feature & atleast last

500 events with exact date & time should be visible on the front LCD panel of the UPS. In case this is not a standard feature in the UPS a PC with latest configuration MUST be included in the supply for the diagnosis, monitoring & event logging

F PROTECTIONS 1. RC surge suppressor 2. Sustained under voltage on input side 3. Phase loss on input side. 4. Negative sequence on input side 5. Semiconductor fuses in the lines for thyristor 6. Snubber circuit for device dv/ dt protection 7. Charger input current limit 8. HRC fuses for filter capacitors



9. Battery current limit 10. DC over voltage 11. Low battery 12. Semiconductor fuses at inverter output 13. Overload 14. Over temperature for the inverter 15. HRC fuses in the control circuit

G. INDICATIONS (ALARMS) 1. Inverter Failure 2. Overload (if load exceeds 100%) 3. Overload shutdown 4. Emergency shutdown 5. Equipment over temperature 6. Maintenance Bypass ON 7. DC over voltage 8. Low battery 9. Battery circuit breaker open 10. Battery on load 11. Mains failure 12. Rectifier Failed or Off 13. Inverter Unsynchronized 14. Load on bypass 15. Output voltage error

H. DC link characteristic with 30Mins. For 60KVA / 80KVA battery bank NO. of 12V SMF lead acid

batteries Vendor to specify

AH rating for each UPS Vendor to Specify rating and no Model / Make Amara Raja / Global / Panasonic / Exide Float voltage Vendor to specify Final discharge voltage Vendor to specify Voltage tolerance +/- 1 % DC ripple < 1 % Charging current limit 10 % of Ah rating. Battery Isolation Fuse Box or Isolator with U/V release

type breaking Minimum VAh Vendor to specify the offered VAh Mechanical Dimensions: Weight of UPS – Kg Vendor to specify Dimension of UPS (L x D x H) in

mm Vendor to specify



Ventilation Forced air cooled with internal fans Protection Level:

* With enclosure closed * With front doors open

IP 20 IP 20

Environmental Operating temperature 0 – 40 deg. C Relative humidity < 95 % (Non Condensing) Altitude 1000 m Storage temp From -20 to + 70 deg. C General Generator Compatibility Program the Unit for soft start for use

with a generator Push Buttons On/OFF push buttons to connect or

disconnect critical loads to be provided Potential free contacts Six contacts to be provided. Communication interface board For contacts to be provided RS232 serial ports.

COM-PORT with the following normally open or normally closed potential free contracts:

UPS on. Static bypass operation. Battery operation. Battery low. Remote UPS monitoring kits Software for Automatic shutdown with

following systems to be provided Microsoft windows 3.1, 3.11 Microsoft windows 95 Microsoft Windows NT Software capability The UPS shall be capable to

communicate with network operating system and shall be capable of doing safe shutdown of critical load by means of auto shutdown software.


CONFIRMATIONS TO BE FURNISHED ALONG WITH BIDS Note: Bids will be considered invalid if the confirmations are not forwarded. The following shall be filled in all respects by the tenderer for technical evaluation. S. No.

Description To Be filled by Tenderer

1. Name of the Organization 2. Total years of Experience 3. Highest capacity of UPS installed 4. Capacity of UPS offered 5. Model No.

A INPUT 1. Input voltage 2. Input voltage tolerance

3. Input frequency 4. Input frequency tolerance 5. Input Power factor at nominal voltage and full load 6. Input current harmonics 7. Input current limit 8. Power walk - in period 9. Input circuit

B OUTPUT 1. Module full load rating kVA/ kW 2. Rated voltage 3. Rated current 4. Output voltage adjustment range 5. Output Power factor range 6. Internal oscillator stability 7. Mains synchronization tracking 8. Max. rate of change of frequency 9. Output voltage harmonics 10. a] Linear load 11. b] Non-linear load (Crest factor of 3:1) 12. Crest Factor 13. Overload rating 14. Overload trip 15. Inverter Efficiency 16. Current limit short 17. Transient Response 18. a] 100% load change


19. b) Manual transfer of load from UPS to 20. Bypass and vice-versa 21. C] Automatic transfer of load form UPS to bypass 22. Transient recovery time C DC CHARACTERISTICS

1. Nominal DC bus voltage 2. Battery isolation 3. Battery fully discharge voltage 4. Allowable voltage drop in battery cables 5. Battery float voltage 6. Battery end voltage 7. DC Bus voltage ripple 8. Battery recharge current limit 9. No. Of cells 10. Battery sharing cubicle D CONTROLS 1. NO. of 12V SMF lead acid batteries 2. AH rating 3. Model / Make 4. Float voltage 5. Final discharge voltage 6. Voltage tolerance 7. DC ripple 8. Charging current limit 9. AH / Nos. 10. Battery Isolation 11. Battery sharing cubicle 12. Weight of UPS – Kg 13. Dimension of UPS (L x D x H) in mm 14. Ventilation 15. Colour (Two tone ) 16. Protection Level: 17. Operating temperature 18. Max. Temp. for 8 Hr. day 19. Relative humidity 20. Altitude 21. Storage temp 22. Isolation transformer 23. Warranty offered on UPS 24. Warranty offered on Battery bank 25. Delivery period.


ANNEXURE - 2 BATTERY SIZING CALCULATIONS FOR LOAD OF 80KVA/60 KVA

UPS Rating : KVA 80KVA/60 KVA Rated Power Factor : P.F 0.8 Inverter Efficiency : H 0.94 DC Bus Voltage : BV Vendor to specify No. of Cells : N Vendor to specify Nominal Cell Voltage : NCV 2 V End Cell Voltage : ECV 1.75V Backup Time Requirement in minutes. : M 10 minutes

Battery Rating , Discharge Current, IDC = (KVA x 1000 x P.F)/ (V x ECV x N) = (20 x 1000 x 0.8 ) / ( 0.94 x 1.75 x Vendor to specify) = Vendor to specify Please attach herewith the discharge curve of the offered Batteries. The nearest Battery rating available is Vendor to specify. Thus, the offered configuration with each 80 KVA/60KVA load: Vendor to specify. Thus, the offered VAH of for each UPS module = Vendor to specify.

-o-o-o-

17.0 PREAMBLE TO BILL OF QUANTITIES 17.1 The Bill of Quantities should be read with all the other sections of this tender. All

the items of work mentioned in the Bill of Quantities covered by this contract shall be carried out as per the drawings, specifications and directions of the DEPARTMENTS and shall include the cost of all labour, materials, tools and plants, equipments, and testing of materials, if any, with CONTRACTOR’s testing appliance, all octroi, duties, royalties, sales tax on works contract, toll tax, taxes (including service tax) and CONTRACTOR’s profit and overheads etc…….

17.2 The TENDERERS shall be deemed to have studied the drawings, specifications and details of work to be done within the time schedule and to have acquainted himself of the conditions prevailing at site. The quoted rates shall be applicable for all works in any section / size / shape and Design etc.

17.3 The quantities shown against the various items are only approximate. Any increase or decrease in the quantities shall not form the basis for alteration of the rates quoted and accepted. Quantities can be eliminated if required from tender.

17.4 In case where the specifications given in the Description of the item of work given in Bill of Quantities are found wanting, the C.P.W.D. specifications for Electrical Works – I & II shall be followed; where not specified the latest edition


of relevant I.S:732-1989 Specifications shall be applicable. In case of any ambiguity in interpretations, the DEPARTMENTS decision shall be final and binding.

17.5 The rates quoted for items of work shall include working in all conditions at all heights / depths including in / under water, liquid mud, foul conditions etc. and shall also include bailing or pumping out water from the foundations basements or any other place of construction collected from rain or any other source whatsoever at any time, till the completion of work including all suspension period and delays whatsoever.

17.6 The quoted rates shall include all costs for disposal of any dismantled R.C.C. / Cement concrete rubbish or malba etc. outside the site premises; all form work for any size, section, thickness, and for all heights and all depths, curing of cement concrete / R.C.C. work and all works wherein cement is consumed. Nothing extra shall be payable on any such accounts.

17.7 The DEPARTMENT reserves the right to with draw from the scope of work and/or to order to any other agency for any item or group of work, or to split the work between two or more sub-CONTRACTOR’s if necessary. Such a step shall not constitute a breach of the contract.

17.8 All the items of work shall be carried out as per description given in the Bill of Quantities and as shown in the drawings. All materials to be got approved from the DEPARTMENTS.

17.9 The point wiring rates shall deem to include the costs for supply and installation, fixing etc. of all sundry items like, PVC Connector, Fan Box Cover, Surface / Deep Tee, Junction boxes, Hylam Sheet Cover for junction boxes, brass screws, washer etc.

17.10 The rates quoted for point wiring / conduiting shall include laying of conduit in all places i.e. R.C.C. slab, RCC beam, brick work, etc. including cutting of chase & repairs etc.

17.11 The rates quoted for cable tray & suspenders shall include two coats of red oxide primer paints after dust and dirt removal and finished with two coats of spray paints of approved make and shade synthetic enamel paint.

END OF SECTION-D


SECTION –E : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR HVAC WORK

I. SYSTEM DESIGN DATA 1. GENERAL

Brief description on proposed HVAC system for proposed School of Basic & Applied Sciences at Central University of Jammu.

2. BASIS OF DESIGN PROPOSED 2.1 Climate Data Ambient Design Conditions

SUMMER Dry bulb temperature : 43.3 deg. C Wet bulb temperature : 23.9 deg. C MONSOON Dry bulb temperature : 33.0 deg. C Wet bulb temperature : 28.3 deg. C

2.2 Proposed inside conditions for different building are as follows. Summers & Monsoon : 27.0 deg. C + 1 2.3 Fresh Air : As per ASHRAE 62.1.2007 2.4 Light load : 2.0 watts/sqft. 2.5 Occupancy : As per sitting layout 2.6 Toilet Exhaust : 10 Airchanges/hr. 2.7 Pantry : 10 Airchanges/hr. 2.8 Heat Transfer Co- Efficient ( BTU / Hr. x FT2 x OF ) 2.8.1 North Fenestration : Wall - 0.38 Glass ( Double Glazing ) U-Value - 0.32 SHGC ( Double Glazing ) - 0.32 Roof - 0.14


2.9 Respiration Heat (BTU / Hr.) of People 2.9.1 Seated very light work Sensible Heat Latent Heat (BTU/hr) (BTU/hr) : 250 200 2.10 Other Factors 2.10.1 1 kwh : 3410 BTU / hr. 2.10.2 Bypass Factor of 4 row coil : 0.1 2.10.3 Bypass Factor of 6 row coil : 0.05 2.10.4 Safety room sensible heat : 10% 2.10.5 Latent heat safety : 7.5% 2.10.6 Return Heat gain + Piping gain safety : 2.5% 3. ESTIMATED REQUIREMENT S.NO. DESCRIPTION AREA

SQ.FT. SUMMER

TR MONSOON

TR RIGHT SIDE DEPARTMENT 1 LEVEL-6

1 CL-20-1 478 2.61 2.8 2 CL-40-1 734 3.75 4.34 3 IT LAB 975 4.39 4.59 4 CL-40-2 734 3.86 4.47 5 CL-20-2 478 2.7 2.88 6 CL-10-1 189 1.34 1.31 7 CL-10-2 189 1.2 1.27 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.42 0.25 SUB-TOTAL 3861 20.27 21.91 LEVEL-5 1 CL-20-1 478 2.61 2.8 2 CL-40-1 734 3.75 4.34 3 COMM.50 975 5.07 5.75


4 CL-40-2 734 3.86 4.47 5 CL-20-2 478 2.73 2.92 6 CL-10-1 189 1.34 1.31 7 CL-10-2 189 1.2 1.27 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.58 0.35

SUB-TOTAL 3861 21.14 23.21 LEVEL-4

1 LAB'S 7235 28.37 30.08 2 DATA ROOM 84 0.53 0.34 SUB-TOTAL 7319 28.9 30.42 LEVEL-3 1 HOD 322 1.52 1.39 2 PA+V 287 1.77 1.56 3 ASSO P 1 TO 6 ( 6 NOS ) 1458 7.24 7.03 4 ASST.P. - 1 & 2 (2 NOS) 322 1.63 1.58 5 ASST.P. - 3 (1 NO) 154 0.96 0.81 6 ASST.P. - 4 (1 NO) 132 0.98 0.85 7 ASST.P. - 5 (1 NO) 112 0.78 0.61 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.65 0.4 SUB-TOTAL 2871 15.53 14.23 TOTAL DEPARTMENT 1 17912 85.84 89.77 DEPARTMENT 2 LEVEL-5 1 CL-20-1 478 2.61 2.8 2 CL-40-1 734 3.75 4.34 3 IT LAB 975 4.64 5.23 4 CL-40-2 734 3.86 4.47 5 CL-20-2 478 2.61 2.8 6 CL-10-1 189 1.34 1.31 7 CL-10-2 189 1.2 1.27 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.58 0.35

SUB-TOTAL 3861 20.59 22.57 LEVEL-4

1 CL-20-1 478 2.61 2.8 2 CL-40-1 734 3.75 4.34 3 COMM.50 975 5.07 5.75 4 CL-40-2 734 3.86 4.47 5 CL-20-2 478 2.61 2.8 6 CL-10-1 189 1.34 1.31 7 CL-10-2 189 1.2 1.27 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.58 0.35


SUB-TOTAL 3861 21.02 23.09 LEVEL-3 1 LAB'S 7235 28.17 29.88 2 DATA ROOM 84 0.53 0.34

SUB-TOTAL 7319 28.7 30.22 LEVEL-2

1 HOD 322 1.48 1.35 2 PA+V 287 1.67 1.45 3 ASSO P 1 TO 6 ( 6 NOS ) 1458 7.24 7.03 4 ASST.P. - 1 & 2 (2 NOS) 322 1.63 1.58 5 ASST.P. - 3 (1 NO) 154 0.96 0.81 6 ASST.P. - 4 (1 NO) 132 0.98 0.85 7 ASST.P. - 5 (1 NO) 112 0.78 0.61 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.65 0.4

SUB-TOTAL 2871 15.39 14.08 TOTAL DEPARTMENT 2 17912 85.7 89.96 DEPARTMENT 3 2 LEVEL-4

1 CL-20-1 478 2.61 2.8 2 CL-40-1 734 3.75 4.34 3 IT LAB 975 4.64 5.23 4 CL-40-2 734 3.86 4.47 5 CL-20-2 478 2.61 2.8 6 CL-10-1 189 1.34 1.31 7 CL-10-2 189 1.2 1.27 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.58 0.35 SUB-TOTAL 3861 20.59 22.57 LEVEL-3 1 CL-20-1 478 2.61 2.8 2 CL-40-1 734 3.75 4.34 3 COMM.50 975 5.07 5.75 4 CL-40-2 734 3.86 4.47 5 CL-20-2 478 2.61 2.8 6 CL-10-1 189 1.34 1.31 7 CL-10-2 189 1.2 1.27 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.58 0.35 SUB-TOTAL 3861 21.02 23.09 LEVEL-2 1 LAB'S 7235 28.17 29.88 2 DATA ROOM 84 0.53 0.34


SUB-TOTAL 7319 28.7 30.22 LEVEL-1

1 HOD 322 1.48 1.35 2 PA+V 287 1.67 1.45 3 ASSO P 1 TO 6 ( 6 NOS ) 1458 7.24 7.03 4 ASST.P. - 1 & 2 (2 NOS) 322 1.63 1.58 5 ASST.P. - 3 (1 NO) 154 0.96 0.81 6 ASST.P. - 4 (1 NO) 132 0.98 0.85 7 ASST.P. - 5 (1 NO) 112 0.78 0.61 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.65 0.4 SUB-TOTAL 2871 15.39 14.08

TOTAL DEPARTMENT 3 17912 85.7 89.96 DEPARTMENT 4 LEVEL-2

1 CL-20-1 478 2.76 2.94 2 CL-40-1 734 3.98 4.56 3 IT LAB 975 4.94 5.52 4 CL-40-2 734 4.09 4.7 5 CL-20-2 478 2.84 3.02 6 CL-10-1 189 1.23 1.21 7 CL-10-2 189 1.1 1.17 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.53 0.31

SUB-TOTAL 3861 21.47 23.43 LEVEL-1

1 CL-20-1 478 2.79 2.95 2 CL-40-1 734 4.04 4.58 3 COMM.50 975 5.44 6.06 4 CL-40-2 734 4.15 4.72 5 CL-20-2 478 2.85 3.03 6 CL-10-1 189 1.34 1.28 7 CL-10-2 189 1.21 1.25 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.53 0.31 SUB-TOTAL 3861 22.35 24.18 LEVEL 1 1 HOD 322 1.71 1.57 2 PA+V 287 1.67 1.45 3 ASSO P 1 TO 6 ( 6 NOS ) 1458 7.91 7.7 4 ASST.P. - 1 & 2 (2 NOS) 322 1.77 1.73 5 ASST.P. - 3 (1 NO) 154 1.03 0.88 6 ASST.P. - 4 (1 NO) 132 0.91 0.78 7 ASST.P. - 5 (1 NO) 112 0.71 0.54


8 DATA ROOM 84 0.6 0.35 SUB-TOTAL 2871 16.31 15 TOTAL DEPARTMENT 4 10593 60.13 62.61

LEFT SIDE DEPARTMENT 1

LEVEL-6 1 CL-20-1 478 2.69 2.88 2 CL-40-1 734 3.75 4.34

3 IT LAB 975 4.39 4.59 4 CL-40-2 734 3.86 4.47 5 CL-20-2 478 2.61 2.8 6 CL-10-1 189 1.4 1.37 7 CL-10-2 189 1.26 1.33 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.42 0.25 SUB-TOTAL 3861 20.38 22.03 LEVEL-5 1 CL-20-1 478 2.69 2.88 2 CL-40-1 734 3.75 4.34 3 COMM.50 975 5.13 5.81 4 CL-40-2 734 3.86 4.47 5 CL-20-2 478 2.61 2.8 6 CL-10-1 189 1.4 1.37 7 CL-10-2 189 1.3 1.38 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.6 0.38 SUB-TOTAL 3861 21.34 23.43 LEVEL-4 1 LAB'S 7235 29.08 30.79 2 DATA ROOM 84 0.55 0.37

SUB-TOTAL 7319 29.63 31.16

LEVEL-3 1 HOD 322 1.5 1.38 2 PA+V 287 1.75 1.54 3 ASSO P 1 TO 6 ( 6 NOS ) 1458 7.37 7.18 4 ASST.P. - 1 & 2 (2 NOS) 322 1.66 1.62 5 ASST.P. - 3 (1 NO) 154 0.97 0.83 6 ASST.P. - 4 (1 NO) 132 1.02 0.89 7 ASST.P. - 5 (1 NO) 112 0.85 0.68 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.67 0.42

SUB-TOTAL 2871 15.79 14.54 TOTAL DEPARTMENT 1 17912 87.14 91.16


DEPARTMENT 2 LEVEL-5 1 CL-20-1 478 2.61 2.8 2 CL-40-1 734 3.75 4.34 3 IT LAB 975 4.64 5.23 4 CL-40-2 734 3.86 4.47 5 CL-20-2 478 2.61 2.8 6 CL-10-1 189 1.4 1.37 7 CL-10-2 189 1.26 1.33 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.6 0.38 SUB-TOTAL 3861 20.73 22.72 LEVEL-4 1 CL-20-1 478 2.61 2.8 2 CL-40-1 734 3.75 4.34 3 COMM.50 975 5.07 5.75 4 CL-40-2 734 3.86 4.47 5 CL-20-2 478 2.61 2.8 6 CL-10-1 189 1.4 1.37 7 CL-10-2 189 1.26 1.33 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.6 0.38 SUB-TOTAL 3861 21.16 23.24 LEVEL-3 1 LAB'S 7235 28.88 30.59 2 DATA ROOM 84 0.55 0.37 SUB-TOTAL 7319 29.43 30.96 LEVEL-2 1 HOD 322 1.48 1.35 2 PA+V 287 1.67 1.45 3 ASSO P 1 TO 6 ( 6 NOS ) 1458 7.24 7.03 4 ASST.P. - 1 & 2 (2 NOS) 322 1.63 1.58 5 ASST.P. - 3 (1 NO) 154 0.96 0.81 6 ASST.P. - 4 (1 NO) 132 1.02 0.89 7 ASST.P. - 5 (1 NO) 112 0.82 0.65 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.67 0.42

SUB-TOTAL 2871 15.49 14.18 TOTAL DEPARTMENT 2 17912 86.81 91.1 DEPARTMENT 3

LEVEL-4 1 CL-20-1 478 2.61 2.8


2 CL-40-1 734 3.75 4.34 3 IT LAB 975 4.64 5.23 4 CL-40-2 734 3.86 4.47 5 CL-20-2 478 2.61 2.8 6 CL-10-1 189 1.4 1.37 7 CL-10-2 189 1.26 1.33 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.6 0.38

SUB-TOTAL 3861 20.73 22.72

LEVEL-3 1 CL-20-1 478 2.61 2.8 2 CL-40-1 734 3.75 4.34 3 COMM.50 975 5.07 5.75 4 CL-40-2 734 3.86 4.47 5 CL-20-2 478 2.61 2.8

6 CL-10-1 189 1.4 1.37 7 CL-10-2 189 1.26 1.33 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.6 0.38 SUB-TOTAL 3861 21.16 23.24 LEVEL-2 1 LAB'S 7235 28.88 30.59 2 DATA ROOM 84 0.55 0.37 SUB-TOTAL 7319 29.43 30.96 LEVEL-1 1 HOD 322 1.48 1.35 2 PA+V 287 1.67 1.45 3 ASSO P 1 TO 6 ( 6 NOS ) 1458 7.24 7.03 4 ASST.P. - 1 & 2 (2 NOS) 322 1.66 1.62 5 ASST.P. - 3 (1 NO) 154 0.97 0.83 6 ASST.P. - 4 (1 NO) 132 1.02 0.89 7 ASST.P. - 5 (1 NO) 112 0.82 0.65 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.67 0.42


DEPARTMENT 4

LEVEL-2 1 CL-20-1 478 2.93 3.11 2 CL-40-1 734 4.12 4.7 3 IT LAB 975 5.12 5.69 4 CL-40-2 734 4.22 4.84


5 CL-20-2 478 2.84 3.03 6 CL-10-1 189 1.23 1.21 7 CL-10-2 189 1.1 1.17 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.53 0.31 SUB-TOTAL 3861 22.09 24.06 LEVEL-1 1 CL-20-1 478 2.96 3.12 2 CL-40-1 734 4.17 4.71 3 COMM.50 975 5.62 6.24 4 CL-40-2 734 4.28 4.85 5 CL-20-2 478 2.85 3.03 6 CL-10-1 189 1.36 1.3 7 CL-10-2 189 1.23 1.27 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.53 0.31 SUB-TOTAL 3861 23 24.83 LEVEL 1 1 HOD 322 1.75 1.62 2 PA+V 287 1.67 1.45 3 ASSO P 1 TO 6 ( 6 NOS ) 1458 8.64 8.45 4 ASST.P. - 1 & 2 (2 NOS) 322 1.86 1.82 5 ASST.P. - 3 (1 NO) 154 1.07 0.92 6 ASST.P. - 4 (1 NO) 132 0.91 0.78 7 ASST.P. - 5 (1 NO) 112 0.72 0.55 8 DATA ROOM 84 0.6 0.35


TOTAL (RIGHT+LEFT)

DEPARTMENT 128658 640.48 670.55 LEVEL -6 & -5 1 SEMINAR HALL 1 4049 21.97 25.72 SUB-TOTAL 4049 21.97 25.72 LEVEL -5 & -4 1 SEMINAR HALL 2 2990 21.02 24.69 SUB-TOTAL 2990 21.02 24.69 LEVEL -3 1 LIBRARY + OFFICE 4149 10.66 10.39 SUB-TOTAL 4149 10.66 10.39 LEVEL -2 1 LIBRARY 3562 8.63 8.01


SUB-TOTAL 3562 8.63 8.01 LEVEL -1 1 DEAN TO CONF 2255 8.47 8.04

SUB-TOTAL 2255 8.47 8.04 GRAND TOTAL 145663 711.23 747.4

Total capacity = 747.4 Tons Considering diversity @ 75-80% Total capacity = 747.4 x 0.80 = 597.6 Tons Chiller Proposed = 3 x 200 Tons screw Chillers

4. SYSTEM DESIGN 4.1 It is proposed to install water cooled screw chillers for entire school. 4.2 It is proposed to install 3 Nos. 200 Tons (Actual) water cooled screw chiller with

4 Nos. primary chilled water pumps (3W + 1S), 4 Nos. condenser water pumps (3W + 1S), 1 set of secondary chilled water pump with VFD (1W + 1S) and 3 Nos. 240 Tons induced draft type cooling tower.

4.3 It is proposed to install floor mounted AHU’s for central block & labs floor

according to load. 4.4 It is proposed to install FCU for all classes & faculty room on floors. 4.5 All FCU shall provide with 2 way ON/OFF type values. 4.6 All floor mounted shall provide VFD for motors, for modulating of air quantity as

per requirement. 4.7 It is proposed to install water cooled screw chillers with high COP at AHRI

conditions. 4.8 Fresh air will be direct in to each AHU room with outside louvers and bird screen. 4.9 Airconditioned air shall be supplied to each area by using factory made G.I. duct

with insulation, aluminium powder coated grills / diffusers.


4.10 All toilets shall be provided with ducted inline fan for exhaust. 4.11 All electrical rooms, plant room shall provide propeller fan for exhaust. 4.12 Some propeller proposed in central atrium for circulation of air. 4.13 All AHU room have fire dampers with actuators in case of fire they will start

working. 4.14 All liftwell shall be pressurized as per NBC norms. 4.15 System will be complete with electrical work related to HVAC work.

******

II WATER COOLED SCREW CHILLING MACHINES

1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Water-cooled liquid chiller shall contain all factory wiring, piping, controls, refrigerant charge (HFC-134a), refrigeration circuit, screw compressor, electronic expansion valves and other equipment prior to field start-up.

2. QUALITY ASSURANCE

Unit performance shall comply with AHRI standard 550/590 and 551/591/.or Equivalent EURO certification. All units shall be run-tested at the factory.

3. COMPRESSORS Unit shall have horizontal semi-hermetic mono/twin-rotor direct driven screw compressor with internal relief valve and check valve to avoid reverse rotation on shut down. The discharge shall be equipped with a muffler to reduce discharge gas pulsations. Capacity control shall be provided by a variable control step less slide valve capable of reducing compressor capacity down up to 20% of full load. Compressor shall start in unloaded condition. Motor shall be cooled by suction gas and protected by internal winding temperature sensors. Compressor bearings shall be designed for minimum 73000 hours at maximum operating conditions. Lubrication oil system shall include pre-filter and external filter capable of filtration up to 5 microns. Compressor shall be of chiller manufacturer only. Outsourced compressors shall not be acceptable.


4. EVAPORATOR Unit shall be equipped with a single flooded evaporator. The maximum refrigerant-side working pressure will be 1500kPa and the maximum waterside pressure will be 1000kPa.The evaporator shall be mechanically cleanable, shell-and-tube type with even pass arrangement and removable nozzle in head type connections. Tubes shall be internally and externally grooved high efficiency tubes, seamless-copper and shall be rolled into tube sheets. Shell shall be insulated with 19mm closed-cell foam. Evaporator thermal insulation shall be factory fitted. The evaporator shall have a drain and vent in each head. Design shall incorporate one/multiple refrigerant circuits. Chiller shall have only one water inlet & outlet connection with victaulic couplings to avoid vibrations transmission and accept small misalignment during installation. Evaporator shall be fitted with electronic auto setting water flow switch. Removable compact nozzle in head water boxes of cast iron or welded steel with stub-out water connections shall be provided to permit access for tube cleaning and replacement. Maximum allowable pressure drop across the evaporator shall not exceed 6 metres.

5. CONDENSER

Unit shall be equipped with a single condenser. The maximum refrigerant-side working pressure will be 1500kPa and the maximum waterside pressure will be 1000kPa.The condenser shall be mechanically cleanable shell-and-tube type with even pass arrangement and removable heads. Tubes shall be internally & externally grooved, seamless-copper and shall be rolled into tube sheets. Design shall incorporate one/multiple refrigerant circuits. It shall be fitted with inbuilt oil separator. The condenser shall have a drain and vent in each head. Chiller shall have only one water inlet & outlet connection with victaulic couplings to avoid vibrations transmission and accept small misalignment during installation. Removable compact nozzle in head water boxes of cast iron or welded steel with stub-out water connections shall be provided to permit access for tube cleaning and replacement. Maximum allowable pressure drop across condenser shall be 8 metres.

6. REFRIGERATION CIRCUITS

Refrigerant circuit components shall include compressor, oil separator, high & low side pressure relief devices, refrigerant economizer, filter driers, moisture indicating sight glasses, long stroke electronic expansion device and complete operating charge of both refrigerant HFC-134a & compressor oil.

7. CONTROLS


- Unit controls shall include as a minimum: microprocessor with non-volatile memory, picture guided unit/ operator interface, the LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE/CCN selector and a user interface with multiple language capability.

- Pressure sensors shall be installed to measure suction, discharge and oil pressure.

- Thermistors shall be installed to measure entering and leaving temperatures (on cooler and condenser side).

- Unit shall be capable of performing the following functions :

• Automatic change-over during cycling of compressors to equalize running hours and number of starts.

• EXV control, based on throttling, optimizes evaporator charging, ensuring condenser superheat and sub cooling.

• Capacity control based on leaving chilled water temperature with return fluid temperature sensing.

• Limit the chilled water temperature pull-down rate at start-up to an adjustable range of 0.1°C to 1.1°C per minute to prevent excessive demand spikes at start-up.

• Enable reset of leaving chilled water temperature according to the return water temperature or by means of a 0-10V signal.

• Provide a dual set point for the leaving chilled water temperature activated by a remote contact closure signal or by the built-in time clock.

• Enable a 2-level demand limit control (between 0 and 100%) or a maximum current drawn limit activated by a remote contact closure or by the built-in time clock.

• Control evaporator water pump and the condenser pump. • Allow two time scheduling programs to enable unit start-up control,

demand limit and set-point changes. • Enable lead-lag control of two chillers running in series or parallel.

8. Diagnostics - Display module shall be capable of displaying set points, system status

including temperatures, pressures, current for each compressor, run time and percent loading in an interactive touch screen

- The control system shall allow a quick test of machine elements (heater, EXV, solenoid valves etc.) to verify the correct operation before the chiller is started.

9. Safeties

- Unit is equipped with through the door fused disconnect switch that allows for

short circuit protection, along with operator safety.


- Each circuit can be separately switched off for servicing though the door fused disconnect switch.

- Unit shall be equipped with all necessary components and in conjunction with the control system shall provide the unit with protection against the following :

• Reverse rotation • Low chilled water temperature • Low oil pressure (per compressor) • Current imbalance • Compressor thermal overload • Automatic compressor unloading in case of excessive condensing

temperature • High pressure • Electrical overload • Loss of phase

- Control shall provide separate general alert (minor incident) and alarm (circuit down) remote indication.

10. Electrical Characteristics

- Unit shall operate on 3-phase power supply without neutral. - Control voltage shall be supplied by a factory-installed transformer. - Unit shall be supplied with factory-installed electrical disconnect/isolator with

integrating main fuses. - Unit shall have a factory installed star delta starter as standard to limit

electrical inrush/startup current to within 2 times the maximum unit drawn current.

11. Factory Testing

The complete unit shall be subjected to inspection and witness of performance tests to verify various performance parameters. Testing shall be carried out at 100%, 75%, 50% and 25% loads to verify full load capacity, IKW/TR and NPLV values and one point of COP at AHRI condition. One unit shall be factory tested. Performance test shall be carried out in accordance with the procedure laid down as per AHRI 550/590 or equivalent EURO Standard. Testing will be witnessed by client or their representatives and one HVAC consultant’s representative. Total No. of people for visit will be 2-3 Nos.

******

III PUMPS

1. GENERAL


This section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of Pumps required for chilled water circulation for primary, Tertiary, secondary, condenser water circuits.

2. DESIGN

The pump shall be capable of developing the required total head at rated capacity for continuous operation. The pump shall operate satisfactorily at any point on discharge head characteristic curve over a range of 30% to 120% capacity or capacity corresponding to 70% of the total head whichever is lower. The pump shall run smooth without undue noise, vibration.

3. CONSTRUCTION

Pumps shall be end suction, top discharge, horizontal spilt casing type as per IS:1520-1660, IS:9079,IS:325 with the following construction:

Sl. No. Pump Description i) Casing : Cast Iron as per IS :210; grade FG260 ii) Impeller : Bronze as per IS : 318 Impeller ring : Bronze iii) Shaft : High Tensile steel -EN8 or SS 410 / 420 Shaft sleeve : Bronze iv) Bearings : Heavy duty Ball/Roller Bearings. v) Base Plate : Cast Iron vi) Flanges : Conforming to I.S.1536/1960 vii) Seal : Mechanical viii) Max. Speed : 1500 RPM ix) Driver type : T.E.F.C. x) Starter : As per Schedule of Equipment.

Pumps of a particular category shall be identical and shall be suitable for parallel operation with equal load division. Components of identical pumps shall be interchangeable. Impeller shall be made in one piece and securely keyed to the shaft. Measures to prevent loosening during operation including rotation in the reverse direction shall be provided. The critical speed of the pump shall be at least 30% above the rated speed. All the pumps shall be provided with mechanical seals.


Common base plate shall be provided for pump and motor. Suitable holes shall be provided for grouting and these shall be so located that the base can be grouted in place without disturbing the pump and the motor. Adequate space shall be provided between pump drain connection and base plate for installation of minimum 15mm dia. drain piping. Foundation bolts shall be complete with nuts and washers. The performance curves (capacity vs. total head, efficiency, NPSH and KW requirement) ranging from 0 to maximum capacity along with pump catalogue indicating dimensional details shall be submitted by the contractor along with their technical submittals for approval of Engineer-in-charge before procurement. Driver ratings shown are only tentative and contractor shall select their drivers at least 15% in excess of the maximum B.H.P of the pump plus transmission losses if any. Drivers shall be supplied with starters unless otherwise stated. Pump and driver shall be mounted on a single bed-plate and directly driven through flexible coupling in case of horizontal split casing pumps.

4. PUMP MOTOR

Pump motor shall be an AC electric motor EFF-1 type of squirrel cage induction motor suitable for 3 phase 415 + 10% voltage variation, 50 Hz. The drive shall be weather proof with IP-55 protection.

5. ACCESSORIES AND FITTINGS

The following accessories shall be provided with each pump among other standard accessories: Coupling guard for horizontal split casing pumps. Lubrication fittings and seal piping. Test and/or air vent cocks. Following valves / fittings shall be provided with each pump among other standard fittings as required (Itemized separately in the schedule of quantities and prices of pumps shall not include prices of these items): Suction and discharge shut off valves (butterfly type) and discharge dual plate check valves as specified under section “PIPING”. Suction and discharge pressure gauges not less than 100mm dia and of the appropriate rating with gauge cocks etc. suction gauge shall be of compound type. 25mm G.I. gland drain piping to be covered under drain piping item.


6. INSTALLATION

Pump shall be installed as per manufacturer's recommendations. Pump-sets shall be mounted on isolation pads or any other equivalent vibration isolation fitting. Concrete floating foundation shall be made by HVAC vendor as per approved shop drawings and specifications. The isolation pads between foundation and floor (as mentioned in schedule of quantities), foundation bolts etc. shall be supplied by the contractor with in tender cost. Contractor shall ensure that the foundation bolts are correctly embedded. Pump-sets shall preferably be factory aligned, wherever necessary, site alignment shall be done by competent person. Before the foundation bolts are grouted and the couplings are bolted, the bed plate levels and alignment results shall be submitted to the Engineer in charge.

Complete Foundation work is in the scope of HVAC vendor and made after

proper approval. 7. INSULATION

Pumps used for chilled water service shall be insulated as specified in section- "INSULATION". Insulation shall be applied so that the split casing is not affected. Accessories and fittings shall also be insulated as required.

8. TESTING

Tenderers shall submit the performance curves of the pumps supplied by them. They shall also check the capacity and total head requirements of each pump to match his own piping and equipment layout. On completion of the entire installation, pumps shall be tested, wherever possible, for their discharge, head, flow rate, B.H.P. Where it is not possible at least the discharge, head and B.H.P. (as measured on the input side) shall be field tested. Test results shall correspond to the performance curves.

9. PAINTING

After complete installation and testing, pumps accessories and fittings shall be given two coats as per CPWD application/Engineer-In-Charge.

******


IV INDUCED DRAFT COOLING TOWER

1. GENERAL

These specifications covers the general requirements of design, material, manufacture, inspections, testing at works, delivery, installation, performance testing and commissioning of induced draft cooling tower.

2. CODES AND STANDARDS

The design, manufacture, inspection and performance of induced draft cooling towers shall comply with all locally applicable, regulations and safety codes. The equipment shall also conform to the latest applicable Indian and/or International Standards.

3. DESIGN CRITERIA

The equipment offered shall be capable of cooling the rated quantity of water through the specified range at the design wet bulb temperature. In multi-cell construction, each cell shall be identical with other cells of the tower in all respects. The total heat load and flow shall be equally shared amongst the number of operating cells. The structure shall be designed for wind and other loads as per IS: 875. The tower configuration shall be such that it shall offer minimum restriction to airflow. The tower design shall be compatible with manufacture of pre-fabricated parts to achieve simple, inexpensive field erection. Noise level shall not be more than 85 Db at a distance of 5 meter.

4. CONSTRUCTION

The cooling tower shall be complete with tower, basin, basin shall have water holding capacity adequate for operation for at least 30minutes without addition of makeup water. Foundation design and mechanical equipment as described/required. The tower shall be of single or double inlet, counter flow type of construction. The tower shall be of induced draft type with fan located on top of the tower.

Complete Foundation work is in the scope of HVAC vendor, foundation shall be

made after proper approval.

5. CASING


Towers shall be induced draft type and in Fibreglass Reinforced Plastic construction. The enclosure/casing shall be single mounted and preferably rectangular shaped in appearance. The material of construction of enclosure/casing shall be F.R.P. and should be strong enough to withstand wind pressure. The casing shall be finished smoothly to minimize air friction. Filling material shall be polyvinylchloride (PVC), shall be laid in a manner to achieve high heat transfer efficiency. Water collection sump shall also be of F.R.P. material and in single molded construction to make the sump leak proof. The tower shall be carefully designed to avoid probability of water spillage. The sump shall be complete with outlet, overflow, quick-fill and drain connections of adequate sizes.

Inlet louvers for air intake shall be provided.

6. INLET LOUVERS Louvers shall be given a proper slope. Spacing of the louvers shall be so arranged that the water loss is prevented. Design of louvers shall be such that it gives uniform distribution of air with minimum pressure drop.

7. FILL

Fill sheets shall be of heavy gauge fire-retardant PVC and shall be shaped to offer minimum resistance having minimum thickness of 0.2mm. Film type fill shall be supported and stabilised by structural tubing elevated above the cold water basin floor to facilitate cleaning.

8. DRIFT ELIMINATORS

The drift eliminators shall be designed to restrict the drift loss below 0.2 percent of the circulation rate. The air pressure drop across the eliminators shall be kept to a minimum. The water collected in the eliminators shall be returned to the tower basin and shall not mix with the discharge air stream.

9. WATER DISTRIBUTION

The hot water shall be distributed to the fill through gravity, the water shall be equally distributed among the working cells.

10. FAN DECK


Fan deck shall be sturdy in construction to transmit the live loads to the frame, to support the stack and act as an access platform for the mechanical equipment and distribution system.

11. HARDWARE

All hardware materials such as supporting angles, channel, rods, nut bolts etc. shall be of CI/MS/stainless steel.

12. FAN

Fan shall be of multi-blade construction with aerofoil section blades. Air velocity at the fan blade tip speed shall not exceed 65M/sec. Fan blade shall be of cast or moulded construction. These shall be of easily removable and adjustable pitch type. Blade shanks and hubs shall be suitably insulated to prevent electrolytic corrosion.

13 FAN DRIVES

Fan drive shall be either of direct drive type or reduction gear type. The drive shaft shall have flexible coupling at both driving and non-driving ends. The flexible coupling bushings shall be of rubber. Drive shaft shall be dynamically balanced.

14 FAN MOTOR Fan motor shall be an AC electric motor of EFF-1 type squirrel cage induction suitable for 3 phase 415 + 10% voltage variation, 50 Hz. The drive shall be weather proof with IP-55 protection. Fan shall be protected with a Fan Guard. The entire assembly should be easily accessible for maintenance.

Complete performance ratings and power consumption at varying loads and outdoor wet bulb temperatures and sound power data at full load shall be furnished by the tenderer along with technical submittals for approval before execution of the work and the same shall be verified at the time of testing and commissioning the installation.

15. ACCESSORIES

Cooling tower shall be provided with accessories stated as under:

a) A stainless steel pipe ladder from ground level for access to fan deck.


b) The hot water distribution basin shall be provided with suitable cover to avoid external falling objects.

c) Each fan shall be provided with a suitable safety guard. d) Gauge type thermometer on the hot water inlet to each cell. e) Vibration isolators between fan and tower. f) Foundation bolts. g) Bottom/Side outlets. h) Drain connection with valves. i) Ball type automatic make up connections with valves. j) Overflow connections. k) Bleed off with valve from inlet header to overflow pipe.

16. TESTS

After completion, the equipment shall be offered for visual inspection by Engineer-in-charge. Any work or component not in accordance with the specification and approved drawings shall be replaced to the entire satisfaction of the inspection authority. Test certificates for materials of various components of cooling tower shall be furnished. Cooling capacities of the cooling tower shall be computed from the measurement of water flow rate, temperature of entering and leaving water and ambient air wet bulb temperature. Computed result shall conform to the specified capacities and quoted ratings. Power consumption shall be computed from the measurement of input voltage and input current. For every incremental KW of power (or part thereof) above the guaranteed power consumption of the fan penalty shall be levied. Noise level at various locations shall be measured at night, by a sound pressure level meter.

******

V DOUBLE SKIN AIR HANDLING UNITS 1. SCOPE

The Scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of air handling units conforming to these Specifications & drawings and in accordance with requirements.

2. TYPE

The Air Handling Units shall be of Draw through type having pre (MERV-8) section, cooling coil section suitable for chilled water and fan sections with direct driven plenum blower as per schedule of quantities.


3. CAPACITY

The air moving and coil capacities shall be as shown in schedule of quantities.

4. CASING

The housing/ casing of the air handling unit shall be of double skin construction. The housing shall be so made that it can be delivered at site in total/ semi knock down conditions depending upon the construction. The framework shall be of extruded aluminium hollow sections. All the members shall be assembled thru mechanical joints to make a sturdy and strong framework for various sections. Double skin panels shall be made of 0.8mm pre-plasticized / pre coated Galvanized sheet steel and 0.8mm galvanized sheet inside with insulation of 25 + 2 mm thick CFC free PUF injected insulation of 40 kg/m3 density. The panels shall be bolted /screwed to the framework with soft rubber gasket in between to make the joints airtight. Suitable doors with powder coated hinges and latches shall be provided for access to various panels for maintenance. The Fan and the motor arrangement shall be mounted on to the common framework. The entire housing i.e. The Air Handling Unit shall be mounted on minimum 3 mm GI Base channel framework. Drain pan shall be constructed of 18 gauge SS sheet with 13 mm thick closed cell nitrile insulation. The K-value shall not be more than 0.029 Kcal/hr-sq.mtr-°C/M at 10°C mean temperature. The pan shall have necessary slope to facilitate for fast removal of condensate. The coil shall be mounted on the rollers in order to facilitate easy removal of the coil from the drain pan for cleaning.

5. MOTOR AND DRIVE 5.1 Fan motor shall be totally enclosed fan cooled type in IP-55 construction suitable

for AC supply of 415 + 10% V, 3 phases, 50 Hz, EFF-1, Motor shall be selected for quiet operation. Drive to fan shall be provided through belt-drive arrangement. Belts shall be oil-resistant type.

The fan motor shall be suitable for VFD operation.

5.2 FANS

Fan shall be backward curved, DIDW type. The fan housing, impeller shall be fabricated from 1.2/1.6 mm GI sheet. Fan impeller shall be mounted on a solid


steel shaft statically and dynamically balanced. Shaft shall be supported to the housing with angle iron frame and pillow block heavy duty ball bearing. Fan housing shall be made of die-formed side sheets with streamlined inlets and guide vanes to ensure smooth air-flow into the fans. Fan housing and TEFC Fan motor in IP-55 Construction shall be mounted within the fan section on a common extruded Aluminum base mounted inside the air handling unit on anti-vibration mounts. The fan outlet shall be connected with casing with the help of fire retardant canvass.

6. COOLING COILS

Chilled water coils shall have 12.7 mm (1/2") to 15mm (5/8") dia. tubes minimum 0.5 mm thick with 0.15 mm aluminium fins firmly bonded to copper tubes assembled in a zinc coated steel frame. Face and surface areas shall be such as to ensure rated capacity from each unit and such that the air velocity across each coil shall not exceed 150 meters per minute. The coil shall be pitched in the unit casing for proper drainage. Each coil shall be factory tested at 21 Kg./Sq.cm air pressure under water. Tube shall be hydraulically/mechanically expanded for minimum thermal contact resistance with fins. Fins spacing shall not be less than be 4.7per centimeter length.

7. PRE FILTERS

Each unit shall be provided with a 50 mm thick factory assembled pre filter section containing cleanable synthetic type air filters having anodized aluminium frame. These filters shall have the efficiency of 90% down to 10 microns. The media shall be supported with HDP mesh on one side and aluminium mesh on other side. Filters face velocity shall not exceed 500 Feet per Minute. Filters shall fit so as to prevent by-pass.

8. ISOLATORS

Vibration isolators shall be provided with all air handling units. The fan and motor framework shall be isolated from the AHU framework by means of spring type vibration isolators. The AHU shall be mounted on 6 inch high PCC platform suitable for weight of the AHU. The platform shall be 4 inch bigger than the AHU frame size from all sides. The framework of the AHU and the P.C.C. platform shall be isolated by means of neoprene mats of size 150mmx150mm in two layers with 16g G.S.S. sheet sandwiched in between.

9. FRESH AIR INTAKES


Exhaust/Fresh air louvers of 80 mm thick high performance (55% free area) drainable fixed louver type Aluminium frame and blades. Mullions to be sliding interlock type with integral internal drain. Jamb and mullion drains to be open on front face in order to direct water away from inside of louver. Blades to be one piece extrusions with gutters design to catch and direct water to jamb and mullion drains. Fastners to be of aluminium. Louvers to have framed 13 mm mesh removable mill finish aluminium bird screens. Powder coated fresh air louvers constructed out of extruded aluminium complete with bird screen, filters and damper shall be provided in the clear openings in masonry walls for fresh air of the air handling units. Louvers, filters, damper, and fresh air duct shall be provided for various air handling units as called for in the schedule of quantities. Fresh air dampers shall be of the interlocking opposed blade louver type. Blades shall be made of not less than 16 gauge aluminium sheet, edges covered with felt to provide air-tight closure, and shall be rattle-free. Dampers shall be equipped with brass / nylon bushes and bush bearings. Filters shall be similar to those earlier specified for air handling units. All hardware shall be corrosion resistant brass or Stainless steel.

10. ACCESSORIES

Each air handling unit shall be complete with the accessories including but not restricted to the following. • Insulated isolation valves, Y-strainer, header drain valves, unions and

insulated condensate drain piping upto sump or floor drain in air handling unit room / nearest point, as described in section "Piping of Schedule of quantities". Shall be paid extra as per BOQ.

• Manual air vents at high points in the cooling coil and drain plug in the bottom of the coil. – to be included in the cost of the AHU.

• Thermometers in thermometer wells and pressure gauges in test points in

chilled water supply and return lines and control as specified under section "Control and Instruments" .- to be included in the cost of the AHU.

• Structural steel base for fan and motor to be designed and manufactured by

the fan supplier to ensure proper alignment of the fan and motor and structural integrity of the base to prevent vibration.

• Door switch for internal light and to disconnect the supply of blower.

11. PAINTING


Powder coated paint that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be cleaned off with mineral spirits, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with enamel paint to match the finish over the adjoining shop-painted surfaces.

12. NOISE CONTROL

Air Handling Units shall be selected for the lowest operating noise level of the equipment. Fan performance rating, power consumption, and sound power data with operating points clearly indicated shall be submitted by the tenders alongwith technical submittals for approval and verified at the time of testing and commissioning of the installation. The sound level within the AHU room shall be less than 65 dB.

13. CONNECTIONS

Piping installation requirements are specified in other section. The Drawings indicate the general arrangement of piping, valves, fittings, and specialties. The following are specific connection requirements:

• Arrange piping installations adjacent to units to allow unit servicing and maintenance.

• Connect piping to air-handling units with flanges enabling easy removal of the coil.

• Connect condensate drain pans using 50 mm (2-0 inch) minimum, insulated G.I. pipe and extend to nearest floor drain. Construct deep trap (depth as per detail) at connection to drain pan and install cleanouts at changes in direction.

• Duct installations and connections are specified in other sections. make final duct connections with flexible connections.

• Electrical Connections: The following requirements apply: • Electrical power wiring is specified in section Electrical. • Temperature control wiring and interlock wiring is specified in Section "Electrical

Control systems." • Grounding: Connect unit components to ground in accordance with the Indian

Electrical Code. 14. ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTING • Adjust water coil flow, with control valves to full coil flow, to indicate lpm (gpm). • Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. • Clean unit cabinet interiors to remove foreign material and construction dirt and

dust. Vacuum clean fan wheel, fan cabinet, and coils entering air face.


15. COMMISSIONING • Final Checks Before Start-Up: Perform the following operations and checks

before start-up: • Remove shipping, blocking and bracing. • Verify unit is secure on mounting and supporting devices, connections for piping,

ductwork and electrical are complete. Verify proper overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnects.

• Perform cleaning and adjusting specified in this Section. • Lubricate bearings and other moving parts with factory recommended lubricants. • Set outside-air / supply air dampers to minimum outside-air setting. • Comb coil fins for parallel orientation. • Install temporary throw away filters for initial run and finally install clean filters. • Verify manual and automatic volume control, and fire dampers in connected

ductwork system are in the full-open position. • Disable automatic temperature control operators. • Starting procedures for central-station air-handling units: • Energize motor, verify proper operation of motor, drive system, and fan wheel.

Adjust fan to indicate RPM. • Replace fan and motor couplings as required to achieve design conditions. • Measure and record motor electrical values for voltage and ampere. • Shut down and reconnect automatic temperature control operators. 16. TESTING

Cooling capacity of various Air handling units shall be computed from the measurements of air flow and dry and wet bulb temperatures of air entering and leaving the coil. Flow measurements shall be by a calibrated rotating vane anemometer and temperature measurements by accurately calibrated mercury-in-glass thermometers. Computed ratings shall conform to the specified capacities and quoted ratings. Power consumption shall be computed from measurements of incoming voltage and input current, whereas, noise level at various locations within the conditioned spaces shall be measured by a sound pressure level meter.

******

VI FAN COIL UNITS 1. FAN COIL UNITS 1.1 SCOPE


The Scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of Fan Coil units conforming to these Specifications and in accordance with requirements and drawings.

1.2. TYPE

The fan coil units shall be horizontal type for ceiling suspension. All units shall be complete with chilled water coil of three rows deep, direct driven (three speed) centrifugal fans with 5 mm ESP and motor, cleanable filters sandwiched insulated condensate drain pan as detailed in item drain pan, and 20 gauge pre coated GI casing panels insulated on discharge side of the fan.

1.3 CAPACITY

The air moving and coil capacities shall be as per calculation of successful vendor.

1.4 CABINET

Cabinets shall be constructed of 20 gauge Pre coated GI sheet steel. Corners shall be rounded without break lines. The cabinets shall be of sufficient size to enclose all piping and control valves, and shall have access doors to piping and controls. Access panels shall have positive locking fasteners for easy removal.

1.5 INTERIOR CHASSIS

The interior chassis shall be constructed of not less than 16 gauge GI sheet and all cold panel surfaces shall be covered with sandwiched insulation of not less than 13 mm thick PUF insulation. All fan coil units shall be securely mounted from the building structure and shall be set dead level in both directions.

1.6 DRAIN PAN

The drip trays are manufactured from Stainless Steel sheet 304 grade , The pans shall be insulated with not less than 13 mm thick PUF insulation sandwiched between top and bottom panels to effectively prevent condensation. And drain is provided with a 20 mm O/D threaded pipe. An extension condensate pan similar to primary drain pan shall be provided by the manufacturer on those units where coil connections are to be made on both ends of the coil.

1.7 COOLING COIL


All coils shall be of staggered seamless copper tube with aluminium plate fins mechanically bonded to copper tubes. Number of the row for cooling coils shall be as called for in the schedule of quantities. Tubes shall be minimum 9.5 mm OD and wall thickness shall be minimum 30 G. Each coil shall be provided with an air vent and drain plug. All coils shall be factory tested at 21Kg. per Sq.cm (300 psig) air pressure while submerged in water. Fin spacing shall be 11 or 13 fins per inch. Tubes shall be Mechanically / Hydraulically expanded for minimum thermal contact resistance with fins.

1.8 FANS

Fans shall be centrifugal, forward curve, direct driven by a permanent split capacitor motor equipped with built-in overload protection.

1.9 MOTOR

The permanent split capacitor motors are of the PSC 3-speed type, six pole and equipped with built-in overload protection Single phase 230 V / 50 Hz and shall be factory wired to a junction box.

1.10 ISOLATORS

Ceiling-suspended horizontal units mounted within the ceiling space shall be hung through neoprene in shear type vibration isolation suspensions, placed between the suspender rods of required sizes.

1.11 ACCESSORIES

All fan coil units shall be provided with the following accessories as detailed item-wise in the schedule of quantities:

Wall mounted thermostat for individual unit, containing three-speed and on-off control for fan speed, temperature control for summer/winter system (price separately) Set of Ball Valves (with & without strainer) and PID valves in water lines for individual unit for each coil connection (price separately) Fireproof double layer canvass connection. Flexible copper piping for each coil connection.

1.12 FILTERS


The filters shall be made out of synthetic mesh woven box type. The filters frame work shall be out of Galvanized/Aluminium channels. Thickness of filter shall be minimum 12 mm.

1.13 PAINTING

Powder coating that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be cleaned off with mineral spirits, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with enamel paint to match the finish over the adjoining surfaces.

1.14 NOISE CONTROL

Fan coil units shall be selected for the lowest operating noise level of the equipment. Fan performance rating, power consumption and sound power data with operating points clearly indicated shall be submitted by the tenderer during submission of technical submittals for approval and verified at the time of testing and commissioning of the installation.

1.15 TESTING

Cooling capacity of various fan coil units shall be computed from the measurements of air flow and dry and wet bulb temperatures of air entering and leaving the coil. Flow measurements shall be by a anemometer and temperature measurements by accurately calibrated mercury-in-glass thermometers. Computed ratings shall conform to the specified capacities and quoted ratings Noise level at various locations within the conditioned spaces shall be measured by a sound pressure level meter.

******

VII INLINE/AXIAL/PROPELLER FAN 1. SCOPE

The Scope of this section comprises supplying, storing, erection, testing and commissioning of Inline Fan, Axial Fan & Propeller Fan, including foundation work conforming to these Specifications and in accordance with requirements of schedule of quantities.

2. INLINE FAN/AXIAL FANS 2.1 INLINE FAN


1. The Inline fans shall be cabinet/circular type meeting the site requirement and as per manufacturer standard specification.

i) Housing shall be constructed of strong galvanized steel in riveted/welded

construction.

ii) Fan Wheel shall be backward curved type, Fan Wheel shall be statically and dynamically balanced.

iii) Shaft shall be constructed of steel. iv) Bearings shall be of the ball-bearing type mounted on the fan housing.

Bearings shall be designed especially for quiet operation and shall be of the self-aligning, self lubrication type.

v) Motor shall be suitable for 230 volts, 50 cycles, 1 phase power supply

direct driven centrifugal impeller. Motor name plate horsepower shall exceed brake horsepower by minimum of 10%. Motor shall be designed specially for quiet operation. Drive to fan shall be direct driven.

vi) All accessories required for proper installation and commissioning.

2.2 AXIAL FLOW FAN i) The fans shall be of the direct driven axial type with cast aluminum airfoil

propellers. ii) The casing shall be constructed of continuously welded steel and include

integral punched inlet and outlet flanges to prevent air leakage. The casing and motor base shall be constructed from precision laser cut and formed members of heavy gauge steel to prevent vibration and rigidly support the motor. Motor support brackets shall be welded to fan casing for increased strength.

iii) Motor shall be suitable for operation on 415 + 10% Volt, 50 Hz, AC supply

with EFF-1 ratings & “H” class insulation. iv) Blades shall be airfoil design. Hub and blades shall be a high strength

cast aluminum alloy. Blade pitch shall be manually adjustable with out removing from the fan casing. Rotors shall be statically and dynamically balanced. A tapered lock bushing shall be used to mount the propeller to the motor shaft.


v) All the Steel casings and structural components shall be coated as per manufacturer standard.

vi) Fan performance shall be based on tests conducted in accordance to

AMCA 210 (meets BS848 part 1), licensed to bear the AMCA Air and noise label in accordance with AMCA Publication 211 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings Program.

vii) The motor assembly shall be fire rated for high temperature application

(250 °C for minimum of 2 hours).

viii) All required accessories as required as per site requirement. 2.3 PROPELLER FAN

i) Propeller fans shall be direct – driven, three or four blade type, mounted on a steel mounting plate with orifice ring.

ii) Mounting plate shall be of heavy gauge sheet steel construction,

streamlined venturi inlet (reversed) for supply applications. The mounting plate size shall suit the fan size.

iii) Fan blades shall be constructed of aluminium or steel. Fan hub shall be

of heavy welded steel construction with blades bolted to the hub. Fan blades and hub assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory.

iv) Motor shall be standard (easily replaceable) single phase, permanent split

capacitor or shaded pole for small sizes, totally enclosed with pre – lubricated sleeves or ball bearings, designed for quiet operation. Motor for larger fan shall be suitable for 415 + 10% volts, 50 cycles, 3 phase, power supply. Motors shall be suitable for either horizontal or vertical services.

v) The following accessories may be required and provided with propeller

fans, as indicated in the tender specified a) Wire guard on inlet sides and bird screen at the outlet. b) Gravity operated louver shutters built into a steel frame. c) Regulators for controlling fan speed for single phase fan motors.

2.4 INSTALLATION


i) The Contactor shall supply all required bolts, base frame(wherever (wherever required), vibration isolators any other accessories and shall assure that the components are placed securely in proper position.

ii) Vibration isolators shall be provided with an efficiency of not less than

80%. 2.5 TESTING

All the fans shall be tested for performance at the factory and the following test results shall be furnished. i) C F M ii) Static pressure at the specified flow rate iii) KW input to motor

******

VIII AIR DISTRIBUTION

SHEET METAL WORK AND INSULATION: 1. GENERAL

This section comprises of supply, fabrication, installation and testing of all sheet metal ducts and supply, installation, testing and balancing of grilles, registers and diffusers, in accordance with these specifications and as per CPWD specifications..

2. DUCT MATERIAL

i) All ducts shall be fabricated from galvanized steel sheet(GSS) conforming to IS-277.The steel sheet shall be hot dipped galvanized with coating of minimum 120 grams per square meter(GSM) of Zinc. ii) The thickness of sheets for fabrication of rectangular ductwork shall be as under. The thickness required corresponding to the larger side of the rectangular section shall be applicable for all the four sides of the ducts.

Gauge Thickness (mm)


Ducts upto 750mm 24 0.63 751 mm and upto 1500mm 22 0.80 1501mm and upto 2250mm 20 1.00 2251mm and above 18 1.25

Factory fabricated ducts shall have the thickness of the sheet as above and should have beading at every 300mm. Recommended SMACNA Standard at 4 Feet Transverse Joint Reinforcement

Duct static pressure Sin Inches 2'' Duct Size (mm) 0-750 E-24 751-1500 G-22 1501-2250 H-20 Above 2250 J-18

Ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside. Longitudinal seams shall be airtight and at corners, which shall be either Pittsburgh or snap Button Punch as per SMACNA practice, to ensure air tightness.

Note:

SMACNA – Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractor National Association Inc. “ HVAC Duct construction standard Metal & Flexible” – 1995 USA.

In 1” static pressure i.e. comfort cooling application optional “ C&S and C&SS cleats joints can be used

Upto 450mm duct size use C&S Cleats 451 mm to 750mm duct size use “ C&SS cleats. Over 750mm duct size use TDC Flanges with respective gauges as

mentioned above. Alphabets B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J as per SMACNA 1995, transverse

joint reinforcement table 1-12m (T-25b flanged) and TDC addendum. R means reinforcement with Zeebar Stiffener.

3. DUCT FABRICATION

All Galvanized ducts shall be factory fabricated from lock form grade galvanized sheet steel as per latest SMACNA specification and spell out in para 2.0. To suite pieces shall be fabricated at site as per IS: 655 latest editions.


Factory fabricated duct shall be delivered at site in L shape and made in the form of box at site as per SMACNA standard.

Ducts shall be straight and smooth on all inside with neatly finished joints. All joints shall be made airtight by applying sealant during the assembly of the ductwork, Sealing of the seams shall be accomplished by using approved sealant. Transverse joints shall be made using sponge rubber sulphur-free foam rubber gasketing (3mm thick and 20mm wide) All exposed ducts within conditioned spaces shall have only slip joints and no flanged joints. The internal ends of slip joints shall be made in the direction of Air flow. Changes in dimensions and shape of ducts shall be gradual. Curved elbows, unless otherwise approved, shall have a center line radius equal to one and half times the width of the duct. Air turns shall be installed in all abrupt elbows and shall consist of curved metal blades or vanes, arranged to permit the air to make the turns without appreciable turbulence. All ducts shall be rigid and shall be adequately supported and braced where required with standing seams to keep the ducts true to shape and to prevent buckling, vibration or breathing.

All sheet metal connections, partitions and plenums required to confine the flow of air to and through the filters and fans, shall be constructed out of 18 gauge galvanized steel sheet, thoroughly stiffened with 25mm x 25mm x 3mm angle iron braces and fitted with all necessary doors, to give access to all parts of the apparatus. Doors shall not be less than 45cm x 45cm in size. Volume control dampers shall be installed with duct configuration as required.

4. DUCT INSTALLATION

All ducts shall be installed generally as per the drawings and in strict accordance with approved shop drawings.

The contractor shall provide and neatly erect all sheet metal work as may be required to carry out the intent of these specifications. This work shall meet with the approval of the Engineer-in-charge in all its parts and details. All necessary allowances and provisions shall be made by the contractor for beams, pipes, or other obstructions in the buildings, whether or not the same are shown on the architectural drawings. Where it becomes necessary to avoid beams or other structural work, plumbing or other pipes, and/or conduits, the ducts shall be transformed, divided or curved to one side, the required area being maintained as approved or directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The


contractor shall install the duct between the required points of the obstructions by any path available, subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. All duct work shall be independently supported from building elements or as required by the Engineer-in-charge. All horizontal ducts shall be rigidly and securely supported, in an approved manner, within hangers formed of GI rods and GI cleats under ducts not greater than 2 meter centers. All vertical duct work shall be supported by structural members at each floor.

Support System A completely galvanized system consisting of fully threaded rods, slotted angles

or double L bottom brackets (made out of 3.0 mm M.S. sheet) nuts, washer and anchor bolts confirming to SMACNA standards should be used.

Sr. No. Maximum Duct Size(mm)

Hanger Road Diamter

Interval (mm)

1. Up to 700 6 mm 2000 2. 701 – 1200 8 mm 2000 3. 1201 – 2000 10 mm 2000 4. Above 2000 12 mm 2000

As an alternative, slotted galvanized brackets attached to the top two bolts of the system may also be used as appropriate for the site condition.

To provide the required thermal brake effect, Neoprene or equivalent material of

suitable thickness shall be used between duct support and duct profiles in all supply air duct does not enclosed by return air plenums. Ducting on top of the ceiling shall be supported from the slab above, or from beams, after obtaining approval of the Engineer-in-charge. In no case shall a duct be supported from the ceiling hangers or be permitted to rest on a hung ceiling. All metal work in dead or closed down spaces shall be erected in time to occasion no delay to other contractors in the building. All ducts shall be totally free from vibration under all conditions of operations. Whenever duct work is connected to fans, that may cause vibrations in the duct, ducts shall be provided with two flexible connections located close to the unit in mutually perpendicular directions. Flexible connection shall be constructed of fire resistant flexible double canvas sleeves at least 10 cm long, secured


properly and bolted at both ends. Sleeve shall be made smooth and the connecting duct work rigidly held by independent supports on both ends. The flexible connection shall be suitable for pressures at the point of installation. The two mating flanges of the ducts being joined with each other shall be made air tight by providing 3mm thick 20mm wide Sulphur-free foam rubber gasket on mating flanges.

5. DAMPERS

All dampers shall be of Galvanised iron construction with louver dampers of robust construction and tightly fitted. The design, method of handling, and control shall be suitable for the location and service required. The damper shall be of opposed blade type. The sheet thickness of blade shall be 0.8 mm and of the frame shall be 1.0 mm.

Dampers shall be provided with suitable links, levers and quadrants as required for their proper operation; control or setting devices shall be made robust, easily operable and accessible through suitable access doors in the ducts. Every damper shall have an indicating device clearly showing the damper position at all times.

Dampers shall be placed in ducts and at every branch of supply air duct connections, whether or not indicated on the drawings, for the proper volume control and balancing of the system.

All the dampers at grille collars shall be of extruded aluminium construction with louver dampers of robust construction and tightly fitted

6. Fire & Smoke Dampers

i) Fire dampers shall be provided in all supply air ducts and return air ducts (where provided), return air passage in the air – handling unit room and at all floor crossings. Access door will be provided in the duct before each set of fire dampers.

ii) Fire dampers shall be multi blade louvers type. The blade should remain

in the air stream in open position and shall allow maximum free area to reduce pressure drop and noise in the air passage. The blades and frame shall be constructed with minimum 1.6mm thick galvanized sheet and shall be factory fitted in a sleeve made out of 1.6mm galvanized sheet of minimum 400mm long. It shall be complete with locking device, motorized actuator and control panel.


iii) Fire dampers shall be motorized smoke and fire dampers type. It shall be

supplied with spring loaded UL stamped fusible link to close fire damper in the event of rise in duct temperature. Fire damper shall also close on receipt of fire alarm signal to cut off air supply instantaneously. An electric limit switch shall also be operated by the closing of fire damper, which in turn shall switch off power supply to AHU blower motor.

iv) Fire dampers shall be CBRI tested and certified for 90 minutes rating

against collapse and flame penetration as per UL 555 – 195. (Under writers laboratories).

v) Fire dampers shall be compatible with the fire detection system of building

and shall be capable of operating automatically through an electric motor on receiving signal from fire alarm panel.

vi) Necessary wiring from fire alarm panel up to AHU electric panel shall be

provided by the other sub associates of fire alarm package and further from AHU electric panel to fire damper shall be provided by air conditioning contractor.

7. SUPPLY AIR REGISTERS/GRILLES

Supply air registers shall be of approved make and of aluminium construction with individually adjustable bars. Supply air registers shall be double deflection type, with removable key-operated volume control dampers. The outer frame shall be made from drawn aluminium sections. All registers shall be selected in consultation with the Engineer.-in-charge, Different spaces shall require horizontal or vertical face bars, and different width of margin frames. All registers shall have a soft, continuous rubber gasket between the periphery of the register and the surface on which it has to be mounted. Registers shall be adjustable pattern as such grill bar shall be pivotable to provide pattern with 0 to 100 degree horizontal arc and upto 30 degree deflection up or down. Bars shall hold deflection settings under all conditions of velocity and pressure. Bars longer than 45 cm shall be reinforced by a set back vertical member. Registers shall be given a rust inhibiting prime coat and factory applied powder coated finish of approved colour.


8. SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS Diffusers shall be of approved make and of Aluminium construction, square / rectangular in shape with flush fixed pattern or adjustable flow pattern. Diffusers for different spaces shall be selected in consultation with the Engineer-in-charge.

All supply air diffusers shall be equipped with removable key-operated volume control dampers. Anti-smudge ring may be required in specific applications. The outer shell and diffusing assembly shall be made out of powder coated drawn aluminium section respectively.

9. EYE BALL TYPE JET DIFFUSERS The jet diffusers shall be made out of drawn sections of aluminium. The diffuser shall have the air control arrangement and the adjustable angle for throw. The diffuser shall be complete with butterfly type dampers, mounting ring, air tight gaskets and fixing arrangement. The jet diffuser shall generally be of circular shape.

10. OUTSIDE AIR LOUVERS

Exhaust/Fresh air louvers of 80 mm thick high performance (55% free area) drainable fixed louver type powder coated Aluminium frame and blades. Mullions to be sliding interlock type with integral internal drain. Jamb and mullion drains to be open on front face in order to direct water away from inside of louver. Blades to be one piece extrusions with gutters design to catch and direct water to jumb and mullion drains. Fastners to be aluminium. Louvers to have framed 13 mm mesh removable mill finish aluminium bird screens.

11. TESTING AND BALANCING

After completion of the installation of the complete air distribution system, all ducts shall be tested for air leaks. Before painting the interiors, air distribution system shall be allowed to run continuously for 48 hours for driving away any dust or foreign material lodged within ducts during installation. The entire air distribution system shall be balanced using approved anemometer. Air quantities at the fan discharge and at various outlets shall be identical to +/-5 percent in comparison of those specified and quoted. Leakage in each air distribution system shall be within 3 percent so that supply air volume at each fan shall be identical to, or no greater than 3 percent in excess of, the total air quantity measured at all supply outlets served by the fan. Branch duct adjustments shall be made by volume or splitter dampers. Dampers shall be permanently marked after air balance is complete so that these can be restored


to their correct position if disturbed at any time. Complete air balance report shall be submitted to the Engineer.-in-charge. for scrutiny and approval, and six copies of the approved report shall be provided with completion documents.

******

IX PIPING 1. SCOPE The scope of this section comprises the supply, laying, erection, testing and

commissioning of pipes required for this project as per drawings and as per CPWD specifications..

2. CHILLED AND CONDENSER WATER PIPING 2.1 All piping laid shall be as follows: PIPE SIZE MATERIAL JOINTS & FITTINGS SEALING MATERIAL Upto 40 mm M.S tube (i) Screwed/Welded (i) Non-hardening Heavy Class (ii) Unions (ii) Lubricant I.S. 1239 (iii) Slip-on flanges (iii) 3mm, 2-ply Latest revision Rubber insertion. 50mm M.S tube (i) Welded --------- to 150mm Heavy Class (ii) Slip-on flanges I.S. 1239 (iii) Slip-on flanges (iii)3mm, 2-ply Latest revision Rubber insertion. 200 mm E.R.W Pipes (i) Welded -------- to 300 mm I.S. 3589 (ii) Slip-on flanges (iii) 3mm, 2 ply Latest revision Rubber Insertion 350 mm E.R.W Pipes (i) Welded -------- and over


I.S. 3589 (ii) Slip-on flanges (ii) 6mm, 2 ply Latest revision Rubber Insertion Pipe flanges to IS:6392 for all sizes. 2.2 All piping shall be black steel unless otherwise stated. Pipes shall be given one

primary coat of red-oxide paint before being installed. Pipes shall be sloping towards drain points.

2.3 Fittings shall be new and from approved manufacturers, Fittings shall be of

malleable casting of pressure ratings suitable for the piping system. Fittings used on welded piping shall be of the weldable type. Flanges shall be new. Supply of flanges shall include bolts, washers gaskets, etc., as required.

2.4 All equipment and valve connections shall be through flanges (Screwed for galvanised steel).

2.5 All welded piping is subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge and

sufficient number of flanges and unions shall be provided. 2.6 Gate valves/wafer type Butterfly valves shall be provided as required

Conforming to the following specifications : Butterfly valves shall conform to BS:5155, MSS SP 67 & API 609 and designed

to fit without gaskets between mating flanges. The valves shall be suitable for flow in either direction and seal in both directions. The valve shall be of integral moulded design. Disc - SG Iron to IS:1865 SG 400/12. & BS:2789 Gr420/12 Nylon coated. The valve shall be of PN 16 rating.

2.7 BUTTERFLY VALVES a) size up to 150 mm dia (PN 16) Handle Operated b) size 200 mm dia and above (PN16) Gear Operated 2.8 TWO WAY MOTORIZED BUTTERFLY VALVE 2.8.1 Valve

a. Type of valve : Butterfly Valve. b. Body Material : Carbon steel ASTM A 216 c. Body seat ring (if

applicable) : Gr WCB

d. Vane : SS-316 e. Packing : Teflon


f. Mounting Stool : Required. g. Shaft : SS-316/416 h. Seat : Nitrile rubber J Fasteners : SS-316

2.8.2 Actuators

Type : Electric Duty. : On/Off Motor power supply : 230 V AC or 415 V 3-phase Hand wheel : Required Speed : As per manufacturer standard

NOTE:-

a. Actuator must open/ close with one changeover contact. Control panel, if

required, must be supplied integral with the Actuator. b. No gear box is envisaged, however if gear box is provided, the travel limit

switches must be connected directly to the valve stem. c. Cover tube for the valve stem must be provided

2.9 BALANCING VALVES

Balancing Valves shall be of cast iron flanged construction with EPDM/SG iron, with epoxy coated ,with built in pressure drop measuring facility (pressure test cocks) to compute flow rate across the valve. The test cocks shall be long enough to protrude out of pipe insulation.

3. STRAINERS 3.1 Y-Strainers Strainers shall be preferably of the approved 'Y' type with fabricated steel bodies

designed to the test pressures specified for the gate valves. Strainers shall have removable SS screen with 3.0 mm perforations and a permanent magnet. Strainers shall be provided with flanges or threaded sockets as required. They shall be designed so as to enable blowing out accumulated dirt and facilitate removal and replacement of screen without disconnection of the main pipe. All strainers shall be provided with equal size isolating valves so that the strainer may be cleaned without draining the system. Strainers shall be provided on the suction side of each pump; and inlet side of heat exchanger equipment.


3.2 Pot Strainers Strainers shall be of approved type with fabricated steel bodies designed to the

test pressures specified for the valves. Strainers shall have removable stainless steel screen with 1.5 mm perforations and a permanent magnet. Strainers shall be provided with flanges as required. They shall be designed so as to enable blowing out accumulated dirt and facilitate removal and replacement of screen without disconnection of the main pipe. All strainers shall be provided with equal size isolating valves and by-pass line so that the strainer may be cleaned without draining the system. Strainers shall be provided on the suction header of the pumps wherever shown in the drawings. The velocity across the filter mesh should not exceed one fifth of the velocity in the connecting pipe. The area of the filter mesh shall be five times of the area of the pipe connection.

4. EXPANSION TANK & AIR SEPARATOR 4.1 EXPANSION TANK

The chilled water system shall be provided with pre-charged steel expansion tank in the plant room as shown on the drawings. The tank should be designed to absorb the expansion forces of the chilled water system while maintaining proper system pressure under varying operating system conditions. The shell of the tank shall be constructed out of carbon steel conforming to section 8, of ASME boiler & pressure vessel code. The vessel shall be designed for maximum design pressure of 150 psig. The tank shall be painted with one shop coat of dry enamel paint. The tank shall be provided with two 1 inch tappings in the shell for safety relief and system connection. The tank shall also have suitably sizes drain connection. The tank shall have replaceable type, butyl – rubber bladder. The tank shall be pre-fitted with lifting rings & shall have suitable mounting arrangement. Expansion Tank shall be with pressurization unit complete with pressure gauges, transmitter, valves etc. including 2 pump sets (1 working 1 standby) whole assembly shall be from one source, pump rating shall be as per manufacturer standard and as per requirement.

5. PIPING INSTALLATION The drawings indicate schematically the size and location of pipes. Pipes runs

and sizes may, however, be changed to meet the site conditions. The Contractor on the award of the work, shall prepare detailed shop drawings showing the cross section, longitudinal section, detail of fittings, locations of isolating drain and air valves etc. They must keep in view the specific openings in buildings and other structures through which the pipes are designed to pass.


5.1 Piping shall be properly supported on or suspended from stands, clamps, hangers etc, as specified and as required. The tenderer shall adequately design all the brackets, saddles, clamps, hangers etc. and be responsible for their structural integrity.

5.2 Pipe supports shall be of M.S, adjustable for height and primer coated with rust

preventive paint and finish coated black. Where pipe and clamp are of dis-similar material, a gasket shall be provided in between.

Spacing of pipe supports shall not exceed the following : Pipe Size (mm) Spacing (M) 12 to 15 1.25 20 to 25 2.00 32 to 125 2.50 150 and above 3.00

Extra supports shall be provided at the bends and at heavy fittings like valves etc. Pipe hangers shall be fixed on ceilings and walls by means of metallic cleats with fasteners/ Grouting in case of walls.

5.3 Vertical risers shall be parallel to walls and column lines and shall be straight

and plumb. Risers passing from floor to floor shall be supported at each floor by clamps or collars attached to pipe and with a 12mm thick ribbed rubber pad or any other approved resilient material. Where pipes pass through the terrace floor, suitable curbing shall be provided to prevent water leakage.

5.4 Insulated piping shall be supported in such a manner as not to put undue

pressure on the insulation. 1.80mm metal sheet shall be provided between insulation and the clamp saddle or roller extending at least 150mm on both sides of the clamp, saddle or roller.

5.5 Piping work shall be carried out with minimum disturbance to the other works

being done at the site. A programme of work shall be chalked out in consultation with the Engineer-In-Charge.

5.6 Piping layout shall take due care for expansion and contraction in pipes.


5.7 All pipes using screwed fittings shall be accurately cut to the required sizes and

threaded in accordance with IS:554/1955 and burrs removed before laying. Open ends of the piping shall be blocked, as the pipe is installed, to avoid entrance of foreign matter. Wherever reducers are to be made in horizontal runs, eccentric reducers shall be used if the piping is to drain freely, in other locations, concentric reducers may be used.

5.8 Air valves shall be provided at all high points in the piping system for venting.

Valves shall be of the double float type, with gun metal body, vulcanite balls, rubber seating, etc. Air valves shall be of the sizes specified and shall be associated with an equal size gate valve with rising spindle to be 25 mm dia.

Drains shall be provided with drain plug valve equal size. Drains shall be piped through equal size G.I. pipe to the nearest drain or floor waste. Piping shall be pitched towards drain points.

5.9 PRESSURE GAUGES: 5.9.1 Pressure gauge shall be appropriate range and be complete with U tube,

snubber, shut off gauge cocks etc. duly calibrated before installation. a) Pressure gauges shall have micro meter type. b) Scale of gauge shall be white with black letters (printed). c) Pressure gauges shall be as per IS-3624. d) Scale shall be so selected that normal process pressure is approximately

75% of full scale. 5.9.2 Pressure gauge shall be provided at locations as indicated on the drawings:

Care shall be taken to protect pressure gauges during pressure testing. 5.10 THERMOMETERS: 5.10.1 Thermometers shall be direct reading industrial type of appropriate range

duly calibrated before installation. a) Temperature gauges shall be mercury in steel type with thermowell suitable for

application. b) Dial type with die-cast aluminium, stove enamel black finish case, aluminium

screwed ring and shatter proof glass. c) Accuracy shall be + 1.0% of full Scale or better. d) Minimum over range protection shall be 25% of full scale range.


5.10.2 Thermometers shall be installed in separable wells. 5.11 INSULATION Pipe shall be insulated as required in accordance with specifications in Section-

'INSULATION'. 5.12 VIBRATION ELIMINATION Flexible coupling joints shall be provided to eliminate vibrations from moving

equipment as indicated in the Bill of Quantities and including foundation work. 5.13 TESTING 5.13.1 All piping shall be tested to hydrostatic test pressure of at least one and a half

times the maximum operating pressure, but not less than 10 Kg/Sq.cm for a period of not less than 24 hours. All leaks and defects in joints revealed during the testing shall be rectified to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

5.13.2 Piping required subsequent to the above pressure test shall be retested in the

same manner. 5.13.3 Systems may be tested in sections and such sections shall be securely capped. 5.13.4 The Engineer in charge shall be notified well in advance by the contractor of his

intention to test a section of piping. 5.13.5 The Contractor shall make sure that proper noiseless circulation of fluid is

achieved through all coils and other heat exchange equipment in the system concerned. If proper circulation is not achieved due to air bound connections, the Contractor shall rectify the defective connections. He shall bear all the expenses for carrying out the above rectifications including the tarring-up and re-finishing of floors, walls etc. as required.

5.13.6 No insulation shall be applied to piping until the completion of the pressure

testing to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 5.13.7 The Contractor shall provide all materials, tools, equipment, instruments,

services and labour required to perform the test, and shall ensure that the areas are cleaned up and spill over water is removed.

5.14 PAINTING


After the piping has been installed, tested and run for at least ten days of eight hours each, the piping shall be given two finish coats, 3 mils each on supply and return lines of approved colour as per CPWD specifications and instruction of Engineer-In-Charge. The direction of flow of fluid in the pipes shall be visibly marked in white arrows or as directed by the Engineer in charge.

******

X INSULATION 1. SCOPE

This section cover the requirements of thermal insulation for chilled water & hot water piping, pumps, tanks, duct work, acoustic lining in duct work, AHU rooms etc. This does not cover exposed roof insulation.

2. MATERIAL TYPES

The insulation material to be used for various applications shall be any of the following, as required and as described in schedule of quantities.

2.1 PIPING INSULATION

i) For insulation of water piping, pumps and tanks :- a) Resin bonded Glass wool insulation–Chilled water piping & equipment. Insulation shall be used for pipe insulation like inside the AC plant room, inside the building. The pipe insulation should be in rigid sections and follow as per CPWD guide line.

2.1.1 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS

The insulation material shall satisfy the following requirements :- i) For thermal application on pipes.

Material Minimum Uniform Maximum Thermal conductivity

Density (K. Cal/hr. degree C/m at (Kg/cu.m) 10 deg C mean temp.)

Glass wool 80 kg/cu.m 0.031


ii) Air separator / Expansion Tank Insulation of density not less than 80 kg/cu.m shall be used and finally finished

with 0.63 mm Aluminium cladding. 2.1.2 INSULATION THICKNESS

The thickness of insulation shall be as indicated below unless specified otherwise in the tender specifications.

i) For pipe insulation (for chilled water application) Pipe Size (mm) Glass Wool

a) 150 & below 50mm b) above 150 75mm

2.1.3 APPLICATION OF INSULATION ON PIPES (including suction line insulation)

i) No insulation shall be applied on pipes until the pipes are satisfactory tested as

specified in piping section. ii) The surface to be insulated shall be first cleaned and a coat of zinc chromate

primer shall be given. The insulation shall be fixed tightly to the surface with hot bitumen / cold setting adhesive CPRX compound as recommended by the insulation manufacturer. All joints shall be staggered and sealed.

iii) The insulation shall be finished as under :- a) For all pipes the insulation over the pipe work shall be finished with 26 Gauge

thick aluminium sheet cladding over a vapour barrier of 120 gm/ sq.m polythene sheet with 50 mm overlap and tied down with lacing wire and complete with type 3, grade – I TAR or roof felt strip (as per IS 1322 as amended upto date) at the joints.

(iv) All valves, fittings, strainers etc. shall be insulated to the same thickness and in

the same manner as for the respective piping , taking care to allow operation of valves without damaging the insulation .

2.1.4 APPLICATION OF INSULATION ON PUMPS


Glass wool 50 mm thickness shall be sandwiched between two aluminium sheets of 0.63 mm thickness and properly clamped to pump in two semicircular sections.

3.0. DUCT INSULATION 3.1 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

The insulation for duct insulation shall be carried out from `O’ Class closed cell elastomeric nitrile rubber having a `K' value of 0.034 W/(M.K) at mean temperature of 10O C. and a density of not less than 80 kgs/cubm. Duct : Thickness 19 mm

3.2 APPLICATION OF INSULATION (THERMAL) ON DUCT Duct insulation shall be applied as follows:

i) The surface of duct on which the external thermal insulation is to be

provided shall be thoroughly cleaned with wire brush and rendered free from all dust and grease.

ii) Two coats of cold compound adhesive (CPRX compound) shall be

applied over the duct. (Any other adhesive recommended by the manufacturers may also be used with the approval of the Engineer – in – charge ).

iii) The insulation shall then be wrapped to the duct. The joints shall then be

sealed with self adhesive nitrile tape. 4.0 DUCT/AHU ROOM LINING 4.1 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Material for accoustic lining shall be resin bounded fibre glass. The thermal conductivity shall not exceed 0.031 Kcal/hr. deg C m at 10 deg C mean temperature and density shall not be less than 32 Kg./CuM. Thickness of insulation shall be 25 mm for duct lining and 50 mm for AHU room lining.

Accoustical lining of duct shall be done for the initial run of 6.0 meter duct.

4.2 METHOD OF APPLICATION ON DUCTS


1. The inside surface of duct on which the acoustic lining is to be provided shall be thoroughly cleaned with wire brush and rendered free from all dust and grease.

2. Then 25 x 25 sq.mm section of minimum 1.25 mm thick G.I. sheet shall be fixed on both ends of the duct piece.

3. The insulation slab shall then be fixed between these section of ducts using CPRX adhesive compounds and stickpins.

4. The insulation shall then be covered with reinforced plastic/fiber glass tissue, sealing all joints so that no fiber is visible.

4.3 METHOD OF APPLICATION OF ACOUSTIC LINING IN AHU ROOMS

i) The wall / roof surface should be thoroughly cleaned with wire brush. ii) A 610 x 610 mm frame work of 25mm x 50 mm x 50 mm x 50 mm x 25 mm

shape channel (shape as shown in CPWD specifications) made of 0.6mm thick GSS shall be fixed to walls leaving 610 mm from floor by means of raw plugs in walls and dash fasteners in ceiling. Similar frame work shall also be fixed on ceiling by means of dash fasteners.

iii) Resin bonded glass wool as specified cut to size will be friction fitted in the frame work and covered with tissue paper.

iv) Aluminium perforated sheet having perforation between 20-40% of

thickness not less than 0.8mm shall be fixed over the entire surface neatly without causing sag / depression in between and held with screws. Sheet joints should overlap minimum 10mm.

v) Aluminium beading of 25mm wide and thickness not less than 1.00 mm

shall be fixed on all horizontal / vertical joints by means of screws.

****** XI CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS 1. SCOPE

The scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of automatic controls and instruments conforming to these specifications and in accordance with the requirements of Drawings and Schedule of Quantities.

2. TYPE


All automatic controls shall be of approved as described in the various sections of these specifications.

3. AUTOMATIC CONTROLS

Automatic controls required for various types of equipment/machines have been described in the various sections of these specifications. The individual safety controls and various automatic controls shall be installed within the equipment/machines by the manufacturers before shipment. However, the following automatic controls, if not already installed on the equipment/machines, may need to be installed at site by the Contractor, as per the Schedule of Quantities.

4. 2 WAY MODULATING / PRESSURE INDEPENDENT BALANCING AND

CONTROL VALVE

HVAC APPLICATION- COOLING - AHU’s

A pressure independent balancing and control valve shall be a self balancing, pressure independent, 2-way control valve with 100% authority on the control valve. It can be fitted with an actuator to accept input signals from the control system. Each Air Handling Unit /CSU Unit shall be provided with a 2-way Pressure Independent Balancing and Control Valve. The control valve should be a globe type. Regarding control – The response characteristic should be independent of pressure, A differential pressure controller should ensure 100% valve authority at all loads and all settings. Regarding Balancing – Each Valve should have a precisely adjustable maximum flow limitation as per the designed flow rate of coils. The balancing should be done only in the valve and not in the actuator so that in case of actuator failure, the balancing is not lost and the system can still function as designed. All Valves actuators should be microprocessor based with a self calibrating feature to adjust to any valve travel or setting with full control range.. The valve should have a linear characteristic and the actuator should have a function that can convert it to a logarithmic characteristic to ensure that the valve-actuator combination can be used for all applications.


Minimum required differential pressure should not exceed 20 kPa for fan coil units DN32 and not exceed 30 kPa for air handling units to minimize pump head requirements,

The valve should be equipped with an electronic modulating actuator which can accept either 4(0)-20 mA / 2(0)-10 V DC signals. Operating voltage for actuator shall be 24V AC. The actuator shall be able to close against maximum differential pressure of 6 Bar

VALVE SPECIFICATIONS

Description For 15 to 32 mm For 40 to 150 mm Diff Pressure (P1-P3) 16 To 400 kPa 30 To 400 kPa Media Temperature -10 ° to 120 °C -10 ° to 120 °C

Body Material Brass (CuZn40Pb2 - CW 617N) Grey iron EN-GJL-250(GG25)

Test Ports Needle measuring nipple Needle measuring nipple Leakage acc. to standard IEC 534 No visible leakage (at 100N) max.0,01 - 0.05% of kv at

650N Stem Seals EPDM - CuZn40Pb2 EPDM -NBR Maximum Close Off Pr 600 kPa 600 kPa Pressure rating PN16 PN16 Control Range Standard IEC 534 Since CV Characteristic is linear control

range is Infinity (1:256 as a result of the actuator-valve combination)

Control Valve Character

Linear characteristic and, with the help of actuator, logarithmic

ACTUATOR SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL SIZES Supply Voltage : 24V AC Power Consumption : 10 VA Frequency : 50 HZ Control Input : 2-10V DC, 4-20mA, 3-point Selection. Position Output : 2-10V DC 4-20mA Body Housing Insulation : Non Corrosive - IP 42 or higher GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Pressure Independent Balancing and Control Valve shall be provided/installed at each outlet of cooling coil unit, Cassette, AHU & FCU. A:- Valve Body and Characteristics:-


• The differential pressure controller should maintain a constant differential pressure across the control valve, irrespective of fluctuations in the system, with the help of a self adjusting diaphragm.

• The control valve shall accurately control the flow with help of a modulating actuator

• All valve sizes should have testing ports for verifying the flow by measuring the differential pressure.

B:- Valve Actuator and Housing:-

• The valve and actuator must have the ability to undertake both Logarithmic control characteristics and linear control characteristics. This ensures compatibility for both Water/Air and Water/Water Heat Exchanger.

• Control/Dip switch settings should be easy to access, to avoid Manual Contact directly with Integrated IC Circuit of the system.

• The actuator should not play a part in the balancing process. This will ensure that an operational issue in the actuator will not lead to a loss of balancing, causing problems elsewhere in the system.

• Only linear characteristics should not be acceptable as with this valve & actuator characteristic, the resultant energy characteristic will not remain linear and this shall lead to improper control leading to fluctuating room temperatures.

• In chilled water systems, the valve should be mounted with the actuator above the valve to prevent condensation water leaking into the actuator.

C:- Valve Flow Balancing :-

• Balancing & Control: The balancing should be accomplished by the spring loaded diaphragm and the control should be done by the actuator receiving signals from room thermostats or BMS.

• Flow Setting Balancing (Commissioning) for the valves should be simple and not require measuring devices.

• Setting the flow should not involve the actuator. • Proper operation of the valve should not be dependent on additional operations

like de-airing of the valve or flushing procedures 5. 2 WAY ON / OFF VALVE

HVAC APPLICATION- COOLING - FCU/ Hydronic Hi Wall Following are specification of the same. Valve body - Polymer composite


Spindle - SS Spindle packing - O – ring Shut off Ball - EPDM Rate Pressure - 25 Bar Fluid Temperature Range - 5 – 110 OC Supply Voltage - 230 V, 1 Ph, 50 Hz. Protection - IP 20 ACTUATOR (ON/OFF Type) Power - 230 Volts AC, 24/48V AC /DC + 10% Maximum Operating - 6 VA Control Signal - 2/3 point 0(2) – 10V DC Feed Back - 0(2) – 10V AC Rotation - 95O Direction of Rotation - Reversible Running Time - 120S Over Load - Automatic Ambient - 10 to 50OC, 90% RH

6. Thermostats :

Shall be cooling/heating electronic type with 3 point output for modulating 2 position reversible motor of two way valve of AHU/FCU/Cassette with sensing element located in the return air stream. The profile, mounting arrangements and exact location of the thermostats shall be as approved by the Engineer in charge. All thermostats shall be supplied with the standard mounting boxes, as recommended by the manufacturer. Electronic type thermostats for cooling/heating application for actuating the two way modulating cum pressure independent balancing valve at each unit.

7. Instruments : Instruments required for different types of machines have been described in the various sections of these specifications and shown on the drawings. Following instruments shall be provided as per the schedule of quantities.

Thermometers shall be of approved make, mercury-in-glass type with cast brass scale in a steel casing. Thermometers shall be filled with red reading mercury. Thermometers shall be of the separable socket type and shall have extended neck, where required, for insulated pipes. The scale shall be 23 cm long. Thermometers shall be installed at chilled water supply and return at air handling


units, supply and return at chillers and condensers. Range of scales shall be 30-120 F (0-50 ) for air conditioning applications. Pressure Gages shall be approved make, installed on suction and discharge sides of pumps, inlet and outlet at chillers, condensers and AHU’s etc. as shown on the drawings and included in Schedule of Quantities. Suction side gauges at pumps shall be compound gauges. All gauges shall be provided with stem and shut of valve. Air Flow Switches shall be of sturdy and corrosion resistant construction, suitable for monitoring air flow in ducts, and supplied with mounting plate and gasket for duct mounting. Paddle shall be of stainless steel of size 50mm x 150mm minimum. Air flow switches shall be chosen to suit the velocities to be monitored. Performance of air flow switches shall not be affected when mounted on ducts handling air below ambient dew point temperature

8. Calibration and Testing :

All automatic controls and instruments shall be factory calibrate and provided with necessary instructions for site calibration and testing. Various items of the same type shall be completely interchangeable and their accuracy shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer. All automatic controls and instruments shall be tested at site for accuracy and reliability before commissioning the installation.

9. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) 9.1 Air quantity flow control 9.1.1 The VFD shall be a dedicated HVAC engineered design supporting HVAC

applications. The VFD and all its options shall be Factory built and Factory tested as a SINGLE unit and not at site.

9.1.2 The VFD shall be tested to UL 508C, CE marked and conform to the European

Union Electro Magnetic Compatibility directive. The VFD shall be UL listed for a short circuit current rating of 100 kA and labeled with this rating.

9.1.3 The VFD shall allow the motor to produce full rated power at rated motor voltage,

current, and speed without using the motor's service factor. The VFD shall be using Advanced PWM control methodology for high motor performance. The motor current shall closely approximate a sine wave.

9.1.4 All VFDs up to 90 KW shall contain integral EMC Filters to attenuate RFI

conducted to the AC power line and must be complying with the emission and


immunity requirements of IEC 61800-3: 2004, Category C1 with 50m motor cable (unrestricted distribution) that are recommended for Critical Applications with high volume of Electronic Data communications for IIT’s.

9.1.5 The VFD shall be able to provide variable torque Volts/Hz output to give full

motor torque at any selected frequency from 20 Hz to base speed. Breakaway current of 160% shall be available.

9.2 The VFD shall have the following features – 9.2.1 A AUTOMATIC ENERGY OPTIMIZATION to automatically and continuously

monitor the motor’s speed and load to adjust the applied voltage to maximize energy savings

9.2.2 An Automatic Motor Adaptation algorithm shall measure motor stator resistance

and reactance to optimize performance and efficiency. It shall not be necessary to run the motor or de-couple the motor from the load to perform the test.

9.2.3 The VFD shall be capable of running the system at programmed lower speed

even in case of Phase loss. Protection against input transients, loss of AC line phase, output short circuit, output ground fault, over voltage, under voltage, VFD over temperature and motor over temperature.

9.2.4 The VFD shall be fully protected from switching a contactor / isolator at the

output with out causing tripping and it should not be necessary to provide the interlocks for Switches on Output side.

9.2.5 The Local Control Panel shall be alphanumeric, graphical, backlit display with

provision for two levels of password protection. It is capable to show Five simultaneous parameters display. A red FAULT light, a yellow WARNING light and a green POWER-ON light shall be provided. These indications shall be visible both on the keypad and on the VFD when the keypad is removed.

9.2.6 Standard Control and Monitoring Inputs and Outputs: Four programmable digital

inputs Two programmable digital outputs, Two programmable relay outputs, Form C 240 V AC, 2 A with delay timers, Two programmable analog inputs (0-10 V or 4-20 mA), One programmable analog output. The Analogue/ Digital / Relay I/O shall be expandable using the additional modules based on the application requirement.

9.2.7 A real-time clock shall be an integral part of the VFD. All VFD faults shall be time stamped to support troubleshooting.


9.2.8 The VFD shall be able to store load profile data to assist in analyzing the system demand and energy consumption over time. There shall be a KWH counter available to record the Energy consumption of the equipment.

9.2.9 The VFD shall include a standard EIA-485 (RS 485) communications port and

capability to communicate with BMS over Metasys N2 / Modbus RTU protocols. VFD shall have standard USB port for direct connection of Personal Computer (PC) to the VFD.

9.2.10 The VFD (< 90 kW) shall have 45°C Ambient temperature rating and (> 90 kW)

shall have 40°C Ambient temperature rating at full speed, full load operation with continuous drive rated output current without any derating. Relative Humidity Rating shall be 0 to 95%, non-condensing, Elevation rating Up to 3300 feet without derating

9.2.11 VFDs < 90 KW rating Enclosure protection: IP 20, integral, with inbuilt Mains

Disconnect with no additional cabinets. 9.2.12 The VFD shall have provision for additional PID controllers which can be used to

control Chilled Water Valve / Hot Water valve / Fresh Air Damper etc. in the system through the VFD and save I/O points required for BMS.

9.2.13 The VFDs shall have three-feedback PID controller to control the speed of the

VFD shall be standard. This controller shall accept up to three feedback signals of same kind to support 3-Zone Feedback Control. The VFD shall be programmable to automatically select either maximum / minimum / average of the 3 feedbacks signal as the controlling signal.

a) In case of Multi Motor Operation (Multiple Motors operated thru

One VFD), the Distribution box shall be provided separately to distribute power coming from VFD to the respective motors with Over current protection provided for individual motors.

******

XII ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 1. APPLICABLE CODES & STANDARDS The design, manufacturing process and performance of the MV panel

boards and all the equipment & instruments incorporated in the same shall comply with the latest Indian Standards issued by B.I.S. as follows :

BRIEF DESCRIPTION REFERENCE STAND


Switch gear General Requirements IS :13947-1993/IEC 60947-2

Factory Built Assemblies of Switch gear and Control gear and busbar trunking

IS : 8623 (Part I & Part II )

Miniature Circuit Breaker IS : 8828 HRC Cartridge fuse IS : 9224 (Part 2) Current Transformers IS : 2705 Indicating Instruments IS : 1248 Busbar Connections and Accessories IS : 5578, 11353 Code of Practice for Phosphating Iron & Steel

IS : 6005

PVC insulated wires IS : 694 Note:- The above are minimum standards expected. The technical

specifications to follow and those given in schedule of quantities, if found to be more stringent as compared to those listed above, then the more stringent specifications shall prevail.

2. CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES

i The MV Panel shall be modular in design. There shall be welding only in the main frame of the panel. The frame shall be assembled with bolts and Nuts.. The profiles used in the assembly of the panel shall be restricted to only two designs. Each profile should have holes of standard size punched at standard pitch throughout the length of the profile. This facilitates the joining of vertical and members with bolts and Nuts. The joining of these members shall be dust and vermin proof and for this Neoprene Rubber is to be used.

ii Doors shall be with concealed hinges and flush type locks. All doors shall be

earthed to the profile by a yellow green 2.5 Sq. mm. wire lugged at both ends.

iii All switchgears shall be mounted on clamps and fixtures such that there shall be flexibility for adjustments in X and Y axis. All partitions shall be made out of CRCA sheets. These partitions shall not be used for load bearing of switchgears. The profiles and doors shall be of 2 mm thick CRCA sheet and powder coated to RAL 7032. The partitions shall be of 1.6 mm CRCA sheet as specified above.

iv Modular type MV Panel to assemble low voltage switchgear and copper

busbar arrangement. The switch handle shall be interlocked such that the door of enclosure cannot be opened unless the switch is in OFF position, however, mechanical interlock defeat mechanism has to be provided. All MCCB’s /


Switches only operating knob / handle shall only be visible other portion should be covered by suitable sheet. All rear doors shall be of hinged type with locking arrangement. Detachable bottom plates shall be provided at the cable compartments and terminal chamber. Liberal space shall be provided in the cable compartment as well as switch compartment to facilitate termination of cables. Provision shall be made for clamping the cables in the cable compartment.

v The panel shall have easily-removable and interchangeable sections. All

service shall be capable of being performed with access from the front plus and a choice of any one side or rear for

installation flexibility. To ensure grounding integrity and for static protection and EMI/RFI shielding, the removable exterior panels shall be grounded to the frame by way of stranded copper wire. Hinged doors shall provided access to the main input circuit breaker, and to all output switchgears.

vi. The unit shall be naturally convection-cooled. No fans for forced-air cooling

system shall be used. The convection cooling method shall allow continuous full-load operation without activation of over-temperature circuits. Copper bus bars, sized in accordance with the NEC shall withstand 90 deg C minimum. Both for reliability and Heat rejection shall be through screened protective sides, which prohibits entry of foreign material.

vii The busbar sizes should not be less than 120% of the rated current in amps

of incomer & it should be so selected that the temperature should not rise 50 C above ambient. Copper busbar shall be supported with high quality non-hygroscopic insulating material. Separate busbar compartment provided on the sides housing three phase and neutral busbar should have front bolted cover, side busbar chamber shall have standardized dimension of 300 mm. The rating of the neutral busbar shall be 100% of that of phase busbar wherever required. The busbar shall be of ETP grade Copper.

viii Power terminal blocks or bus-bar or bus-bar extensions shall be provided for

each input and output feeders as per the switchgear rating and a parity-sized insulated ground conductor. All the outputs of 63A TPN & below shall be terminated to a Busbar type terminal connector at the rear side of the panel using C-rail. All the live parts of the terminations shall be provided with shrouding by transparent perplex sheet of not less than 4 mm thick. The accessories for proper fixing of the CT’s shall be provided.

ix The frame shall be configured to accept future field augmentation of

additional cubicle sections.


x The panel shall be supplied along with base plinth of 100 mm. height for each

modular section and shall be made of C – channel of 6mm Thick.

xi The panel shall be powder coated with Structure finish. The colour of the panel shall be siemens grey (color code IS:952) and block color to the plinth.

xii Minimum surface area & depth of the panels shall be as specified in schedule

of quantities. Dimension can increase as per GA drawings of Manufacturer. 3. AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS (A.C.B.) 1. The ACBs shall comprise single units of Three / Four pole construction as per

the single line diagram, having a rupturing capacity of 50kA at 415V AC for 1 second and shall be provided with door interlock. All ACB Should have single frame size for all ratings.

2. The ACB shall be type tested & certified for compliance to IS13947 from Indian

testing authorities – CPRI, ERDA 3. For all ratings, the ACB shall have uniform panel cut-out, preferably on left or

right side of the panel for allowing maximum utilization of panel space. 4. For safety of users, interlock should be provided between breaker operating

mechanism & the arc chutes to prevent closing in case the arc chutes are not Properly secured.

5. Draw out breakers should not close unless in distinct Service/Test/Isolated

positions. 6. All current carrying parts shall be silver plated. 7. For ease of maintenance, it should preferably be possible to replace jaw

contacts & cradle terminals without disturbing the busbar links. 8. It should be possible to know the control voltage ratings for all electrical

accessories without opening the panel door. 9. Circuit breaker should provide an electrical indication when all pre-requisites for

closing the breaker are fulfilled. 10. A padlocking arrangement shall be provided to prevent unauthorized racking

operation.


11. An interlock should be provided to prevent racking operation with panel door open.

12. It should not be possible to rack out the breaker, unless a persistent OFF

command is maintained. 13. It shall not be possible to commence racking operation, with breaker ON.

Additionally, it should not be possible to close the breaker during racking operation, even by a remote closing command.

14. For Draw-out breakers, an arrangement shall be provided to prevent rating

mismatch between breaker and cradle. 15. The ACBs shall be CE marked. 16. The insulation material used shall conform to Glow wire test as per IEC 60695. 17. It should be possible to lock the breaker in OFF condition, by way of a key

interlock. 18. The breaker as supplied should meet IP42 protection. 19. The breaker should be able to accommodate Aluminum termination as specified

in IS13947 – Part 2. Any accessories required to achieve the same shall be considered in the watt-loss data specified by the manufacturer.

20. Any changes in the busbar & dropper orientation/layout in the panel shall not call

for any rework on the cradle/breaker. 21. Withstand capacity shall not be lower than Icu, atleast for the maximum short-

time delay setting provided on the protection releases. 22. It should be possible to convert a manually spring changed breaker to motorized

spring charged breaker, on site. 23. The opening time for ACB shall not exceed 40 ms at any current level. 24. The ACB shall provide electrical and mechanical anti-pumping. 25. Remote tripping device (Shunt release) should be able to trip the ACB, even at

voltages as low as 10%. 26. Under Voltage and closing releases should not consume power in latched

condition (when not required to operate the breaker).


27. Inspection of main contacts should be possible without using any tools. The

breaker shall be provided with mechanical contact wear indicator. 28. Every control connection should be uniquely identified for standardization and

electrical interchangeability at site. 29. It should be possible to access racking handle & carry out setting of the release

from the front & without opening the panel door. 30. ACB Shall be supplied with Spreaders as standard part of Breaker. No extra cost

shall be paid for the same. 31. All ACBs shall have Ics=Icu=Icw for 1Sec 32. Rated impulse withstand voltage shall be 12KV for all ACBs 4. PROTECTION RELEASE 1. The breaker should be equipped with micro-controller based release, offering

overload (50% to 100%), short circuit (400% to 100% of rated current) and earth fault protection with settable time delays for all protections.

2. The release should be able to communicate on MODBUS RTU protocol using

RS485 port. 3. The release shall be equipped with thermal memory and Users should be able to

selectively enable the feature. 4. The release should provide local LED indication for identification of type of fault,

without requiring using external power supply. All ACB should have display of Voltage, current and energy parameters. along with 10 trip fault history for O/L, S/C, E/F with time stamping. The fault indication should be available for a period of at least 60 hours, after tripping in the absence of main supply or battery back-up.

5. The release should provide separate electrical fault indication. 6. Critical functions like Earth Fault and Zone Selective Interlocking should be in-

built and should not be provided through add-on devices. 7. The release should provide local indication of actual %age loading at any instant.


8. The release should be able to provide protection for 50% and 100% Neutral rating.

9. On-Line change of settings should be possible. 10. It should be possible to carry out testing of release without tripping the breaker. 11. The release shall meet the EMI / EMC requirements 12. Earth Fault Protection should have adjustable current setting 20% to 100% of

ACB rated current. 5. LOAD MANAGER/MULTIFUNCTION METER

1. The load manager shall be of 3 phase, 4 wire type and shall provide true RMS measurements of following parameters : Voltage – Line to Line & Average, Line to Neutral & Average, Neutral to

Earth Current – Phase currents & Average, Neutral current Phase angles of Vr, Vy, Vb, Ir, Iy, Ib All parameters of Power for each Phase and Total All parameters of Energy – kVAh, kWh, kVARh Frequency of Supply

2. They shall be complete with the following functions :

History log of Hi-lo profile with minimum 4 peaks and minimum 4 lows for Voltage, Current, Frequency, Power factor and all other parameters of power with Day, Date and Time of Occurrence.

Shall have RS-485 Communication port. Meter should have LCD Display with IEC 62053-21/22 compliance with 64

sampling rate, percentage THD and individual Harmonics of upto 31st level.

6. MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1. The MCCBs shall comprise single units of triple pole/four pole construction as

specified, shall be rated for 415 V AC. 2. All live parts shall be totally enclosed and shrouded with a heat resistant

moulded insulating material housing. Operating mechanism shall be quick make, quick break and trip free type.

3. The MCCB shall be provided with the following features in microprocessor

release:


a) Inverse-time-current tripping characteristics under sustained overload. b) Instantaneous tripping on short circuit

4. All MCCBs shall have double break, positive isolation current limiting ,load line reversibility

5. The rated service breaking capacity (Ics) shall not be less than the ultimate

short circuit breaking capacity (I cs = I cu) 6. Variable Thermal setting shall be provided in all MCCB s with thermal magnetic

Release. 7. All MCCBs shall be provided with rotary handles and links for which nothing

extra shall be paid. 7. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS 1. Current transformers shall be of the Cast Resin Type. 2. Current transformers shall not be directly mounted on the buses. Current

transformers on circuit breaker controlled circuits shall be mounted on the fixed portion of the compartment.

3. All current transformers shall be earthed through a separate earth link. 8. INDICATING INSTRUMENTS AND METERS 1. Digital electrical indicating instruments shall be of minimum 96 mm square size

and should have red coloured readout and 1” display height.

9. CABLE TERMINATIONS and Accessories. 1. Suitable double compression type, brass cable glands with check nuts, rubber

sealing ring and brass washers mounted on a removable gland plate shall be provided to support all cables entering the switchgear. Cable Termination, glands, lugs, tags etc. part of cable item, nothing shall be extra paid under this item

10. INTERNAL WIRING

Wiring inside the panel shall be carried out with 660/1100 V grade, single core, PVC insulated, stranded copper conductor wires. Minimum size of conductor for


power circuits is 2.5 sq. mm. Not more than two connection shall be made on any one terminal. All internal wiring shall be properly ferruled at the both termination. All control cables shall be terminated with crimping types lugs with colored PVC shrouds and shall have identification labels.

11. TERMINAL BLOCKS 1. Terminal blocks shall be of heavy duty and comprising of finely threaded pairs of

brass studs of at least 6 mm diameter, links between each pair of studs, washers, nuts and locknuts. The studs shall be securely locked within the mounting base to prevent their turning. Insulated barriers shall be provided between adjacent terminals.

2. Terminals shall be shrouded. Terminal blocks shall be adequately rated to carry

the current of the associated circuit. Minimum rating of the terminal block shall be 10 A. .

12. CABLE TERMINATIONS

Cable entries and terminals shall be provided in the Main L.T. Panel to suit the number; type and size of aluminum conductor power cables and copper conductor control cable specified. Provision shall be made for top or bottom entry of cables as required. Generous size of cabling chambers shall be provided, with the position of cable gland and terminals such that cables can be easily and safely terminated. Barriers or shrouds shall be provided to permit safe working at the terminals of one circuit without accidentally touching that of another live circuit. Cable risers shall be adequately supported to withstand the effects of rated short circuit currents without damage and without causing secondary faults.

13. LABELS

Labels shall be provided for Feeder designation, feeder equipment no, Compartment designation, panel designation main label. All labels shall comprise white letters on a black background and shall be made of non-rusting metal or 3-ply lamicoid or engraved PVC. Size of lettering shall be 6.0 mm. MV Danger Notice Boards shall also be provided.

14. EARTHING 1. Panel shall be provided with 25 x 5 mm copper earth busbar running along the

entire length of the board. At either end of the earth bus, one clamp type


terminal with nuts, bolts and washers shall be provided for bolting the earthing conductor.

2. Earth bus bars shall be supported at suitable intervals. Positive connection

between all the frames of equipment mounted in the switchboard and earth busbar shall be provided by using insulated copper wires/bare busbars of cross section equal to that of the bus bar or equal to half the size of circuit load current carrying conductor, whichever is smaller.

3. All instrument cases shall be connected to the earth busbar using 660 V grade,

single core 2.5 sq.mm stranded, copper conductor. 4. All non current carrying metal and hinged doors shall be earthed to the earth bar. 15. TESTS 1. Panel shall be subjected to following tests as per relevant standards:

a) Mechanical operation test. b) Power frequency H. V. test for 1 minute. c) Insulation resistance at 500 V D.C. before/after 1 minute H.V. test.

16. DRAWINGS AND DATA 1. As part of the technical bid, the tenderer shall furnish the following data:

a) Schedule of Technical Data completely filled in. b) Technical literature and catalogues of the equipment being offered.

17. TECHNICAL PARTICULARS

FOR MAIN MV PANEL and APFC PANELS (As per CPWD Specifications)

S. NO. DESCRIPTION PARTICULARS 1.0 PANELS

1.1 Rated Voltage Phases & Frequency 415 V, 3 Ph, 4 wire, 50 Hz 1.2 System Neutral Earthing Effectively earthed


******

XIII VARIABLE PUMPING AND FREQUENCY DRIVES Control Panel for Variable Speed Secondary Chilled Water System: Variable Speed control panel will have the following as minimum: (See details below) 1. Dedicated Pump Logic Controller (DPLC). 2. VFD – One VFD per pump 3. DPT . 4. Controls enclosure as per below specification.

1.3 One minute power frequency voltage a) Power circuit b) Control circuit c) Aux. Circuits connected to sec. of CTs

2500 V 1500 V 2000 V

1.4

Continuous current rating of busbars under reference ambient temp.

As mentioned in Schedule of Quantities

1.5 Short circuit current 50 KA for 1 sec (Three phase Symm)

1.6 Reference ambient temperature 400 C

1.7 Control supply : a. DC supply for breaker tripping, closing

and DC ckt tapped from DC control bus 30 V DC

b. 240VAC control supply for spring motor and panel space heater tapped from 240V AC control bus

240V AC

1.8 Maximum temperature of busbars & droppers and contacts at continuous current rating under site reference ambient temperature.

900 C

1.9 Colour a) Interior b) Exterior

Approved shade and colour

1.10 Moulded case circuit Breakers & A.C.B.s 1.11 Rated Breaking Capacity

(kA RMS at 415 V @ 0.25 P.F.) As mentioned in the schedule of quantities

1.12 Releases Required a) Overload b) Short circuit c) Under voltage

As mentioned in the schedule of quantities


5. Necessary software duly downloaded. Detailed specifications of Panel components: 1. Dedicated Pump Logic Controller 1.1 Approval DPLC has been approved by major international bodies like U/L and will be marked as CE as minimum. 1.2 Number of Pumps DPLC will be able to control minimum 3 pumps. 1.3 Analog Input Processing DPLC will continuously scan the incoming signal from DPT`s all the time and keep on processing the output. Output will be the most deviated one compared to the set point, which will be fed by the user, in DPLC. 1.4 Two Additional Analog Inputs DPLC has provision for two additional analog inputs for: a).Taking input signal from Flow sensor (if provided by BMS contractor). This will help the system to protect the pumps against End Of Curve condition. b).Taking the input from any external sensor (e.g. return temperature sensor, supply temperature sensor, ambient temperature sensor etc). This input can be used to influence the system externally. DPLC should have provision to influence the main signal upto 8 steps. 1.5 Set Point DPLC can be set for separate “set points” as per real time clock. DPLC should have a min of 7 alternate set points to be activated by external digital inputs. If a lower differential pressure is acceptable during certain periods, for instance after normal working hours or weekends, the set point can be lowered to minimize power consumption. DPLC should have night set back facility to enable the system to run at lower set point during night time. DPLC should use digital inputs to switch between set points automatically at any point of time. 1.6 Automatic cascade control of pump DPLC will start other pumps, which are available for operation, whenever system is not able to meet the demand for chilled water. Once demand is met then all the pumps will cut out with changeover, except for one pump. At least one pump will run at minimum 25% speed if DP value is satisfied. 1.7 Automatic Sequence Change DPLC will have automatic changeover facility based on: a. Fault – When any pump/motor/VFD/starter fails. b. Operation – While running/cascading. c. Time – As per the time set in the DPLC (daily or weekly).


To ensure equal number of hours run by each pump and to control the number of starts (to avoid hunting) on each pump, the system will alternate the sequence of the pumps used each time the system starts. Additionally, should the demand not allow the pump set to completely shut down over a 24 hour period; the DPLC will stop the pumps that are running and start the pump/pumps with the lowest number of operating hours. 1.8 Auto Testing DPLC will start the pumps, which have not been cut-in because of lower load, for 2 seconds each day, to ensure that all the rotating elements do not bind. DPLC should have an option to set the same on 24 hrs / 48 hrs / weekly basis Following are VFD specification for Pump Application. 1 Provide variable frequency drives (VFD) based on variable frequency principles

as specified in schedule of quantities. 2 Each drive system shall consist of a variable frequency drive to control the speed

of a standard squirrel cage induction motor. 3 The variable frequency drive shall be a totally digital control drive of the pulse

width modulated (PWM) type utilizing power transistors or IGBT’s in the invertor section of the drive and shall have the following minimum specifications.

415 V +/- 10%, 3 ph, 50 Hz input power supply and 0 – 415V, 3 ph, 2.5 – 55Hz

output. No transformers shall be used on either the input or output of the variable frequency controller.

4 Provide input transient protection. 5 Provide an incoming, horsepower rated, non-automatic circuit breaker with an

operating mechanism which is door interlocked and pad-lockable in the open position. Also, provide input line fuses whose characteristics are coordinated with the drive’s electronic protection circuits so as not to blow under normal output faults such as over current, short circuit and ground fault.

6 Provide line over and under voltage protection, phase loss protection and phase

unbalance protection. 7 Provide inherent short circuit protection for line to line and line to ground faults. If

either of these faults should occur on the output of the VFD, the VFD shall safely


shut down without damaging any power circuit devices. Controllers utilizing fuses or isolation transformers to provide this protection shall not be acceptable.

8 Provide electronic instantaneous over current protection. 9 Provide current limit, of the high performance inner current loop type, adjustable

between 0 and 110% of rated output. Independent adjustment shall be provided for both motoring.

10 The drive shall have a continuous duty service factor of 110% of rated output

current. 11 Minimum efficiency of 95% at maximum load and speed. 12 Minimum line side displacement power factor of 0.96 at all speeds. 13 Maximum ambient temperature of 50oC. 14 Maximum humidity of 95% non-condensing. 15 Variable minimum speed of 0 – 80%. 16 Variable maximum speed of 50 – 110%. 17 Provide separately adjustable acceleration and deceleration ramps from 0.2 to

999.9 seconds (0 to 110% speed). 18 Provide controller internal over temperature protection. 19 Drive shall have IP20 protection including electronic motor protection to trip the

drive off, should the motor over load or stall condition occur. IP20 drive module shall be mounted outside the controller panel and is not enclosed with any other enclosure.

20 Provide automatic restart after an inverter fault trip. The drive shall attempt to

restart automatically 3 times with Lock-Out after the third attempt if a restart has not occurred. The feature can be defeated if auto restart is not required.

21 Provide a rotating motor restart feature. This feature will allow a Motor unit which

has been shut down or has fault tripped, but is still rotating, to be restarted without first stopping the Motor unit. The VFD shall restart the motor at the speed at which it is rotating and then re-accelerate to the speed called for by the speed reference signal.


22 The drive shall be capable of running without a motor connected for setup and testing.

23 The drive shall be capable of accepting the opening of a remote motor

disconnect while running without causing damage to the drive. 24 Provide auto restart after power outage (provided run enable is maintained). 25 Provide 4 frequency reject points to prevent the pump from operating at a

resonant speed. Both the centre frequency and the band width shall be adjustable.

26 Provide a thermistor relay (3UN8) for all motors. If the relay operates due to a

motor over temperature condition the VFD controller shall shut down and illuminate a door mounted “Motor Over temp” pilot light.

27 Provide motor overloads downstream of output contactor located within the VFD

enclosure. 28 Provide automatic/manual signal follower for: a) – 4-20 mA, b) – 0-10 VDC, c) – 0-5 VDC 29 Provide a door mounted and microprocessor driven, digital operator control

module to allow the station operations personnel to set up and monitor the drive parameters, observe output speed, load and voltage, and monitor status and fault information, all as detailed below:

30 All readout information shall be displayed with a dot matrix LCD graphical/alpha-

numeric high resolution display or approved equal. In addition, all information being displayed shall be presented in a user friendly descriptive word format. The use of coded or abbreviated displays shall not be acceptable.

31 Speed, load (power) and output voltage shall be continuously displayed when in

the run mode.

a) Direct keypad entry shall be provided to observe the following parameters:

• Maximum speed setting. • Minimum speed setting. • Acceleration rate


• Deceleration rate • Current limit – motoring • Up to 3 frequency reject point to avoid operating at resonant speed points.

The centre frequency and band width shall be displayed. 32 Direct keypad entry shall be provided to initially set or change the above noted

parameters and only after a password is first entered by authorized personnel.

b) Provide diagnostics for operator online status information. Each of the following status points shall be indicated by an individual LED:

• Power on • Ready • Run • Jog • Motor accelerating • Motor decelerating • Direction of rotation (forward or reverse) (if function enabled). • Auto mode (if function enabled) • Manual mode • Stop • Low reference (missing or zero speed reference) • External trip (interlocks open) • Power lost.

c) Provide fault diagnostics to simplify troubleshooting. Each of the

following points shall be indicated by an individual LTD:

• Lockout – (fault shutdown after 3 restart attempts) • Line fault (line over/under voltage, phase loss/unbalance) • Controller over-temperature • Motor • DC bus over-voltage • DC bus under-voltage • Auxiliary power supply fault • Output fault – phase A • Output fault – phase B • Output fault – phase C.

33 Provide a keyboard entry to test if all LED’s are operational.


d) Provide keypad accessibility to a non-volatile Fault History Memory which is not operator erasable. This memory shall store the following data for each of the thirty (30)days at least 10 most recent drive shutdowns:

• The fault which cause the shutdown • Output frequency at time of trip • Output voltage at time of trip • Output load (power) at time of trip • Whether the load was accelerating, decelerating or “at speed” • Direction of rotation • Time and date of the trip.

e) Provide the following control functions on the door mounted

keypad:

• Run • Stop • Jog (enabled in stop mode only) • Auto/manual (if auto mode is enabled) • Forward/reverse (if function enabled) • Accelerate (manual/mode) • Decelerate (manual/mode) • Direct speed set (manual mode) • Provide digital elapsed time indication.

34 Provide additional LED’s to allow signal tracing of the logic and base or gate

driver circuit boards plus additional fault diagnostics. 35 Provide terminals for interlocking of up to 6 external interlocks e.g. fire-stat, etc. 36 Provide the following to interface with the Building Management System (BMS).

1 Dry contact closure from BMS for run command (auto mode).

2 4-20 mA (0-10 VDC, 0-50 VDC) signal from BMS for speed control (auto mode).

3 Dry contact (N.O) output to BMS to indicate:

• inverter ready • inverter fault • inverter running


4 0-10 VDC ouput to BMS, proportional to 0-110% speed.

5 0-10 VDC output to BMS, proportional to 0-110% load power. 37 The variable speed drive shall include active harmonic filters to keep THD within

limits conforming to IEEE for IIT’s installation. EXECUTION SYSTEM OPERATION 1 If “Manual” mode is selected the Drive/motor will start when the run key is

depressed. The speed will be controlled by depressing the accelerate or decelerate keys on the keypad or by the direct speed set mode.

2 If “Auto” mode is selected the Drive/motor will start when a contact closure run

command is received from the BMS. The speed will be controlled by a 4-20 mA (0-5, 0-10 VDC) speed reference signal from the BMS.

3 In the event of a power outage the drive shall automatically restart when the

power returns the run command is maintained. 4 In the event of an inverter fault trip the drive shall attempt to restart automatically

up to a maximum of 3 attempts. If, after 3 attempts, restart does not occur, the drive shall lock out.

Upon completion of the installation the supplier of the variable frequency drives shall supply three complete sets of service and manuals including wiring and connection diagrams. Provide certificate from manufacturer that VFD has been installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

******

XIV INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

1. SCOPE

This section covers initial inspection and testing of compressor, condenser, chiller, AHUs, VRV, PAC, DX unit, Fans and HWG at manufacturer’s works, initial inspection of other equipments / materials on receipt at site, final


inspection testing and commissioning of all equipment at site and description of testing requirements and procedure.

2. INITIAL INSPECTION AT MANUFACTURER’S WORKS 2.1 Screw Compressor i) Salient features such as model, capacity control, type of lubrication etc. shall be

verified against the requirements visually without opening the compressors. ii) Manufacturer’s internal test certificates shall be scrutinized to check compliance

within the requirements as specified in the contract. iii) Free running test shall be carried out at the speed for which the motor is

available with manufacturer but the speed shall not be less than that specified in contract. This test shall be carried out for 30 minutes in open space. During this running test following operations are to be noted :

a) Manual operation of capacity control b) Lubrication oil pressure c) Pneumatic test pressure test at 21 Kgf/ sq.cm for casing of compressor. d) Vacuum test for the compressor for 0.5mm/

2.2.1 Condensers

i) Manufacturer’s internal test certificates shall be furnished and it shall be verified against contract requirements .

ii) Pneumatic pressure test at twice the normal condensing pressure for gas

side of condenser shall be carried out.

iii) Hydraulic test at 10 Kgf/sq.cm for water side of the condenser shall be carried out.

2.2.2 Chiller.

i) Manufacturer’s internal test certificate shall be furnished and same shall be checked as per contract requirements.

ii) Pneumatic pressure test at twice the normal condensing pressure for gas

side of condenser shall be carried out.

iii) Hydraulic test at 10 Kgf/sq.cm for water side of chiller shall be carried out.


2.3 Chilling Unit

Routine tests / inspection for the various components shall be conducted as per manufacturer’s standard practice and test certificates shall be furnished. A list of such inspection / testing shall be furnished well in advance and if the authority desire to witness this, the same shall be arranged accordingly at the works. Site performance testing shall be conducted for computing the capacity, power consumption, free from abnormal vibration, objectable noise etc, and this shall be witnessed by the authority. Before calling this test, the system, should have run continuously for a period of 48 hrs continuously and contractor satisfy himself about the capability. All instruments like flow meter, anemometer, tong tester, thermometers etc. shall be provided by the contractor after duly calibrated and calibration certificate to be submitted. All consumable items and the labour required shall also be the responsibility of the contractor. The duration of the performance testing will be 72 hrs. continuously. The following parameters are to be recorded on hourly basis or as required by the authority. The test shall be done in 2 to 3 batches as per site requirement and peak monsoon.

1. The temperature at IN / OUT of the chiller. 2. Current consumption of all the drive motors. 3. Chilled water pressure and flow across the chiller. 4. Cooling water pressure and flow across the condensers. 5. Temperature IN/OUT across the cooling tower. 6. Operating parameters of the compressors. 7. Noise and vibrations levels of all the equipments. 8. Test on compressor interlocks and safety devices. 9. Tripping of HP/LP/OP controls. 10. Working of capacity control. 11. Insulation values of windings of motors. 12. Starter operation and single phase tripping. 13. Setting of over load protections.

From the above readings, the chiller capacity will be computed and the guaranteed power consumption will be verified. The maximum permissible variation on power consumption and capacity of the compressor / Chiller unit shall be 3% of the guaranteed values. Power consumption readings are to be taken ion the presence of the authority at the rate of one chiller per day. The above performance test shall be conducted by the contractor for two seasons, In the peak summer and peak monsoon as decided by the authority. All the obligations of the contract shall be considered fulfilled only on satisfactorily completion of these tests and guarantee shall commence only after this. These tests will be conducted only after completion of erection in all respects.


2.4 Air Handling Units i) Salient features such as model , size, physical dimensions, and other details of

various sections, fan motor details, fan dia, static pressure etc. shall be verified against the contract requirements .

ii) Manufacturer’s internal test certificates for the motor and air handling unit shall

be furnished and scrutinized as per contract requirements. iii) Test certificate for static and dynamic balancing of the fan/blower should be

furnished. Fan balancing may be witnessed by Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative.

iv) Salient features like, type, material, no and gauge of fins and tubes and no. or

rows of cooling coil shall be furnished and verified with reference to contract requirements during stage inspection.

v) Hydraulic pressure to the extent of 10 Kg/Sq.cm or pneumatic pressure of 21

kgf/sq.cm shall be applied to cooling coil and this pressure should be maintained for 1 hour and no drop should be observed indicating any leaks.

3. INITIAL INSPECTIN AT SITE 3.1 Ducting i) The sheet used for ducting shall be checked for physical test at site. The

physical test should include the sheet thickness and bend test as per relevant IS specifications.

ii) Zinc coating of GSS sheet as mentioned in the tender documents may be got

tested from a laboratory to verify that same meets the contract requirements.

3.2 Pumps i) Salient features such as model and make shall be checked as per contract

requirements . ii) The manufacturer’s test certificate with Sr. No. head, discharge will be furnished

and verified against contract requirements

3.3 Cooling Tower i) Salient features such as make, model dimensions, materials used, constructional

details, number and size of nozzles, headers, size of tank etc. should be verified


against the requirements. Inspection of cooling tower in knocked down condition would be carried out at the site.

ii) Manufacturer’s test certificates certifying the capacity of cooling tower and static

balancing of fan should be furnished . 3.4 Switch Gear, Control Gear, and Measuring Instruments

These should be of specified make. For MV panel its switchgear & accessories shall be checked/tested of this tender.

3.5 Electric Motors

Electric motors should be of specified make, manufacturer’s test certificate for electric motor shall be furnished.

3.6 Pipes and Valves i) It should be checked that the same is as per makes specified in contract. ii) Dimensions including weight shall be checked for pipes against the requirements

of contract. 3.7 Insulation and acoustic lining i) Physical verification for thickness and make should be made as per contract

before application of insulation . ii) Manufacturer’s test certificate for density should be furnished . Note: Accuracy of testing instruments shall be as mentioned in the final inspection

procedure. FINAL INSPECTION 4. TESTING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES 4.1 Balancing of all air and water systems and all tests as called for in the

specification shall be carried out by the HVAC contractor in accordance with the specifications and relevant local codes if any. Performance tests of individual equipment and control shall be carried out as per manufacturer’s recommendation. All tests and balancing shall be carried out in the presence of Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative.


The whole system balancing shall be tested with microprocessor based hitech instruments with an accuracy + 0.5 % The instrument shall be capable of storing data and then down loading into a P.C. The HVAC contractor shall provide a minimum but not limited to the following instruments :

- Microprocessor based calculation meter to measure DB and WB temperature, RH and Dew point.

- Velo meter to measure air volume and air velocity. - Pitot tube - Electronic rotary vane Anemometer - Accubalance flow measuring hood.

The contractor shall be responsible to provide necessary sockets and connections for fixing of the testing instruments, probes etc.

4.2 Air Systems

Systems are to be balanced by first adjusting the total flow at the fan, then by adjusting main dampers and branch dampers. Only final minor adjustments are to be made with register and diffuser dampers. Balancing of the air system shall be accomplished without causing objectionable air noise. Baffles and orifice plates required for proper air balance shall be furnished and installed by the contractor. Basically the following tests and adjustments are required .

i) Test all fan systems to provide proper CFM / CMH. ii) Adjust fresh air, return air and exhaust dampers to provide proper air quantities

in all modes of control. iii) Test and record fresh air, return air and mixed air temperature at all air handling

units. Test and record data at all coils after air and hydronic systems are balanced. Measure wet and dry bulb temperature on cooling coils.

iv) Make point tube transverse at all main supply and return ducts to set proper air

quantities. Adjust all zone and branch dampers to proper CFM / CMH. v) Test and adjust each register, gills, diffusers or other terminals equipments to

within 5 % of design air quantity. Each opening shall be defined on the test report by size, manufacturer’s model, room location, design cfm and actual cfm. Outlets shall be adjusted to minimize objectionable drafts.

vi) Test and record static pressure drop across all filters and major coils.


vii) High velocity duct systems shall be tested for leakage. If excessive or audible leakage is detected the defect shall be repaired by the contractor. Sufficient static pressure readings shall be taken from the air handling units to the terminal units to establish system static pressure.

4.3 Water System

Systems are to be balanced by opening all valves, closing all by pass and setting all mixing valves to full coil flow. Water systems shall be cleared of air. Verify that the system has been properly cleaned, flushed and treated before testing. Basically the following tests and adjustments are required . i) Test and adjust all pumps to deliver the proper gpm. Record rmp, motor

amperage, discharge and suction pressure. Pumps shall operate without objectionable noise or cavitations. Plot actual pump and system performance points on manufacturer’s pumps curves.

ii) Check all expansion tanks for proper filling pressurization. Verify

operation of automatic fill and relief valves. iii) Check the operation of all automatic valves.

iv) Test and adjust correct water flow through chiller, major items of

equipment and main water circuits. The balancing valves, provided on the equipment shall be used for adjustment .

v) Check capacity output of chillers and set water flow rate for proper data. vi) Check and adjust each coil to provided proper gpm. Record water and air

temperature changes and water pressure drop.

vii) Set pressure drops across coil by – pass to match coil full – flow pressure drop.

4.4 Unit capacity in Tons Refrigeration shall be computed from the temperature

readings, pressure readings and water / brine flow measurements. Flow measurements shall be preferably through flow meters. Pumps shall be tested for discharge head, flow and BHP.

4.5 Balancing Tolerance :

Systems shall be balanced within the following tolerances :

1. Duct leakage rates (at operating pressures) Low pressure ducts 5% of full flow


(0 to 0.5 kpa) Medium Pressure Ducts 1% of full flow (0.5 to 3 kPa) High Pressure Ducts 1% of full flow (Greater than 3 kPa)

2. Air flow rates Under 70 L/S 10% of flow Over / at 70 L/S 5% of flow

3. Water flow rates Chilled water 2% of flow Other 5% of flow

4. Heat flow rates

Heat exchangers 5% of design capacity Procedure : Review all pertinent plans, specifications, shop drawings and other documentation to become fully familiar with the system and their specified and intended performance. Furnish equipment and instruct sheet metal trade on proper use for conducting duct leakage tests. Conduct first test as a way of instructing the above trades in the presence of the Department’s representative . Test relative barometric pressures in various building area, as deemed necessary by the Department’s representative and at least in all areas served by different systems. Test performance and continuously record on a 24 hour basis, temperature and humidity levels where control equipment is provided for that purpose in certain critical areas . Before commissioning of the equipment, the entire electrical installation shall be tested in accordance with relevant BIS codes and test report shall be furnished by a qualified and authorized person.

4.6 Reports

Provide 3 copies of the complete balancing and testing reports to the department. Report shall be neatly typed and bound suitable for a permanent


record. Report forms shall contain complete test data and equipment data as specified and safety measures provided with all equipments shall incorporate suitable safety previsions to ensure safety of the operating personal at all times. The initial and final inspection report shall bring out explicitly the safety provision in corporate in each equipments.

4.7 Final documentation

The contractor shall leave the system operating in complete balance with water and air quantities as shown on approved drawings with updated during execution. Set stops on all balancing valves and lock all damper quadrants in proper position. Secure all automatic damper and valve linkages in proper positions to provide correct operating ranges. Proper damper positions shall be marked on ducts with permanent indication. Notify the department of any areas marginal or unacceptable system performance. The above tests and procedures are mentioned herein, for general guidance and information only, but not by way of lamination to the provision of conditions of contract and design / performance criteria. Upon commissioning and final handover of the installation, the HVAC contractor shall submit (within 4 weeks) to the engineer – in – charge / department 6 (six) portfolios of the following indexed and bound together in hard cover ring binder (300x450mm) in addition to the drawings, as built in soft copy. • Comprehensive operation and maintenance manual. • Test certificates, consolidated control diagram and technical literature on all

controls. • Equipment warranties from manufacturers. • Commissioning and testing reports. • Rating charts for all equipment . • Log books as per equipment manufacturers standard format. • List of recommended spares and consumables. • Any special tools required for the operation or the maintenance of the plant

shall b supplied free with the plant.

At the close of the work and before issue of final certificate of completion by the Engineer – in – charge, the contractor shall furnish a written guarantee indemnifying the department against defective materials and workmanship for the Defects liability period. The contractor shall hold himself fully responsible for reinstallation or replace free of cost to the department. • Any defective material or equipment supplied by the contractor.


• Any material or equipment supplied by the department which is proved to be damaged or destroyed as a result of defective workmanship by the contractor.

****** XV MAINTENANCE The section covers the maintenance schedule during the period of 4 yrs. subsequent to the warranty period. The maintenance provided during the warranty period shall be fully comprehensive and shall include but not limited to all equipments, labour part and emergency calls providing and site response within 24 hours. During the maintenance period after the warranty is over, the materials including all consumables shall be arranged by the contractor, if any replacement is warranted. The maintenance shall also include a minimum of 12 monthly preventive maintenance visits by qualified personnel who are thoroughly familiar with the type of equipment and system provided for this project. Chiller Monthly

Inspection and Service

1- Check refrigerant level, leak test with electronic leak detector. If abnormal, trace and rectify as necessary, inform department in writing on the rectification.

2- Inspect level and condition of oil. If abnormal, trace fault and rectify as necessary, inform department in writing on the rectification.

3- Check the liquid line sight glasses for proper flow. 4- Check all operating pressure and temperature. 5- Inspect and adjust, if required, all operating safety

controls. 6- Check capacity control, adjust if necessary. 7- Lubricate vane/linkage/bearings. 8- Visually inspect machine and associated

components, and listen for unusual sound or noise for evidence of unusual conditions.

9- Check lock bolts and chiller spring mount. 10- Review daily operating log maintained by

department’s operating personal. 11- Providing written report to department, outlining

services carried out, adjustment made, rectification carried out and if the deficiency is of a major nature,


arrange with department for shut-down to rectify equipment.

Chiller Annual

Inspection prior to expiry of warranty period

1- Perform all functions for monthly check. 2- Check all flanges for tightness. 3- Change oil in oil sump. 4- Replace filter. 5- Check oil temperature control. 6- Check motor terminals. 7- Check connections in starter.

Please note that oil filter gasket replacement shall deem

to be included in the contract. 1- Check motor earthing, meggar motor and

connection wiring on each leg. 2- Check motor temperature cut-out, tighten motor

terminals. 3- Check starter contacts, arc shield, transformer. 4- Check dashpot oil, clean dashpot and replace oil

when necessary. 5- Test and calibrate overload setting. 6- Inspect, calibrate and adjust to controls including

low gauges, safety and operating controls including low temperature and high pressure cutout, oil pressure switch, load limit relay and electrical interlocks.

7- For water cooled condenser systems, inspect condenser tubes for fouling, if fouling exceeds original specifications, the contractor shall carry out cleaning of the tubes at his own expense.

Water Pumps Monthly

Inspection

1- Inspect all water pumps. 2- Check all seals, glands and pipe lines for leaks and

rectify as necessary. 3- Re-pack and adjust pump glands as necessary. 4- Check all pump bearings and lubricate with oil or

grease as necessary. 5- Check the alignment and condition of all rubber

couplings between pumps and drive motors and rectify as necessary.

6- Check all bolts and nuts for tightness and tighten as necessary.


Water Pumps Annual

Inspection prior to expiry of warranty period

1- Perform all function for monthly checks 2- Check motor earthing, meggar motor and

connection wiring on each leg. 3- Check Tighten motor terminals. 4- Check starter contacts. 5- Test and calibrate overload setting.

Expansion tank

Annual Inspection prior to expiry of warranty period

1- Inspect expansion tank, Drain clean and flush out tank as necessary

Airhandling Units

Monthly Inspection

1- Inspect all airhandling units 2- Check all air filters and clean or change filters as

necessary. 3- Check all water coils, seals and pipe lines for leaks

and rectify as necessary. 4- Check and re-calibrate modulating valves and

controls. Adjust and rectify as necessary to ensure compliance to the original specification.

5- Purge air from all water coils. 6- Check all fan bearings and lubricate with grease as

necessary. 7- Check the tension of all belt drive and adjust as

necessary. 8- Check and clean all the condensate pans, trays and

drains. 9- Check measure and re-calibrate all sensors if

necessary. 10- Check, clean and service smoke detectors, Carry

out a system test to ensure that the smoke detector will trip the AHU’s.

11- Check spring vibration isolators for abnormal vibration. Rectify if necessary.

12- Coil to be cleaned by (a) spray of high-pressure clean water (not exceeding 30 psi (b) with chemical spray, if necessary.

Airhandling Annual 1- Perform all functions for monthly checks.


Units Inspection prior to expiry of warranty period

2- Tighten motor terminals. 3- Check starter contacts. 4- Test and calibrate overload setting.

Air distribution system

Monthly and Annual Inspection prior to expiry of warranty period

1- Check operation of all modulating and fixed dampers controlling air flow through unit. Lubricate all damper bearings and linkages as necessary.

2- Carry out space temperature checks on airconditioned areas with thermo hydrograph. Balance air flow as necessary to compliance with requirements of original specifications. These checks include the calibration of sensors, thermostat, etc.

3- Check noise level of discharged air from diffusers. Ventilation Monthly

check and Annual Inspection prior to expiry of warranty period

1- Check adjust as necessary the air flow of all fans are in compliance with the original specifications.

2- Check the tension of all belt drive and adjust as necessary.

3- Check and lubricate all fan bearings. 4- Tighten motor terminals. 5- Check starter contacts. 6- Test and calibrate overload setting. 7- A system check shall be carried out for all

mechanical ventilation (MV), Pressurization and Exhaust system to verity the performance of the systems.

Switch board Six monthly

and annual inspection prior to the expiry of the warranty period

1- Clean and adjust all switch gear, contactors, relays and associated electrical equipment at intervals not exceeding six months.

2- Check and prove operation of thermal over load and protection devices.

3- Check and ensure tightness of all equipment fastenings and cable terminations within switch boards.

4- Vacuum clean all switch board cubical. Piping Monthly and 1- Check all piping system for leaks and repair these


System Annual Inspection prior to expiry of warranty period

where they have occurred. 2- Check for damage & deterioration of insulation or

sheathings. Rectify as necessary.

Consumable

materials The contractor shall supply the following

consumable materials as and when required:- 1- All oils and greases required for lubrication of

compressors, fan bearings, motors bearings, pivots and other moving parts.

2- All refrigerant required for topping up. Refrigerant loss if due to manufacturing defect or due to negligence shall be made good by the contractor.

3- All consumable filter elements/rolls. 4- All chemicals for the correct chemical treatment of

the cooling tower and chilled water system. 5- All carbon brushes required to replace worn

brushes in electric motors. 6- All electric contact points required to replace worn

electric contact points in switchgears, motor starter gears, electronics control gears and electric relays.

7- All electric fuses required to replace blown fuses. Just before the expiry of the warrant of the contract,

the contractor shall carry out a complete system operability test on all the systems or sub-systems as called for in the contract.

The purpose of the test is to verify that that the performance of all the system in the contract is in accordance to the specifications.

All test shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer-in Charge or his representative.

The AMC period is deemed to be over if the department or his representative is completely satisfied with the system performance during the test.

****** END OF SECTION E


SECTION –F : TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR LIFT WORK

1.0 SCOPE OF WORK

These specifications cover the details of Electrical Elevator equipment to be supplied, inspection as may be necessary before dispatch, delivery at site, installation, testing, commissioning, handing over in working condition and defects liability for a period of 1 year after completion of all works. These specifications shall be read in conjunction with the General Conditions of Contract with all correction slips as well as schedules and drawings.

2.0 GENERAL The equipment and installation covered by these specifications and drawings shall conform to codes of practice and highest standards of workmanship and materials. This work shall be done in accordance with the provisions of the Lifts Act, and subsequent provisions, as also any state or local Act in force and latest Indian Standard 14665, 15330. The Electrical wiring shall strictly comply with IS:732 and the entire installation shall be in accordance with the Indian Electricity Act 2003 and Indian Electricity Rules 1956 as amended to-date. The electrical works shall also conform to CPWD General Specifications for Electrical works Part - I (Internal) 2013 and Part – II (External) 1994 as amended up to date wherever relevant. The Contractor shall follow all statutory requirements as well as best trade practices in the manufacture & installation of elevators. The Contractor shall arrange to obtain the approval of the Inspectorate of Lifts for commissioning of the Elevators and handover for operation after satisfactory tests.

3.0 DRAWINGS Before commencing work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit all drawings necessary to show the general arrangement and details of elevator installation. These drawings must be approved by the Engineer-In-Charge before installation and shall become part of the contract. The Contractor shall submit 3 copies of all working drawings clearly indicating and specifying all connected structural, electrical and architectural works including imposed structural static / dynamic loads and electrical ratings. Within 10 days of receipt of letter of Commencement of Works the Contractor shall obtain from the Engineer-In-Charge all the information he needs to prepare his drawings and shall have any interaction with the Engineer-In-Charge to finalise all parameters and data for design. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any discrepancies, errors and omissions in the drawings or particulars submitted


by him even if these have been approved by the Engineer-In-Charge. On approval of these drawings by the Engineer-In-Charge ( within 2 weeks of submission of full documentation), the Contractor shall submit five copies of approved working drawings incorporating corrections / comments, if any made by the Engineer-In-Charge, and shall immediately commence work. On completion of work the Contractor shall supply four sets of CD’s and four copies of the detailed wiring diagram, as fitted drawings and equipment maintenance manuals. Further, a copy of such detailed diagram shall be framed and installed in the respective machine rooms by the Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out all the work strictly in accordance with drawings, details and instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge.

4.0 Works to be arranged by the Department (For facilitating lift work and not covered in the scope of lift work). The following items shall be provided by the Department to suit the requirements of the Contractor. i. Floor, wall and ceiling finishes in pits and Lift Shaft; including painting

(except painting of equipment and materials supplied by Elevator Contractor) and waterproofing, as well as doors and windows in machine room.

ii. Cables from Main L.T. Panel Board through the hoist ways terminating in and including individual Main Switches in Machine Rooms including necessary earthing.

iii. Lighting installation with in machine rooms, hoistways and pits as required by the Elevator Contractor including 1-phase main switch at mid-height in hoistway for car lighting.

iv. Ventilation of machine rooms. v. Hoisting beams and hooks as specified by the Elevator Contractor. vi. Ladders for pits as specified by the Elevators Contractor.

5.0 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES: Ancillary Works

i. All cabling and wiring from the main switches in machine room to Elevator equipment and from battery supply to car lights, fans, alarm and intercom system i/c supplying of backup battery and switchgear.

ii. All machine bases, pedestals, and structural steel supports and brackets for the installation, to suit the sizes of the hoistways.

iii. Sill tracks including supports if required. iv. Screen guards and other protection for installation. v. All chasing and cutting of pockets and making good. (All cutting and

chasing shall be as approved by Engineer-in-Charge).


vi. Ensuring safety against accidents including barricading all openings and caution signs.

vii. Scaffolding for installation. viii. All other items necessary for satisfactory execution & completion of

works, whether specified or not. ix. Provision of suitable storage space to be arranged by Contractor.

6.0 SOUND REDUCTION

The Elevator Contractor shall provide necessary sound reduction materials, such as rubber pads of suitable density to effectively isolate the machine from the machine beams and/or flooring. Noise level inside cars and in the machine room shall be maintained at minimum levels and in any case not more than specified under PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS.

7.0 TRACTION MACHINE AND DRIVE Traction machine shall be Machine room less (MRL) and with gearless drive. The motor shall be controlled by a variable voltage variable frequency (V.V.V.F.) micro-processor control system which shall control and monitor every aspect of elevator operation at all stages of the car motion cycle on real time basis. The A.C. V.V.V.F. drive system shall control A.C. voltage and frequency concurrently with the hoist motor to regulate the elevator’s actual performance to match closely the ideal speed pattern to obtain maximum efficiency of operation and provide a very smooth ride. Frequency shall range fully between zero and rated value. The Controller shall be provided with a self diagnostic programme to keep downtime to a minimum possible. The controller shall intelligently adjust door times in response to car calls, hall calls and “Door Open” button operation. An Inspector’s changeover switch and set of test buttons shall be provided in the controller. Operation of the Inspector’s changeover switch shall make both the car and landing buttons inoperative and permit the elevator to be operated in either direction from machine room for test purposes by pressing corresponding test buttons in the controller. It shall not however interfere with the emergency stop switches inside the car or on the top of the car.

8.0 SAFETY


In the addition to other specifications the Elevator shall be provided with safety devices as follows:- i. Safety gear on car so that in the event of rope breaking or loosening the

car will be brought to rest immediately by means of grips on the guides. ii. The over speeding car shall be automatically brought to a gradual stop on

guide rails and power supply to the hoist motor shall be switched off. iii. Car gate lock so that in the event of car gate gets opened when

passengers are in the car, the elevator shall be brought to rest.

9.0 CAR i. Cabin Size

The internal clear dimensions of the cabin shall not be less than those specified in IS 14665-Part I and as per CPWD specifications.

ii. Car Display Panel The Car Display panel shall be of LCD. This shall indicate the Car capacity, floor indication, direction of travel, current time and date at the minimum.

iii. Frame and Safety Device The car frame shall consist of steel channel top and bottom securely riveted or bolted and substantially reinforced and braced so as to relieve the car enclosure of all strains when the safety device comes into action due to overspeed or when the capacity loaded car is run on the buffer springs at normal speed. The safety device mounted on the bottom members of the frame operated by a centrifugal speed governor shall be arranged to bring the car to a gradual stop on the guide rails in the event of excessive descending speed; and provision shall be made to shut off the power supply to the motor.

iv. Doors Provision shall be made for vertical and horizontal fine adjustment of doors.

v. Door Operators The door operators shall be VVVF inverter controlled heavy duty A. C. motor, allowing variable opening and closing speeds, and with full synchronization of car and landing doors.

vi. Emergency Lighting Emergency lighting with battery backup shall be provided.

vii. Evacuation An emergency key shall be provided on each landing to unlock the doors for evacuation and maintenance. The doors shall be capable of being opened manually during power failure from inside the car when the car is within a landing zone.

viii. Intercom


The intercom system in the lifts shall be capable of two way communication between the lifts and the reception. Necessary arrangements shall be provided for communication between the lift cars, respective machine room, Fire Control Room, Reception and the room of the Facility Manager. The main control for the EPBX / Intercom shall be placed at Fire control room. The intercom system shall be provided with a power backup of at least 30 minutes.

ix. Manual Cranking Facility Manual cranking facility shall be provided in the machine room to facilitate evacuation of passengers in case of power failure. The manual mode shall be in addition to automatic car failure operation specified elsewhere.

x. Emergency Stop Switch A stop switch in the machine room / top of car shall be provided for use by maintenance crew to cancel all car and landing calls for a particular elevator.

xi. Maintenance Switch On operation of the maintenance switch located on top of the car by the maintenance crew, the car shall travel at slow speed not exceeding 0.85 m / sec by continuous operation of a button

xii. Overload Indicator An overload indicator with buzzer shall be provided in the cabin to indicate to the passengers that the car will not start as it is overloaded.

xiii. Operating Panels, Buttons & Switches Car operating panels, buttons and switches shall be located on the front wall panel next to the car door and as specified. All buttons and switches shall be clearly legible with fade-proof text and figures, and shall be easily accessible, in all Lifts.

xiv. Other Features All features specified in the Schedule shall be provided.

10.0 PAINTING All exposed metal work furnished in these specification, except as otherwise specified shall be given one shop coat of anti-corrosive primer after approved surface treatment of metal surfaces and two coats of approved enamel paint of approved shade.

11.0 TESTS AT SITE The following tests, in addition to those mentioned in the CPWD specifications, shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge.

i. The car shall be loaded until the weight on the rope is twice the combined weight of the car and the specified load. The load must be carried on for about 30 minutes, without any sign of weakness,


temporary set or permanent elongation of the suspension rope strands.

ii. The following items shall be tested : a. No load current and voltage readings both on ‘Up’ and

‘Down’ Circuits. b. Full load current and voltage readings both on ‘Up’ and

‘Down’ Circuits. c. One and quarter load current and voltage readings both on

‘Up and ‘Down’ Circuits. d. Stalling current and voltage and time taken to operate

overload. e. Overload protection. f. Car and counterweight buffers with contract load and

contract speed. g. Manual operation of elevator at mid-way travel. h. Emergency operation.

iii. Tests on completion shall also be performed to the satisfaction of Inspector of Lifts.

12.0 STATUTORY APPROVALS All statutory approvals from commencement to commissioning of elevators shall be obtained by the Contractor from the Inspector of Lifts, Chief Fire Officer and other authorities. However the Department shall provide all necessary assistance for providing documents, drawings and certificates pertaining to other contractors, as may be required. The Department shall reimburse the statutory fees paid in connection with the approval of installation of elevators.

13.0 ADDITIONAL FEATURES REQUIRED i. Fireman’s Switch

A fireman’s toggle switch shall be provided in a break glass for the specified elevator at ground floor to enable firemen to bring the elevator non-stop to ground floor from any location and to cancel hall calls until the car is operated on attendant control.

ii. Emergency Power Operation The power supplies to lifts are provided from essential panel (with standby Genset). In addition to the standby generator power, a backup UPS system shall be provided to supply power to light fixtures, fan, alarm and intercom.

iii. Anti - Nuisance If number of calls registered is in excess of corresponding car load, all car calls shall be cancelled.


iv. Home Landing Facility A car shall return to a pre-determined landing after the last call is answered.

v. Load Non stop When the car load exceeds a predetermined limit the elevator shall not respond to hall calls.

vi. Separate door times When a car responds only to hall calls or only to car calls, the door shall open for a shorter time than when responding to both car and hall calls.

vii. Door Failure Operation When an obstruction prevents a door from opening, the controller shall attempt its removal by repeated opening and closing, failing which the car shall travel to the next floor.

viii. Nudging Door Operation When the doors remain open for more than a predetermined period a buzzer shall sound and the door shall close automatically. The door sensing device shall be rendered inoperative but the Door Open button and the safety shoe shall remain operative

ix. Self - Diagnostic Facility The Controller shall perform self - diagnostic tests and report the health of the system. The system shall take care of minor faults like door operation and motor overheating.

x. Car Failure Operation In case of car mal-function, the system shall make a self - diagnostic check and then allow the car to travel to the nearest floor at slow speed, if safe.

xi. Selective floor Service Programming for selective floors services shall be software driven.

xii. Auto Fan Off In case no calls are registered for pre-set time, the cabin fan shall be automatically switched off.

xiii. Automatic Rescue Device In case of mains power failure and elevator control system failure, the elevator’s own rechargeable and maintenance free battery power shall move the car to the nearest floor and the door shall open automatically for automatic rescue of passengers. A battery run-down indicator shall be provided. Automatic Rescue Device shall be provided for all the Elevators.

14.0 PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS The following parameters shall be achieved in the installation: Levelling Accuracy : + 3 mm All other parameters as per CPWD Specifications and IS shall be achieved.


15.0 SUBMITTALS WITH TENDERS The following items are required to be submitted in duplicate along with the tender. i. Catalogues with offered items highlighted. ii. List of imported components iii. Compliance Statement for guaranteed performance parameters given in

Specification 14.0 above.

-0-0-0- Maintenance of Lifts – Terms & Conditions

1. The contractor will observe safety measures as per prevailing local lift acts and rules regarding safety of passenger and staff.

2. The contract will employ trained & qualified staff to maintain the lift equipment in proper and safe operating conditions.

3. The contractor will carry out servicing for adjustment, lubricating, repairing and if required replacement of machine, motor and controller parts i/c worms, gears, thrusts, bearing, brake magnet coil or brake motors, contacts, coils resistances & control card for operation and motor circuits magnet frames and all parts connected with door operating mechanism and other mechanical parts using only genuine parts for this purpose.

4. Replacement, renewal of guide shoes gibs or guide rollers, all wire ropes, conductor cable etc., as and when required for smooth and safe operations of lifts.

5. The contractor will also replace indicator lamps provided inside the car and on each landing.

6. The agency will carry out following service maintenance operations as per enclosed Annexures to the entire satisfaction of concerned Assistant Engineer (E). a) Annexure-I - Fortnightly Maintenance Operations b) Annexure-II - Monthly Maintenance Operations c) Annexure-III - Quarterly Maintenance Operations

7. The firm’s Engineer will submit inspection-cum-maintenance report after

above each maintenance operation to the concerned Assistant Engineer (E)/ Junior Engineer (E) for their remarks & satisfaction.

8. The inspection-cum-maintenance reports as detailed in Annexure-I, II and III will have to be submitted with each bill.

9. Concerned Junior Engineer (E) will maintain all the maintenance record. 10. The firm will promptly attend call back when notified and in no case, the call

back be left pending for the next day unless it has approval from the department.


11. All dismantled parts on account of replacement/ repair shall be the property of contractor.

12. The firm has to make arrangement for receiving the complaints and to attend to the breakdowns within 48 hours, incase lift remain out of order for more than 48 hours continuously, recovery at the double of the quoted rate shall be made.

Annexure-I

Fortnightly Maintenance Operations S.No

. Items to be checked Checked By

1. Check that lift stops in downward direction properly with 25% over load with operation of the “Emergency” stop when lift is moving at full speed.

2. Check that leveling is within limits 75mm for single speed lifts and 10mm for other lifts.

3. Check and lubricate by grease cup or top up oil on slave type bearing on.

a) Motor shaft b) Defector Sleave shaft c) Governor pulley

4. Check and lubricate sleave bearing of governor tensioning pully at the pit.

Remarks and Signature of Firm’s Representative by whom above job carried out: - Remarks and signature of concerned Junior Engineer (E): - Remarks and Signature of concerned Assistant Engineer (E): -


Annexure-II Monthly Maintenance Operation

S.No

. Items to be checked Checked By






5. Controller i) Cleaning of contacts and shielding with caron

tetrachloridese (CCLA)

ii) Move relay armature by hand for free movement and see that contacts are properly aligned.

iii) Replace carbon contacts if worn out. iv) Check flexible leads to relays v) Check fuses of controller and mains. vi) Check oil level in dash pots. 6. Motor generator and/ or D.C. motor i) Check and adjust carbon brushes, spring pressure

commutator, reseat brushes S.S.

ii) Greasing of bearing 7. A.C. Motor i) Lubricate bearings ii) Clean ventilation passages 8. Gear Box i) Inspect forstray noises and oil leaks ii) Check Axial play of worn shaft iii) Lubricate bearing and top up in gearbox. 9. Brake i) Clean if oily and trace source of oil leakage ii) Adjust clearance between shoes and drum.

10. Selector i) Clean contacts ii) Adjust for improper leveling


iii) Check tape safety switch iv) Lubricate shaft bearings v) Check performance without load with full load 11. Governor i) Lubricate Bearings

Check that the leaders works smoothly.

ii) Check that electrical contact opens before the rope sets locked

12. Ropes i) Check condition of hoist ropes and governor rope ii) Check slack rope safety switch iii) Lubricate rope if too dry. iv) Lubricate guides and guide shoe. v) Check that the buffers are in proper position and

measure and record counter weight buffer clearance with car at the top.

13. Retiring CAM and locks i) Check operation of cam and lock from the top of the

car at each landing. Check that retiring cam solenoid is not getting over heated and that movement of the cam is smooth.

ii) Check that all locks are functioning properly both mechanically and electrically after opening the cover. Check all sets screws and springs and replace if necessary the lever should lock the beak properly.

iii) Check that the retiring cam does not touch the lock roller at the landing which is being passes.

iv) Check that car gate switch operates properly. v) Check door closer safety, clean and read just if

necessary.

vi) Lubricate top track and door, motor and leakage vii) Check the landing doors can be opened by emergency

keys.



Annexure-III

Quarterly Maintenance Operation

S.No.

Items to be checked Checked By






5. Controller i) Cleaning of contacts and shielding with caron

tetrachloridese (CCLA)

ii) Move relay armature by hand for free movement and see that contacts are properly aligned.

iii) Replace carbon contacts if worn out. iv) Check flexible leads to relays v) Check fuses of controller and mains. vi) Check oil level in dash pots. 6. Motor generator and/ or D.C. motor i) Check and adjust carbon brushes, spring pressure

commutator, reseat brushes S.S.

ii) Greasing of bearing 7. A.C. Motor i) Lubricate bearings ii) Clean ventilation passages 8. Gear Box i) Inspect forstray noises and oil leaks ii) Check Axial play of worn shaft iii) Lubricate bearing and top up in gearbox. 9. Brake i) Clean if oily and trace source of oil leakage ii) Adjust clearance between shoes and drum.

10. Selector i) Clean contacts


ii) Adjust for improper leveling iii) Check tape safety switch iv) Lubricate shaft bearings v) Check performance without load with full load 11. Governor i) Lubricate Bearings

Check that the leaders works smoothly.

ii) Check that electrical contact opens before the rope sets locked

12. Ropes i) Check condition of hoist ropes and governor rope ii) Check slack rope safety switch iii) Lubricate rope if too dry. iv) Lubricate guides and guide shoe. v) Check that the buffers are in proper position and

measure and record counter weight buffer clearance with car at the top.

13. Retiring CAM and locks i) Check operation of cam and lock from the top of the

car at each landing. Check that retiring cam solenoid is not getting over heated and that movement of the cam is smooth.

ii) Check that all locks are functioning properly both mechanically and electrically after opening the cover. Check all sets screws and springs and replace if necessary the lever should lock the beak properly.

iii) Check that the retiring cam does not touch the lock roller at the landing which is being passes.

iv) Check that car gate switch operates properly. v) Check door closer safety, clean and read just if

necessary.

vi) Lubricate top track and door, motor and leakage vii) Check the landing doors can be opened by emergency

keys.

14. Machine Room i) Check and adjust overload relay and phase failure

relay.

ii) Check power wiring terminations in switch motor, controller and power switching relays

iii) Check Commutator. iv) Check lubrication of all equipments 15. Hoist way i) Check Rope fastening at the car and counter weight.


ii) Check Guide clamps iii) Check upper and lower limit switches for proper

connections after physical inspections to get the lift to over travel by holding from controller and see that the switches operate properly.

iv) Check Guide clearange and adjust v) Check condition of trailing cable and terminations at

junction boxes.


END OF SECTION F


SECTION G

LIST OF APPROVED MAKES / VENDORS

S. No.

Name of Items List of approved manufacturers / brand / applicators

A Civil Works 1. Cement LAFARGE, ACC, AMBUJA, VIKRAM,

CCI, ULTRATECH, SHREE CEMENT, JAYPEE CEMENT, JK CEMENT

2. Reinforcement Steel TMT Bars (Fe 500 grade) & TMT Re-bars conforming to IS 1786-2008 Fe500 corrision resistant steel grade

TATA STEEL LTD., RINL, JINDAL STEEL & POWER LTD, JSW STEEL LTD. AND SAIL.

3. Waterproofing Compound Pidilite Industries Limited, Fosroc Chemicals (India) Pvt. Ltd., Bal Endura Adhesives (India) Pvt. Ltd., CICO Technologies Limited, Bostik

4. Hardware Like: Mortice Lock With Pair Of Handles, Recess Handle Fittings, Floor Spring, DoorCloser, Tower Bolts, Floor door stoppers Etc.

Dorma GMBH & Co.KG , D-Line Carl F International, Assa Abloy,Hafele India (P) Ltd

5. Structural Steel, MS Plates, ISMB Etc.

SAIL, Tata Steel Limited, Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Ltd. (RINL), APOLLO, JINDAL STEEL

6. Fire Paint Akzo Nobel Coatings India Pvt. Ltd., PROMAT, Asian Paints Ltd, Acro paint

7. Fire Rated Doors Promat International (Asia Pacific) Ltd., Sukri Paints & Chemicals, Navair International Ltd., Shakti mat fire check door

8. Flush Doors/ Ply Greenply Industries Limited, Century Plyboards (I) Ltd, Archid ply,Merino ply

9. Specialized Agencies For Pre-Engineered/Structural Steel Fabrication Works.

Hindustan Alcox Limited, Speco Engineering Pvt. Ltd., Yongnam Engineering & Construction (S) Pte. Ltd., M/s Construction Catalysers Pvt. Ltd., Mitra Mandal Colony, Parvati,


10. Vitrified Tiles /Ceramic Tiles Kajaria Ceramics Ltd., RIWASA TILE LTD, NITCO Tiles Ltd, RAK Ceramics, Asian granite

11. High Performance Glass / Clear Glass

Saint Gobain, Pilkington glass India Pvt Ltd, Emirates Glass L.L.C.

12. Toughened Glass Processing

Gold Plus Group, GSC Toughened Glass Pvt. Ltd., Hindustan National Glass & Industries Ltd., Glasstech Industries (India) Pvt. Ltd., Sejal Architectural Glass Limited,, Mahavir Safety Glass Chennai

13. Carpet Tiles Milliken & Company, Mohawk International, Interface FLOR

14. Wall Putty Birla White, J.K. Cement, Toyo Ferrous Crete (P) Ltd.A-One Industries-jammu

15. Compact Laminate Toilet Cubical

Merino Industries ltd, Green Sturdo (Titan Series) Greenply Industries Limited(Greenlam Strudo Classic) SPCMS (Solace ), Shapoorji Pallonji & co. Ltd

16. Wash Basin / Urinal/ WC/ Wall Hung Water Closet/Oval Under Counter

Kohler Co., Hindware Sanitaryware & Industries Ltd.(Hindware), Parryware Roca Private Limited, Cera Sanitaryware Limited

17. C.P. Fittings Kohler Co., Jaquar & Co. Ltd., GROHE

18. S.S. Sink Nirali, Franke, Kitchen Queen 19. G.I. Pipe Tata Steel Limited,

Jindal Pipe Industries, Parkash

20. CPVC Pipes Supreme/ Prince/ Ori-Plast, Surya 21. Liquid Wall Mounted Push Type

Soap Dispenser Kohler Co., Jaquar & Co. Ltd., Euronics, Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., UTEC SYSTEM

22. Tile Adhesive FERROUS CRET (FERRO-1122)/ARDEX ENDURE (GOLD STAR)/PIDILITE (FEVIMATE XL)

23. Glass Mirror Modi Guard, Atul Ltd 24. Aluminum Structural Members Indalco Alloys, Hindalco Industries

Ltd., Jindal Aluminium Ltd., Bhoruka Industries Ltd.

25. Gypsum False Ceiling/ Board India Gypsum / Saint Gobain, Beral Gypsum, Lfarge Boral Gypsum

26. Calcium Silicate tile false ceiling/ Board

Aerolite,Ramco,Prompt

27. Metal tile false ceiling Hunder Duglus ,SAS, Aura( ASIPL),


Lindner. 28. Galvalum Double skin insulated

Roofing System TATA BLUESCOPE STEEL LIMITED, Ispat Industries Ltd., Safizip Steel Stand Seam Roofing (I) Ltd., Interarch Steel Ltd., Blue scope Steel, Lloyd Insulation (India) Ltd.

29. Laminates Merino Industries ltd, Greenply Industries Limited, SUNMICA, The Bombay Burmah Trading Corporation Ltd, Sunmica India Division, Archid ply,Formica

30. Veneer

Century Plyboards (I) Ltd, Greenply Industries Limited, Archid ply,Sarda Plywood Industries Ltd (DURO)

31. Paints Akzo Nobel Coatings India Pvt. Ltd., Jotun India Private Limited., Berger Paints India Ltd., Acro Paint,Asian Paints Ltd.

32. Aluminium composite panel ( ACP)

Renobond, Alucobond, Alcopla, Alpolic

33 GYPSUM PLASTER FERROUS CRETE (FERRO-500)/GYPROC SAINT GOBAIN (ELITE-90)/ULTRA TECH

34

STONE ADHESIVE FERROUS CRETE (FERRO-113)/ARDEX ENDURA (DIANMOND STAR)/PIDILITE (ROFF STONE ADHESIVE)

35

AAC BLOCKS BUILTECH, MAGICRETE, R.S. GREEN, AEROCON, FINECRETE, INDO BHUTAN

36. AAC BLOCK ADHESIVE FERROUS CRETE (FERRO-1188)/ARDEX ENDURA(WHITE STAR)/ ULTRATECH (FIXO BLOCK

37. ACLRYIC SOILID SURFACE LG-HI-MACS, DUPOINT CORION,

38. MODULAR EXPANSION JOINT HERCULUS, CS, VEXCOLT. DEVIN, SAINFIELD

39. TEXTURED EXTERIOR PAINT ASIAN PAINTS (APEX WITH HONEYCOMB ROLLER FINISH) ICI (WEATHER SHIELD WITH HONEYCOMB ROLLER FINISH, KANSAI NEROLAC (EXCEL WITH


HONEYCOMB ROLLER FINISH), ACRO PAINT ( ACRO GUARD 3X)

40. PLASTIC EMULSION PAINT

ICI (SUPER SMOOTH), NEROLAC (BEAUTY GOLD), ASIAN PAINTS (PREMIUM EMULSION/ PROFESSIONAL INTERIOR EMULSION), ACRO PAINT ( ACRO PERAL).

41 XPS INSULATION BOARD SUPREME INSUBOARD, STYROFOAM , SIKA or as approved equivalent.

42. ROOF TILES THERMATEK, INSUTILE, INSULA

43. DASH,ANCHORING FASTENERS

HILTI, FISCHER, CANON, AXEL, BOUN

44 Epoxy grout FERROUS CRET /ARDEX ENDURE /PIDILITE

B Sanitary Items 1. Wash Basin / Urinal/ WC/ Wall

Hung Water Closet/Oval Under Counter

Kohler Co., Hindware Sanitaryware & Industries Ltd.(Hindware), Parryware Roca Private Limited, Cera Sanitaryware Limited

2. Plastic W.C Seats with cover (Except where to be supplied with WC)

ADMIRAL, COMMANDER

3. Hand dryer/ Tissue paper holder EURONICS, UTEC, JAQUAR

4. Sensor Operated Flushing System

UTEC, EURONICS, SCHELL

5. Liquid Soap Dispensor EURONICS, KIMBERLEY CLARK, UTEC

6. Air Purifier / Aerosol Dispenser EURONICS, UTEC, JAQUAR

7. C.P Bottle Trap JAQUAR, VIJAY METAL WORKS

8. Multi-Pan WC Connector VIEGA, MCALPINE

9. C.P fittings Kohler ,JAQUAR, PARRYWARE/ ROCA,


10. Stainless Steel Sink AMC, JAYNA, NEELKANTH

11. Health Faucet CHILLY, Kohler Co., JAQUAR

12. Electrical Water Heater / Geyser VENUS, BRAUN, AO SMITH

13. R.O. Drinking water system EUREKA FORBES, SIMA LABS,

ION EXCHANGE

14. Water Cooler / Dispensors EUREKA FORBES, BLUESTAR,

OASIS INTERNATIONAL, VOLTAS

15. CP / SS Grating for Floor Trap & Floor Drain

VIJAY METAL WORKS, ACO, NEER

i) PLUMBING LOW SIDE (PIPES & FITTINGS) 16. G.I. pipes TATA, JINDAL, SURYA PARKASH

17. G.I. Fittings for Water Supply (Malleable)

R.M. Engg. Works, UNIK, Zoloto

18. G.I./M.S Forged Steel pipes & fittings I.S:1239 (Part-II)

Vijay Cycle & Steel Industries, DRP, TRUE FORGE

19. CPVC Pipes ASTRAL FLOWGUARD, ASHIRVAD FLOWGUARD

20. SS Pipes JINDAL STAINLESS, RAMPART

21. UPVC pipes SUPREME, AKG, FINOLEX, PRINCE, SURYA PARKASH, JAIN PIPE

22. HDPE Pipes JAIN PIPES, ORIPLAST, VERTEX

23. Sand Cast Iron Pipes & fittings NECO, HEPCO, BIC,RIF

24. SWR Pipes FINOLEX, AKG, SUPREME, PRINCE

25. Stoneware pipes & Gully Trap ANAND, BK CERAMICS INDUSTRY, BASANT INDUSTRIES

26. RCC PIPES INDIAN HUME PIPE, KRISHNA SPUN PIPES, OM SPUN PIPE,

27. CILA pipes KESORAM,NECO, BIC,ELECTROSTEEL


28. C.I. fittings NEEL, KARTAR, BIC, SARKAR

29. D.I. pipes KESORAM, ELECTROSTEEL, JINDAL HISSAR

30. D.I. fittings KARTAR, ELECTROSTEEL

31. Insulation For Hot water Pipes KAIFLEX , ARMAFLEX, THERMAFLEX

32. Insulation For External / Exposed Hot water Pipes

KAIFLEX, ARMAFLEX

33. Pipe protection For External Water Supply Pipes

PYPKOTE, MAKPOLYKOTE, ARMAFLEX

34. Pipe Joint Sealant for Cast Iron Pipes

PIPESEAL, DRIPSEAL

35. Pre-Fabricated Structural supports and clamps

CHILLY, EASYFLEX, CAMRY

36. PE –AL-PE Composite pressure pipe/ Fittings

KITEC or equivalent as approved

ii) PLUMBING LOW SIDE (VALVES & RELATED ACCESSORIES) 37. Gunmetal Fullway Valve ZOLOTO, LEADER, SANT

38. Gunmetal Fullway Valve LEADER, SANT, ZOLOTO

39. Ball valve ARCO, CIM, TIEMME

40. Ball valve w/ In-Built Filter ARCO, RB

41. Butterfly Valve KSB, SKS, AIP

42. Air Release Valve RBM, TIEMME, SKS

43. Float valve (gunmetal) upto 40mm LEADER, CSE ENGINEERS, APAR

44. Float valve (C.I) 50mm and above LEADER, CSE ENGINEERS, APAR

45. Altitude / Equilibrium Float Valve CSA, HONEYWELL, DANFOSS

46. C.I Strainer more than 65mm dia. LEADER, SANT, AIP

47. Pressure Reducing Valve RBM, TIEMME, SKS

iii) PLUMBING EXTERNAL ITEMS 48. C.I Manholes cover NECO, KARTAR, BIC, RIF


49. SFRC Manhole Cover & Gratings KGM Associates, ABC-ACCURATE BUILDCON, SURABH

50. Plastic Encapsulated Foot Rest KGM Associates

iv) SOLAR HOT WATER GENERATION SYSTEM 51. Solar Heating Sytems INTER-SOLAR, SRIRAM,

GREENTECH, SOLCHROME C ELECTRICAL WORKS 1. Main / Sub Distribution Boards

& Electrical Panels Nitya Electro Control , Conquerent Application Control Panels Pvt. Ltd. CWS Electrotech Pvt. Ltd. Krypton Power Controls (I) Pvt. Ltd. Control & Contracts

2. Moulded Case Circuit Breaker & Air Circuit Breakers

L & T, Siemens , GE Power Control Schneider Electric, Eaton, Indo asian

3. Meter & Instruments Selector Switches, CT’s Indicating Lamps

Rishline (L & T), AE, G & M (Gilbert & Maxwell), Kappa Technic, Kaycee

4. Distribution Boards with Miniature Circuit Breakers, RCCB / ELCB, Isolator.

Schneider Electric (Multi 9), Legrand L & T , Siemens , Hager, Indo asian

5. Power Cable 1.1 KV Grade XLPE Insulated AL Conductor Armoured Cables (FR Type).

Finolex, KEI, Skytone, Gemscab Polycab

6. PVC Insulated copper conductor single core stranded wires of 650/1100 volt grade (FR & FRLS Type)

Skytone, Bonton, Polycab, Finolex Batra Henlay, Havells

7. Telephone Wires Skytone, Bonton, Polycab, Finolex Batra Henlay, Havells

8. Modular Type Light & Power Accessories (Switches, Socket etc.) M.S. Switch Boxes Series)

Legrand (Mosaic Range), Schneider Electric (Clipsal -H 2000 Mega, Indo Asian,Wipro (North- West ).

9. M.S. Conduit (ISI Marked). BEC, AKG, NIC, JPC,MK,AGL 10. PVC Conduit (ISI Marked). BEC , Precision, AKG, S & G Control &

Switchgear (P) Ltd. , Polypack 11. M.S. Conduit Accessories Rama, Sharma Sales Corporation,

AKG 12. Telephone Tag Block Krone, TVS R&M 13. Cable Tray Pilco, Slotco, Needo 14. Cable Lugs Comet, Dowells, Multi, Lapp Kabel 15. Cable Glands Commet, Gripwell, Dowells, Lapp

Kabel 16. Ceiling Fan Orient, Usha, Crompton 17. Exhaust Fan Alstom, Usha, Havells

18. Light Fixtures & Lamps

(a) Fluorescent Light Fixtures, Neer Energy, Wipro, Philips, Eglo,


CFL & LED lights Insta Power,HPL,. (b) External lighting Fixtures Neer Energy, Wipro, Philips, bajaj,

Insta Power,HPL,.shreeder. 19. Fire Detection & Alarm System 20. Detectors & Devices :-

Intelligent Optical & Ionisation Type Smoke Detector, Heat Detector, Control Module, Fault Isolator.

Notifier, Cooper Safety , Morley IAS

21. Response Indicator Daksh, Tyco, Agni. 22. Addressable Main Fire Alarm

Panel Notifier, Cooper Menvier, Morley IAS

23. Amplifier, Speaker / Hooter, Microphone, P.A. Console, LMT

ATIES, Ahuja, Bosch, Notifier

24. UPS APC, Aros (PCI), Emerson 25. MS Poles Schereder , Bajaj, Surya, Glowmac D Fire Fighting & Prevention

Works

1. M.S. Pipes TATA, Jindal Hissar, Surya Roshni 2. Forged Steel Fittings Sudarshan Steels, MEC (Jainsons),

Vijay Cycle & Steel Industries 3. Butt Welded Fittings DRP, True Forge, Sudarshan Steels 4. D.I. Grooved Coupling Fittings VICTAULIC, VEXOMICA, MEC

(JAINSONS) 5. Ball Valve ARCO, CIM, Tiemme 6. Butterfly Valve (upto PN 16) KSB, SKS, Advance 7. Butterfly Valve (upto PN 20) AIP, MONSHER 8. Air Release Valve SANT, IVC, LEADER 9. C.I. Double flanged sluice valves Kirloskar, Sant, Leader 10. C.I. Double flanged Non return

valve Kirloskar, Sant, Kartar

11. Dual Plate / Wafer Type Non Return Valve (upto PN 16)

Advance, KSB, C&R

12. Dual Plate / Wafer Type Non Return (PN 20)

AIP, Monsher

13. Fire Extinguisher Superex, Lifeguard, Safeguard 14. Firstaid Hose Reel Superex, Eversafe, Newage 15. Thermo Plastic Hose Reels for

Drums Kesara Plast, Mitras, Eversafe

16. Branch Pipe, Nozzle Coupling etc. Superex, Safeguard, Newage 17. Hosebox Reputed make as per IS

Specifications

E HVAC Works 1. Chiller (Screw type) York/Carrier/McQuay/Trane/Climenavenet

a/Clivet/Dunhumbush. 2 Pumps 2.1 Pumps Grundfoss/ITT Bell & Gossett/

Armstrong/Kirloskar/Mather & Platt/ Willo/ Xylem


2.1.1 VFD of Pump ABB/Honeywell/Danfoss/Vecon/Allen Bradly/Siemens.

3 Airhandling units Zeco/Waves/Edgetech/Flaktwood/Lloyd/Nutech/Crystal

3.1 Motor of AHU Havells / Crompton / ABB / Siemens / Marathon

3.2 Blower of AHU / FCU Nicotra / Krugar / Flakt / Wolter / Greenheck/comfri/Blowtech.

3.3 Cooling Coil AHRI approved4 FCU Edgetech / Hitech / Emerald / Zeco /

Flowel/Crystal/Waves/Neutech. 5 Cooling Tower Paharpur / Bell / Case /

Advance/Marley/Mihir. 6 Propeller Fan Dapass / GE / Crompton/Khaitan. 7 Axial Flow Fan Kruggar / Nicotra / Dustech / Humidin /

Airflow/Comfri. 8 Inline Fan Airflow / Caryaire / Ostberg / Greenheck /

Sphere/Kruger. 9 Grilles / diffuser / damper/

Louvers. Caryaire / Airflow / Airmaster / Flowel / Dynamic Equipment/Mapro/Sastemair.

10 Factory Made duct Ductofab / Zeco / Rolastar/Waves. 10.1 G.I. Sheets Tata / Sail / Nippon / National/Jindal. 11 Fire Dampers Ravistar / Airmaster / Caryaire / Airflow 12 Flexible Duct Atco / UP Twiga / Sphere 13 Electric & Motor Controls 13.1 Thermostats Danfoss / Honeywell / Johnson / Siemens 13.2 Electric Motors Siemens / Crompton / BharatBijlee /

ABB/NGEF. 14 Fuse Switch / Switch Fuse

Units / MCB / MCCB/ACB Siemens / Larsen & Turbo / English Electric (GEC Alsthom) / Bhartia Cutler Hammer/Legrand/Schneider

15 Control Cables KEI / Haavells / Batra Henley/Universal/Polycab.

16 Power Cables KEI / Havells / Batra Henley/ Universal/Polycab.

17 DOL / Star Delta Starters Siemens / Bartia Cutler Hammer / L&T / GEC / Havells/ABB/Crompton/NGEF.

18 Auxillary Relays / Contactors/Single phase preventor.

Siemens/L&T/GE/ ABB/Crompton/NGEF.

19 Line type fuse English Electric / L&T / Siemens 20 Multifunction meters Schriender/Siemens/Nepture,Secure. 21 Lugs/Gland Dowel/Comet/Braco/Action. 22 Timer/Push Button Siemens / L&T / Bhartia Cutler Hammer /

English Electric/Rishab. 22.1 Terminal Block Elmex /

L&T/Connectwell/Honeywell/Hensel 23 Indiating Lamps L&T/BhartiaCutler

Hammer/Siemens/Rishab.


24 Selector Switches Siemens / L&T / Kaycee / GEC / Havells 24.1 Electrical Panel CWS Electotech / Application /

Adlec/Enerlec/Teicolite. 25 Pipes 25.1 G.I. Jindal Hissar / Tata / Aplapollo/Sail. 25.2 M.S. upto 150mm Jindal Hissar / Tata / Aplapollo/Sail. 25.3 M.S. 200 to 300 Jindal / Tata / Aplapollo/Sail. 26 Valves 26.1 Butterfly Valves Advance/Castle/

SKS/Audco/Hneywell/Siemens 26.2 Non Return Valve Advance Castle / SKS/Audco/Zoloto 26.3 Balancing Valves Advance/Castle/

SKS/Audco/Tyco/Honeywell/Zoloto 26.4 Motor Butterfly Valve Advance/Castle/

SKS/Siemens/Honywell/Audco. 26.5 Ball Valves CIM/Sant/Flowel/

Emerald/Zoloto/Rapidcool. 26.6 Pot / Y – Strainer Emerald / Sant / Flowel/D.S 26.7 Air Separator Emerald / Anergy / Sant 27 Pressure Gauge Emerald / Fiebig / H. Guru 28 Thermometer Emerald / Fiebig / H.Guru 29 Flow Switch (Water / Air) Anergy/RapidCool/

Johnson/Danpss/Honeywell. 30 2 way PID valve with

thermostat & actuator Honewell / Danfoss / Oventrop / Belimo/Fresse/Flowcon/ Siemens/Jhonson.

31 Airvent Rapid Cool / Anergy / Johnson/Flemco/Castle/

32 Flexible Pipe Connection Resistoflex / Easyflex / Kanwal 33 PUF Lloyed / Malanpur / Toshiba 34 Polyethylene Paramount / Supreme / Trocellene 35 Fastners& fittings etc. Wurth/ Hilti / Mongue 36 Expansion Tank Emerald / Armstrong / ITT Bell &Gosset/

Anergy 37 Cable Tray Neddo / Universal / MEM 38 Split Unit (Hi wall) Carrier – Midea / Voltas / LG / Bluestar/

Hitachi 39 Decorative Fan Magneto / Havells / Usha / Khaitan 40 Copper Piping Shree Shyam / Rajco / Mandev/Totaline 41 UPVC Pipes/HDPE/DW pipe Jain / Hindustan / Prakash /

Universal/Rex/Duraline/Prince. 42 Nitrile Rubber Aflex / Kflex / Armacell 43 Polyethylene Sintex / Supreme / Trocellene

44 Insulation 44.1 Glass Wool UP Twiga/Lloyd Insulation/Owen Corning 44.2 Class ‘O’ Insulation for

Nitrile Rubber Aflex/K-flex/Armacell

44.3 Prefilters Anfilco/Thermodyne/Mechmark/Spectrum


NOTE :-

1. Items which are not mentioned in above list but required at site, shall be supplied with prior approval of EPI/CUJ.

2. Equivalent makes shall be considered only on non-availability of approved specified makes. In general no change in brand will be entertained, however, the executing agency / vendor having similar experience will be / can be considered in case of non-availability of any from the above list with cost adjustment (if any).

3. The Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Engineer-in-charge before placing order for any specific material or engaging any of the specialized agencies. The Contractor shall make a detailed submittal with catalogues and highlighted proposed specifications, as well as full details of the works executed by the specialized agency, as specified.

4. Wherever applicable, the Engineer-in-charge may approve any material equivalent to that specified in the tender subject to proof being offered by the Contractor for equivalence to his satisfaction.

5. Unless otherwise specified, the brand / make of the material as specified in the item nomenclature, in the particular specifications and in the list of approved materials attached in the tender, shall be used in the work.

In case of non-availability of the brand specified in the contract, the Contractor shall be allowed to use alternate equivalent brand of the material subject to submission of documentary evidence of non - availability of the specified brand. The necessary cost adjustments on account of above change shall be made for the material.

****************

END OF SECTION G

44.4 AVM Dunlop/Resistoflex/Ewren 44.5 Fastener Hilti/Fisher/Wurth 44.6 Paint Nerolec/Asian/Berger 44.7 Welding Rod Adon/Ejab/Essar/Advani 44.8 Grooved Fitting/Coupling Victaulic/Tyco/Gunnel/Rapid 44.9 Sequence Controller Application/Siemens/Proton 44.10 Humidistat Honeywell/Johnson Control/Siemens/

Anergy F Lifts Thyssen Krupp, OTIS, Schiendler, KONE


LIST OF DRAWINGS SCHOOL OF BASIC & APPLIED SCIENCES

S. NO DRG NO TITLE

1

ARCH

ITECTU

RE

PM/A‐10 PART MASTER PLAN SHOWING SCHOOL OF BASIC APPLIED SCIENCES

2 SOLS/A‐01 PLAN AT LEVEL(‐)7 &(‐)6 3 SOLS/A‐02 PLAN AT LEVEL(‐)5 &(‐)44 SOLS/A‐03 PLAN AT LEVEL(‐)3 5 SOLS/A‐04 PLAN AT LEVEL(‐)2 6 SOLS/A‐05 PLAN AT LEVEL(‐)1 7 SOLS/A‐06 PLAN AT ENTRY LEVEL8 SOLS/A‐07 PLAN AT LEVEL(+)1 9 SOLS/A‐08 PLAN AT TERRACE LEVEL 10 SOLS/A‐9 SECTIONS11 SOLS/A‐10 DOOR WINDOW SCHEDULE

COMMON DRG

S

TYPICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 12 SD/A‐01 DETAILED LAYOUT PLAN AT LEVEL‐1 13 SD/A‐02 DETAILED LAYOUT PLAN AT LEVEL‐2 14 SD/A‐03 DETAILED LAYOUT PLAN AT LEVEL ‐3 15 SD/A‐04 DETAILED LAYOUT PLAN AT LEVEL ‐4 16 SD/A‐05 DETAILED LAYOUT PLAN AT TERRACE LEVEL 17 SD/A‐06 DETAILED ELEVATION & SECTIONS 18 SD/A‐07 DETAILED SECTIONS ‐I19 SD/A‐08 DETAILED SECTIONS ‐II 20 SD/A‐09 DOOR & WINDOW SCHEDULE 21

STRU

CTURA

L

J/SAOS/S‐300 FOUNDATION PLAN22 J/SAOS/S‐501 FRAMING PLAN AT ‐32000 LEVEL 23 J/SAOS/S‐502 FRAMING PLAN AT ‐28000 LEVEL 24 J/SAOS/S‐503 FRAMING PLAN AT ‐24000 LEVEL 25 J/SAOS/S‐504 FRAMING PLAN AT ‐20000 LEVEL 26 J/SAOS/S‐505 FRAMING PLAN AT ‐16000 LEVEL 27 J/SAOS/S‐506 FRAMING PLAN AT ‐12000 LEVEL 28 J/SAOS/S‐507 FRAMING PLAN AT ‐8000 LEVEL 29 J/SAOS/S‐508 FRAMING PLAN AT ‐4000 LEVEL 30 J/SAOS/S‐509 FRAMING PLAN AT AT +00 LEVEL 31 J/SAOS/S‐510 FRAMING PLAN AT +4000 LEVEL 32 J/SAOS/S‐511 FRAMING PLAN AT +8000 LEVEL 33 J/SAOS/S‐512 FRAMING PLAN AT +12000 LEVEL


34

PLUMBING

MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS‐01 LEVEL ‐9 @ (‐)3600035 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS‐02 LEVEL ‐8 @ (‐)32000 36 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS‐03 LEVEL ‐7 @ (‐)28000 37 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS‐04 LEVEL ‐6 @ (‐)2400038 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS‐05 LEVEL ‐5 @ (‐)20000 39 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS‐06 LEVEL ‐4 @ (‐)16000 40 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS‐07 LEVEL ‐3 @ (‐)12000 41 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS‐08 LEVEL ‐2 @ (‐)800042 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS‐09 LEVEL ‐1 @ (‐)4000 43 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS‐10 ENTRY LEVEL @ +0.00 44 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS‐11 LEVEL +1 @(+) 400045 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS‐12 TERRACE LEVEL @(+) 8000 46 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS‐13 TERRACE LEVEL @(+) 12000 47 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS/TD‐01 TYPICAL TOILET DETAIL FOR DRAINAGE & WATER

SUPPLY SYSTEM 48 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS/TD‐02 TYPICAL TOILET DETAIL FOR DRAINAGE & WATER

SUPPLY SYSTEM 49 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS/SCH‐01 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR WATER SUPPLY

SYSTEM(TYPICAL BLOCK‐3 50 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS/SCH‐02 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR WATER SUPPLY

SYSTEM(TYPICAL BLOCK‐2 51 MKG/CUJ/PL/SBAS/SCH‐03 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR WATER SUPPLY

SYSTEM(TYPICAL BLOCK‐2 52

FIRE

FIGHTING

MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS‐01A LEVEL ‐9 @ (‐)36000 53 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS‐01 LEVEL ‐8 @ (‐)3200054 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS‐02 LEVEL ‐7 @ (‐)28000 55 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS‐03 LEVEL ‐6 @ (‐)24000 56 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS‐04 LEVEL ‐5 @ (‐)20000 57 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS‐05 LEVEL ‐4 @ (‐)1600058 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS‐06 LEVEL ‐3 @ (‐)12000 59 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS‐07 LEVEL ‐2 @ (‐)8000 60 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS‐08 LEVEL ‐1 @ (‐)400061 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS‐09 LEVEL @ (+)0.00 62 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS‐10 LEVEL +1 @ (+)4000 63 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS‐11 LEVEL +2 @ (+)8000 64 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS‐12 TERRACE LEVEL @ (+) 12000 65 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS/SCH‐01 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR FIREFIGHTING SYSTEM

(TYPICAL BLOCK‐1) 66 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS/SCH‐02 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR FIREFIGHTING SYSTEM

(TYPICAL BLOCK‐2) 67 MKG/CUJ/FF/SBAS/SCH‐03 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR FIREFIGHTING SYSTEM

(TYPICAL BLOCK‐3)


68

ELEC

TRICAL

ESC/SBAS‐EL‐01(LP) ELECTRICAL LAYOUT LEVEL (‐) 8 @ 32000 @ LVL (‐9) @ 36000

69 ESC/SBAS‐EL‐02(LP) ELECTRICAL LAYOUT LEVEL (‐) 7 @ (‐) 2800070 ESC/SBAS‐EL‐03(LP) ELECTRICAL LAYOUT LEVEL (‐) 26@ (‐) 24000 71 ESC/SBAS‐EL‐04(LP) ELECTRICAL LAYOUT LEVEL (‐) 5 @ (‐) 20000 72 ESC/SBAS‐EL‐05(LP) ELECTRICAL LAYOUT LEVEL (‐) 4@ (‐)1600073 ESC/SBAS‐EL‐06(LP) ELECTRICAL LAYOUT LEVEL (‐) 3 @ (‐)12000 74 ESC/SBAS‐EL‐07(LP) ELECTRICAL LAYOUT LEVEL (‐)2 @(‐) 8000 75 ESC/SBAS‐EL‐08(LP) ELECTRICAL LAYOUT LEVEL (‐)1 @(‐) 4000 76 ESC/SBAS‐EL‐09(LP) ELECTRICAL LAYOUT ENTRY LEVEL @(+) 0.00=52877 ESC/SBAS‐EL‐10(LP) ELECTRICAL LAYOUT LEVEL (+)1 @(+)4000 78 ESC/SBAS‐EL‐11(LP) ELECTRICAL LAYOUT LEVEL@(+) 8000 79 ESC/SBAS‐EL‐12(LP) ELECTRICAL LAYOUT LEVEL @(+) 12000 80 ESC/SBAS/SLD‐01(ES) SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

SYSTEM (EMERGENCY SUPPLY) 81 ESC/SBAS/SLD‐01 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

SYSTEM (NORMAL SUPPLY) 82 ESC/SBAS/SLD‐01(UPS) SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

SYSTEM (UPS SUPPLY)

LIFTS LIFTS

83 SBAS/LF/A‐01 SINGLE LINE LIFT SECTION 84 SOLS/LF/A‐01 SINGLE LINE LIFT SECTION 85

SBAS/AC‐01 PLAN AT LEVEL (‐)8 86 SBAS/AC‐02 PLAN AT LEVEL (‐)7 87 SBAS/AC‐03 PLAN AT LEVEL (‐)688 SBAS/AC‐04 PLAN AT LEVEL (‐)5 89 SBAS/AC‐05 PLAN AT LEVEL (‐)4 90 SBAS/AC‐06 PLAN AT LEVEL (‐)391 SBAS/AC‐07 PLAN AT LEVEL (‐)292 SBAS/AC‐08 PLAN AT LEVEL (‐)1 93 SBAS/AC‐09 PLAN AT ENTRY LEVEL 94 SBAS/AC‐10 PLAN AT LEVEL (+)195 SBAS/AC‐11 PLAN AT LEVEL (+)2


BRIEF SCHEDULE OF FINISHES

FOR


ON

ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT &



BRIEF SCHEDULE OF FINISHES

ITEM SPACE FINISH

1 MASONRY External AAC blocks Internal Fly ash bricks

2 FLOORING

All over (Including Library) Landings,Treads in Lecture halls Halls,Conference,Dean & HOD offices.

Antiskid Vitrified Tiles

Lecture halls, Seminar halls Risers Granite

Staircase -Treads Granite

- Risers Granite

AHU'S & Electrical rooms,AC Plant room Kota Stone

3 SKIRTING Matching Floor 4 DADO Toilet /Pantry/Kitchen Vitrified Tiles

5 PAINTING Interior Low VOC Acrylic emulsion(plastic)

Exterior Texture Paint 6 ALL DOOR Door Frames Aluminum Shutter Flush door 35mm thick with both side laminate

7 WINDOWS / GLAZING Aluminium/ D.G.U.

8 INTERNAL PARTITIONS Room to room AAC blocks

9 FALSE CEILING All Common Areas Calcium Silicate(600X600) Remaining area Metal Tile(600x600) 10 RAILING Staircase Stainless Steel Cut out ,Terrace Stainless Steel 11 WATER PROOFING Terrace Brick bat coba Sub Floor Self Adhesive Membrane Toilets Self Adhesive Membrane

12 CLADDING(DRY) Piers Red Sandstone with White Sand stone

13 Insulation for cavity wall / Under Deck XPS

14 Gypsum Plaster Wall / ceiling 12/6mm Note : This have to be read in conjuction to detailed drawings and description of items.

“Laboratory is a Temple where Search for Truth is actually made”

ASSOCIATED with:

ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management System Cert. No. 8037

HEAD OFFICE; SCO: 27, BEANT SINGH AMAN NAGAR, BELA ROAD PART-II, ROPAR.

LABORATORY AT 240, INDUSTRIAL AREA, PHASE IX, S.A.S. NAGAR, MOHALI

Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872

Email: [email protected] & Email : [email protected]

1

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Report Sr. No: 31414 (Part-4) Dated 22.08.2014

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION REPORT

FOR

DESIGN/CONSTRUCTION OF VARIOUS BUILDINGS AT CENTRAL

UNIVERSITY JAMMU AT VILLAGE BAGLA, DISTT: SAMBA (JUMMU &

KASHMIR

(SUB-HEAD: Building work at University Campus)

SUBMITTED BY:

RAWEL SINGH & CO

In association with:

DR UPPAL’S TESTING & ANALYTICAL LAB (PVT) LTD.

MMrr.. AA..KK..DDiimmrrii

DDiirreeccttoorr TTeecchhnniiccaall

Col. (Retd.) Harry Sidhu

M.Sc,PLA, QMS & EMS Formerly Scientist In IDMA lab &

various MNC’s Soil Analyst U/Sup. J.Philips associate to

Dr.Terzaghi at Indo-Canadian H-Project. Ist Ranking in all

India cube competition by American Concrete Institute.

FIE, B.Sc Engg.(Civil), M.Tech (structures)

LM ICI, LM ISWE, LM ISCMS, LM ISET,

Chartered Engineer, Ex. Additional Chief

Engineer, CE, Chandigarh Zone

PRESENTED TO:

The project Head & Team Leader

ENGINEERING PROJECTS INDIA LTD. JAMMU

HOUSE NO. 446, SECTO-5, CHANNI HIMMAT

JAMMU-180015


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


2

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

INDEX

Clause/Table/Fig Description Page No

1.0 Introduction 3

2.0 Scope of work 4

3.0 Test Location 5

4.0 Test procedure 5-6

5.0 Regional Geology & Seismology 6-7

6.0 Soil Characteristics 7

7.0 Engineering Properties of Soil 8-9

8.0 Project understanding 10

9.0 Foundation Design Recommendation 10-11

10.0 Abstract 11-12

11.0 References 13

Figure-1 Levels of various structures with their coordinates (BH-

8 to BH-17)

14

Figure-2 Graphical presentation of coordinates for various

structures (BH-8 to BH-170

15

Figure-3 Graphical presentation of levels of various structures

(BH-8 to BH-17)

16

Figure -4 Graphical presentation of Stratification of soil for

various bore Holes

17

Figure-5 (A) Table : Recommended SBC for various bore Holes 18

Figure-5 (B)-(E) Graphical presentation of Net allowable bearing

pressure at 1m to 4m depth

19-22

Table-1(A) to (J) Bore Log Chart Data Sheet (BH-8 to BH-17) 23-62

Table-2(A) to (J) Field data Sheet (BH-8 to BH-17) 63-92

Table-3 (A) to (I) Grain Size Distribution (BH-8 to BH-17) 93-105

Table-4 (A) to (J) Computation of Bearing capacity on Shear Failure

Basis (BH-8 to BH-17)-

106-115

Table-5 (A) to (J) Computation of Bearing capacity on Settlement Basis

(BH-8 to BH-17)-

116-139


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


3

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

1.0 INDRODUCTION

Foundation engineering is the art of selecting, designing and constructing the element that transfer the weight of a

structure to the underlying soil or rock. To know the nature & consistency of sub soil or rock, geo-technical

investigation is required. Knowledge of soil classification, including typical engineering properties of soil of various

groups within effective zone (H) is especially valuable for the computation of bearing capacity

Central University of Jammu plans to construct its own Campus at Village Bagla Distt: Sanba (J & K). Engineering

Projects (India) Ltd awarded the necessary Geotechnical Investigation work to us vide award letter No;

NRO/CON/696/610 dated 24.04.2014.

Necessary geotechnical investigation was carried out in response to work order from M/S Engineering Projects

(India) Ltd. at various locations as per the site plan. The field investigation was started in the first week of May’2014

& still under progress. This report pertains to geotechnical investigation carried out especially at proposed locations

of Building Work.

The detailed geotechnical investigation is carried out to provide the designer with sufficiently accurate

information both general and specific about the substrata profile and relevant soil parameters at site on the

basis of which the foundation for various structures and road work can be designed rationally. Such structure

would include culverts & minor bridges.


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


4

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

2.0 SCOPE OF WORK

Soil investigation at the location consists of carrying out Standard Penetration test to determine bearing

capacity of soil to finalize the drawings as under:

S.No Description Quantity

i Exploratory bore holes up to 30m depth with the details in scope of

work as under

Ten

(BH-8 to BH-17)

Stratification up to 30 m depth from existing ground level

Water Table level as recorded during boring operation

N values by SPT at every 1.5m interval up to explored depth

Samples collected at every change in strata or at every 1.5 m,

whichever is earlier

ii Laboratory Test Results

(a) Physical Characteristics: Classification, Grain size analysis, LL, PL,

PI, C & Φ values, Specific gravity of all samples collected during

boring & MDD of top strata at each bore hole

(b) Chemical Characteristics of soil including pH value, Sulphate &

Chloride of representative sample at foundation level.

(c) Computation of SBC with all bore logs, rough site plan &

computation tables


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


5

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

3.0 TEST LOCATION

The test location & levels for various structures is directed by site Engineer -In-charge representing Engineering

Project India Ltd . & described at Lay out plan as well as at Figure-1, 2 & 3

4.0 TEST PROCEDURE

(a) Standard Penetration Test:

Drilling is done in accordance with IS: 1892-1979, 4464, 5313 & 6926. Drilling method adopted for boring

in gravelly soil. The boring is commenced by driving a HX casing in the upper strata of the bore hole. Boring

is carried out in soil using 150 mm diameter core barrel up to the top of the hard surface. The diameter of

bore holes in soil is 150 mm. HX casing is lowered in overburden as boring progressed. Advancing of bore

hole in soil is done by removing soil with help of water circulation. Standard penetration test at every 1.5m is

conducted up to effective zone of foundation as per IS: 2131-1981. The SPT test could not be performed at

the points were big boulders observed. As boring progressed, N-value representing the number of blows of a

63.5 Kg standard hammer falling through a height of 75cm required to drive standard split spoon sampler,

30cm into the sub soil were recorded at every 1.5 meter depth interval up to explored depth. The refusal to

SPT is number of blows more than 100 for 30 cm penetration.

Sampling

Sufficient number of soil samples was collected for reliable estimation of soil properties. The samples

collected were either disturbed or undisturbed. Disturbed soil samples were collected for field identification

and conducting laboratory tests such as sieve analysis, index properties, specific gravity, chemical analysis

etc. Undisturbed samples were collected to estimate physical, strength and settlement properties of the soil.

All the accessories required for sampling and the method of sampling conform to IS: 2132. All disturbed and

undisturbed samples collected in the field were classified at site as per IS: 1498.


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


6

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

All the samples are identified with date, bore hole, depth of sampling etc. It is also ensured to mark an arrow

pointing towards the top surface of the undisturbed sample as the soil was in-situ. The tube samples were

properly trimmed at both ends and suitably sealed with molten paraffin wax at both ends immediately after

extracting the samples from the bore hole/trial pit and suitably capped on both sides.

All laboratory tests were conducted as per IS: 2720 (relevant parts). Results of all the tests are tabulated in table -1

(A) to Table-1 (J). The field data is presented in Table-2 (A) to (J)

5.0 REGIONAL GEOLOGY

This region comprised of plain, hills & mountains south & west of the mighty Pirpanjal range that separates

Kashmir valley from the plain of subcontinents. Jammu is situated in a hillock on Bank of river Tawi This river

draining the outer hill region, flows around the city after collecting drainage to northwest of Jammu in interior

mountain. Tawi River starts its flow with melting water of Kali Kundi Glacier. The catchments area of river is

2100 Sq. KM. The site under investigation is towards Samba & approximately 25-30 Km from Jammu and at a

level 500 m. The stratification of soil consists of river borne non cohesive material (Gravels, Peebles and Cobbles

with occasional Boulders up to explored depth sandwiched by fine grained soil silty clay/ silty sand layers at

variable depths up to 30m. A dominant stratum was coarse grained soil.

Seismology

The site lies in a zone liable to moderate damage due to earthquake. Zone IV & V as per Indian Seismic code IS:

1893. This Himalaya Foothill is also characterized by presence of active tectonic features. Jammu city lies

between Main Boundary Thrust (MBT) & Himalaya Frontal Thrust (HFT). The western part of the city is

characterized by seismically active Kashmir syntaxis and Hindukush Himalaya whereas eastern side of the city is

characterized by Chamba- Kangra zone.The well known & historic earthquakes are Kashmir Valley earthquake

1552 (MS: 7.5), 1554(MS-7.7), 1662 (MS: 7.5), 1784(MS: 7.3), 1905 (MS: 7.5), Chamba earthquake & recent

one 2005 (MS: 7.6) Jammu is situated on a hillock on bank of River-Tawi & is bound by Udhampur distt in the


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


7

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

north & northwest 74° 24’ & 75° 18’ east longitude & 32° 50’ & 33° 30’ north latitude. The climate is cold in

winter (0.9°C Minimum) & heat waves in summer (46°C maximum)

Sub Surface Condition:

Published & unpublished geotechnical exploration data along the proposed site were reviewed in order to obtain a

general idea of sub surface conditions underlying the project site.

According to bore log of test boring, the nature of soil was dominantly non cohesive river borne material

consisting of pebble, cobble, gravels & occasional boulders in a matrix of fine sand or silty sand up to

approximately 30m depth. A few thick cohesive layers were also encountered at few levels.

6.0 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

Corrosive Soil:

Selected samples from each bore hole at the site were subjected to chemical analysis for the purpose of corrosion

assessment; the samples were tested for pH, soluble sulphates & soluble chlorides & found to be suitable for

reinforcement.

According to the 1997, Uniform Building Code Table-10 A-4, a sulphate concentration below 0.1% by weight

(1000 ppm) is negligible. Water soluble chloride content less than 500 ppm is generally considered non corrosive

to reinforcement.

Location pH Value Soluble Sulphates as SO3 (ppm) Soluble Chlorides as Cl (ppm)

BH-8 7.1 175 105

BH-9 7.1 182 95

BH-10 7.2 210 120

BH-11 7.4 245 85

BH-12 7.3 215 88

BH-13 7.3 210 95

BH-14 7.5 260 115

BH-15 7.2 190 120

BH-16 7.2 182 80

BH-17 7.1 195 75


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


8

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

7.0 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES OF SOIL

1.Soil Strata:

The stratification of soil is represented in Figure-4.

Bore Hole 12: This point was observed at lowest level. & consists of hard non cohesive boulder

strata followed by silt-sand or fine sand at top 16m (GM-GP or SM/SM-SP/SP) followed by

5.5m thick cohesive silty clay (CL group). This strata was further followed by non cohesive

gravelly soil (GM group) up to explored depth. This stratum was observed strongest bearing

resistance)located at the centre line of Spine library structure.

Bore Hole 8, 10 & 14

The strata consist of dominantly non cohesive fines with gravels & boulders & Falls under GM,

GP, SM or SM-SP group of Indian Soil Classification. (Medium Bearing resistance)

Bore Hole 11, 12, 13,15

Layered soil with or without coarse grained soil was encountered which falls under CL, ML,

SM, GC, GM or GP group of Indian soil classification. (Medium Bearing resistance)

Bore Hole -9 & 17: The strata consist of dominantly cohesive silty clay (CL group) up to

approximately 12m & more & found to be compressible as compared to other points located

nearby. The bearing resistance was observed low.

2 Consistency of Strata

Corrected average N values falls between 62 & refusal. This indicates that the strata falls under

dense denseness Minimum average corrected N values was considered while computing the

settlement of foundation. In case of refusal to SPT, the average corrected N value was assumed

to be 74.


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


9

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

3. Water Table

Water table was not encountered up to explored depth.

4. Field Density

The average field density up to influence zone (i.e. 15m) ranged between 1.96 & 2.23 gm/cc.

5. Proctor Density by Modified Proctor Compaction Test

The maximum dry density of top soil at the bore holes were determined using modified proctor

density method The MDD works out to be 1.965-2.33 gm/cc.

6. Shear Parameters

The strata consist of layered soil either cohesive or non cohesive. Therefore the minimum shear

values of top 10m strata were considered at maximum locations (BH-8 to BH-14). Where

layered soil was encountered, the weighted average shear values were considered for determined

shear values. (BH-15-BH-17)

7. Rock Properties

Various boulder pieces & gravels were analyzed for their strength characteristics & were found to be

consisting of sedimentary rocks of good strength as under:

(1) Uni-axial Compressive Strength (MPa) = 88-175

(2) Specific Gravity = 2.65-2.72

(3) Dry Unit Weight (gm/cc) = 2.56-2.71

(4) Slake Durability Index (%) = 100

(5) Impact Value (%) = 14.2-22.0

(6) Water Absorption(%) = 0.15-0.80

(7) Strength Characteristics & durability = Good


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


10

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

8.0 PROJECT UNDERSTANDING

Information pertaining to the project was provided by the client. The site is located at village Bagla,

Distt:Samba (J & K)

The proposed buildings for various departments should be either supported on isolated, combined or raft

foundation depending upon the load of structure.

Coordinates of Bore Hole No: 8, 9 & 10 indicates that these points are located at same pocket where

Professor/Asstt professor Quarters are proposed. The level of all the three locations was almost same. Bore

hole No: 9 was observed weakest among these bore holes.

Bore Hole No: 11, 12 & 13 are located on the pocket where a spine joining buildings for Laguage school &

School for education. Midpoint of spine (BH-12) is at the lowest level and was considered to be of strongest

bearing values. Other two points (BH-11 & 13) are having good bearing values.

Bore Hole No: 14 (School of Humanistic/Social Sc), BH-15 (School of Basic Science) & BH-16 (School of

Law) are having good bearing values.

Bore Hole 17 ((School of Visual Art) is located where stratified soil of cohesive nature is encountered. The

bearing value of soil is low.

It is our opinion that the sub surface conditions are suitable to support the proposed structure on shallow

foundation system upon undisturbed native soil. We also anticipate that the structure will transfer the load

through foundation of maximum width 15 m to the soil. Therefore net allowable bearing pressure of soil was

computed as per IS: 6403. The settlement of foundation is analyzed as per IS: 8009 (Part-1).

( Refer Table-4(A to J): Shear failure, Table-5(A to J) : for Settlement Analysis)

9.0 FOUNDATION DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS

It is our opinion that anticipated sub surface conditions encountered at the site are suitable for support of the

proposed structures on the foundation system consisting of open foundation of maximum width 15 m.


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


11

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

NET ALLOWABLE BEARING PRESSURE:

Structures Bore Holes Net Allowable Bearing Pressure

(Ton/m2)

Type of

Strata

Depth 1m 2m 3m 4m

Professor & Asstt. Professor

Quarters

BH-8 13.9 18.4 22.3 26.4 Normal

BH-9 8.0 9.2 10.5 12.5 Weakest

BH-10 15.1 21.0 26.8 32.3 Normal

Spine linking School of Language &

School of Education Block

BH-11 18.1 26.5 35.6 43.6

BH-12 28.3 47.2 68.7 92.7 Strongest

BH-13 15.4 23.2 31.9 39.7 Normal

School of Humanistic/Social Sc) BH-14 14.7 18.4 23.2 28.3

School of Basic & Applied Sc BH-15 15.1 17.7 16.3 15.6

School of Law & National Security BH-16 14.4 21.1 26.7 27.9

School of Visual Art BH-17 10.9 10.2 9.4 11.4 Weaker

10.0 ABSTRACT

The area represents a part of the vast Indo-Gangetic alluvial plains. Seismic Zoning Map prepared under the

auspices of Indian Standards Institution, where this belt near Jammu finds its place in Zone IV. The strata consist

gravelly deposits in a matrix of either silty soil or silty sand. Cohesive layers consisting of clay of low to

intermediate plasticity (CL/CI group) were also encountered at various levels at few locations. The strata

generally termed as GM-GP /GM group at certain depths & SM/ML/ CL at other depths depending upon

percentage of material retained on 4.75 mm IS: sieve. Water table is not up to explored depth. The consistency of

the strata is under dense denseness as per the N values observed & corrected. No liquefaction is suspected due to

unavailability of loose sand.

Considering an open foundation for proposed buildings, the net safe bearing capacities at 1m -4m depth from

EGL are computed as per relevant IS code of practice (IS: 6403, IS: 8009, IS: 1904, IRC -78) & relevant

literature.

“On the basis of all above field investigation & subsequent laboratory tests, the minimum net allowable

bearing pressure 1m is recommended to be 14-18 Ton/m2 at 1m depth. The minimum net allowable bearing


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


12

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

pressure is increased to 17.7 - 26.5 Ton/m2 at 2m depth from existing ground level in case of BH-8, 10, 11,

13, 14, 15 & 16

The bearing capacity in case of BH-9 & BH-17 was observed lowest i.e. 8.0 -10.9 Ton/m2 at 1m depth which

increases to 11.4-12.5 Ton/m2 at 4m depth.

The net allowable bearing pressure of BH-12 was found exceptionally high. The point is located at lowest

level. The net allowable bearing Pressure is recommended 28.3 Ton/m2 at 1m depth.

The total permissible settlement for isolated foundation in case of cohesion less strata & cohesive strata are

50 mm & 75 mm respectively as per IS: 1904-1986 (Table-1). In case of raft foundation, the permissible

settlement is 75 & 100 mm. The differential settlement is 0.0015 L where L is the distance between the

isolated footings. This is the net loading intensity at which neither the soil fails in shear nor there is excessive

settlement detrimental to the structure. Therefore it can also be termed as ALLOWABLE BEARING

PRESSURE.

Our recommendation in this report are based upon the information obtained from sub surface investigation &

understanding of proposed construction. Generally accepted soil mechanics & foundation engineering in

practice were used to develop our recommendation


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


13

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

11.0 REFERENCES

All standards, specification and codes of practice referred to herein are followed as per the latest editions including all

applicable official amendments and revisions.

In case of conflict between this specification and those (IS codes and standards etc) referred to here in the former shall

prevail. All work is carried out as per the specification and the following standards and codes

IS: 1080 Code of practice for design and construction of simple spread foundations

IS: 1498 Classification and identification of soils for general engineering purposes

IS: 1892 Code of practice for subsurface Investigation for foundation

IS: 1904 Code of practice for design and construction of foundations in soils: General requirements

IS: 2131 Method of standard penetration test for soils

IS: 2132 Code of practice for thin walled tube sampling of soils

IS: 2720 Method of test for soils (Relevant parts)

IS: 2809 Glossary of terms and symbols relating to soil engineering

IS: 2810 Glossary of terms relating to soil dynamics

IS: 2950 Code of practice for design and construction of raft Part- I foundation

IS: 3025 Methods of sampling and testing (Physical and chemical) for water used in Industry

IS: 3043 Code of practice for earthing

IS: 4464 Code of practice for presentation of drilling information and core description in foundation investigation

IS: 5313 Guide for core drilling observations

IS: 5529 Code of practice for in-situ permeability test – Test in Part-I overburden

IS: 5529 Code of practice for in-situ permeability test - Test in bed Part-II rock

IS: 6065 Recommendation for the preparation of geological and geotechnical maps for river valley project

IS: 6403 Code of practice for determination of allowable bearing pressure on shallow foundation

IS: 6926 Code of practice for diamond core drilling for site investigation of river valley projects

IS: 6935 Method of determination of water level in a bore hole

IS: 8009 Code of practice for calculation of settlement of Part-I foundation subjected to symmetrical vertical loads -

Shallow foundations

IS: 8009 Code of practice for calculation of settlement of Part-II foundation subjected to symmetrical vertical loads –

Deep foundations

IS: 8763 Guide for undisturbed sampling of sands

IS: 9198 Compaction rammer for soil testing

IS: 9214 Determination of modulus of sub-grade reaction in field

IS: 9259 Specifications for liquid limit apparatus

IS: 9640 Specifications for split spoon sampler

IS: 9669 Specifications for CBR mould and its accessories

IS: 10060 Code of practice for subsurface investigation for power house sites

IS: 10074 Specification for compaction mould assembly for light and heavy compaction

IS: 10108 Code of practice for sampling by thin wall sampler with stationary piston

IS: 10589 Equipment for determination of subsurface sounding of soils

IS: 10837 Specifications of moulds for determination of relative density and its accessories

IS: 11229 Specifications for shear box testing of soils

IS: 13372 Seismic testing of rock mass – Code of practice (Part I & II)

IRC: 78.


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


14

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Level

(m)

8 Asstt Professor Quarters 3610 964.591 50 1397.677 526.375

9 Professor Quarters 3610 905.766 50 1549.429 526.452

10 Professor Quarters 3610 851.949 50 1570.255 540.157

11 Spine Ist point near School of

Laguage

361 1398.600 50 1558.420 522.365

12 Midle of spine Library building 361 1322.540 50 1581.120 506.884

13 End of Spine near School of

Education block

361 1333.145 50 1606.470 537.694

14 School of Humanitics & Social

Science

361 1143.300 50 1436.030 524.450

15 School of Basic & Applied

Science

361 1290.275 50 1335.065 528.020

16 School of Law & School of

National Security

361 1489.920 50 2000.000 551.200

17 School of Visual Art & School of

Knowledge Management

361 1567.970 50 1749.240 535.350

FIGURE-1

LocationBore

Hole No North East

Coordinates

Asstt Professor /Professor Quaters

Spine Library Building/School of Language/School of Education

School of Humanitics/Social Sc

School Law Studies

School Visual Art


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


15

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

FIGURE-2

Location Coordinates

1000.0

1050.0

1100.0

1150.0

1200.0

1250.0

1300.0

1350.0

1400.0

1450.0

1500.0

1550.0

1600.0

1650.0

1700.0

1750.0

1800.0

1850.0

1900.0

1950.0

2000.0

2050.0

2100.0

800.0 850.0 900.0 950.0 1000.0 1050.0 1100.0 1150.0 1200.0 1250.0 1300.0 1350.0 1400.0 1450.0 1500.0 1550.0 1600.0

North

Ea

st

BH-8

BH-10

BH-9

BH-12BH-11

BH-13

BH-14

BH-16

BH-17

Asstt Professor

/Professor Quaters

Spine Library

Building/ School of

Language/School of

Education

School of

Humanitics/Social Sc

School of Basic &

Applied Science

School Law

School Visual Art


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


16

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

FIGURE-3


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


17

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Figure-4

551 551.2

550

549

548 548.2

547 546.7

546

545

544 543.7

543

542

541

540 540.157 540.7

439

538 537.694 537.7

537 537.1

536 535.6

535 534.7 535.350

534 533.7

533 532.6

532 532.3

531 531.1

530

529

528 528.020

527 527.2

526 526.375 526.452 525.7 526.3

525 525.0

524 523.6 524.450 524.8

523 523.4 523.5 522.7

522 521.9 522.1 522.365

521 520.4 521.2 521.2

520 520.5

519 518.9 519.0 518.8

518 517.9

517 517.4 515.8

516 516.4 516.0 515.3

515 515.4

514 514.4 514.5 512.8

513

512 511.3

511 511.4 511.5

510 510.1

509

508 507.7 508.5

507 506.884

506 506.4 506.4

505 505.4 505.3

504 503.9 503.9

503

502 502.4

501 500.9 501.0

500 499.9 499.5

499 499.4 499.4

498 498.4 497.9 498.0

497

496 496.4

495 495.4 494.9

494

493 493.4

492 492.4

491

490 490.4

489

488

487

486

485 484.9

484

483

482

481

480

479

478

477

476 475.9

BH-10 BH-14BH-13BH-12BH-11 BH-17BH-16BH-15Levels

Stratification of Soil

School of

Law

Spine LibraryAsstt Professor & Professor

QTRs

Sch

oo

l o

f B

asi

c &

Ap

pli

ed S

cien

ce

Sch

oo

l o

f H

um

an

itic

s &

So

cia

l S

cien

ce

Sch

oo

l o

f V

isu

al

Art

BH-9BH-8


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


18

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Depth

Bore

Holes

2 x 2 4 x 4 15 x 15 Min 2 x 2 4 x 4 15 x 15 Min 2 x 2 4 x 4 15 x 15 Min 2 x 2 4 x 4 15 x 15 Min

BH-8 13.9 14.8 23.0 13.9 18.4 18.4 26.0 18.4 23.3 22.3 29.1 22.3 28.7 26.4 32.2 26.4

Normal

BH-9 9.9 9.0 8.0 8.0 13.8 11.2 9.2 9.2 17.8 13.5 10.5 10.5 21.8 15.7 12.5 12.5

Weakest

BH-10 15.1 16.7 29.0 15.1 21.0 21.6 33.1 21.0 27.5 26.8 37.3 26.8 34.6 32.3 41.7 32.3

BH-11 18.1 20.9 40.3 18.1 26.5 28.0 46.5 26.5 35.8 35.6 52.8 35.6 46.0 43.6 59.2 43.6

BH-12 28.3 39.5 95.0 28.3 47.2 56.6 96.5 47.2 68.7 74.9 93.5 68.7 92.7 94.4 93.8 92.7

Strongest

BH-13 15.4 18.3 37.1 15.4 23.2 25.0 43.0 23.2 31.9 32.1 49.0 31.9 41.4 39.7 55.2 39.7

BH-14 15.8 16.5 14.7 14.7 20.5 20.3 18.4 18.4 25.6 24.2 23.2 23.2 31.1 28.3 31.5 28.3

BH-15 15.1 16.1 18.9 15.1 19.5 19.0 17.7 17.7 22.6 22.0 16.3 16.3 25.5 22.5 15.6 15.6

BH-16 14.4 16.6 22.9 14.4 21.1 21.5 24.9 21.1 27.8 27.2 26.7 26.7 33.3 33.3 27.9 27.9

BH-17 16.6 16.6 10.9 10.9 20.1 14.8 10.2 10.2 16.0 14.3 9.4 9.4 19.5 16.6 11.4 11.4

Weaker

3m 4m

Figure-5 (a)

Normal

Normal

Type of

Strata

1m 2m


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


19

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Figure-5 (b)

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

6.0

7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0

14.0

15.0

16.0

17.0

18.0

19.0

20.0

21.0

22.0

23.0

24.0

25.0

26.0

27.0

28.0

29.0

30.0

BH-8 BH-9 BH-10 BH-11 BH-12 BH-13 BH-14 BH-15 BH-16 BH-17

Net

allo

wab

le B

earin

g P

ress

ure

(To

n/S

QM

)

Bore Hole

Net Allowable Bearing Pressure at 1m depth

Series1


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


20

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Figure-5 (c)

0.0

2.0

4.0

6.0

8.0

10.0

12.0

14.0

16.0

18.0

20.0

22.0

24.0

26.0

28.0

30.0

32.0

34.0

36.0

38.0

40.0

42.0

44.0

46.0

48.0

50.0


Net

Allo

wab

le B

eari

ng

Pre

ssu

re (T

on/S

QM

)

Bore Holes

Net Allowable Bearing Pressure at 2m

Series1


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


21

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Figure-5 (d)

0.02.04.06.08.0

10.012.014.016.018.020.022.024.026.028.030.032.034.036.038.040.042.044.046.048.050.052.054.056.058.060.062.064.066.068.070.072.074.0


Net

allo

wab

le B

eari

ng

Pre

ssu

re (T

on

/SQ

M)

Bore Holes

NET ALLOWABLE BEARING PRESSURE AT 3M

Series1


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


22

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Figure-5 (e)

0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

75.0

80.0

85.0

90.0

95.0

100.0


NE

T A

LL

OW

AB

LE

BE

AR

ING

PR

ES

SU

RE

(T

/SQ

M)

BORE HOLES

NET ALLOWABLE BEARING PRESSURE AT 4M

Series1


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


23

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-1 (A) Bore Log Chart Data Sheet

Sa

nd

Co

nte

nt

Gra

vel

(+

4.7

5 m

m)

Sa

nd

(4

.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5m

icro

n-2

mic

ron

)

Cla

y (

- 2

mic

ron

)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

In

dex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/c

c)

Fie

ld m

ois

ture

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g

/cc)

Co

hes

ion

(K

g/c

m2

)

An

gle

of

inte

rna

l fr

icti

on

(Ф)

Project Central University Development Project Village: Bagla, Distt: Samba (Jammu & Kashmir)

To The Project Head, Engineering Projects

(India) Ltd. H.No: 446, Sector-5,

Channi Himmat, Jammu

Ref.Code IS:2131-1981

Location Water Table Not Encountered Bore Hole NoE-501397.677

Drill type Px , Hx & Nx

Reference Point (Bore

Level)

526.375

8N-3610964.591

Vo

id R

ati

o

Un

con

fin

ed c

om

pre

ssiv

e st

ren

gth

(Kg

/cm

2)

ISC

gro

up

Grain Size Distribution Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

1.00 - -

SM

Silty Sand with

Occasional

Boulders

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sy

mb

oli

c R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

- - - - - - -- - - - -

Pro

cto

r d

ensi

ty (

g/c

c)

Sp

ecif

ic G

rav

ity

- - -

2.00

51 0 51 45 4 -

4.50

- - -- 2.160 2.66NP -

6.7

3.00

4.00 26 0

3.00

5.00

60 0

Silty Soil

NP NP -

3 24.8 19.2 5.6 2.05

ML

-CL

60 29 11

2.65

- 2.66

1.9226 71 21

0.42 - 0.13 26

0.220.38

6.00

NP 1.965 5 1.87NP NPSM

7.00 15 0Silty Soil

7.50

8.00

9.00

Silty sand with

Gravel46.1 12.4

25.2 20.315 82 3 4.9

ML

-CL

2.01 0.083 NP NP

9.00

4.4SM 75 38.5 NP 2.1 2.63 0.31 30

6.00

Silty Sand

N= Refusal


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


24

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al

fric

tion

(Ф

)

IS:2131-1981 Drill type Px , Hx & Nx





Ref.Code


Level)

NGL

Bore Hole No 8

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h (

Kg/

cm2 )

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Location Water Table Not EncounteredN-3610964.591

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up

Grain Size Distribution

12.00

13.00

Boulders

15.00

Boulders

Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

10.00

20.00

18.00

90

14.00

Boulders

Boulders

15.00

11.00

44 54

GPBoulders

9716.00

20.00

19.00

NP NP

20.3 71.7 7.0

2

NP

-

17.0091 44.0 51.0 4.0

NP 2.17 5.2 2.06 - 2.69 0.3 0.00 320

NP

7.0 1.0 NP NP

1.01.0

1.0 NP

- - - - -- -

-NP

NP - - -

NP90 20.3 71.7

Fine sand with

gravels

E-501397.677

SM

-SP


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


25

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)

Not Encountered Bore Hole No

IS:2131-1981 Px , Hx & Nx

Project Central University Development Project Village: Bagla, Distt: Samba (Jammu & Kashmir) Reference Point (Bore

Level)

NGL

Drill typeTo

8

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Visual

observation of

soil

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

62 0 NP NP

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

22.50

GPBoulders

22.00

Location Water Table

The Project Head, Engineering Projects



Ref.CodeIS

C g

rou

p


21.00

5 33 NP

24.00

25.00 30 10 27 61

0.61 0.17 20- 2.621.631.811 11.2NP NP

2 NP

2 NP

- - - -

23.0035

45

Boulders

12 40 46

NP NP

52 0 NP NP

27.00

26.00

10 3828.00 42

SM

Silty Soil with

gravels

30.00

-NP - - -

29.0045 11 40 49 0 NP -- - - - - -

30.00

75 45Gravels with

silty sand

NP NP - -

0 3441 14 0 NP 2.68 0.30NP NP 2.22 7.9 2.0575 -

N-3610964.591 E-501397.677


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


26

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


Dep

th f

rom

NS

L

Imp

act

Va

lue

Sp

ecif

ic G

rav

ity

Po

rosi

ty

ROCK ANALYSIS- BH-8

Description

Ty

pe

of

Ro

ck

Dry

Un

it W

eig

ht

(g/c

c)

Wa

ter

Ab

sorp

tio

n

Good

Sla

ke

du

rab

ilit

y I

nd

ex

Un

iax

ial

Co

mp

ress

ive

stre

ng

th (

Mp

a)

Rem

ark

15

-22

.5

100 175 19.90Boulders Sedimentary 2.61 0.4 2.67 0.50


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


27

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-1 (B) Bore Log Chart Data Sheet

San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)

SPT N= Refusal

Drill type

- - -

33

- -

Px , Hx & Nx


Level)

526.452





Location Water Table Not Encountered Bore Hole NoE-501549.429

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

9N-3610905.766

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

ISC

gro

up


Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

- - -

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

- -

12

7.00 31

11

2.00

24 3 23

9.00

1.00 - - -

0.47 120.4222.5

-

2.08 11.5 0.17

- - -

67 - -

1.87 2.060

-

2.6410.563

- -

- - -

-

35.0 21.1 -

10.5

5 27

6.00

-- - -21 2 21

-13.9 - - - -

52 14 0.5535.0 21 14.0 2.12 14.3 1.85

54 14 -

3.00

4.00 10 33 22.5

5.00

28

71

5

- -31.3 19.5 11.8 - -

0.42

8.0014 3 14

29

- - -

-

- -

10- 2.64

-

9.00

Silty Clay with

few gravels CL


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


28

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al

fric

tion

(Ф

)

Silty Clay

12.00

526.452




Ref.Code IS:2131-1981 Drill type Px , Hx & Nx


Level)

N-3610905.766 E-501549.429Location Water Table Not Encountered Bore Hole No 9

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h (

Kg/

cm2 )

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up


Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

10.00 18 3 17

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

69 11 31.0 20 11.0 -

11.0012 3

12.00

13.00 1 NP NP NP 2.24 1.9

-12 74 11 29.9

0.002.2

19.1 10.8

31

14.0090.0 45.6 49.0

85 87.8 10.4

15.00

22.4

2.68 0.220.8

NPNPNP

95.0

5.4 0.0

NP48.1 NP17.00

NP

1.0 NP45.7 5.2

16.00 - -45.6 51.7 2.7 0.0 NP - - - -

33

-

2.69

--NP

0.27 0.0

-

2.190 3.7 2.11 -

- - -

18.00

19.00 90.0 48.1

20.00 85.0 73.7

88.0

46.7 4.2 - -NP NP NP -

2.0

- - -1.0 -

1.9 NP NP NP

Peebles, cobbles

& gravels with

fine sand &

Occasional

boulders

20.00

CL

GP


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


29

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)




Ref.Code IS:2131-1981 Drill type


Level)

N-3610905.766 E-501549.429Location Water Table Not Encountered Bore Hole No

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Px , Hx & Nx

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

9

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

526.452

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Visual

observation of

soil

Density & Moisture

-


- -

ISC

gro

up

4.6 2

- - -

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

-- - - -

1

- - -- - -

- -22.00 75 73.7 19.7

Gavels, peebles

& cobbles with

sand22.50

21.00 -

NP

23.0088 NP NP NP

NP NP -

010

-0 NP NP NP -

-

- - - - ---

31

-

26.0080 11 71 16 2 - - - - -

27.00

NP - - -NP NP -

12 0

Silty sand with

few gravels

0

88 12 77 11

7

28.00 87 10 78

24.00

25.00

82

NP NP NP - - -

- -

0.1 29 -

29.0088 8 81 11

-

NP NP NP - - -- - - -

- - - -

-

30.00

92 17 76 - - - - -NP -7 0 NP NP

GM

SM

Remoulded at γ=1.778

g/cc

Remoulded at γ= 1.778g/cc


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


30

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


Dep

th f

rom

NS

L

Imp

act

Va

lue

ROCK ANALYSIS- BH-9

Description

Ty

pe

of

Ro

ck

Dry

Un

it W

eig

ht

(g/c

c)

Wa

ter

Ab

sorp

tio

n

Sp

ecif

ic G

rav

ity

Po

rosi

ty

Sla

ke

du

rab

ilit

y I

nd

ex

Un

iax

ial

Co

mp

ress

ive

stre

ng

th (

Mp

a)

Rem

ark

0.61 148

12

to

22

.5

Gravels Sedimentary 2.58 14.60 Good1000.58 2.702


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


31

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-1 (C) Bore Log Chart Data Sheet

San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)

Av. γ = 1.963

29

9.00

0.083.0 NP NP NP 1.88 6.3 2.66 0.5

-

8.00

9.00

Silty sand with

gravels SM 84.0 33.2 56.1 -7.7

- - -62 4

1.77

-NP NP NP - - - - -7.00 34 0 34

MLSilty soil with

few gravels

7.50

2 38 57 3 -

6.00

NP - - -NP NP -

0.54NP NP NP 1.786

- -

3.2 1.73

- - -

0.11 27

3.00

4.00 60 5

ML

4.50

SM

Silty sand with

gravels

5.00

39

-2.673

0.170.474 NP NP 1.9 5.3NP

Silty soil with

few gravels

2.65

- -- -

57 35

1.8 1.965

-

2.00

37 2 36 58

- -

Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

- -

25 -

- -

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

- - - -1.00 - -

3.00

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)


Level)

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

N-3610851.949Location

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty


540.157

ISC

gro

up


Not Encountered Bore Hole NoE-501570.255 10Water Table






ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


32

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al

fric

tion

(Ф

)

13.50

SM

Silty sand with

peebles &

cobbles 18.00

GM

-GPPeebles,

Cobbles &

Gravels with

Silty soil

NP NP

Silty Sand

28.0 4.0

2.66 0.54

NP

25 -NP NP 1.79 3.3 1.7328 0.15

71.0

3.0 NP

15.2 2.0 NP

23.0

40.6

68.0

19.00 74.0 0.0 74.0

20.00 68.0 0.0

SM

NP 31NP 2.18 10

-

18.00

NP NP17.00

-1.98 0.362.69 0.02

58.7

42.2

3.0 NP58.7 26.8 11.5

13.1 3.0 NP

15.00

NPNP14.00

16.00 65.0

25.2

91.0 82.3 16.1

16.50

Peebles Cobbles

& Gravels with

Silty Soil

GM

61.0

1.6 0.0 30.6 2.24 0.3 2.23 2.69 0.20

-

0.00 33

NP NP

12.00

13.00

16.3 1.4 0.0 NP

20.5 10.1

-

11.0092.0 82.3

2.7 0.0 NP NP NP

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

10.00 85.0 82.3 15.0

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

540.157

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h (

Kg/

cm2 )

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up


Parameters


Level)

N-3610851.949 E-501570.255Location Water Table Not Encountered Bore Hole No 10






ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


33

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel

(+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of i

nte

rnal

fri

ctio

n

(Ф)

- -- - --

-

30.00

- -

- -60.0 0.0 NP NP - -40.0 0.0 40.0

- -NP NP NP - - - - -

29.0082.0 30.0 57.4 12.6

- 0 32NP NP NP - - -

-NP NP - -

28.00 88.0 30.0 61.6 8.4 0.0

-

27.00

NP - - - - -

-

26.0064.0 30.0 44.8 23.2 2.0

-0.0

-

- - - -10.0 71.1

SM

10.0 72.9

NP

18.9 --

0.0

- -NP NP NP

NP NP23.00

81.0 NP

-

16.1 1.0

- - -

0 31

- - -- -

- -- - - -

-22.00 74.0 10.0 66.6

Silty sand with

few gravels &

ocasional

peebles cobbles

24.00

25.00 79.0

21.4

-

2.0 NP NP NP

- - - - - --

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

21.00 - - - -

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Shear

Parameters

540.157

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up

Grain Size Distribution Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing



Level)

N-3610851.949 E-501570.255 10





Location Water Table


g/cc

Remoulded at γ= 1.83 g/cc


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


34

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


Dep

th f

rom

NS

L

Imp

act

Va

lue

2.67 0.680.8

ROCK ANALYSIS- BH-10

9.0

-18

.0

Gravels Sedimentary 2.58 120 18.00 Good

Sla

ke

du

rab

ilit

y I

nd

ex

Un

iax

ial

Co

mp

ress

ive

stre

ng

th (

Mp

a)

Rem

ark

100

Description

Ty

pe

of

Ro

ck

Dry

Un

it W

eig

ht

(g/c

c)

Wa

ter

Ab

sorp

tio

n

Sp

ecif

ic G

rav

ity

Po

rosi

ty


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


35

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-1 (D) Bore Log Chart Data Sheet

San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel

(+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of i

nte

rnal

fri

ctio

n

(Ф)

Av. N = 67 γ upto 24 = 2.23

Location Water Table Not Encountered Bore Hole NoN-3611398.600 E-501558.420



Level) m

522.365





Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up

Grain Size Distribution Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

- - - -

11

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Shear

Parameters

- -

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

- - - - -- -

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

1.00 - -

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

- -

2.00

64.0 11.6 2 NP NP -

3.00

2.255 2.67 0.26NP 2.197 3.6 2.12

4.00 86.0 62.1 32.6

GM

Boulders,

Gravels with

Silty sand

4.50

62.1 24.3

1 NP NP NP4.3

0.14 28

-

5.00

65.0 0.0 65.0 33.0 NP -

6.00

NP2 NP

9.00

3

6.00

0.05 307.00 83.0 54.5 37.8 7.7 0Boulders,

Gravels with

Silty sand- -

NP NP NP 2.31 0.272.1

--- -8.00

66.0 54.5 30.0 12.5

2.67

- -

9.9

NP NP NP - -

9.00

GM

SMSilty sand


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


36

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel

(+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of i

nte

rnal

fric

tion

(Ф

)

522.365





Water Table Not Encountered Bore Hole No


Level) m

Location N-3611398.600 E-501558.420

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

11

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h (

Kg/

cm2 )

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

Shear

Parameters

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

25.7

ISC

gro

up


NP NP NP

10.00 57.0 63.8 20.6

11.0071.0 63.8

11.6 4.0 NP NP

-

12.00

20.00

57.7 36.0 6.3

-NP

13.00 63.8

8.5 2.0

NP NP26.1 8.1 2.0 NP 2.66 0.40 0.102.15 13.5 1.89 29

14.0076.0

72.0

57.7 32.1 8.2

85.0

18.00

19.00 84.0

16.00 81.0

NP

15.00

NP

0.0 NP NP

2.0 NP

NP NP - -57.7 34.3 7.0 1.0 -

17.00

NP - - - - - - -

-0.0 NP

16.8 1.9435

NP NP

NP 2.276.1 -2.68 0 330.38

20.00 85.0 61.8 32.5

61.8 32.1

5.7 0.0 NP NP NP

GM

Boulders,

gravels with

silty sand


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


37

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)

Drill type


Level) m

522.365

Ref.Code IS:2131-1981 Px , Hx & NxTo The Project Head, Engineering Projects



GCGravels with

Silt-Clay24.00

Location

22.00


Water Table 11

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty


Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

-

24.00

21.00


425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

- -- - - -- - - -

11.0

CLSilty Clay

25.0 0.0 25.0 64.0 26.4

-

0.3915.5

- -- - - -

2.6410.9 2.185 11.2 1.97 0.34

-

14 0.15

23.0034.0 61.8 13.0 13.2 12.0 27 - -- - - - -

26.0048.0

27.00

15.3 11.7 -

8.0

12.0 34.6 5.0 NP 0.3 - 0.11 27

4.0

- -4.0

48.4

NP

-

NP NP - -

37.4 47.628.00 42.0

44.2 43.8

11.0

27.00

SMSilty Sand with

gravels

25.00 55.0

-

NP NP 2.276 10.4 2.062 - 2.68

NP NP NP -

NP

-

0.2 24

-- - - -

- - - -

33.8

47.7

-

29.0045.0 6.0 42.3

30.00

NP NP

- -NP NP NP - -

GMGravels with

Silt-sand5.9 2.081.0 58.3

E-501558.420N-3611398.600

22.50

MLSilty Soil with

gravels

30.00

4.0



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


38

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


Dep

th f

rom

NS

L

Imp

act

Va

lue

Po

rosi

ty

0.3 2.72 Good

Un

iax

ial

Co

mp

ress

ive

Str

eng

th (

Mp

a)

Rem

ark

88 Good

135

Description

Ty

pe

of

Ro

ck

0.45

7.5

m

Core Sedimentary 2.71

Dry

Un

it W

eig

ht

(g/c

c)

Wa

ter

Ab

sorp

tio

n

Sp

ecif

ic G

rav

ity

0.3 18.50

0.45 14.20

2.72

16

.5m

Core Sedimentary 2.69 100

100

Sla

ke

du

rab

ilit

y I

nd

ex



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


39

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-1 (E) Bore Log Chart Data Sheet

San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

Ang

le o

f in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)

Av. N = 74SPT = Refusal Av. γ = 2.13

- -

9.00

7.4 --8.00

8.0 84.6 -

- -

9.00

Boulder & Fine

Sand with few

gravels SM-S

P

92.0

Gravels, peebles

& Cobbles with

fine sand

90.0

95.0

4.1 0.0 - -

-0.0 NP NP NP - - - -

-

6.00

1.1 2.17 - 2.68 0.24 -

GM

-GP

7.00 59.0 36.9

02.1 0.0

- -- -

59.0 34

-NP NP NP

NP NP NP 2.19

-

NP - - -

-

3.00

4.00 93.0 74.2 24.0 -- - -

39.0

0.0 NP NP

2.330 2.68 0.23

- -

5.00

1.8

2.00

92.0 74.2 23.7

7.50

2.18

-

0 32NP NP NP 2.23

- -

2.1 0.0

-

2.3

-

- - -

--

-- - - - -

E-501581.120 Water Table

Unc

onfi

ned

com

pre

ssiv

e st

ren

gth

(Kg/

cm2 )

Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

Ind

ex

1.00 -

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Voi

d R

atio


425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

-


Level)

506.884

12

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m) Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up

Location N-3611322.540

Px , Hx & Nx








ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


40

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al

fric

tion

(Ф

)

11.4

CLSilty Clay with

Few gravels0.47 11

20.00 4.0 31.6 20.2

0.19

20.00 26.0 2.0 25.5 68.5

9.0 1.79 3.3 1.7328

25

2.664.0 28.8 64.2 3.0 31.0 22.0 0.54

-

0.17

18.00

19.00 30.0

66.4 2.0 30.1 22.5 7.6

44.5 10 -

17.0028.0 5.0 26.6

1.98 2.694.0 NP NP NP 2.18 0.36

342.7 0.00

15.00

85.0 NP NP4.0 81.6 10.4

0.350.0 2.01

SM

NPNP13.00

4.0 NP

16.00 50.0 3.0 48.5

14.00

16.50

Silty Sand

13.696.0 7.0 89.3 3.7 NP 2.28

-NP NP4.8 0.0

12.00

NP11.00

95.0 3.0 92.2

0.0 NP92.0 3.0 89.2 7.8 -

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

NP NP

Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

10.00

13.50

Fine Sand with

Gravels SP

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h (

Kg/

cm2 )

Shear

Parameters


Level)

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Voi

d R

atio

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)


425 micron passing


506.884

Location N-3611322.540 E-501581.120 Water Table Not Encountered Bore Hole No 12






ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


41

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)

- -NP NP NP -

-

-SMBoulders &

Silty Sand-68.6 25.4 4.0

-- - -

- -70.0 2.0 -- -

- - 0.05 30

3.9 2.0 NP NP

-

NP

NP - -

- - - - -

-- - -

3.0

Peebles,

Cobbles &

Gravels with

silty sand

-

-- -NP

NP NP8.428.00 75.0 54.5 34.1

29.0087.0 54.5 39.6

30.00

-

- - - -2.0

-

80.0

-

-

27.00

30.00

NP - -

NP NP

26.0054.5 36.4

2.0 NP

NP7.1

NP NP NP

24.00

25.00 75.0 51.2 36.6 10.2 -

0.08 29

- --

23.0040.0 51.2 19.5

GM

- - -

25.3 4.0

- -NP NP -

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

-

22.00 45.0 51.2 22.0 23.8 3.0 NP -

- - -

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Shear

Parameters

- - - - -- - - -

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

21.00 21.00 - - -

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Voi

d R

atio

--

506.884

12

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up


425 micron passing

Density & Moisture


Not Encountered Bore Hole NoLocation N-3611322.540 E-501581.120 Water Table


Level)

Drill type Px , Hx & NxTo The Project Head, Engineering Projects





g/cc



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


42

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


Dep

th f

rom

NS

L

Imp

act

Va

lue

Good0.45 100 165 14.300.3 2.68

0.7

0 t

o 7

.5m

21

to

30

Gravels Sedimentary 2.65

Rem

ark

0.65S

pec

ific

Gra

vit

y

Sla

ke

du

rab

ilit

y I

nd

ex

1002.69

Po

rosi

ty

132 19.50 GoodGravels Sedimentary 2.61

Description

Ty

pe

of

Ro

ck

Dry

Un

it W

eig

ht

(g/c

c)

Wa

ter

Ab

sorp

tio

n


Un

iax

ial

Co

mp

ress

ive

stre

ng

th (

Mp

a)


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


43

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-1 (F) Bore Log Chart Data Sheet

San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel

(+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of i

nte

rnal

fri

ctio

n

(Ф)

γ = 2.15 Av. N = 65

- - - - -

9.00

GM

-GPGravels, peebles

& Cobbles with

fine sand

8.00

2.00

-

-

75.0 -2.0 NP

NP

NP NP -72.1 20.9 5.0

0.0 0.26 -

- -

3.6 0 31 -NP NP 2.31 7.5 2.15 2.77.00 87.0 72.1 24.3

- - - -- -2.0 NP NP NP - - - -15.3 3.4

NP -18.1 5.1 3.0 -- - - - - -

3.00

4.00 69.0 73.8

5.00

74.0 79.3

6.00

2.23

- -

-2.0 0.1 28

NP NP

2.205 2.68NP NP NP 0.3613.4 1.9764.0 73.8 16.8 7.4

-- - - - - - -- - - -- - - - -1.00

13

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up


425 micron passing

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

537.694

Location N-3611333.145 E-501606.470 Water Table Not Encountered


Level) m

Bore Hole No

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Shear

Parameters






ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


44

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

Ang

le o

f in

tern

al

fric

tion

(Ф

)

4.6

0.12

20.00 36.0 0.0 36.0 58.0 6.0 25.4 20.8

1.6667 2.64 0.5821.0

-

18.00

4.7 1.955 17.3 0.3 1619.00 35.0 0.0 35.0 5.0

64.0 5.0 25.2 20.0 5.2

25.7

-

17.00

20.00

Silty soil with

partial clay

CL

-ML

31.0 0.0 31.0

60.0

2.7 0.27 324.8 2.24 5.4 2.13

15.00

16.00 72.0 49.2

16.50

Gravels, peebles

in a matrix of

fine sand

74.0 49.2 37.6

36.6 9.2

GM

-GP

11.2

0.005.0 24.2 19.4

NP NP2.0 NP

- - - -

14.00

NP - - - - -

-

12.00

13.00 75.0 49.2 38.1 9.7 3.0 NP NP

10.50

12.00

27NP NP NP 2.02 10.8 1.82

18.4 7.5

11.0071.0 4.0 68.2

Gravels with

silty sand

Silty Sand

GM

-

GP

SM

66.0 72.1

25.8 2.0

2.0

0.122.66 0.46

-NP NP

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

10.00

13

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m) Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up


NP

537.694

Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

Ind

ex

Voi

d R

atio

Unc

onfi

ned

com

pre

ssiv

e

stre

ngt

h (

Kg/

cm2 )

Water Table


Level) m






Location N-3611333.145 E-501606.470

Px , Hx & Nx


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


45

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel

(+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of i

nte

rnal

fri

ctio

n

(Ф)

-

CL

-ML

- - - -- -30.0 24.5 20.5 466.0 - -

-

30.00

30.0 0.0

- - - -

4.0

5.0 25.0 20 5.0 - -

-

18

- - -

- 0.27

62.5

4.2 - -23.7

29.0029.0 5.0 27.6

Silty soil with

partial clay and

ocasional

grevals -

27.00

28.00 43.0 0.0 43.0 53.0 4.0 19.5

- -24.2 19 5.2 - - -

-

- -

- - - -40.0

28.1 - -

55.0 5.0

- -64.9 4.0 24.5 20.0 4.5 - - - -

0.34

- -

25.9 65.1 5.0 23.8 1519 4.8

- - - -32.0 - -63.0 5.0 24.6 19.2 5.4 - -22.00 32.0 0.0

23.0027.0 4.0

24.00

25.00 29.0 3.0

26.0040.0 0.0

- - - -- - - -- - - - - -

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

21.00 - -

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Voi

d R

atio

- -

13

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up


425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)


Level) m

537.694

Location N-3611333.145 E-501606.470 Water Table Not Encountered Bore Hole No






g/cc



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


46

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


Dep

th f

rom

NS

L

Imp

act

Va

lue

0.52

0 t

o 1

6.5

m

Gravels Sedimentary 2.56 0.4 2.7

Rem

ark

98 110 20.60 GoodS

pec

ific

Gra

vit

y

Po

rosi

ty

Sla

ke

du

rab

ilit

y I

nd

ex

Un

iax

ial

Co

mp

ress

ive

stre

ng

th (

Mp

a)

Description

Ty

pe

of

Ro

ck

Dry

Un

it W

eig

ht

(g/c

c)

Wa

ter

Ab

sorp

tio

n



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


47

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-1 (G) Bore Log Chart Data Sheet

San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)

SPT N = Refusal (74)





524.450



Level) m

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

1.00

14

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

- -

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

- - -

ISC

gro

up


425 micron passing

Shear

Parameters

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

-- - - - - - -

6.0

- -- -

0.277.5 2.144.0 78.1 9.6 6.3

21.4 16.1

2.230 2.6720.8 15.2 5.6 2.26 0.09

3.00

4.00 50.0 78.1 11.0 6.0 5.0

0.28 20

-

5.00

47.0 78.1 10.3 5.6

5.3 - - - - -

- -

- - - -

- - - -6.0 21.0 15.5 5.5

2.06 -

- -- -

0.25 22 --20.6 12.2 2.29 11.2

82.5 5.8 3.7 8.0 10.5 - - -33.0

2.67 0.3032.842.0 82.5 7.4 1.2 9.0

2131.5

9.00

GM

-GC

/GC

Gravels, peebles

& Cobbles with

Silty Clay

8.00

2.00

6.00

7.00

- - - - -- -


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


48

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al

fric

tion

(Ф

)

19.50

Gravels with

silty sand

Drill type

E-501436.030

Px , Hx & NxTo The Project Head, Engineering Projects





Level) m


10.00

14

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up

Water TableLocation N-3611143.3

524.450

Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex


NP

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Voi

d R

atio

25.5

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h (

Kg/

cm2 )

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

-NP NP

4.4 1.0

5.0 3.0

0.06

76.0 66.5

GM

SM

11.0084.0 66.5 28.1 31NP NP NP 2.18 7.6 2.03 2.69 0.33 -

12.00

13.00 75.0 66.5 25.1 5.4 3.0 NP NP - - -

14.00

NP - - - - -

NP

-

NP NP

36.6 11.2

8.7

0.003.0 NP NP

2.0

2.12 5.9 2.00

15.00

16.00 72.0 49.2

79.0 49.2 40.1

-

17.0074.0 49.2 37.6

2.69 0.34 32NP

2.0

11.2 2.0 NP NP NP

9.719.00 77.0 49.2 39.1

-

18.00

- -

18.9 3.0 NP

-NP NP NP - - -

20.00 73.0 18.9 59.2

- - --

NP NP

13.50


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


49

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)





Not Encountered Bore Hole No 14

Drill type

Location N-3611143.3 E-501436.030 Water Table


Level) m

524.450

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up


425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

Voi

d R

atio

- -

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

- - - -

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

22.00 75.0

- -- - - - - -

- -

- -- -

NP NP NP - - - - -- - -

23.0075.0 18.9 60.8 18.3 2.0 NP 30NP NP 0.07

- - - - - -- -4.3 2.0 NP NP NP

21.00

27.00

12.6 2.0

17.3 3.0

24.00

25.00 77.0 72.4

30.5 54.9

21.3

18.9 60.8

- -

- - - - --NP NP NP - - -

43.8 21.7 4.0

-

29NP NP NP - - - 0.12

29.0077.0 37.5 48.1 11.4 - -3.0 NP - -- -- -

SM

Silty Sand with

grevals

NP NP - -

-63.0

30.00

74.0 37.5

28.00 30.5

26.0079.0

- -4.0 NP NP NP - -- -46.3 12.3 - - - -

GPGravels, Peebles

with fine sand25.50

SM

Silty Sand with

grevals

24.00


g/cc



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


50

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


Dep

th f

rom

NS

L

Imp

act

Va

lue

10

-15

m

Gravels/core Sedimentary


Description

Ty

pe

of

Ro

ck

Dry

Un

it W

eig

ht

(g/c

c)

Wa

ter

Ab

sorp

tio

n

Sp

ecif

ic G

rav

ity

Po

rosi

ty

Sla

ke

du

rab

ilit

y I

nd

ex

Un

iax

ial

Co

mp

ress

ive

stre

ng

th (

Mp

a)

Rem

ark

100 95.2 17.20 Good0.37

0 t

o 9

.0 m

Gravels/ Core Sedimentary 2.66 0.22 2.67

16.40 Good2.64 0.15 2.69 0.29 100 104.3


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


51

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-1 (H) Bore Log Chart Data Sheet

San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)

Av. γ = 2.06 Av. N = 62

0.17 25 -

2.00

NP

25.0 66.0 9.0 30.0

4.0 13 1.75

9.00

8.0060.0 8.0 55.2 32.8

1.2

- 2.67NP NP 1.98 0.52 -

-

0.1721.8 8.2 2.05 18.8 1.73 - 2.64 0.53

-

0.49 12

6.00

7.00 25.0 0.0

7.50

- - -- -

9.6 1.82

-

NP NP

- -

NP 2.0

8.0 30.2 22.2 8.030.0 0.0 30.0 62.0

0.46 - 0.26 19

-

3.00

4.00 35.0 0.0 35.0 62.0 3.0 -

5.00

2.11 2.280 2.69NP NP NP 2.1755.1 15.7 27.2 2.8 0.15 262.0

- - -- -

0.27

-- - - - - -

Shear

Parameters

- - - - -

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

1.00

15

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

GM

ISC

gro

up


528.020



Level) m





SM

Silty Clay

Silty Sand

Drill type

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

- 2.65

35.0

ML

Gravels, peebles

& Cobbles with

silty sand

Silty Soil

CL

3.00

4.50

9.00


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


52

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al

fric

tion

(Ф

)

-310.57

NP NP15.1 63.7SMSilty sand with

gravels19.2 2.0 NP

0NP NP NP 1.832 7.4 1.7058 2.68

-

18.00

NP NP NP

4.2 0.019.00 95.0 15.1 80.7

19.50

20.00 75.0

- -

17.0095.0 34.8 61.9 3.3 0.0

-0.0 NP NP NP - - - - -37.1 2.0

13.6

-

4.021.5 NP

-

NP NP 2.25 16.3 1.93 2.67 0.38 0.08

-

29

- - -

14.00

8.9 - - - - -

GM

-GP

/GM

Gravels with

fine sand or silt

-

12.00

13.00 30.0 61.0 11.7 18.3 9.0 30.7 21.8

16.00 95.0

24.3 1131.0 22.5 8.5 2.105 22.6 1.7211.00

27.0 10.0

15.00

55.0 61.0

25.0 10.0

SPFine sand with

gravels

61.0

56.7 9.0

57.5 10.0

0.501.10.542.65

-22.4 9.0

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h (

Kg/

cm2 )

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)


31.4

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Voi

d R

atio

22.5

528.020

Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

10.00

15

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up

Water Table


Level) m

Not Encountered Bore Hole NoLocation N-3611290.275 E-501335.065

Drill typeTo The Project Head, Engineering Projects



Ref.Code Px , Hx & NxIS:2131-1981

Gravels with

silty clay13.50

CLSilty Clay with

few gravels

12.00

GC

16.50


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


53

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)

- -26.4 50.6 31.4 20.5

30.00

30.0 12.0 - - -

--

- - - - -

13.1 - -

10.911.0

13.0 32.7 19.6 - - -- - -

0 32

29.0020.0 8.0 18.4 60.6

NP - - -

-

27.00

28.00 90.0 43.4 50.9 5.7 0.0 NP NP

- -NP NP NP - - -

- -

- - - -45.3

45.3

21.00

SMSilty Sand with

grevals

27.00

15.1

10.3 1.0

- -9.3 2.0 NP NP NP

0.16

- - - - - -

NP NP

-

23.0075.0 15.1 63.7 18.2 3.0 NP 25

- - - -- -- - -15.0 2.0 NP NP22.00 80.0 67.9 NP

24.00

25.00 80.0 43.4

26.0080.0 43.4

-- - - - - - - -- - - -

Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

Voi

d R

atio

- -

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

-- -

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

528.020

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up


425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )


Not Encountered


Level) m

Location N-3611290.275 E-501335.065 Water Table Bore Hole No 15

Drill typeTo The Project Head, Engineering Projects



Ref.Code IS:2131-1981 Px , Hx & NxS

M-S

P

Fine sand with

gravels28.50

CLSilty clay with

few grevals


g/cc



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


54

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


Dep

th f

rom

NS

L

Imp

act

Va

lue

0.45

13

.5 t

o 1

6.5

Gravels Sedimentary 2.61 0.3 2.68 100 130 18.80 Good


Description

Ty

pe

of

Ro

ck

Dry

Un

it W

eig

ht

(g/c

c)

Wa

ter

Ab

sorp

tio

n

Sp

ecif

ic G

rav

ity

Po

rosi

ty

Sla

ke

du

rab

ilit

y I

nd

ex

Un

iax

ial

Co

mp

ress

ive

stre

ng

th (

Mp

a)

Rem

ark


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


55

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-1 (I) Bore Log Chart Data Sheet

San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)

Av. γ = 2.05

9.00

N = Refusal (74)

3.00

4.50

GM

SM

Gravels, peebles

& Cobbles with

silty sand

Silty Sand





551.200



Level) m

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

1.00

16

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up


425 micron passing

Shear

Parameters

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

- - - -- - - - - - - --

3.0

- -- -

0.242 2.1760.0 49.7 30.2 17.1

NP NP

2.250 2.68NP NP NP 2.21 -

3.00

4.00 50.0 0.0 50.0 46.0 4.0

0.11 27

-

5.00

45.0 0.0 45.0 50.0

NP - - - - -

2.62 0.49

- - - -

- -

5.0 NP NP NP 1.89 7.5 1.76 - 22 -- 0.24

6.00

7.00 45.0 0.0

7.50

ML

Silty Soil

14.8 1.68

-NP NP - - - - - - -

- 2.671.9380.0 0.0 80.0 18.0 2.0

9.00

8.00NP NP

45.0 51.0 4.0 NP

SMSilty Sand

2.00

NP 0.59 - 0.1 28 -


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


56

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al

fric

tion

(Ф

)

18.00

CLSilty Clay

16.50

Px , Hx & NxDrill typeRef.Code IS:2131-1981

Water Table


Location N-3611489.920 E-502000.00





Level) m


551.200

16

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up


55.0

Shear

Parameters

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

10.00

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h (

Kg/

cm2 )

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Voi

d R

atio

-NP NP

66.8 6.0

41.0 4.0

0.38-

NP55.0 0.0

SM

Silty Sand with

grevals

11.0025.0 3.0 24.3

SMSilty Sand10.50

CL

-ML

Partial clay with

silty soil

1525.4 20 5.4 2.142 9.6 1.95 2.65 0.36

13.50

-

12.00

13.00 30.0 3.0 29.1 60.9 7.0 26.0 - - -

14.00

6.3 - - - - -

8.0 28.0

-19.7

12 0.1420 8.0 2.02 12.7 1.79 2.65 0.4819.0 0.45

20.0 73.0

73.0

- -7.0 26.5 19.5

15.00

16.00 20.0 0.0

19.0 0.0

7.0 - - - - - - - -

17.0050.0 12.0 44.0 -41.0 3.0 NP NP NP

49.0 14.0

23.2 50.8 12.0 30.2

19.00 30.0 10.0 27.0

18.00

20.00 27.0 14.0

22.4 1.7075 2.6530.8 17.6 13.2 2.09 0.55 -110.5

18.2 12

CLSilty Clay with

gravels


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


57

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel

(+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of i

nte

rnal

fri

ctio

n

(Ф)

Silty Sand with

few grevals






Level) m

551.200



Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Shear

Parameters

Location N-3611489.920 E-502000.00 Water Table Not Encountered Bore Hole No 16

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Visual

observation of

soil

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

- -- -

Voi

d R

atio

ISC

gro

up


425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

12.0 44.0 - -35.0

- - - - - -- - - - - - - -

25.00 40.0 17.0

22.00 50.0

23.0041.0 9.0

9.0 27.2 18.5 8.7 -- - -

16.7 10.9

- -- -

1237.3 42.7 11.0 27.6 0.45

- - - - - -10.5

50.9 7.0

- -38.8 11.0 28.0 17.5

35.0 11.0 31.2

33.2

21.00

CLSilty clay with

few grevals

28.50

26.00

27.00

28.00

29.00

24.00

- -

- - - - -

7.0 26.2

- -25.5 18.6 6.9 - - -

32.0 14.0 27.5 51.5 -19 7.2 - - - -

60.0 12.0

-60.0 7.0 55.8 34.2 3.0 NP - 27 -

30.00

- - 0.1NP NP

SM

NP NP NP

- - -

- -- -- -52.8 32.2 3.0 - - - -


g/cc



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


58

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


Dep

th f

rom

NS

L

Imp

act

Va

lue


Description

Ty

pe

of

Ro

ck

Dry

Un

it W

eig

ht

(g/c

c)

Wa

ter

Ab

sorp

tio

n

Sp

ecif

ic G

rav

ity

Po

rosi

ty

Sla

ke

du

rab

ilit

y I

nd

ex

Un

iax

ial

Co

mp

ress

ive

stre

ng

th (

Mp

a)

Rem

ark

100 155 20.00 Good0.51

1.5

m



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


59

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-1 (J) Bore Log Chart Data Sheet

San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)

N = Refusal (68) Av. γ = 2.105

- - - - -31.9 18.0

2.00

35.5

CL

/CI

Silty Clay with

few grevals

9.00

- -

9.00

8.0017.2 18.3 -42.0 14.0 36.1

- - -

- -

36.3 - - -16.7 19.6 - - - -7.00 38.0 12.0

15.0

33.4 34.6 20.0

0.18- 0.52

6.00

32.4 18 14.4 2.64 0.38

- -

2.111 10.6 1.91 - 11

- - - - -

5.00

20.0 8.0 18.4 58.6

16.8 - - -

-

3.00

4.00 25.0 10.0 22.5 50.5 17.0

0.17 25

33 16.2

2.270 2.67NP NP NP 2.2455.0 66.6 18.4 11.0 4.0

- - -- -

0.265.6 2.12

-- - - - - - - -- - -

ISC

gro

up


425 micron passing

Shear

Parameters

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Voi

d R

atio

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

1.00

17

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil

E-501749.240 Water Table Not Encountered


Level) m





535.350

Location N-3611567.970

3.00

GM

Gravels, peebles

& Cobbles with

silty sand

Bore Hole No



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


60

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al

fric

tion

(Ф

)

SM

SM

Silty Sand with

few grevals

CLSilty Clay with

few grevals

NP NPSilty Sand with few

grevals

-

42.0 39.0 3.0 NP50.0 16.0

- - - - ---

18.00

20.00

0.42

-23.0 14.0 9.0 -

9.8

19.00 40.0 7.0 37.2 46.8 9.0

14.7 1.8639.8 10.0 22.5 12.7 2.139

-

17.0044.0 11.0 39.2 -2.64 0.27 19

- - - -NP - - -

15.00

16.00 65.0 15.0

50.0 8.0

16.50

11.0051.0

46.0 -

55.3 26.8

42.0

- -3.0 NP NP

-NP NP - - - - - -

-

- -

- - -

14.00

NP - - - - -

4.0 NP

-

12.00

13.00 65.0 17.0 54.0 25.1 4.0 NP NP

20.0 13.0

25NP NP NP 1.93 12.9 1.71

CL

-

ML

Partial Silty

Clay with

gravels10.50

0.16-

25.4

10.0 45.9 2.65 0.5540.1 4.0

64.6 5.0

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex

10.00

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h (

Kg/

cm2 )

Atterburg limits of

425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Voi

d R

atio

-

ISC

gro

up


17.4

Shear

Parameters

21.2 4.2

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

) Visual

observation of

soil


Level) m


535.350

17


Water Table


Location N-3611567.970 E-501749.240




Px , Hx & NxDrill type

19.50

20.00


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


61

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


San

d C

onte

nt

Gra

vel (

+ 4

.75

mm

)

San

d (

4.75

mm

-75

mic

ron

)

Sil

t (7

5mic

ron

-2 m

icro

n)

Cla

y (-

2m

icro

n)

Liq

uid

Lim

it

Pla

stic

Lim

it

Pla

stic

ity

Ind

ex

Fie

ld D

ensi

ty (

g/cc

)

Fie

ld m

oist

ure

(%

)

Dry

den

sity

(g/

cc)

Coh

esio

n (

Kg/

cm2)

An

gle

of in

tern

al f

rict

ion

(Ф)

CL

Silty clay with

Sand & few

grevals

SCClayee Sand

- -17.2 - -- - - -- -34.4 6.844.6 7.0 24

17 -

30.00

40.0 14.0

- - -8.0 - - 0.3223.9 16 7.9 - -

- - --15.9

29.0040.0 12.0 35.2 44.8

7.7 -40.4 37.6 8.0 23.6

27.00

28.00 47.0 14.0CL

Silty Clay with

Sand & few

grevals

- -22.4 15.9 6.5 - - -

- -

- - - - -

21.00

26.00

18.0 38.5

- -

22.50

24.00

42.0 11.0 37.4

44.2

44.6 7.0

- -42.8 7.0 23.5 16.8 6.7

0.27

- - - - - -

16.9 8.3

-

23.0052.0 12.0 45.8 34.2 8.0 25.2 24

- - - -- -- -36.5 7.0 24.2 17.222.00 47.0 7 -

24.00

25.00 47.0 6.0

Un

con

fin

ed c

omp

ress

ive

stre

ngt

h

(Kg/

cm2 )

Shear

Parameters

- - - - -- -- - -- - - -

Voi

d R

atio

- -

Sp

ecif

ic G

ravi

ty

Pro

ctor

den

sity

(g/

cc)

535.350

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Sym

bol

ic R

epre

sen

tati

on

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Visual

observation of

soil

ISC

gro

up


425 micron passing

Density & Moisture

Cc co

mp

ress

ion

In

dex


Not Encountered


Level) m

Location N-3611567.970 E-501749.240 Water Table Bore Hole No 17






g/cc



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


62

RAWEL

SINGH & CO


Dep

th f

rom

NS

L

Imp

act

Va

lue

0.45

1.5

m


Un

iax

ial

Co

mp

ress

ive

stre

ng

th (

Mp

a)

Rem

ark

100 98.5 22.00 Good


Description

Ty

pe

of

Ro

ck

Dry

Un

it W

eig

ht

(g/c

c)

Wa

ter

Ab

sorp

tio

n

Sp

ecif

ic G

rav

ity

Po

rosi

ty

Sla

ke

du

rab

ilit

y I

nd

ex


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


63

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(A) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inut

es)

Px Hx Nx

Pen

itra

tion

(cm

)

No

of B

low

s

Project Central University Development Project

Village: Bagla, Distt: Samba (Jammu &

Kashmir)

Reference Point (m) NGL Sheet No BH-8-SHEET-1/3


(India) Ltd. H.No: 446, Sector-5, Channi

Himmat, Jammu

Level (Z) 526.375 Drill Hole No BH-8

30.05.14

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 150

cm

RQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

used

Col

or o

f w

ater

ret

urn

Wat

er L

oss

Location

Cordinates

N-3610964.591 E-501397.677 Reference Code IS:2131,1892 Date of start

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e

Sam

ple

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m) SPT values

-

-

-

30.05.141.00 0 1.5 1.5 DRY

1.5 3 1.5 DRY

3.00

4.00 3 4.5 1.5 DRY

5.00

01.06.14

102DRY 100.0

2.003.0 11 cm 102

1.5 6 cm 100

R

Black

Shoe

- - _

R

DRY

- _

101

DRY 100.0

4.5 6

6.00

7.00 6 7.5 1.5 DRY

-

1.5 DRY

DRY 100.0 Black

Shoe

100.0 Black

Shoe

Black

Shoe

-

100.0 Black

Shoe

-

5 cm

- - _ Silty

sand

Black

Shoe 9.0 8 cm

-

Silty

San

d w

ith B

ould

ers R

_

_

101

R

- _ 6.0 3 cm

100

R

7.5

4.5 8 cm

9.00R

02.06.14 10.009 10.5 1.5 DRY

8.00

7.5 9 1.5 DRY

DRY 100.0

_

DRY

Boulders 10.5 4 cm 100

R

DRY 100.0 Black

Shoe

-


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


64

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(A) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inu

tes)

Px Hx Nx

100

R

SPT not

conducted

Bou

lder

sF

ine

sand

wit

h gr

avel

s

16.5 3 cm 100

R

_

Boulders

21.0 8 cm 101

R

Partial

- -

19.5 6 cm 102

NxLight

brown

15.0 15 cm 48

15.0

DRY 100.0 Nx Dry - - _20.00 19.5 21.0 1.5DRY

48

19.00R

18.0 19.5 1.5 49 134

18.0

18.00

89.3 NxLight

BrownPartial

135 90.0 NxLight

brown09.06.14

17.00 16.5 _

_

16.00

15.0080.0

04.06.1414.00 13.5 15.0 1.5 DRY DRY 100.0

13.5 15 cm 39

12.0 9 cm 100

R

DRY

- _DRY 100.0

Partial

Black

shoe-

100.0Black

shoe-

13 cm 100

R

9 cmBlack

shoe

- _

13.00

_

12.00

18.0 1.5 53

02.06.1411.00

10.5 12.0 1.5 DRY

03.06.14

12.0 13.5 1.5 DRY

16.5 1.5 45 120

BH-8-SHEET-2/3

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

.

(m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls u

sed

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Location

Cordinates

N-3610964.591 E-501397.677 Completion on 13.06.14 Sheet No

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e S

amp

le

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m)

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of

Blo

ws

per

30

cm

pen

etra

ttio

n



Kashmir)



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


65

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table- 2(A) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e

(Min

ute

s)

Px Hx Nx

Central University Development Project


Kashmir)


11.06.1421.00

21 22.5 1.5DRY

39

BH-8-SHEET-3/3

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

use

d

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Location

Cordinates


Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e

Sam

ple

101

R

22.0024.0 5 cm 101

76.7 NMLCLight

BrownPartial

- - _

Bou

lder

s

22.5

7 cm

DRY 100.0Nx

Dry

R

25.5 7 cm 101

6 cm 100

R25.5 27 1.5 48 80

26.00

25.0053.3 NMLC

Light

BrownPartial

12.06.1424.00

28.00

27.00 27

Project

29.00

25.5 1.5 44

23.00

125 83.3

3028.5

30.00

24

13.06.14

22.5

43

9 cm

R

30.0

SPT not

conducted61.392

101

R

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of B

low

s

per

30

cm p

enet

ratt

ion

Light

BrownPartial _

Light

Brown

Light

BrownPartial _

28.5

28.5 1.5 41

Sil

ty s

and

wit

h gr

avel

s

Partial _

_

NMLC

24 1.5 48 115

75 50.0 NMLC

NMLC1.5

_

27.0


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


66

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(B) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inut

es)

Px Hx Nx

Pen

itra

tion

(cm

)

No

of B

low

s



Kashmir)

Reference Point (m) 526.452 Sheet No BH-9-SHEET-1/3



Himmat, Jammu


01.06.14

Date

Dep

th fr

om R

ef. (

m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 150

cm

RQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

used

Col

or o

f wat

er r

etur

n

Wat

er L

oss

Location

Cordinates


Wat

er T

able

(m)

Des

crip

tion

of C

ore

Sam

ple

Dep

th fr

om N

S (m

) SPT values

Black

Shoe

- -

DRY 100.0 Black

Shoe

- -

100.0

- -

DRY

_ 1.5

_

15 cm 71

R

8 cm 100

30.05.141.00 0 1.5 1.5 DRY

1.5

6.0_

3 1.5 DRY

DRY

4.00 3 4.5 1.5 DRY

6.00

3.004.5

DRY 100.0 Black

Shoe

2.003.0 13 cm 100

_

R

5.00

Silty

Cla

y w

ith fe

w G

rave

ls

_9.0 14 cm 102

9.00R

DRY

- _ 7.5 10 cm 100

RDRY

DRY 100.0 Black

Shoe

-

DRY 100.0 Black

Shoe

-

100.0 Black

Shoe

- -

01.06.14

4.5 6 1.5 DRY

8.00

7.5 9 1.5

7.00 6 7.5 1.5

_ 10.5 3 cm 101

RDRY

DRY 100.0 Nx Light

brown

Partial

02.06.14 10.009 10.5 1.5

4 cm 100

R

1006 cm

R

-


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


67

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(B) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inu

tes)

Px Hx Nx



Kashmir)


Location

Cordinates

N-3610905.766 E-501549.429 Completion on 13.06.14 Sheet No BH-9-SHEET-2/3

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of

Blo

ws

per

30

cm

pen

etra

ttio

n

02.06.1411.00

10.5 12.0 1.5 DRY DRY 100.0

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls u

sed

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e S

amp

le

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m)

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

.

(m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

12.0 6 cm 100

R

12.0013.5 4 cm 102

100.0 NMLC

NxLight

brownPartial _

Light

brownPartial _

13.0015.0 4.5 cm 102

DRY 100.0

03.06.14

12.0 13.5 1.5 DRY DRY

NMLCLight

brownPartial _

04.06.1414.00 13.5 15.0 1.5 DRY

8 cm15.00

15.0 16.5 1.5 45 120 80.0

18.0

18.00

18.0 19.5 1.5 49 134

135 90.0 NMLC

09.06.1417.00 16.5 18.0 1.5 53

Light

brownPartial _

19.5

Bou

lder

s &

Gre

vals

wit

h si

lty

sand

6 cm 100

19.00R

_

4 cm 101

R

R

3 cm 100

R

101

R

16.00

NMLCLight

brownPartial

89.3 Dry - -

DRY

48DRY 100.0 Dry - - _

21.0

20.00 19.5 21.0 1.5

R

16.5

_


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


68

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(B) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e

(Min

ute

s)

Px Hx Nx



Kashmir)


Location

Cordinates


Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

use

d

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e

Sam

ple

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

11.06.1421.00

21 22.5 1.5DRY

39DRY 100.0

22.00

41

29.00

22.5 24 1.5 48 115

23.00

NMLCLight

BrownPartial _

_

30.0

22.5

25.5

125 83.3 NMLCLight

Brown

Sil

ty s

and

wit

h fe

w g

rave

ls &

Oca

sion

al B

ould

ers

25.5 27 1.5 48

12.06.1424.00 24 25.5 1.5 44

26.00

80 53.3

76.7

NMLCLight

Brown

NMLCLight

BrownPartial _

25.00

30.00

28.5 30

28.00

13.06.1427.00 27 28.5

1.5 43 92

1.5

61.3 NMLCLight

BrownPartial

75 50.0 NMLCLight

BrownPartial

SPT not

conducted

6 cm 100

R

102

9 cm 100

R

8 cm

R

7 cm

Partial _ R

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of B

low

s

per

30

cm p

enet

ratt

ion

100

R

-

28.5

_

27.0

24.0

Partial _


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


69

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(C) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inut

es)

Px Hx Nx

Pen

itra

tion

(cm

)

No

of B

low

s

Des

crip

tion

of C

ore

Sam

ple



Kashmir)

Reference Point (m) NGL Sheet No BH-10-SHEET-1/3

Dep

th fr

om N

S (m

) SPT values

19.05.141.00 0 1.5 1.5 DRY R

DRY

101



Himmat, Jammu


19.05.14

Date

Dep

th fr

om R

ef. (

m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 150

cm

RQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

used

Col

or o

f wat

er r

etur

n

Wat

er L

oss

Location

Cordinates


Wat

er T

able

(m)

1.5 3 1.5

_ 1.5 8 cm 100

Black

Shoe

DRY 100.0 Black

Shoe

- -

100.0 - -

-

R

SPT not

conducted due to

boulders

-4 cm 100

DRY 100.0 Black

Shoe

2.003.0 6 cm 100

_

R

DRY

Silty

soi

l with

few

gra

vels

& O

casi

onal

bou

lder

s

50.0 Nx Light

brown

Partial _75

100.0 Black

Shoe

- - _

20.05.144.00 3 4.5 1.5 DRY

21.05.14

4.5 6 1.5 DRY

6.00

5.00

7.00 6 7.5 1.5DRY

45

8.00

22.05.14

7.5 9

101

9.00R

53.3 Nx Light

brown

SPT not

conducted due to

boulders

Partial

54.7 Nx Light

brown

1.5DRY

48

80

Bou

lder

s w

ith s

ilty

sand

3.5 cm

10.5

7.5

_9.0

6.0 10 cmDRY

_

R

3.004.5

Partial _

23.05.14 10.009 10.5 1.5

DRY

52

82


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


70

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(C) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inu

tes)

Px Hx Nx

35

65

R

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m)

Date



Kashmir)


_

13.00

Location

Cordinates


SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of

Blo

ws

per

30

cm

pen

etra

ttio

n

24.05.1411.00

10.5 12.0 1.5DRY

5679 52.7

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls u

sed

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e S

amp

le

_

16.5

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

.

(m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

15 cm

12.0 6 cm 103

R

12.0013.5

53.3Bx +

NWT

Bx +

NWT

Light

brownPartial _

Light

brownPartial58 80

15.00

26.05.14

15.0 16.5 1.5 48

64 60

69

25.05.1414.00 13.5 15.0 1.5

12.0 13.5 1.5

15 cm 60

Partial _ R

15 cm

30

25Bou

lder

s w

ith

silt

y sa

nd

_

18.0 15 cm 56

5015 cm

15 cm 45

15.0 6 cm 100

16.00

17.00 16.5 18.0 1.5

18.00

27.05.14

18.0 19.5

19.00

72 48.0Bx +

NWT

Light

brownPartial

Bx +

NWT

Light

brown

Bx +

NWT

Light

brown46.0 Partial

40.0

20.00 19.5 21.0 1.5 41 80 53.3

Partial

80

1.5 46 74 49.3Bx +

NWT

Light

brown 3 cm

Sil

ty s

and

wit

h fe

w

grev

als

15 cm_

19.5 15 cm

43

8 cm 100

R

Bx +

NWT

Light

brownPartial _

21.0


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


71

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(C) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e

(Min

ute

s)

Px Hx Nx

R

24.0 6 cm 100

48.0

Bx +

NWT

Light

BrownPartial _

Bx +

NWT

Light

BrownPartial _

30.0

Bx +

NWT

Light

Brown

27.0 15 cm

57.3

100

4.5 cm

85

SPT not

conducted due to

pebbles & gravels

6 cm 50

R

BH-10

Location

Cordinates




Kashmir)

Level (Z) 540.157 Drill Hole No

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of B

low

s

per

30

cm p

enet

ratt

ion

27.05.1421.00

21 22.5 1.5 39 85 56.7

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

use

d

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e

Sam

ple

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

101

R

22.00

31.05.14

22.5 24 1.5DRY

4672

22.5

7 cm

3028.5

30.00

Bx +

NWT

Light

BrownPartial _

R

23.0025.5

70 46.7

5 cm

R

101

7825.00

01.06.14

25.5 27 1.5DRY

53

24.00 24 25.5 1.5DRY

51

26.00

Sil

ty s

and

wit

h g

rave

ls

27.00 27 28.5 1.5DRY

45

29.0002.06.14

28.5

28.00

84

86DRY

461.5

56.0Bx +

NWT

Light

BrownPartial _

Partial _

52.0Bx +

NWT

Light

BrownPartial _


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


72

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(D) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inut

es)

Px Hx Nx

Pen

itra

tion

(cm

)

No

of B

low

s

5 100

R

NW

T C

ore

Bit

25.06.14

26.06.14

27.06.14

93 62.0 _

Ligh

t Bro

wn

Nil

_

_

Bou

lder

s gr

eval

s w

ith s

ilty

sand

1.5 28

95

_

4.00 3 4.5

5.004.5 6

3 101

9.00R

10.009 10.5 1.5 27

_9.08.00

7.5 9 1.5 24

_ 7.5 8 102

R

85 56.7

10.5

6.0 5

1.5 37

110 73.3

63.3

5 101

R

DRY 90.0

R1.5 33

Hx

casing

shoe

Dry

52.0

100

R

R

4.5 4

6.00

7.00 6 7.5

1.00 0 1.5 1.5 DRY

3.00101

85 56.7

2.003.0 7 100

1.5 3 1.5 31

78

Dry _ 1.5

25.06.2014

Date

Dep

th fr

om R

ef. (

m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 150

cm

RQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

used

Col

or o

f wat

er r

etur

n

Wat

er L

oss

Location

Cordinates


Wat

er T

able

(m)

Des

crip

tion

of C

ore

Sam

ple

Dep

th fr

om N

S (m

) SPT values



Kashmir)




Himmat, Jammu



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


73

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(D) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inut

es)

Px Hx Nx

5 100

R

21.0 8 cm 101

R

NW

T C

ore

bit

27.06.14

28.06.14

29.06.14

49.3

18.0 10 100

Light

brown Nil

80 53.3 _20.00

19.5 21.0 1.5 24

25 72 48.0

16.00

69 46.0

40.0 _

_

30.06.14

7 102

19.00 R

_

19.518.00R

18.0 19.5 1.5 33 74

60

12.0 13.5 1.5 35

R

17.00 16.5 18.0 1.5

16.5 13 cm 102

_

Bou

lder

s gr

eval

s w

ith s

ilty

sand

R

15.0015.0 16.5 1.5 30

4 101

R

12.0013.5

53.3

_

_

11.0010.5 12.0 1.5 33 79 52.7

15.0 9 101

14.00 13.5 15.0 1.5 31

80

13.00

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

.

(m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

12.0

BH-11

Location

Cordinates


SPT

val

ues

(No

of

Blo

ws

per

30 c

m

pene

trat

tion

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e Sa

mpl

e

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m)

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls u

sed



Kashmir)



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


74

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(D) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e

(Min

ute

s)

Px Hx Nx

15 28

BH-11-SHEET-3/3

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of B

low

s

per

30

cm p

enet

ratt

ion

Drill Hole No BH-11

NW

T C

ore

bit

30.06.14

01.07.14

02.07.14

03.07.14

04.07.14

84 56.0



Kashmir)

Level (Z) 522.365

30.0 5 101

29.00 R

30.00

Light

Brown

Nil

15

57.3 Partial _

Sil

ty s

and

or s

ilty

soi

l wit

h fe

w

grav

els

28.00

28.5 30 1.5 34

_

28.5 8 100

R28 Partial

56

15 cm 101

26.00R

27.00 27 28.5 1.5

_

27.0 15 cm

15 101

15

R

Sil

ty c

lay

wit

h g

reva

ls

12

15 15

27

70 46.7

22.5 24 1.5 9 72

_

25.0025.5 27 1.5 33 78

24.00 24 25.5 1.5 30

21.0021 22.5 1.5 31

9

22.0024.0 14 101

48.0

_ 22.5

15

85 56.7

52.0

86

_ R

23.0025.5

Location

Cordinates


Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e

Sam

ple

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

use

d

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


75

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(E) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inut

es)

Px Hx Nx

Pen

itra

tion

(cm

)

No

of B

low

s

5 cm 100

R

10.560 40.0 Nx Light

brown

Partial _

7.5

80 53.3

_

Gre

vals

, Bou

lder

s ,p

eebl

es &

cob

bles

wit

h fi

ne s

and

Fin

e sa

nd w

ith

grev

als

1.5 DRY

5.00

4 cm 101

9.00R

10.00 9 10.5 1.5DRY

50

Nx Light

brown

Partial _9.08.00

7.5 9 1.5DRY

55

Light

brown

Partial SPT not

conducted due to

boulders

102

R

6.00

7.00 6 7.5 1.5DRY

65

115

- - _ 6.0 3 cm

1.5 DRY DRY

100.0

18.06.144.00 3 4.5

19.06.14

4.5 6

R

3.004.5 2 cm 100

DRY

100.0

2.003.0 3 cm 101

1.5 4 cm 100

R

R

Hx - - _

DRY

- _

DRY

100.0 Hx -

100.0 Hx - - _

Hx

76.7 Hx

17.06.141.00 0 1.5 1.5 DRY

1.5 3 1.5 DRY

17.06.14

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 150

cm

RQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

used

Col

or o

f w

ater

ret

urn

Wat

er L

oss

Location

Cordinates


Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e

Sam

ple

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m) SPT values



Kashmir)




Himmat, Jammu



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


76

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(E) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inu

tes)

Px Hx Nx

1 cm 105

R

R

R

102

R

1 cm 102

100

R

21.0 3 cm 100

R110 73.3 Nx

Light

brownPartial _

20.0019.5 21.0 1.5

DRY

42

2 cm 101

19.00

Nx - - _

19.518.00

R

16.5 2 cm15.00

Light

brownPartial _

- - _

12.0013.5

50.0

150 100.0

18.0

DRY 150 100.0 Nx - - _

Sil

ty c

lay

wit

h oc

asio

nal

boul

ders

12.0 13.5 1.5

18.0 19.5 1.5 DRY

16.5 18.0 1.517.00

20.06.14

15.0 16.5 1.5 DRY 150 100.0 Nx

40.0 Nx

16.00

14.00 13.5 15.0 1.5DRY

4060

Partial _

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of

Blo

ws

per

30

cm

pen

etra

ttio

n

19.06.1411.00

10.5 12.0 1.5DRY

59110 73.3

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls u

sed

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e S

amp

le

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m)

Date

15.0 3 cm

NxLight

brown

Nx

BH-12

Location

Cordinates


Light

brownPartial _

Fin

e sa

nd w

ith

few

gra

vels

& O

casi

onal

boul

ders

100

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

.

(m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

12.0 3 cm

DRY

4575

13.00



Kashmir)



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


77

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(E) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e

(Min

ute

s)

Px Hx Nx

102

30.0

28.5

102

SPT not

conducted due to

boulders

SPT not

conducted due to

boulders

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of B

low

s

per

30

cm p

enet

ratt

ion

R

1 cm

3 cm

R

2 cm

R

R

1 cm 100

101

25.5

24.0

30.00

24.0 NMLCLight

BrownPartial _

28.00

28.5 30 1.5 53

_60 40 26.7 NMLCLight

BrownPartial27.00 1.5

98

24.00 24 25.5 1.5DRY

48Partial _105 70.0 NMLC

66.7 NMLCLight

BrownPartial

Light

BrownPartial _ 22.5Nx

65.3 NMLC

Pee

ble

cobb

les

wit

h si

lty

sand

27.0

_

80.0

Light

Brown

Light

BrownPartial _

23.00

26.00

29.00

20.06.1421.00

21 22.5 1.5DRY

43

22.5 24 1.5DRY

46

25.00

21.06.14

25.5 27 1.5DRY

47

10022.00

120

36

27 28.5

BH-12-SHEET-3/3

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

use

d

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Location

Cordinates


Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e

Sam

ple



Kashmir)



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


78

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(F) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inut

es)

Px Hx Nx

Pen

itra

tion

(cm

)

No

of B

low

s

Hx

casing

shoe

Hx

casi

ng b

itN

x c

asin

g bi

t

Dry

Bro

wni

sh

_

08.07.14

09.07.14

83.3 _ 10.5 7 100

R

101

9.00R

10.009 10.5 1.5 32

125

30

120 80.0 _9.0 5

part

ial N

ilN

il

7.00 6 7.5 1.5 33

130

8.00

7.5 9 1.5

150 100.0

60.0

6.0 3 102

R

3150 100.0 Dry

3.004.5 5 101

4.00 3 4.5 1.5 74

90

_

R

1.5 85

80 53.3

86.7 _ 7.5 8 101

R

6.00

_

R

5.004.5 6

1.00 0 1.5 1.5 -

101

R

2.003.0 7 100

1.5 3 1.5 -

_

Bou

lder

s gr

eval

s w

ith

silt

y sa

nd

1.5

08.07.2014

Date

Dep

th fr

om R

ef. (

m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 150

cm

RQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

used

Col

or o

f wat

er r

etur

n

Wat

er L

oss

Location

Cordinates


Wat

er T

able

(m)

Des

crip

tion

of C

ore

Sam

ple

Dep

th fr

om N

S (m

) SPT values



Kashmir)




Himmat, Jammu



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


79

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(F) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inu

tes)

Px Hx Nx

15 9

15 12

21

Nx

Cas

ing

bit

Bla

nk

Sho

e

Wat

er L

oss

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e S

amp

le

09.07.14

10.07.14

11.07.1421.0 1.5 Dry 105 70.0 _ P

arti

al c

lay

(CL

-ML

)

R

21.0 15 6

20.0019.5

30 100 66.7 _

19.5 14

18.0 9

16.00 R

16.5 18.0 1.5 38 115

18.00

18.0 19.5 1.5

101

19.00 R

100

15.0015.0 16.5 1.5 38 110 73.3 _

16.5

Bou

lder

s gr

eval

s w

ith

silt

y sa

nd

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m)

76.7

12.0 4 101

R

13.5 11 100

Light

brown Nil

_

_

_

_

R

15.0 6 102

66.7

R

7 103

11.0010.5 12.0 1.5 30 115 76.7

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls u

sed

12.0012.0

13.00

14.00 13.5 15.0 1.5

13.5 1.5 34 100

36 105 70.0

17.00



Kashmir)


Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

.

(m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

BH-13

Location

Cordinates


SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of

Blo

ws

per

30

cm

pen

etra

ttio

n

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


80

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(F) F

rom

To

To

tal

Tim

e

(Min

ute

s)

Px Hx Nx

R

15 20

15 26

15

16

15 22

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of

Blo

ws

per

30

cm

pen

etra

ttio

n

Pa

rtia

l c

lay

wit

h f

ew g

rev

als

Ty

pe

of

Bit

s/B

arr

els

use

d

Co

lor

of

wa

ter

retu

rn

Wa

ter

Lo

ss

Wa

ter

Ta

ble

(m

)

Des

crip

tio

n o

f C

ore

Sa

mp

le

11.07.14

Dry

102

29.00 R12.07.1430.00

98.0 _

30.0 10

Dry

15

46

28.5 15 14

28.00

28.5 30 1.5 147

26.00R

27.00 27 28.5 1.5 137 91.3

90.7 _

27.0 15 cm 101

_

25.00

38

25.5 27 1.5 136

25.5 1.5 150 100.0 _15

Bla

nk

Sho

e

Dry

_21.00

21 22.5 1.5 145 96.7

93.3 _

23.0025.5 15 14

24.00 24

22.0024.0 11 101

22.5 24 1.5 140

22.5

15 7

15 13

15 17

30

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

BH-13

Location

Cordinates




Kashmir)



ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


81

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(G) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inut

es)

Px Hx Nx

Pen

itra

tion

(cm

)

No

of B

low

s



Kashmir)




Himmat, Jammu


16.07.2014

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 150

cm

RQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

used

Col

or o

f w

ater

ret

urn

Wat

er L

oss

Location

Cordinates


Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e

Sam

ple

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m) SPT values

_

1.00 0 1.5 1.5 dry

100

R

2.003.0 5 101

1.5 3 1.5 dry

_

Bou

lder

s gr

eval

s w

ith

silt

y sa

nd

1.5 7

_

R

145 96.7

_

135 90.0

86.7

3.004.5 10 102

4.00 3 4.5 1.5 dry

130 _

R

5.004.5 6 1.5 dry

145 96.7

100

6.0 5 101

R

6.00

7.00 6 7.5 1.5

7.5 5 101

R

8.00

7.5 9 1.5 56

85

48

110 73.3

Hx

cas

ing

bit

9.00R

10.009 10.5 1.5 51

_ 10.5 14

56.7 _

120 80.0 100

R

9.0 4

Dry

Nil

Hx

casing

shoe

16.07.14

17.07.14

Dry

Lig

ht b

row

n


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


82

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(G) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inu

tes)

Px Hx Nx



Kashmir)


Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

.

(m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

BH-14

Location

Cordinates


12.0013.5 6

16.5 10 101

101

12.0

Light

brown Nil

_11.00

10.5 12.0 1.5 44 115 76.7

R

13.0015.0

95 63.3 _ R

15.0015.0 16.5 1.5 38

16.00

7 100

14.00 13.5 15.0 1.5 42

13.5 1.5 47 80 53.3 _

Bou

lder

s gr

eval

s w

ith

silt

y sa

nd

17.00 16.5 18.0 1.5 42

90 60.0 _

100

R

R

19.00

1.5 47 105 70.0 _

19.5

101

18.00

18.0 19.5

120 80.0 _

Par

tial

cla

y (C

L-M

L)

18.0 6

8

63.3 _

21.0 101

R

R

21.07.14 20.0019.5 21.0 1.5 56 95

Nx

Cas

ing

bit

17.07.14

18.07.14

19.07.14

12.0 3 100

R

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of

Blo

ws

per

30

cm

pen

etra

ttio

n

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls u

sed

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e S

amp

le

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m)

6


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


83

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(G) F

rom

To

To

tal

Tim

e

(Min

ute

s)

Px Hx Nx

Location

Cordinates

N-3611143.300 E-501436.030



Kashmir)


Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Ty

pe

of

Bit

s/B

arr

els

use

d

Co

lor

of

wa

ter

retu

rn

Wa

ter

Lo

ss

115 76.7

60.0

100

9

_

100

R

Light

brownNil

_

Pa

rtia

l c

lay

wit

h f

ew g

rev

als

22.5

4

6

_

27.0 10

NW

T C

ore

bit26.00

R

27.00 27 28.5 1.5 90

25.0025.5 27 1.5 110 73.3

25.5 1.5 115 76.7 _ R

25.5 7

125 83.322.5 24 1.5

21.0021 22.5 1.5

102

29.00 R

30.00

28.00

28.5 30 1.5 115 76.7 _

30.0

_

28.5 11 100

R

Nx

cas

ing

Bit

22.07.14

58

47

52

44

43

47

21.07.1423.00

24.00 24

22.00

Wa

ter

Ta

ble

(m

)

Des

crip

tio

n o

f C

ore

Sa

mp

le

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of

Blo

ws

per

30

cm

pen

etra

ttio

n

Completion on 22.07.2014 Sheet No BH-14-SHEET-3/3

BH-14

101

R

101

24.0 15 28


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


84

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(H) Fr

om To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inut

es)

Px Hx Nx

Peni

trat

ion

(cm

)

No

of B

low

s



Kashmir)




Himmat, Jammu


Date

Dep

th fr

om R

ef. (

m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 150

cm

RQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bits

/Bar

rels

used

Col

or o

f wat

er r

etur

n

Wat

er L

oss

4.5 1.5 Dry

5.004.5 6 1.5 Dry

01.07.2014Location

Cordinates


Wat

er T

able

(m)

Des

crip

tion

of C

ore

Sam

ple

Dep

th fr

om N

S (m

) SPT values

12

2.001.5 3 1.5 Dry

_ 15

_

135 90.0

150 100.0

95.3

6.00

7.00 6 7.5 1.5

_

1.00

143 95.3 _

8.00

7.5 9 1.5 33

95

24

85 56.7

63.3

Hx

casing

shoe

Dry Dry

143

0 1.5 1.5 Dry

3.00

4.00 3

_

9.0 15

15

9.00

10.009 10.5 1.5 36

Nx

cas

ing

bit

_

_

88 58.7

Ligh

t Bro

wn

Nil

01.07.14

02.07.14

03.07.14

04.07.14

15

R

15

R

10.5 14 101

19

15 28

47

1.5

Gra

vels

with

silt

y sa

ndSi

lty s

oil o

r cl

ayee

soi

l with

few

gra

vels

100

4.5 15 28

15 72

15 85

157

3.0 15 24

15 56

15 68

124

7.5 15 38

15 56

15 90

146

6.0 15 32

15 48

15 84

132


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


85

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(H) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inu

tes)

Px Hx Nx



Kashmir)


Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

.

(m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

BH-15

Location

Cordinates


05.07.14

11.0010.5 12.0 1.5 33 105 70.0

13.00

18.00

18.0 19.5

17.00 16.5 18.0 1.5 28

13.5 13 101

12.0

Light

brown

_

16.5 15

14.00 13.5 15.0 1.5 30

13.5 1.5 36 11012.00

64

5 101

85 56.7 _ R

19.5

101

65 43.3 _

Gra

vels

bou

lder

s w

ith

fin

e sa

nd 18.0 13

7

70.0 _

21.0

15.0 12 100

73.3 _

15 102

20.0019.5 21.0 1.5 32 105

Nx

Cas

ing

bit

Bou

lder

s gr

eval

s w

ith

sil

ty s

and

Nil

Par

tial

Nil

R

13 101

R

102

R

06.07.14

07.07.1419.00

1.5 36 70

16.00

7515.00

15.0 16.5 1.5 34

46.7

50.0

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls u

sed

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn_

_

Wat

er L

oss

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e S

amp

le

R

R

R

12.0 15 57

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of

Blo

ws

per

30

cm

pen

etra

ttio

n

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m)


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


86

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(H) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e

(Min

ute

s)

Px Hx Nx

BH-15

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of B

low

s

per

30

cm p

enet

ratt

ion

21.0021 22.5 1.5

BH-15-SHEET-3/3

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

use

d

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Location

Cordinates


100

R

Light

Brown

_ 22.5

8

_

27.0 12

12 102

6 100

Sil

ty c

lay

wit

h g

reva

ls

24.00 24

22.0024.0 14 100

22.5 24 1.5 80 53.3 _

115 76.7

70.0

25.00

R

25.5 27

25.5 1.5 120 80.0 _Nil

Nx

casi

ng b

it

23.00R

25.5

100

26.00R

27.00 27 28.5 1.5 105

29

33

24

Bu

old

rs, g

rave

ls w

ith

sil

ty s

and

Partial

Partial

Nil

1.5 115

29.00 R

30.00

Partial

Nil

Nil

28.00R

28.5 30 1.5 110 73.3 _

30.0

_

28.5 15 37

7 100

NW

T C

ore

bit

34

07.07.14

08.07.14

09.07.14

10.07.14

28



Kashmir)

27

Level (Z) 528.02

76.7

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e

Sam

ple

Drill Hole No


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


87

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(I) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inut

es)

Px Hx Nx

Pen

itra

tion

(cm

)

No

of B

low

s

15 101



Kashmir)




Himmat, Jammu


Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 150

cm

RQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

used

Col

or o

f w

ater

ret

urn

Wat

er L

oss

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e

Sam

ple

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m) SPT values

1.00 0 1.5 1.5

26.06.2014Location

Cordinates


45

15 65

15 85

2.00R

1.5 3 1.5

_

Gra

vels

wit

h si

lty

sand 1.5 15135 90.0

100.0

147 98.0

15

56

72

R142 94.7 _

150 100.0 _3.0 15

Silt

y so

il w

ith

few

gra

vels

4.5 15

150 _ R

6.0 14 102

15 86

7.5 1.5

6.00

Dry

40

15 53

5.00

15 101

4.5 6 1.5

4.00 3 4.5 1.5

42

3.00

15

R

9.00

9.0 15 46

15 80

15 101

10.00

8.00

7.5 9 1.5

135 90.0 _

_ R

7.5 15 55

13 100

Dry

_

7.00

Dry

9 10.5 1.5

150 100.0

6

26.06.14

27.06.14

Hx

casing

shoe

Nx

cas

ing

Shoe

R

R

10.5 15 58


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


88

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(I) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inu

tes)

Px Hx Nx

Location

Cordinates




Kashmir)


Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

.

(m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls u

sed

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

_

12.0 15

10

143 95.3

NW

T C

ore

bit

142 94.7

83 55.3

100.0 _

150 100.0 _

62

13 101

R

16.00R

101

R

15.0 15 51

150

Dry

_

16.5

12.0013.5 15 63

12.0

18.0

15.0015.0 16.5 1.5

1.5 28

Dry13.00

14.00 13.5 15.0 1.5

1.513.5

11.0010.5 12.0 1.5

19.00 R

1.5 31 80 53.3 _

19.5

Cla

yee

soil

wit

h g

rave

ls &

pee

ble

s

18.0 14 100

R

18.00

18.0 19.5

Bro

wni

sh

Nil

17.00 16.5

66.7 _

21.0 9 101

R20.0019.5 21.0 1.5 34 100

15 100

R

Dry

27.06.14

28.06.14

12 101

_

10 101Cla

yee

soil

wit

h f

ew g

rave

ls

15 78

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e S

amp

le

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m)

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of

Blo

ws

per

30

cm

pen

etra

ttio

n

BH-16-SHEET-2/3

BH-16


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


89

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(I) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e

(Min

ute

s)

Px Hx Nx



Kashmir)


21 22.5 1.5 37

BH-16-SHEET-3/3

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

use

d

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Location

Cordinates


100

23.00R

25.5 12 100

24.00 24

R

Bro

wni

sh

_

Cla

yee

soil

wit

h g

rave

ls &

pee

bel

s, c

obb

less 22.5

7

_

_

101

21.00

22.0024.0 10 101

22.5 24 1.5 29 120

115 76.7

80.0

100 66.7 _

27.0

73.3 _

28.5

29.06.14

25.00

R

25.5 27 1.5

25.5 1.5 32 123 82.0

27.00 27 28.5 1.5 36 110

10 101

26.00R

34

29.00 R

30.00

28.06.14

30.06.14

28.00R

28.5 30 1.5 35 125 83.3

6 102

Nil

NW

T C

ore

bit

8

_

Sil

ty S

and

wit

h g

reva

ls 30.0

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e

Sam

ple

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of B

low

s

per

30

cm p

enet

ratt

ion


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


90

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(J) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inut

es)

Px Hx Nx

Pen

itra

tion

(cm

)

No

of B

low

s



Kashmir)




Himmat, Jammu


Date

Dep

th fr

om R

ef. (

m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 150

cm

RQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

used

Col

or o

f wat

er r

etur

n

Wat

er L

oss

Wat

er T

able

(m)

Des

crip

tion

of C

ore

Sam

ple

Dep

th fr

om N

S (m

) SPT values

1.00 0 1.5 1.5

03.07.2014Location

Cordinates


11 100

2.00R

1.5 3 1.5

15 21

15 23

71

47

6.0 15 16

3.00

9 101

R

4.00 3 4.515

Gra

vels

wit

h si

lty

sand 1.5 15

_3.0 15

143 95.3

150 100.0

R

7.5

6.0014 101

7.00

12

15 16

5.00

15 31

4.5 6 1.5

135

1.5

142 94.7 _

Silt

y C

lay

wit

h fe

w g

rave

ls

4.9

90.0 _

1.5

150 100.0 _

Hx

casing

shoe

Nx

Cas

ing

Shoe

Dry _

56

38

8.0015 48

7.5 9 1.5

135 90.0 _

9.00

9.0 15 21

15 48

5 101

76.7 _

Dry

6 7.5

R

10.5 11 100

R

05.07.14 10.00 9 10.5 1.5

115 Brownish Nil

Dry

31

03.07.14

04.07.14


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


91

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(J) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e (M

inu

tes)

Px Hx Nx



Kashmir)


BH-17-SHEET-2/3

Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

.

(m)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls u

sed

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Location

Cordinates


Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e S

amp

le

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m)

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of

Blo

ws

per

30

cm

pen

etra

ttio

n

11.0010.5 12.0 1.5

101

R

12.0013.85 14 101

12.0 13.5

_

Sil

ty s

and

wit

h f

ew g

rave

ls

12.0 12

_14

_

16.5

150 100.0

93.3

66.7

85 56.7

Dry Dry

Lig

ht

brow

n

13.00R

15.0 15 56

14.00 13.5 15.0 1.5 140

1.5 135 90.0 _

100

15.00

R

15.0 16.5 1.5

17.00 16.5 18.0 1.5 37 100

15 31

15 62

16.0015 83

R

Bro

wni

sh

Nil

R

13 101

R

15 65

10 100

19.00

15 38

10 100

R

20.0019.5

24

18.00

18.0 19.5 1.5 35 115 76.7 _

_

Cla

yee

soil

wit

h f

ew g

rave

ls 18.0 15

19.5 15

21.0 29

21.0 1.5 28 95 63.3 _

Nx

Cas

ing

shoe

Nx

Cas

ing

bit

NW

T c

ore

bit

26

15

Dry

Dry

Dry

33

05.07.14

06.07.14

07.07.14


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


92

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Table-2(J) F

rom

To

Tot

al

Tim

e

(Min

ute

s)

Px Hx Nx

Location

Cordinates




Kashmir)


Date

Dep

th f

rom

Ref

. (m

)

Drilling Run (M)

Core Sample

out of 1.5mRQD (%)

Type of Casing

Used

Typ

e of

Bit

s/B

arre

ls

use

d

Col

or o

f w

ater

retu

rn

Wat

er L

oss

Wat

er T

able

(m

)

Des

crip

tion

of

Cor

e

Sam

ple

Dep

th f

rom

NS

(m

)

SP

T v

alu

es (

No

of B

low

s

per

30

cm p

enet

ratt

ion

21.0021 22.5 1.5 36

22.0024.0 15 38

22.5 24 1.5 31 115 76.7

R

Lig

ht B

row

n

Nil

_ 22.5

55

13 100

26.00R

5

_

15

_

85 56.7

10 102

102

101

23.00R

25.5 15 100

24.00 24

NW

T C

ore

bit

100 66.7

76.7115

27.0 15

1.5 30

25.5 1.5 33 105 70.0 _

Cla

yee

soil

wit

h g

rave

ls &

pee

bel

s, c

obb

less

29.00 R

30.00

08.07.14

28.00R

28.5 30 1.5 34 118 78.7 _

_

28.5 14 101

30.0

27.00

BH-17-SHEET-3/3

07.07.14

27 28.5 1.5 37

25.00

R

25.5 27


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


93

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION

Weight

Retained

% Retained % Passing Weight

Retained

% Retained % Passing

80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

20.00 210 19.2 80.8 360 23.8 76.2

10.00 115 10.5 70.2 180 11.9 64.3

4.75 95 8.7 61.5 125 8.3 56.0

2.36 85 7.8 53.8 75 5.0 51.0

1.18 55 5.0 48.7 60 4.0 47.1

0.60 82 7.5 41.2 90 6.0 41.1

0.30 265 24.3 16.9 361 23.9 17.2

0.15 135 12.4 4.6 185 12.2 5.0

0.075 20 1.8 2.7 55 3.6 1.3

Pan 30 2.7 0.0 20 1.3 0.0

Total 1092 100.0 1511 100.0

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

20.00 0 0.0 100.0 266 21.9 78.1

10.00 105 10.8 89.2 160 13.2 64.9

4.75 92 9.5 79.7 120 9.9 55.0

2.36 100 10.3 69.4 75 6.2 48.8

1.18 125 12.9 56.6 90 7.4 41.3

0.60 85 8.7 47.8 61 5.0 36.3

0.30 210 21.6 26.2 240 19.8 16.5

0.15 190 19.5 6.7 165 13.6 2.9

0.075 30 3.1 3.6 15 1.2 1.7

Pan 35 3.6 0.0 20 1.7 0.0

Total 972 100.0 1212 100.0

Sieve Size 18 & 19.5 m 30.0 m

TABLE - 3 (a)

BH-8Sieve Size 7.5m 15 m & 16.5 m


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


94

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 141 20.3 79.7 171 19.9 80.1

20.00 248 35.6 44.1 122 14.2 66.0

10.00 156 22.4 21.7 95 11.0 54.9

4.75 66 9.5 12.2 5 0.6 54.4

2.36 19 2.7 9.5 3 0.3 54.0

1.18 15 2.2 7.3 2 0.2 53.8

0.60 8 1.1 6.2 5 0.6 53.2

0.30 14 2.0 4.2 81 9.4 43.8

0.15 14 2.0 2.2 303 35.2 8.6

0.075 5 0.7 1.4 50 5.8 2.8

Pan 10 1.4 0.0 24 2.8 0.0

Total 696 100.0 861 100.0

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 130 16.0 84.0 222 18.9 81.1

20.00 160 19.7 64.2 242 20.6 60.5

10.00 90 11.1 53.1 240 20.4 40.1

4.75 10 1.2 51.9 163 13.9 26.3

2.36 15 1.8 50.1 90 7.7 18.6

1.18 10 1.2 48.8 62 5.3 13.4

0.60 6 0.7 48.1 47 4.0 9.4

0.30 90 11.1 37.0 55 4.7 4.7

0.15 240 29.6 7.4 41 3.5 1.2

0.075 30 3.7 3.7 7 0.6 0.6

Pan 30 3.7 0.0 7 0.6 0.0

Total 811 100.0 1176 100.0

Sieve Size 16.5 & 18 m 19.5 & 21.0 m

TABLE - 3 (b)

BH-9Sieve Size 12m 13.5 m & 15 m


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


95

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 0 0.0 100.0 2299 71.9 28.1

20.00 98 11.8 88.2 228 7.1 20.9

10.00 127 15.3 72.8 84 2.6 18.3

4.75 50 6.0 66.8 20 0.6 17.7

2.36 24 2.9 63.9 25 0.8 16.9

1.18 18 2.2 61.7 40 1.3 15.6

0.60 30 3.6 58.1 30 0.9 14.7

0.30 236 28.5 29.6 260 8.1 6.6

0.15 218 26.3 3.3 180 5.6 0.9

0.075 17 2.1 1.2 20 0.6 0.3

Pan 10 1.2 0.0 10 0.3 0.0

Total 828 100.0 3196 100.0

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 475 28.0 72.0 0 0.0 100.0

20.00 331 19.5 52.6 140 19.3 80.7

10.00 166 9.8 42.8 134 18.5 62.2

4.75 25 1.5 41.3 20 2.8 59.4

2.36 40 2.4 39.0 60 8.3 51.1

1.18 26 1.5 37.4 23 3.2 47.9

0.60 86 5.1 32.4 36 5.0 43.0

0.30 320 18.8 13.5 180 24.9 18.1

0.15 190 11.2 2.4 105 14.5 3.6

0.075 15 0.9 1.5 16 2.2 1.4

Pan 25 1.5 0.0 10 1.4 0.0

Total 1699 100.0 724 100.0

Sieve Size 13.5 & 15 m 16.5 m

TABLE - 3 (c)

BH-10Sieve Size 7.5m 9.0 m to 12.0


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


96

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 0 0.0 100.0 262 15.2 84.8

20.00 24 2.8 97.2 85 4.9 79.8

10.00 44 5.0 92.2 77 4.5 75.3

4.75 22 2.5 89.7 90 5.2 70.1

2.36 37 4.2 85.4 60 3.5 66.6

1.18 40 4.6 80.8 75 4.4 62.2

0.60 90 10.3 70.5 215 12.5 49.7

0.30 275 31.5 39.0 320 18.6 31.1

0.15 280 32.1 6.9 460 26.8 4.4

0.075 30 3.4 3.4 25 1.5 2.9

Pan 30 3.4 0.0 50 2.9 0.0

Total 872 100.0 1719 100.0

TABLE-1(c)

Sieve Size 21 to 24.0 m 25.5 to 28.5 M


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


97

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 264 17.9 82.1 0 0.0 100.0

20.00 220 14.9 67.2 474 48.9 51.1

10.00 333 22.6 44.6 23 2.4 48.8

4.75 99 6.7 37.9 32 3.3 45.5

2.36 26 1.8 36.1 16 1.6 43.8

1.18 18 1.2 34.9 15 1.5 42.3

0.60 29 2.0 32.9 13 1.3 40.9

0.30 152 10.3 22.6 73 7.5 33.4

0.15 264 17.9 4.7 227 23.4 10.0

0.075 29 2.0 2.7 47 4.8 5.2

Pan 40 2.7 0.0 50 5.2 0.0

Total 1474 100.0 970 100.0

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 680 49.2 50.8 736 45.9 54.1

20.00 177 12.8 38.0 147 9.2 45.0

10.00 15 1.1 36.9 28 1.7 43.2

4.75 10 0.7 36.2 15 0.9 42.3

2.36 10 0.7 35.5 10 0.6 41.7

1.18 5 0.4 35.1 5 0.3 41.4

0.60 10 0.7 34.4 36 2.2 39.1

0.30 15 1.1 33.3 90 5.6 33.5

0.15 340 24.6 8.7 12 0.7 32.8

0.075 70 5.1 3.6 390 24.3 8.5

Pan 50 3.6 0.0 136 8.5 0.0

Total 1382 100.0 1605 100.0

TABLE - 3 (d)

BH-10Sieve Size 1.5 & 3.0 m 6 & 7.5 m

Sieve Size 9.0, 10.5 & 12.0 m 13.5, 15.0 & 16.5 m


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


98

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 409 37.2 62.8 0 0.0 100.0

20.00 78 7.1 55.7 240 39.4 60.6

10.00 180 16.4 39.4 100 16.4 44.2

4.75 13 1.2 38.2 15 2.5 41.7

2.36 11 1.0 37.2 17 2.8 38.9

1.18 15 1.4 35.8 20 3.3 35.6

0.60 10 0.9 34.9 12 2.0 33.7

0.30 18 1.6 33.3 10 1.6 32.0

0.15 260 23.6 9.6 5 0.8 31.2

0.075 36 3.3 6.4 150 24.6 6.6

Pan 70 6.4 0.0 40 6.6 0.0

Total 1100 100.0 609 100.0

Sieve Size 18.0, 19.5, 22.5 m 30.0 M

TABLE-3(d)


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


99

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 170 16.5 83.5 0 0.0 100.0

20.00 360 35.0 48.5 160 13.1 86.9

10.00 172 16.7 31.8 420 34.4 52.5

4.75 62 6.0 25.8 140 11.5 41.0

2.36 17 1.7 24.1 50 4.1 36.9

1.18 14 1.4 22.7 25 2.0 34.9

0.60 28 2.7 20.0 10 0.8 34.1

0.30 105 10.2 9.8 36 2.9 31.1

0.15 80 7.8 2.0 340 27.8 3.3

0.075 6 0.6 1.5 20 1.6 1.6

Pan 15 1.5 0.0 20 1.6 0.0

Total 1029 100.0 1221 100.0

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 250 22.9 77.1 280 25.9 74.1

20.00 203 18.6 58.5 204 18.9 55.2

10.00 40 3.7 54.8 45 4.2 51.1

4.75 66 6.0 48.8 60 5.6 45.5

2.36 40 3.7 45.1 35 3.2 42.3

1.18 20 1.8 43.3 22 2.0 40.2

0.60 10 0.9 42.3 15 1.4 38.9

0.30 130 11.9 30.4 110 10.2 28.7

0.15 297 27.2 3.2 260 24.1 4.6

0.075 15 1.4 1.8 25 2.3 2.3

Pan 20 1.8 0.0 25 2.3 0.0

Total 1091 100.0 1081 100.0

Sieve Size 21, 22.5 & 24.0 m 25.5 & 27 & 28.5 m

TABLE - 3 (e)

BH-12Sieve Size 1.5 & 3.0 m 4.5 m & 6.0 m


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


100

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 0 0.0 100.0 1110 79.3 20.7

20.00 590 43.4 56.6 0 0.0 20.7

10.00 281 20.7 35.9 0 0.0 20.7

4.75 131 9.6 26.2 0 0.0 20.7

2.36 49 3.6 22.6 5 0.4 20.4

1.18 24 1.8 20.8 10 0.7 19.6

0.60 27 2.0 18.9 5 0.4 19.3

0.30 104 7.7 11.2 30 2.1 17.1

0.15 106 7.8 3.4 210 15.0 2.1

0.075 26 1.9 1.5 10 0.7 1.4

Pan 20 1.5 0.0 20 1.4 0.0

Total 1358 100.0 1400 100.0

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 635 19.8 80.2 0 0.0 100.0

20.00 771 24.0 56.2 110 5.9 94.1

10.00 600 18.7 37.5 540 29.2 64.9

4.75 308 9.6 27.9 260 14.1 50.8

2.36 139 4.3 23.6 120 6.5 44.3

1.18 97 3.0 20.6 80 4.3 40.0

0.60 136 4.2 16.4 105 5.7 34.3

0.30 248 7.7 8.6 310 16.8 17.6

0.15 202 6.3 2.3 240 13.0 4.6

0.075 25 0.8 1.6 55 3.0 1.6

Pan 50 1.6 0.0 30 1.6 0.0

Total 3211 100.0 1850 100.0

Sieve Size 6.0, 7.5 & 9.0 m 12.0, 13.5 & 15 m

TABLE - 3 (f)

BH-13Sieve Size 1.5 & 3.0 m 4.5 m


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


101

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 465 20.4 79.6 802 51.6 48.4

20.00 886 38.8 40.8 372 24.0 24.4

10.00 302 13.2 27.6 20 1.3 23.1

4.75 129 5.7 21.9 87 5.6 17.5

2.36 57 2.5 19.4 20 1.3 16.2

1.18 104 4.6 14.9 12 0.8 15.5

0.60 50 2.2 12.7 10 0.6 14.8

0.30 150 6.6 6.1 15 1.0 13.8

0.15 75 3.3 2.8 25 1.6 12.2

0.075 30 1.3 1.5 90 5.8 6.4

Pan 35 1.5 0.0 100 6.4 0.0

Total 2283 100.0 1553 100.0

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 1348 43.3 56.7 561 21.1 78.9

20.00 584 18.8 37.9 501 18.9 60.0

10.00 120 3.9 34.0 185 7.0 53.0

4.75 15 0.5 33.5 59 2.2 50.8

2.36 130 4.2 29.4 77 2.9 47.9

1.18 64 2.1 27.3 52 2.0 46.0

0.60 79 2.5 24.8 60 2.3 43.7

0.30 230 7.4 17.4 280 10.5 33.1

0.15 310 10.0 7.4 540 20.3 12.8

0.075 120 3.9 3.5 175 6.6 6.2

Pan 110 3.5 0.0 165 6.2 0.0

Total 3110 100.0 2655 100.0

TABLE - 3 (g)

BH-14Sieve Size 1.5 & 3.0 & 4.5 m 6 & 7.5 m

Sieve Size 9, 10.5 & 12 m 13.5 & 15.0, 16.5 & 18.0 m


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


102

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

BH-14

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 0 0.0 100.0 450 30.9 69.1

20.00 178 9.8 90.2 415 28.5 40.6

10.00 83 4.6 85.6 92 6.3 34.3

4.75 81 4.5 81.1 98 6.7 27.6

2.36 60 3.3 77.8 80 5.5 22.1

1.18 40 2.2 75.6 75 5.1 17.0

0.60 50 2.8 72.8 90 6.2 10.8

0.30 310 17.1 55.6 50 3.4 7.3

0.15 646 35.7 19.9 30 2.1 5.3

0.075 160 8.8 11.1 22 1.5 3.8

Pan 200 11.1 0.0 55 3.8 0.0

Total 1808 100.0 1457 100.0

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 669 23.4 76.6 883 33.4 66.6

20.00 60 2.1 74.5 72 2.7 63.8

10.00 80 2.8 71.7 15 0.6 63.3

4.75 64 2.2 69.5 20 0.8 62.5

2.36 240 8.4 61.1 40 1.5 61.0

1.18 40 1.4 59.7 30 1.1 59.8

0.60 30 1.0 58.7 40 1.5 58.3

0.30 340 11.9 46.8 330 12.5 45.8

0.15 900 31.4 15.4 820 31.1 14.8

0.075 230 8.0 7.3 190 7.2 7.6

Pan 210 7.3 0.0 200 7.6 0.0

Total 2863 100.0 2640 100.0

Sieve Size 19.5, 21.0 & 22.5 m 24.0m

Sieve Size 25.5 & 27.0 m 28.5 & 30.0 m

TABLE - 3 (g)


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


103

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 182 17.5 82.5 567 41.5 58.5

20.00 160 15.4 67.1 216 15.8 42.7

10.00 150 14.4 52.7 45 3.3 39.4

4.75 81 7.8 44.9 5 0.4 39.0

2.36 48 4.6 40.3 2 0.1 38.9

1.18 52 5.0 35.3 6 0.4 38.4

0.60 68 6.5 28.8 10 0.7 37.7

0.30 118 11.3 17.4 60 4.4 33.3

0.15 126 12.1 5.3 340 24.9 8.4

0.075 20 1.9 3.4 65 4.8 3.7

Pan 35 3.4 0.0 50 3.7 0.0

Total 1040 100.0 1366 100.0

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

20.00 172 13.8 86.2 110 13.9 86.1

10.00 127 10.2 76.1 10 1.3 84.9

4.75 136 10.9 65.2 0 0.0 84.9

2.36 60 4.8 60.4 20 2.5 82.3

1.18 80 6.4 54.0 25 3.2 79.2

0.60 40 3.2 50.8 190 24.0 55.2

0.30 260 20.8 30.0 355 44.8 10.5

0.15 310 24.8 5.2 28 3.5 6.9

0.075 35 2.8 2.4 20 2.5 4.4

Pan 30 2.4 0.0 35 4.4 0.0

Total 1250 100.0 793 100.0

Sieve Size 16.5 m 18.0, 19.5, 21.0 & 22.5 m

TABLE - 3 (h)

BH-15Sieve Size 1.5 m 12.0, 13.5, 15.0 m


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


104

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Weight

Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 0 0.0 100.0

20.00 140 13.6 86.4

10.00 189 18.3 68.1

4.75 118 11.4 56.6

2.36 20 1.9 54.7

1.18 30 2.9 51.8

0.60 40 3.9 47.9

0.30 290 28.1 19.8

0.15 160 15.5 4.3

0.075 16 1.6 2.7

Pan 28 2.7 0.0

Total 1031 100.0

Sieve Size 24.0, 25.5 & 27.0 m

TABLE - 3 (h)


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


105

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Weight

Retained


Retained


80 0 0.0 100.0 0 0.0 100.0

40.00 160 16.5 83.5 440 40.1 59.9

20.00 140 14.5 69.0 200 18.2 41.6

10.00 100 10.3 58.7 60 5.5 36.1

4.75 81 8.4 50.3 30 2.7 33.4

2.36 50 5.2 45.1 20 1.8 31.6

1.18 36 3.7 41.4 15 1.4 30.2

0.60 90 9.3 32.1 25 2.3 27.9

0.30 120 12.4 19.7 36 3.3 24.6

0.15 151 15.6 4.1 180 16.4 8.2

0.075 15 1.5 2.6 55 5.0 3.2

Pan 25 2.6 0.0 35 3.2 0.0

Total 968 100.0 1096 100.0

TABLE - 3 (i)

BH-16 & 17Sieve Size BH-16 at 1.5 m BH-17 at 1.5 m


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


106

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

qd

L Length (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500

B Width (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500

D Depth of Foundation (m) 100 100 100 200 200 200 300 300 300 400 400 400

Φ MinAngle of Internal Friction 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21

tan(45+Φ/2) 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46

ΦstdΦ for local shear 29.00 29.00 29.00 29.00 29.00 29.00 29.00 29.00 29.00 29.00 29.00 29.00

f Factor for Φ 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26

Φ' Critical Angle (Local) 14.42 14.42 14.42 14.42 14.42 14.42 14.42 14.42 14.42 14.42 14.42 14.42

c Cohesion in Kgf/cm2 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22

Nφ Factor 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12

Nφ' Factor for Φ' 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66

Nc Bearing Capacity Factor (φ) 15.81 15.81 15.81 15.81 15.81 15.81 15.81 15.81 15.81 15.81 15.81 15.81

Nc' Bearing Capacity Factor 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62

NC Nc interpolated 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62

sc Shape Factor 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30

dc Depth Factor 1.15 1.07 1.02 1.29 1.15 1.04 1.44 1.22 1.06 1.58 1.29 1.08

ic Inclination Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

Nq Bearing Capacity Factor (φ) 7.07 7.07 7.07 7.07 7.07 7.07 7.07 7.07 7.07 7.07 7.07 7.07

Nq' Bearing Capacity Factor 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73

Nq Nq interpolated 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73 3.73

sq Shape Factor 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

dq Depth Factor 1.07 1.04 1.01 1.15 1.07 1.02 1.22 1.11 1.03 1.29 1.15 1.04

iq Inclination Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

Nγ Bearing Capacity Factor (φ) 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20

Nγ' Bearing Capacity Factor 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43

Nγ interpolated 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.43

sγ Shape Factor 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

dγ Depth Factor 1.07 1.04 1.01 1.15 1.07 1.02 1.22 1.11 1.03 1.29 1.15 1.04

iγ Inclination Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

γ Unit weight (Kg/cm3) 0.00204 0.00204 0.00204 0.00204 0.00204 0.00204 0.00204 0.00204 0.00204 0.00204 0.00204 0.00204

W' Water table reduction factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

Therefore qd 3.46 3.69 5.75 4.60 4.61 6.50 5.84 5.57 7.27 7.17 6.59 8.06

(In case of interpolated shear failure)

Net safe Bearing capacity (Ton/sqm) 13.9 14.8 23.0 18.4 18.4 26.0 23.3 22.3 29.1 28.7 26.4 32.2

8The Bearing capacity can be calculated as under:

2/3cNcScdcic+gD(Nq-1)Sqdqiq+ 1/2 BγNγsγdγiγW'

Table-4 (A) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Shear Failure Basis Bore Hole No


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


107

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

qd

L Length (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500

B Width (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500



tan(45+Φ/2) 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19


f Factor for Φ 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12



Nφ Factor 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.42

Nφ' Factor for Φ' 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27




sc Shape Factor 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30

dc Depth Factor 1.12 1.06 1.02 1.24 1.12 1.03 1.36 1.18 1.05 1.48 1.24 1.06





sq Shape Factor 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

dq Depth Factor 1.06 1.03 1.01 1.12 1.06 1.02 1.18 1.09 1.02 1.24 1.12 1.03




Nγ interpolated 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.67 0.67

sγ Shape Factor 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

dγ Depth Factor 1.06 1.03 1.01 1.12 1.06 1.02 1.18 1.09 1.02 1.24 1.12 1.03




Therefore qd 4.11 4.02 4.48 4.77 4.45 4.76 5.45 4.90 5.04 6.15 5.36 5.32





Table-4 (B) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Shear Failure Basis Bore Hole No


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


108

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

qd

L Length (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500

B Width (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500



tan(45+Φ/2) 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57


f Factor for Φ 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31



Nφ Factor 2.46 2.46 2.46 2.46 2.46 2.46 2.46 2.46 2.46 2.46 2.46 2.46

Nφ' Factor for Φ' 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85




sc Shape Factor 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30

dc Depth Factor 1.16 1.08 1.02 1.31 1.16 1.04 1.47 1.24 1.06 1.63 1.31 1.08





sq Shape Factor 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

dq Depth Factor 1.08 1.04 1.01 1.16 1.08 1.02 1.24 1.12 1.03 1.31 1.16 1.04




Nγ interpolated 3.71 3.71 3.71 3.71 3.71 3.71 3.71 3.71 3.71 3.71 3.71 3.71

sγ Shape Factor 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

dγ Depth Factor 1.08 1.04 1.01 1.16 1.08 1.02 1.24 1.12 1.03 1.31 1.16 1.04




Therefore qd 3.77 4.17 7.24 5.25 5.40 8.28 6.88 6.70 9.34 8.65 8.07 10.41





Table-4 (C) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Shear Failure Basis Bore Hole No


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


109

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

qd

L Length (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500

B Width (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500



tan(45+Φ/2) 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66


f Factor for Φ 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36



Nφ Factor 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77

Nφ' Factor for Φ' 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01




sc Shape Factor 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30

dc Depth Factor 1.17 1.08 1.02 1.33 1.17 1.04 1.50 1.25 1.07 1.67 1.33 1.09





sq Shape Factor 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

dq Depth Factor 1.08 1.04 1.01 1.17 1.08 1.02 1.25 1.12 1.03 1.33 1.17 1.04




Nγ interpolated 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10

sγ Shape Factor 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

dγ Depth Factor 1.08 1.04 1.01 1.17 1.08 1.02 1.25 1.12 1.03 1.33 1.17 1.04




Therefore qd 4.53 5.23 10.09 6.62 7.01 11.63 8.94 8.90 13.20 11.49 10.90 14.80





Table-4 (D) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Shear Failure Basis Bore Hole No


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


110

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

qd

L Length (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500

B Width (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500



tan(45+Φ/2) 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80


f Factor for Φ 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42



Nφ Factor 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25

Nφ' Factor for Φ' 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26




sc Shape Factor 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30

dc Depth Factor 1.18 1.09 1.02 1.36 1.18 1.05 1.54 1.27 1.07 1.72 1.36 1.10





sq Shape Factor 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

dq Depth Factor 1.09 1.05 1.01 1.18 1.09 1.02 1.27 1.14 1.04 1.36 1.18 1.05




Nγ interpolated 17.45 17.45 17.45 17.45 17.45 17.45 17.45 17.45 17.45 17.45 17.45 17.45

sγ Shape Factor 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

dγ Depth Factor 1.09 1.05 1.01 1.18 1.09 1.02 1.27 1.14 1.04 1.36 1.18 1.05




Therefore qd 7.07 9.89 26.13 11.80 14.14 30.04 17.17 18.72 34.03 23.16 23.60 38.10





Table-4 (E) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Shear Failure Basis Bore Hole No


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


111

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

qd

L Length (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500

B Width (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500



tan(45+Φ/2) 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66 1.66


f Factor for Φ 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36



Nφ Factor 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77

Nφ' Factor for Φ' 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01 2.01




sc Shape Factor 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30

dc Depth Factor 1.17 1.08 1.02 1.33 1.17 1.04 1.50 1.25 1.07 1.67 1.33 1.09





sq Shape Factor 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

dq Depth Factor 1.08 1.04 1.01 1.17 1.08 1.02 1.25 1.12 1.03 1.33 1.17 1.04




Nγ interpolated 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.10

sγ Shape Factor 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

dγ Depth Factor 1.08 1.04 1.01 1.17 1.08 1.02 1.25 1.12 1.03 1.33 1.17 1.04




Therefore qd 3.85 4.57 9.28 5.80 6.24 10.75 7.96 8.03 12.26 10.35 9.92 13.79



The Bearing capacity can be calculated as under:


Table-4 (F) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Shear Failure Basis Bore Hole No 13


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


112

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

qd

L Length (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500

B Width (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500



tan(45+Φ/2) 1.43 1.43 1.43 1.43 1.43 1.43 1.43 1.43 1.43 1.43 1.43 1.43


f Factor for Φ 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24



Nφ Factor 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04

Nφ' Factor for Φ' 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62




sc Shape Factor 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30

dc Depth Factor 1.14 1.07 1.02 1.29 1.14 1.04 1.43 1.21 1.06 1.57 1.29 1.08





sq Shape Factor 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

dq Depth Factor 1.07 1.04 1.01 1.14 1.07 1.02 1.21 1.11 1.03 1.29 1.14 1.04




Nγ interpolated 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19

sγ Shape Factor 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

dγ Depth Factor 1.07 1.04 1.01 1.14 1.07 1.02 1.21 1.11 1.03 1.29 1.14 1.04




Therefore qd 3.95 4.14 6.12 5.13 5.07 6.87 6.41 6.05 7.64 7.78 7.08 8.42





Table-4 (G) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Shear Failure Basis Bore Hole No 14


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


113

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

qd

L Length (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500

B Width (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500


Φ MinAngle of Internal Friction 23.7 17.3 21.9 20.3 17.3 21.9 15.6 17.3 21.9 13.2 17.3 21.9

tan(45+Φ/2) 1.53 1.36 1.48 1.44 1.36 1.48 1.32 1.36 1.48 1.26 1.36 1.48


f Factor for Φ 0.29 0.21 0.27 0.25 0.21 0.27 0.19 0.21 0.27 0.16 0.21 0.27



Nφ Factor 2.34 1.85 2.19 2.06 1.85 2.19 1.74 1.85 2.19 1.59 1.85 2.19

Nφ' Factor for Φ' 1.79 1.51 1.70 1.63 1.51 1.70 1.45 1.51 1.70 1.37 1.51 1.70




sc Shape Factor 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30

dc Depth Factor 1.15 1.07 1.02 1.29 1.14 1.04 1.40 1.20 1.06 1.50 1.27 1.08





sq Shape Factor 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

dq Depth Factor 1.08 1.03 1.01 1.14 1.07 1.02 1.20 1.10 1.03 1.25 1.14 1.04




Nγ interpolated 3.24 1.63 2.68 2.26 1.63 2.68 1.35 1.63 2.68 1.02 1.63 2.68

sγ Shape Factor 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

dγ Depth Factor 1.08 1.03 1.01 1.14 1.07 1.02 1.20 1.10 1.03 1.25 1.14 1.04




Therefore qd 3.76 4.02 6.52 4.87 4.75 7.35 5.65 5.51 8.20 6.38 6.30 9.07





Table-4 (H) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Shear Failure Basis Bore Hole No 15


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


114

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

qd

L Length (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500

B Width (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500


Φ MinAngle of Internal Friction 27 25 19.3 26.2 24.6 18.6 24.5 24.8 17.9 22.9 25 17.2

tan(45+Φ/2) 1.63 1.57 1.41 1.61 1.56 1.39 1.55 1.56 1.37 1.51 1.57 1.36


f Factor for Φ 0.34 0.31 0.23 0.33 0.31 0.23 0.31 0.31 0.22 0.28 0.31 0.21



Nφ Factor 2.66 2.46 1.99 2.58 2.43 1.94 2.42 2.45 1.89 2.27 2.46 1.84

Nφ' Factor for Φ' 1.95 1.85 1.59 1.91 1.83 1.56 1.82 1.84 1.54 1.75 1.85 1.51




sc Shape Factor 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30

dc Depth Factor 1.16 1.08 1.02 1.32 1.16 1.04 1.47 1.23 1.05 1.60 1.31 1.07





sq Shape Factor 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

dq Depth Factor 1.08 1.04 1.01 1.16 1.08 1.02 1.23 1.12 1.03 1.30 1.16 1.04




Nγ interpolated 4.58 3.71 2.03 4.21 3.56 1.88 3.52 3.63 1.75 2.97 3.71 1.62

sγ Shape Factor 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

dγ Depth Factor 1.08 1.04 1.01 1.16 1.08 1.02 1.23 1.12 1.03 1.30 1.16 1.04




Therefore qd 3.60 4.15 5.73 5.29 5.38 6.23 6.96 6.79 6.67 8.32 8.33 6.97





Table-4 (I) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Shear Failure Basis Bore Hole No 16


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


115

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

qd

L Length (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500

B Width (m) 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500 200 400 1500


Φ MinAngle of Internal Friction 20.6 15.9 19.3 15.9 13.5 19.3 11 11 19.3 11 11 19.3

tan(45+Φ/2) 1.44 1.32 1.41 1.32 1.27 1.41 1.21 1.21 1.41 1.21 1.21 1.41


f Factor for Φ 0.25 0.19 0.23 0.19 0.16 0.23 0.13 0.13 0.23 0.13 0.13 0.23



Nφ Factor 2.09 1.75 1.99 1.75 1.61 1.99 1.47 1.47 1.99 1.47 1.47 1.99

Nφ' Factor for Φ' 1.65 1.46 1.59 1.46 1.38 1.59 1.30 1.30 1.59 1.30 1.30 1.59




sc Shape Factor 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30

dc Depth Factor 1.14 1.07 1.02 1.26 1.13 1.04 1.36 1.18 1.06 1.49 1.24 1.08





sq Shape Factor 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

dq Depth Factor 1.07 1.03 1.01 1.13 1.06 1.02 1.18 1.09 1.03 1.24 1.12 1.04




Nγ interpolated 2.33 1.40 2.03 1.40 1.06 2.03 0.77 0.77 2.03 0.77 0.77 2.03

sγ Shape Factor 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

dγ Depth Factor 1.07 1.03 1.01 1.13 1.06 1.02 1.18 1.09 1.03 1.24 1.12 1.04




Therefore qd 4.14 4.14 5.98 5.04 4.65 6.67 5.50 4.96 7.36 6.25 5.46 8.06





Table-4 (J) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Shear Failure Basis Bore Hole No 17


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


116

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

q 13.9 18.4 23.3 28.7 14.8 18.4 22.3 26.4 23.0 26.0 29.1 32.2

N 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74

B 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 15 15 15 15

t 4.3 5.7 7.2 8.8 5.2 6.5 7.8 9.3 9.0 10.2 11.4 12.6

50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0

1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

Size of Footing 2 m x 2m

Depth (m) from NGL

Effective pressure(T/m2)

Permissible Settlement (IS:1904)

Average Standard Penitration value

Width of Footing (m)

Settlement in mm

(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

4m x 4m 15m x 15m

Settlement study in case of cohesion less soil

The settlement in cohesion less soil can be calculated as per Terzaghi & Peck's Correlation.

Table-5 (A) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis Bore Hole No 8

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


117

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

(A) Consolidation criteria

Sy

L 2 2 2 2

B 2 2 2 2

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17

H 3 3 3 3

e0 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42

P 9.9 13.8 17.8 21.8

h 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5

γ 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1

P0 5.25 7.35 9.45 11.55

d 0 0 0 0

∆P 3.23 4.51 5.81 7.12

74.8 74.6 74.8 74.9

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000

74.8 74.6 74.8 74.9

75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0

9.9 13.8 17.8 21.8

Sy

L 4 4 4 4

B 4 4 4 4

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17

H 6 6 6 6

e0 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42

P 9.0 11.2 13.5 15.7

h 4 5 6 7

γ 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1

P0 8.4 10.5 12.6 14.7

d 0 0 0 0

∆P 2.94 3.66 4.41 5.13

93.6 93.2 93.6 93.3

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000

74.9 74.6 74.9 74.7

75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0

9.0 11.2 13.5 15.7

Table-5 (B-1)

Therefore settlement (mm)

Height of cohesive layer within effective

zoneVoid ratio

Size of Footing

Length

Width of footing

Depth (m)

Max Coefficient of compression

Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis

Rigidity Factor (IS:8009-P-1) Applicable for rigid

raftDepth factor applicable for rectangular foundation

Bearing capacity at foundation level

Height of soil at mid point of effective

zoneMax average Unit weight of soil above

mid height

Overburden pressure at mid height of

effective zoneDepth of clay layer from foundation

Bearing pressure at mid height of

effective zone

Length

Width of footing


Void ratio


Max average Unit weight of soil above


effective zone



Permissible Settlement (mm)

NET ALLOWABLE BEARING PRESSURE

Bore Hole No:9

Size of Footing 4 x 4 m

Depth (m)

2 x 2 m

Settlement



Depth factor

Settlement

Depth of clay layer from foundation

Bearing pressure at mid height of


Rigidity Factor (IS:8009-P-1) Applicable for rigid

o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


118

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Sy

L 15 15 15 15

B 15 15 15 15

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17

H 11 10 9 8

e0 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42

P 8.0 9.2 10.5 12.5

h 6.5 7 7.5 8

γ 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1

P0 13.65 14.7 15.75 16.8

d 0 0 0 0

∆P 4.28 5.18 6.21 7.79

156.1 156.8 155.6 158.5

109.3 109.8 108.9 110.9

0.5 0.7 1.0 1.3

109.8 110.5 109.9 112.3

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

0.990 0.970 0.960 0.920

87.0 85.7 84.4 82.6

87.2 86.1 85.0 83.9

8.0 9.2 10.5 12.5

symbol

D 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5

11.5 12.5 13.5 14.5

q 2.7 3.3 4.1 5.3

N 74 74 74 74

B 15 15 15 15

t 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.1

0.5 0.7 1.0 1.3

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis (Raft)

Bearing pressure at mid height of effective

zoneTherefore settlement (mm)

Table-5 (B-2)


zoneVoid ratio


Size of Footing

Length

Width of footing

Depth (m)


(B) Settlement study in case of cohesion less soil 12 to EZ:


Size of Footing (m)

Rigidity Factor (IS:8009-P-1) Applicable for rigid raft

Depth factor


Height of soil at mid point of effective zone

Max average Unit weight of soil above mid

height


effective zone


(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

Settlement in mm

Effective settlement (mm)

Effective zone


Minimum Average Standard Penitration

value


Thickness of Layer

Bore Hole No:9

Settlement correction for sandwitched over consolidated

cohesive soil in non cohesive matrix (ʎ=0.7)

Non Cohesive settlement

15 x 15 m

15m x 15 m

Total Settlement

The settlement in cohesion less soil can be calculated as per Terzaghi &

Peck's Correlation.

Settlement


o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


119

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

q 15.1 21.0 27.5 34.6 16.7 21.6 26.8 32.3 29.0 33.1 37.3 41.7

N 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74

B 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 15 15 15 15

t 4.6 6.5 8.5 10.6 5.9 7.6 9.4 11.4 11.3 12.9 14.6 16.3

50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0

1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

Table-5 (C) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis Bore Hole No 10

(2B/B+0.3)2


Depth (m) from NGL




(2B/B+0.3)

Permissible Settlement (IS:1904)



Settlement in mm

4m x 4m 15m x 15m

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


120

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

q 18.1 26.5 35.8 46.0 20.9 28.0 35.6 43.6

N 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67

B 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4

t 6.2 9.0 12.2 15.7 8.2 10.9 13.9 17.0

50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0

1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5(2B/B+0.3)2


Depth (m) from NGL


Permissible Settlement

(IS:1904)

Average Standard

Penitration value


Settlement in mm

(2B/B+0.3)

4m x 4m

Bore Hole No:11



Table-5(D-1) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis for

Isolated footing

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


121

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5

19 18.5 18.5 18.5

q 40.3 46.5 52.8 59.2

N 67 67 67 67

B 15 15 15 15

t 17.5 20.2 22.9 25.7

14.8 16.6 18.8 21.1

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

Sy

L 15 15 15 15

B 15 15 15 15

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15

H 3.5 4 4 4

e0 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.34

P 40.3 46.5 52.8 59.2

h 21.75 22 22 22

γ 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23

P0 48.5025 49.06 49.06 49.06

d 19 18 17 16

∆P 7.09 8.54 10.28 12.23

23.2 31.2 37.0 43.3

16.3 21.8 25.9 30.3

14.8 16.6 18.8 21.1

31.0 38.4 44.7 51.4

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

0.990 0.970 0.960 0.920

24.6 29.8 34.3 37.8

78.9 79.4 79.4 79.4

40.3 46.5 52.8 59.2






height


effective zone

Settlement




Depth factor





Size of Footing (m)


Settlement in mm


(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

15m x 15 m

Total Settlement

Table-5 (D-2)


15 x 15 m

Effective zone

Thickness of Layer



(B) Settlement study in case of Top cohesion less soil

Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis (Raft) Bore Hole No:11



Peck's Correlation.


zoneVoid ratio

Size of Footing

Length

Width of footing

Depth (m)

o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


122

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

q 28.3 47.2 68.7 92.7 39.5 56.6 74.9 94.4

N 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74

B 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4

t 8.7 14.5 21.1 28.5 13.9 19.9 26.4 33.2

50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0

1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

4m x 4m

(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

Average Standard

Penitration value


Bore Hole No:12



Table-5(E-1) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis for

Isolated footing


Depth (m) from NGL



(IS:1904)

Settlement in mm

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


123

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5

18 18 18 18

q 104.5 96.5 93.5 93.8

N 74 74 74 74

B 15 15 15 15

t 40.9 37.7 36.6 36.7

32.7 30.2 29.2 29.3

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

Sy

L 15 15 15 15

B 15 15 15 15

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19

H 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

e0 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54

P 95.0 96.5 93.5 93.8

h 18.75 18.75 18.75 18.75

γ 2.13 2.13 2.13 2.13

P0 39.9375 39.9375 39.9375 39.9375

d 15.5 14.5 13.5 12.5

∆P 19.93 21.54 22.25 23.85

97.6 104.0 106.8 112.9

68.3 72.8 74.7 79.0

32.7 30.2 29.2 29.3

101.0 103.0 104.0 108.4

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

0.990 0.970 0.960 0.920

80.0 79.9 79.9 79.8

80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0

95.0 96.5 93.5 93.8


Table-5 (E-2)



(2B/B+0.3)2

Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis (Raft) Bore Hole No:12


Peck's Correlation.

Size of Footing (m) 15 x 15 m

Thickness of Layer



effective zone



zone


Settlement




Effective zone


(2B/B+0.3)

Settlement in mm



value


Depth factor

15m x 15 m

Total Settlement



zone



height

Size of Footing



Length

Width of footing

Depth (m)

Void ratio

o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


124

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

q 15.4 23.2 31.9 41.4 18.3 25.0 32.1 39.7

N 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65

B 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4

t 5.4 8.2 11.2 14.6 7.4 10.1 12.9 16.0

50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0

1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5


Size of Footing 2 m x 2m 4m x 4m

Table-5(F-1) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis for

Isolated footing

Bore Hole No:13


(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

Depth (m) from NGL


Average Standard

Penitration value


Settlement in mm


(IS:1904)

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


125

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5

15.5 14.5 13.5 12.5

q 37.1 43.0 49.0 55.2

N 65 65 65 65

B 15 15 15 15

t 16.6 19.3 21.9 24.7

11.4 12.4 13.2 13.7

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

Sy

L 15 15 15 15

B 15 15 15 15

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12

H 7 8 9 10

e0 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.58

P 37.1 43.0 49.0 55.2

h 20 20.5 21 21.5

γ 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15

P0 43 44.075 45.15 46.225

d 15.5 14.5 13.5 12.5

∆P 7.22 8.62 10.12 11.76

35.8 47.1 60.1 74.8

25.1 33.0 42.0 52.3

11.4 12.4 13.2 13.7

36.5 45.4 55.2 66.1

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

0.990 0.970 0.960 0.920

28.9 35.2 42.4 48.6

82.8 83.9 85.0 86.1

37.1 43.0 49.0 55.2


Peck's Correlation.

Size of Footing (m) 15 x 15 mEffective zone

Table-5 (F-2) Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis (Raft) Bore Hole No:13


Settlement in mm


(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

Thickness of Layer



value


Length

Width of footing

Depth (m)



Size of Footing 15m x 15 m


height


effective zone



zone


zoneVoid ratio



Settlement

Permissible Settlement (mm) Raft






Total Settlement


Depth factor

o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


126

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

q 15.8 20.5 25.6 31.1 16.5 20.3 24.2 28.3

N 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74

B 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4

t 4.9 6.3 7.9 9.6 5.8 7.1 8.5 10.0

50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0

1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5



Table-5(G-1) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis for

Isolated footing

Bore Hole No:14


(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

Depth (m) from NGL


Average Standard

Penitration value


Settlement in mm


(IS:1904)

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


127

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

Sy

L 15 15 15 15

B 15 15 15 15

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09

H 8 7 6 5

e0 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27

P 14.7 18.4 23.2 31.5

h 5 5.5 6 6.5

γ 2.21 2.21 2.21 2.21

P0 11.05 12.155 13.26 14.365

d 0 0 0 0

∆P 9.16 12.10 16.11 23.14

148.7 148.8 146.9 147.7

104.1 104.2 102.8 103.4

1.6 2.3 3.4 5.4

105.6 106.5 106.2 108.8

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

0.990 0.970 0.960 0.920

83.7 82.6 81.6 80.1

83.9 82.8 81.7 80.6

14.7 18.4 23.2 31.5

symbol

D 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5

14.5 15.5 16.5 17.5

q 6.3 8.6 11.8 17.7

N 74 74 74 74

B 15 15 15 15

t 2.4 3.3 4.6 6.9

1.6 2.3 3.4 5.4

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

Size of Footing 15m x 15 mLength

Table-5 (G-2) Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis (Raft) Bore Hole No:14


Void ratio



zone


height

Width of footing

Depth (m)



zone

Settlement correction for sandwitched over

consolidated cohesive soil in non cohesive matrix

(ʎ=0.7)


Total Settlement



effective zone



zone


(B) Settlement study in case of cohesion less soil 9 to EZ:


Peck's Correlation.


Depth factor

Settlement




(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

Effective zone

Thickness of Layer


Minimum Average Standard

Penitration value


Settlement in mm

o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


128

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 3 3 3 3

3 2.5 1.5 0.5

q 15.1 19.5 22.6 25.5

N 62 62 62 62

B 2 2 2 2

t 5.6 7.2 8.4 9.4

5.6 6.0 4.2 1.6

1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7

3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0

Sy

L 2 2 2 2

B 2 2 2 2

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17

H 0 0.5 1.5 2.5

e0 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53

P 15.1 19.5 22.6 25.5

h 4 4.75 5.25 5.75

γ 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06

P0 8.24 9.785 10.815 11.845

d 3 2.5 1.5 0.5

∆P 2.42 3.46 5.00 7.25

0.0 7.3 27.5 57.6

0.0 5.1 19.3 40.3

5.6 6.0 4.2 1.6

5.6 11.1 23.5 41.9

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000

5.6 11.1 23.5 41.9

50.0 54.2 62.5 70.8

15.1 19.5 22.6 25.5






(ʎ=0.7)


Total Settlement


Depth factor

Void ratio



zone


height


effective zone

Settlement

(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2




zone

Length

Width of footing

Depth (m)



zone



Settlement in mm



Peck's Correlation.


Effective zone

Thickness of Layer



Table-5 (H)-1 Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis

(Isolated 2 x 2m)

Bore Hole No:15


o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


129

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 6 6 6 6

3.5 2.5 1.5 0.5

q 16.1 19.0 22.0 22.5

N 62 62 62 62

B 4 4 4 4

t 6.8 8.0 9.3 9.5

4.0 3.4 2.3 0.8

1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Sy

L 4 4 4 4

B 4 4 4 4

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17

H 2.5 3 3 3

e0 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53

P 16.1 19.0 22.0 22.5

h 5.75 6 6 6

γ 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06

P0 11.845 12.36 12.36 12.36

d 3.5 2.5 1.5 0.5

∆P 3.36 4.75 7.18 10.00

30.2 47.1 66.3 85.8

21.1 33.0 46.4 60.1

4.0 3.5 2.8 1.9

25.1 36.4 49.3 62.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000

25.1 36.4 49.3 62.0

60.4 62.5 62.5 62.5

16.1 19.0 22.0 22.5


zone


Depth factor

Settlement



zone


height


effective zone




(ʎ=0.7)


Total Settlement



(2B/B+0.3)2

(B) Consolidation criteria


Length

Width of footing

Depth (m)



zone

Void ratio


Effective zone

Thickness of Layer




Settlement in mm


(2B/B+0.3)


Peck's Correlation.



(Isolated 4 x 4m)

Bore Hole No:15

(P-1)

(A) Settlement study in case of Top cohesion less soil

o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


130

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 6 6 6 6

0 0.5 1.5 2.5

q 2.6 3.4 4.9 6.4

N 62 62 62 62

B 4 4 4 4

t 1.1 1.4 2.1 2.7

0.0 0.1 0.5 1.1

1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Bore Hole No:15

(P-2)

(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

(C) Settlement study in case of bottom cohesion less soil

Thickness of Layer



Penitration valueWidth of Footing (m)

Settlement in mm


4 x 4 m

Effective zone

Size of Footing (m)


(Isolated 4 x 4m)


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


131

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5

3.5 2.5 1.5 0.5

q 18.9 17.7 16.3 15.6

N 62 62 62 62

B 15 15 15 15

t 8.9 8.3 7.7 7.3

1.4 0.9 0.5 0.2

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

Sy

L 15 15 15 15

B 15 15 15 15

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17

H 3 3 3 3

e0 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53

P 18.9 17.7 16.3 15.6

h 6 6 6 6

γ 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06

P0 12.36 12.36 12.36 12.36

d 3.5 2.5 1.5 0.5

∆P 10.63 11.03 11.32 12.15

89.8 92.3 94.1 99.1

62.9 64.6 65.9 69.4


zone

Width of footing

Depth (m)





(ʎ=0.7)



zone


height


effective zone



zone

Void ratio


(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

(B) Consolidation criteria -Layer-2

Size of Footing 4 x 4 mLength

Settlement in mm

Table-5 (H)-3 Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis (Raft

15 x 15 m)

Effective zone

Thickness of Layer



Penitration valueWidth of Footing (m)

Bore Hole No:15

(P-1)

(A) Settlement study in case of Top cohesion less soil -Layer-1


Peck's Correlation.

Size of Footing (m) 15 x15 m

o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


132

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

10 11 12 13

11.5 12.5 13.5 14.5

q 9.2 9.5 9.6 10.3

N 62 62 62 62

B 15 15 15 15

t 4.3 4.5 4.5 4.8

2.2 2.5 2.7 3.1

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

Sy

L 15 15 15 15

B 15 15 15 15

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17

H 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

e0 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53

P 18.9 17.7 16.3 15.6

h 11.25 11.25 11.25 11.25

γ 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06

P0 23.175 23.175 23.175 23.175

d 8 7 6 5

∆P 6.67 6.77 6.78 7.09

54.9 55.7 55.8 58.0

38.4 39.0 39.0 40.6

62.9 64.6 65.9 69.4

3.6 3.4 3.2 3.3

104.9 107.0 108.1 113.2

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

0.990 0.970 0.960 0.920

83.1 83.0 83.1 83.3

83.3 83.3 83.3 83.3

18.9 17.7 16.3 15.6


zone

Table-5 (H)-3 Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis (Raft

15 x 15 m)

Bore Hole No:15

(P-2)


zoneMax average Unit weight of soil above mid

heightOverburden pressure at mid height of

effective zone


Settlement






(ʎ=0.7)


Total Settlement

Settlement- Cohesive -1


Depth factor


zoneVoid ratio


Size of Footing

Length

Width of footing

Depth (m)


15 x 15 m

Effective zone

Thickness of Layer




Settlement in mm

Thickness of Layer-3



(C) Settlement study in case of cohesion less soil (Layer-3 & 5)


(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

(B) Consolidation criteria (layer-4)o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


133

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

q 14.4 21.1 27.8 33.3 16.6 21.5 27.2 33.3

N 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74

B 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4

t 4.4 6.5 8.6 10.2 5.8 7.6 9.6 11.7

50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0

1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

Depth (m) from NGL

Effective

pressure(T/m2)

Average Standard

Penitration value


Settlement in mm


(IS:1904)



Table-5(I-1) Computation of Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis for

Isolated footing

Bore Hole No:16


2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


134

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5

9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5

q 22.9 24.9 26.7 27.9

N 74 74 74 74

B 15 15 15 15

t 9.0 9.7 10.4 10.9

3.8 3.7 3.5 3.2

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

Sy

L 15 15 15 15

B 15 15 15 15

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14

H 6 6 6 6

e0 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48

P 22.9 24.9 26.7 27.9

h 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5

γ 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05

P0 27.675 27.675 27.675 27.675

d 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5

∆P 6.81 7.98 9.24 10.46

54.2 62.4 71.0 79.0

38.0 43.7 49.7 55.3




(ʎ=0.7)

Width of footing

Depth (m)




zone


height


effective zone



zone


zone

Void ratio


(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2



Settlement in mm

Table-5 (I)-2 Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis (Raft

15 x 15 m)

Effective zone

Thickness of Layer




Bore Hole No:16

(P-1)



Peck's Correlation.


o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


135

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

q 5.5 6.4 7.4 8.3

N 74 74 74 74

B 15 15 15 15

t 2.2 2.5 2.9 3.2

0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

Sy

L 15 15 15 15

B 15 15 15 15

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14

H 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5

e0 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48

P 22.9 24.9 26.7 27.9

h 20.75 21.25 21.75 22.25

γ 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05

P0 42.5375 43.5625 44.5875 45.6125

d 17 16 15 14

∆P 4.27 4.78 5.27 5.68

21.6 27.8 34.4 41.0

15.1 19.4 24.1 28.7

38.0 43.7 49.7 55.3

3.9 3.8 3.7 3.4

57.0 67.0 77.5 87.4

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

0.990 0.970 0.960 0.920

45.2 52.0 59.5 64.3

87.8 88.9 90.0 91.1

22.9 24.9 26.7 27.9

Total Settlement


Depth factor

Settlement



zone








(ʎ=0.7)





effective zone


Width of footing

Depth (m)



zoneVoid ratio

Thickness of Layer




Settlement in mm


(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

(B) Consolidation criteria (layer-4)

(C) Settlement study in case of cohesion less soil (Layer-3 )


Table-5 (I)-2 Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis (Raft

15 x 15 m)

Bore Hole No:16

(P-2)

Effective zone

o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


136

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 3 3 3 3

2 1 0 0

q 16.6 20.1 16.0 19.5

N 68 68 68 68

B 2 2 2 2

t 5.6 6.8 5.4 6.6

3.7 2.3 0.0 0.0

1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7

3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0

Sy

L 2 2 2 2

B 2 2 2 2

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18

H 1 2 3 3

e0 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38

P 16.6 20.1 16.0 19.5

h 3.5 4 4.5 5.5

γ 2.105 2.105 2.105 2.105

P0 7.3675 8.42 9.4725 11.5775

d 2 1 0 0

∆P 3.28 5.03 5.22 6.37

20.9 53.0 74.6 74.5

14.6 37.1 74.6 74.5

3.7 2.3 0.0 0.0

18.3 39.4 74.6 74.5

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000

18.3 39.4 74.6 74.5

58.3 66.7 75.0 75.0

16.6 20.1 16.0 19.5


Peck's Correlation.


Effective zone

Table-5 (J)-1 Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis

(Isolated 2 x 2m)

Bore Hole No:17


Settlement in mm


(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

Thickness of Layer




Length

Width of footing

Depth (m)






effective zone



zone


zoneVoid ratio



zone

Settlement






(ʎ=0.7)


Total Settlement


Depth factor

o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


137

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 6 6 6 6

2 1 0 0

q 16.6 17.0 14.3 16.6

N 68 68 68 68

B 4 4 4 4

t 6.4 6.5 5.5 6.4

2.1 1.1 0.0 0.0

1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Sy

L 4 4 4 4

B 4 4 4 4

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18

H 4 5 6 6

e0 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38

P 16.6 17.0 14.3 16.6

h 5 5.5 6 7

γ 2.105 2.105 2.105 2.105

P0 10.525 11.5775 12.63 14.735

d 2 1 0 0

∆P 4.15 4.84 4.67 5.42

75.3 98.9 106.9 106.5

52.7 69.2 74.8 74.5

2.1 1.1 0.0 0.0

54.8 70.3 74.8 74.5

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000

54.8 70.3 74.8 74.5

66.7 70.8 75.0 75.0

16.6 17.0 14.3 16.6


Peck's Correlation.


Effective zone

Table-5 (J)-2 Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis

(Isolated 4 x 4m)

Bore Hole No:17

(A) Settlement study in case of Top cohesion less soil

Settlement in mm


(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

Thickness of Layer




Length

Width of footing

Depth (m)


(B) Consolidation criteria



height


effective zone



zone


zone

Void ratio



zone

Settlement






(ʎ=0.7)


Total Settlement


Depth factor

o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


138

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5

2 1 0 0

q 10.9 10.2 9.4 11.4

N 68 68 68 68

B 15 15 15 15

t 4.7 4.4 4.0 4.9

0.4 0.2 0.0 0.0

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

Sy

L 15 15 15 15

B 15 15 15 15

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18

H 7.5 7.5 7.5 6.5

e0 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38

P 10.9 10.2 9.4 11.4

h 6.75 6.75 6.75 7.25

γ 2.105 2.105 2.105 2.105

P0 14.20875 14.20875 14.20875 15.26125

d 2 1 0 0

∆P 5.70 5.88 6.02 7.70

143.2 147.2 150.0 150.4

100.3 103.0 105.0 105.3


Peck's Correlation.


Effective zone

Table-5 (J)-3 Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis (Raft

15 x 15 m)

Bore Hole No:17

(P-1)


Settlement in mm


(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2

Thickness of Layer




Length

Width of footing

Depth (m)





zone

Void ratio



zone


height


effective zone



zone




(ʎ=0.7)

2

3.0

2

3

10722.0

B

B

N

q

o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1


ASSOCIATED with:




Phone No: 094174-25313, 09417725872


139

RAWEL

SINGH & CO

symbol

D 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5

6 6 6 6

6 6 6 6

q 4.1 4.2 4.2 5.5

N 68 68 68 68

B 15 15 15 15

t 1.7 1.8 1.8 2.4

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8

Sy

L 15 15 15 15

B 15 15 15 15

D 1 2 3 4

Cc 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18

H 7 8 9 10

e0 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38

P 10.9 10.2 9.4 11.4

h 20 20.5 21 21.5

γ 2.105 2.105 2.105 2.105

P0 42.1 43.1525 44.205 45.2575

d 15.5 14.5 13.5 12.5

∆P 2.12 2.04 1.94 2.43

19.5 21.0 21.9 29.6

13.6 14.7 15.3 20.7

100.3 103.0 105.0 105.3

0.9 0.7 0.5 0.6

114.8 118.4 120.8 126.7

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

0.990 0.970 0.960 0.920

90.9 91.9 92.8 93.2

91.1 92.2 93.3 93.3

10.9 10.2 9.4 11.4

Bearing Capacity on Settlement Basis (Raft

15 x 15 m)

Bore Hole No:17

(P-2)

Effective zone

Table-5 (J)-3


(C) Settlement study in case of cohesion less soil (Layer-3 )



Thickness of Layer



(B) Consolidation criteria (layer-4)


Settlement in mm


(2B/B+0.3)

(2B/B+0.3)2


zoneVoid ratio



zone

Length

Width of footing

Depth (m)





(ʎ=0.7)





effective zone



zone



Total Settlement


Depth factor

Settlement

o

o

cp

PPLogC

e

HS

1